ny
dea leit
“Latte ik
Ve itartilaad be
Wily aO yd aed:
heihad i
ene PAR Ep)
Hy
«
valent yt
) a lal aie
‘telssitaesitiald
4) Wire we
a ity! atta
Sav gureeiha
deseenia 4
Meertlitdiaitey sc
yt (ids
Ail His tad)
DeCrey leur
pepe spa i
alaity
He tah ie
a''¢ ania a file aay sit
108 iio
halt elas
th aa Hy i 1) he
rea Wie
aaa ataignstata
tebe loa
IM
Ny ait
nt ahsaee
iy tak ta as
i}
Met "
CRS ARRER GO et 2 us ii
‘9 | Tah shewsse)
ae
ay
site ls
ta shall ais
It alluded aikgih aH
Titelsietttgdg dai bel etattial te Mt
" '*
eeaiedite ie! i "itt
i
A)»
f Aisayles ay Me Hy
Ha any
}
alat
Vaya thet
side talialt
(al hite La) dle
aia aN
)
natty
Mat
ait
ai
Viale
wit
| bt ‘ ro
ala
As!
‘dad
aitylt stellt Tai
Wy
waits
adie
i
. i
ta lutash
aah edad hs
\ ibaa
hi \ ata
a bauaeld rae it
7 7 Nah 4 {! r i ie
ity i h , ut ahaa Mt i fi; ih ae t SH
Adele 4
sills die lat seat
Pa rear it
Andis dale WiNadataa hit
arene it neha HW ahie'lth
sell ,
slates teat Bt ital
Mi i ila
‘4 aiiiaedsa Aisa
aii
Hhaitiithau vliainiataes sila Niadse 4 ile ie say
iy H at
hile
Laden sin ialad quail 4
uaa .
ice Ul aaiaead ie
ee) POSTER UI Nth
Wier theta Taide ‘dust
Hint Makeda sii aied
(eke iia | 10
sehen
Att
ah
ay Nitin 4
i
i
j ba Uigsdodancd Ht hid
ii) 4 Dt a4) pa i fate
ee RUNDE) ‘ it ahaa
aie it
af uth
aia tid ; iaegiet
vigils UF be hat tet
Ny Ne Ait ova Hh at
Hal} aes
Manat Nelan ll
rate anit
n beh tin aa da
Bh
i fats it
iciiolasacgn iat i
ae a Lesh = = elated pie
Ai atta Sriat un sitirtel anit , i
it ae
sie i Wy i
Malahat ae lal
ahuataliviallstedadiants!
anata
LOTR Tie har he
ei hat
it as
ait ihe het ay
Ph
sisi ai
i ta iP
ae
4} pets
saat
Hi ae
S i -
ial th ‘A thy
Wieisians)
in fin
itive ta! it
als y atts
Nyt waa
sini
ith ayaa
Hg
wally
as
ihe
i" Min nas i} slit
iv 1 ait i
ad cee i 4} Na
Tea Oil i t iy igte!
hei} ia v
Aneta! mY
Ht it MN
y i dalis! ii
Mie ‘
144) 9e aie Hit vOP Ne att i i
a
fiat
aatataltai
et ia i iD ee ni
vi ite it
i iat
a teh sah tt iit
iM
Hala Un) HH Py Bye » iallatteda: HY
HST — toe
V3 nian DRTb DANN a io sii
tI
tyne
4
ST een ene
idianeiad
stati
hai
i
ny Mm abe
ahd
iat rhe}
abe) wih 0h 10 aN
dda hi Cada vata
4
SRE Pi
4
Byte
sige Mii iat
HAE “4 ty nah DEAR ie
Aa evitit mith i ih ait ‘aint se Ai nits
by nits ih Hy
yt Athy et
i wi Hi i igi lat,
iaivagntint pkey if ni i isiepta ta Dy
1 tnd ae ‘\ ui fae P ai it abet a
HI)! ba att
iy Hy ; He a WW Si ibey Hey 1
iN arladha.tani
ailag it iH Iwaki iH ipa
hie esas
|
lel nina’: Avia}
nti aie ital)
a
(ty aa vii
tad allan yyy
M4 ipiaiod a i}viannianenat
\ i POM tiene ner
Apa lot gitwiile
Heist aint, eden Rae Lite
TAMA dete tomectiagita ential va
ait ladannige tance
aii sh)
dhaavana i
‘ win i syne a
Hi
ity
fete Mani acter
fata
4 Naa
HEMT in i
Rie Ht) eee oe
lft aid oh a athe ‘i ty
} : istaualy nt ;
aa isaninatied Aiea
tha / y os
Ahhh oa Mie ie
iat H a itt
mt a
itarbettyn
Gada haty i
istaialieioted rt “ rp i ‘ges Dy
aianeantanty eters ra ie ise socal i
rus
Lele yie
Ve alcdacia dal tied
ANG batt ikl La alto ibaat i |
hadaiad slay
WAL ath elt wh ett ate pa
ai iiataiateceila “hg Vaahiadyn
Tatts atiat that atlats
nt ait
HEPAT eaten Pte aitiah
ti Sratasavitead ia
fal uy ene euategareity Hite
ae inte aviv nehcuceadn ants HS iets
Wiad sh yeu hi Sd
He ibaa
ne Mtge HH
rl vine i aes
bs bedit hy beaded on
i ae
eee
tyhebetent
‘Abd
aia
Ag
Rud
wie
vay
f
Ls
ay:
D8
‘ 1
1
wl
MR ho) UPeRU eWeD PeM UPL Tee ie , eve Pah 7 -
i. = lk
F NTA 7 Py ie HY vw iy ae ri 5 ; , Vi " r - i ve pi
hl OP ent mM i) PMA ene it sii) aie V ‘A My ial pe My ne c ” Te me va
Wi i vent i}, BY iy) i pw Ae : a ine WY fae it i y a Th) ily ¥ } Fy i 4
| re ae nt Mi He ne a i) : ‘lt mie Ath mt vi i) th yy \ ue 4 in way ey hs j| nh hi i" ai) a
Fa ah hae Ca vl A Wee: i. ay heh F Ais mae | ; ayn a a
ee
iy ‘Oh Pie {i PU 0 } | ries ai aber nt ene : ae he i ee i,
i. ia Pi Rr iyi aN Fens) ma nye a
ae ee eas a
: Vie a ”, _ apn 4 ma a a i ne? Lp ay GAs 7 dae 7
yee oe LO
ee
\ 7 ve ‘ Me m! : wer j a or) i
Ab pa iat eh tere i Rots ie Mad nt ay, tt oy i ee ; “F :
ae i, 4 wie ” hs yah , ee a Bs a) ine , an yi Pu
ay Ranta, ne Vill
Mut ha usa! vena Par ‘i iN
5 : ene M4 ip a, on ‘ a 7 ro eo
a mit My MM Pai Liat mi \. in il nh id ¥
PAD |e yea pe a ait i ria WELT yh “ a), me he Lan “es a
aw Pe tae me, Boe, ‘ae Fei ae ty Me 7.
: ae 7) See Bite WAY write, " ’ vty
ni: Cr Nui Sremean iy |: oat ee: y ; i i" a i
Py! ni ) Cannel he aie reds. aa friar Pe, 1 5 ar hee vy a al ae ii! Me Mae } Ae oe a
1 7 '
aaa
: pas ah | aa 7 , |
SNA i aa) | Mt Aa .
oy : Bi ii Hi Ae fai i " iw wily teh ah ah ped M HL nity a a ere _——*
may: yy sft . ; |
hi re | ai a
i) a. i" Hy) MH ay Te ae
a? von las a5 i Pit ui
, i Hy zi ‘isi i cue oh a)
; a fin at 7
A bi Ne a! q
oi hae am ”
mi a i Rt : oh vie mn ar a - e
i eh) Mg at Pa, Wel ye a ba va eK ; ie) , 4 iG Pi if i. Mn a) dy : wh ,
oy 1 ‘ae of In ae oy bi ce ae ha a
a Pes bt i ae Vv ae - ro bi as mc : 7 +e z a : LA ‘Walang ‘a 3 “ny v .
oy nar ie vi a fl i) - ini n uy at OPT ay i
pili, i Wei: Dee i ai An ‘ ne Tad ' sie v ie i an a u aa rae 7 SAL im! ‘ ey i ier ; Mi
Bey tdi pein Re aio 7 a if nS ee Ean ee
ea mi Mee ei 7 j ik ‘ E rin oD a ws an ven apy " :
Biante) i ; ay i WMO 1 Pais Neti a OR |e
(oe wy Tr dele vent ee PoC a a a ae a i i Fh an :
wy Be: ab) | airy ah ea iy, he ean i va Mg cy “a 7 ut a ay uh Le i ae ae 7 ‘a iow
’ Dei! of if ayy! ee rah i Ri i ue : LY
ay UG! ay TT Pa | ; ye .
} im Ui te i 4 my Aa i We LA is we i. ‘ _ ae Peri.) 7 f
ie if i } v is Ne ” : a A ¥ ne me) wa iy 7 : ¥. fi ia “ i iy Min iD oot mie mie : r
a | o a id ; oi, | rity ms “ hon ave a va : \ i: mn ih , ny : on a i a1 a 7 ! a
» i il ii fee i Me j bb an ion i ay ye he ' i i * 1 iw) M ?,
‘An
Wy ig - ae ; yan : ; |
as ic Avi / 4 , ip 7 a, i ie -. ; \ rei) in:
| a am ¢ bury vd 7 By he! 7 i i t : i , re lal; au Pi Oe 0 4
i A Giic's oem Kae ek a: q
i, | ie Me i Wee ty ye" sat to mM ar ; ; en ay - rt hi Wa Ae i on ¥ Li i
} Ww iy fia i! a a it i a
(1 ; ty i i
ay : oe ee igor
i ti ye 7) ie hie ioe
my Dei: a hh a he 7 ee my re a" iH
On
1 Ou 1 @
Laie :
if ve)
et ) i Ea ess ete 7h ay al i Ha
; a ea ' a a
! iy i" in et aS ‘ eet oe A ¥
a oH ne, a ee ti ae
a
a al
’ nm im
Ct
au nS oi A oui + q
mi! f f i
Pa: ¥, PUN Wy. ; ;
iy aa)" 7 ety 7 Vy mil i] ure ye Eo Ai | i ; t
Bray) y | ue . Al he ] 5 wie) denn aN Wan
iV a: A ay i oH iy 1 shia oO 7 i in . ny a he ay Les ri 7 aa Ne ey. ae) ms ‘i oa
ve | ie i ae a Ke Wl pha weg i ny mi Py i i a : oe iV) Hi ' eo yk i hy
Di ; UAT Oe na yi Ma Ups oe ae ni i ri al ry ni
a at ay i | en met
4 ee i Mh a ie “ uit B i ee ie y ‘e ‘ 7 i
i re
i mh ane a re Ne Ars) in ii " oy i he eo i pr jit i 7, "i ne a
a) ee
ae an am mM i ae ving Lit Wi H oy oii i din) van ine i} ine i : ie ae
ay: i ue ie oH a nn ihe ae at a H ie en ie ya i Biel a ae i Be ny, mi ;
yi) CHR oan a 5 a hh i a aie Ve Di), eerie a i a
v ae ae Ye ney ie ha rh away . i ti Ri a We cas a i it f a a.
ae yy oe
i i ie ly Ai ae . es th : he
ay wit hal a ey my i ae ee
i vr Al ee Ai Pa ene ae
Bey i meen h ee yi ‘ii bi RA ae en h i)
i re) 7 ity hau ind ny ee i | ay od ae
|
ee heey aN ae Pa a A a ea ihe ae eee
ri i a a ie pie ieee Rt Ae a ; iy
) i, 4
” Ane i i H ie Bd eee Lg - » ae Hi
Ay By lk At iba 0 aN i twa Page ei. a
: ae us ane ub ie i iy
i " i ill
Daal
i ‘i ? ae i ’
mh at Pie nae hii hi
405. ¥2
CONTENTS OF VOL, XIII.
(EIGHTH SERIES, }
NUMBER 73.
I. Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands col-
lected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S. By THomas Scorr, LL.D.,
PES re (LIALOS, Te, SoD My rrgahenctb a cia b's woven yeh s + Cale ee ashes wiaginclies
II. Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British
Antarctic (‘ Terra Nova’) Expedition. By C. Tarr Rre@an, M.A. .
ILI. A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Family Macrorhamphoside.
Pam O mn STH EVEN AINS NECA a creat aceteis-ns orarp woe = 0 eels *e: ole osslareoeensisre s+
IV. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—II. By RicHarp
S. Baenaxt, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Department of Zoology, Uni-
MaUSUEvO VMOU, OXTOTE) cs.c sf incest vse) a acstts (CRS cal ha ORR
V. Diagnoses of new Races of African Ungulates. By Ernst
BGHWARZ 6 540s SOME cake Cina COAT Oe OL OREO eS HOt ae
VI. Notes on the Apidze (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of the
British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By Grorrrey
Spee AVVPA LO DLAC IN oy) Lavan ta ttt ate a essa Shep vw slain vel e en nee%
VIL. Notes on Collembola.—Part 2. Some Irish Collembola and
Notes on the Genus Orchesella. By Joun W. SHorsoTuaM, N.D.A.,
Bare eested. Ceiaie ULL tot gc uaiels on aie sie-eia vat sche sell oes
VIII. Two interesting Mammals from the Island of Tobago,
Readies. By Ausrin H.CLABKS * 2520550 e oceans eee ee
IX. On an interesting Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr. By
Pwr He CoLnINGH, M.Sc. F.U.5., PRIS. oa. once kes eres
X. Notes on the Forficularia.—XX. A new Genus and Five new
Species from Australia. By Matcotm Burr, D.S8c., F.E.S., &e.
TG EST ANY 8 RS, 2c ae ale nO Ne Hee
Bakara es 561
LXIV. A new WNycteris from N.W. Rhodesia. By KnNup
JOST SEG cic! tech Oi6 pitied citatit on OCHO EIGER ICE Bo emote Bt 563
LXV. On small Mammals from Djarkent, Central Asia. By
Ooo tuias eR OMUAN Po APNs aid nati t als Goll yeas sla axe crehs as'sle x eo & 1b.
LXVI, Three new S.-American Mammals. By OLDFIELD
1 EOMINS “Gg titheeitintinme OG UL Hon nw.c Sc a 9 POR OBC ICeo eC OGEE 573
LXVII. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from
Northern China,- By GA. BouLENnGER, FURS. ..6. 66 cesses ees 576
LXVIII. Notes on the Forficularia—XXI. Progress in Derma-
ptera in 1912 and 1913. By Matcoum Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., F.Z.S.,
PRG rastar mal claire hai hi larieh eaelethels Or ea aia? 416 Fdlcelaiaiy) Sa8 Sal 577
LXIX. On the Ceylonese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging
to the Genus Adoretus, By GILBERT J. ARROW ........000008 587
LXX. On the Burmese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging
to the Genus ddoretus, By GitbeRT J. ARROW..... seater tater tats O04
Vill CONTENTS.
Page
New Books :—Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the. British
Museum. Vols. XIf. and XIII. By Sir Grorce F. Hampson,
Bart.—The Pliocene Mollusca of Great Britain, being Supple-
mentary to S. V. Wood’s Monograph of the Crag Mollusca. By
FW. ‘Harman, F.G.S., F.R.Met.8. Bartoli acs 601, 604
Proceedings of the Geological Society ...5...00.+sc0ee nee 605, 606
ings PY see cysts cee nee Sey ecu aues sie apie lacetitte eet ciera'v eaten?
PLATES IN VOL. XIII.
Prate I.
dal
Til. Irish Collembola.
IV. Dermaptera from Australia.
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands, |
V. Lesser Rorqual.
VI. Species of Prionospio.
VI. Mollusea from the North-west Falklands.
VIII. Rodent Remains from Suffolk and Norfolk,
IX. New species of Histeride.
X. Species of Sycocrinus.
XI. Bristles from Megalia assimilis and perarmata.
XII. Species of Pyrochroidee.
OUUE
DOV 4 ge
XV Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.
XVI.
XVII. Species of Limnoria.
XVIII. New Mollusca from Japan.
AIX: South-African Land-Mollusca.
XX.
XXI. Cholidya polypi.
XXII. Remains of Ornithocheirus from the Cambridge Greensand.
XXUI. Paraniambia tuberculata.
" Vol.13. sieHTH seRInS. _ No.7}.
a,
| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
. -qoowoay, BOTANY, ap GEOLOGY,
CONDUCTED BY
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,
: ; AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS 2 COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’
?
WITH EIGHT PLATES.
= \ ef A N L Vv
HONDON: SA. +
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREEE-~
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent. & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:
_ . Hedges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.
%
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Raturalists,
Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and
CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-
OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also SPECIMENS
suitable for ART CLASSES and SCIENCE TEACHING.
A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &c.
Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.
TO BE PUBLISHED IN ABOUT 16 VOLUMES; Imperial 8vo, with
about 450 Hand-coloured Plates, Price £3 3s. od. per Volume net.
Vol. I. now ready, Price £1 11s. 6d.;
to Subscribers £1 1s. Od.
THE
BIRDS OF SOUTH AMERICA.
BY
LORD BRABOURNE, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U.
(GRENADIER GUARDS),
AND
CHARLES CHUBB, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.
(ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM).
TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
LAND AND FRESHWATER WOLLUSCA OF INDIA.
Part XI., Vol, Il. Price 2ls.
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., &e.
With 15 Plates and 70 pages Text, with descriptions of many new
Species belonging to the Genera:
Macrochlamys, Euaustenia, Cryptaustenia, Eurychlamys,
Austenia, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Sakiella, Pseudo-
kaliella, Sarika, Euplecta, and Pupsioma.,
TsayLorn and Francis. Red Lion Court. Fleet Street. E.C.
Waa
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.
(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITI LOUDON AND
CHARLNSWORTILS * MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )
CONDUCTED BY
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
ARTUR Be SHIPLEY MA Sei FW RS., F.Z.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.
VOL. XITI.—EIGHTH SERIES. .
——eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeoese eae
LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;
BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN:
AND ASHER, BERLIN, P)
1914.
2247 Lb
“Omnes res creat sunt divine sapienti et potenti testes, divitix felicitatis
human :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ;
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper 2xstimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; male doctis et barbaris semper
ininiica fwit.’”—Linnazus.
Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.
pie) eens a ee me Uhersyliveanipowens
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay the cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,
ALERE 4 FLAMMAM,.
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 9
This Oithona was tolerably frequent in all the three marine
tow-net samples already mentioned, and was the only one
observed. In this species the rostrum is short, stout, and
hook-like, and is turned downward at nearly a right angle
(fig. 12).
‘This species has frequently been recorded under the name
of Oithona similis, but, according to Prof. G. O. Sars,
O. similis and O. helgolandica are identical, and the latter,
being the older name, should be preferred.
The distribution of Oithuna helgolandica extends apparently
from the Arctic to the Antarctic Oceans. Dr. Giesbrecht
records it from 71° south latitude, and Prof. G. O. Sars has
examined specimens collected off the coast of New Zealand,
and “compared them with northern specimens, without
being able to detect any difference whatever” *. The
Falkland specimens measured fully 1 mm. in length.
Fam, Cyclopide.
Genus Cycxrors, Miiller, 1776 (part.).
Cyclops prasinus, Fischer. (PI. II. figs. 5-7.)
1860. Cyelops prasinus, Fischer, Beitr. z. Kenntn. d, Entomostraceen,
pp. 652-654, Taf. xx. figs, 19-26 a.
This species occurred very sparingly in a gathering from
a small fresh-water pond near thesea. Besides the northern
distribution of the species, it has also been reported from
Valdivia, Chile, and from the Argentine. In this species the
antennules are twelve-jointed and the fifth pair of legs in the
female are each provided with three elongated sete (fig. 6).
The caudal segments are tolerably short (fig. 7).
Cyclops michaelseni, Mrazek, var. falklandi.
(Pi ies 377 Ely hinges: 3,9.)
The small Cyclops recorded under this name occurred in
several of the fresh-water gatherings from the Falklands.
This form is apparently identical with Cyclops michaelsent,
Mrazek, except in the structure of the last pair of thoracic
legs, and in this respect it agrees better with Cyclops lobu-
losus, Ekman. In that species, however, the antennules are
described as consisting of twelve joints, and the proportional
lengths of the various joints also differ. Both Cyclops
michaelsenit, Mrazek, and Cyclops lobulosus, Ekman, have
already been recorded for the Falkland Islands. In the
* ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. vi. parts 1 & 2, p. 9 (1913),
10 On some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands,
form under consideration the antennules (fig. 8) consist of
eleven joints, the proportional lengths of which are, approxi-
mately, as shown in the formula appended :—
Number'of thejomts .. 1.2 93. 4 15 67 78 9) WO UIT
Proportional lengths .. 20.6.12.8.4.7 1
In the fifth pair of thoracic legs the basal joint is mode-
rately short and broad and carries a long seta on its outer
distal angle, the second joint is smal! and is furnished at the
apex with a long seta and a short spine (PI. I. fig. 3); a
considerable space occurs between the seta at the distal
angle of the basal joint and the point of attachment of the
second joint, as shown in the figure. The caudal segments
are fully twice as long as the last segment of the abdomen
GENT. fiz. 9):
Some of the Literature referred to in the Text.
(1) 1875. Brapy,G.8. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.
Describes Centropages brevicaudatus from Kerguelen Island.
(2) 1905. Exman, Sven. Schwedische Sudpolar-Exped. 1901-1903,
Bd. v. Lieferung 4. ‘ Cladoceren u. Copepoden aus Antarkt. u.
subantarkt. Binnengewissern.
(3) 1905. “Die Systematik und Synonymik der Copepoden-
gattung Boeckella und verwandter Gattungen.” Zool. Anzeiger,
Bde xxix. Nr; 19:
(4) 1889. GuERNE, JuLES DE, et Jutes Ricuarp. “ Réyvision des
Calanides d’eau douce.” Mémoires Soc. Zool. de France, tome i.
(5) 1901. Mrazex, At. ‘Hamburger Magalhenische Sammelreise.”
Siisswasser-Copepoden.
(6) 1895. Poprr, 8. A., und Mrazex, Av. “Entomostraken des
Naturhistorischen Museums in Hamburg (2, Entomost. v. Sud-
Georgien).” Jahrb. d. Hamb. wissensch. Anstalten, xii. Beiheft.
(7) 1897. Ricnarp, Jutes. “ Entomostraca de la !Amérique du
sud.” Mémoires Soc. Zool. de France, tome x. pp. 263-302.
(8) 1897. “Sur quelques Entomostracés d’eau douce de envi-
rons de Buenos Aires.” Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, tomo v.
(9) 1894. Sars, G.O. “Contributions to the Knowledge of the Fresh-
water Entomostraca of New Zealand, as shown by Artificial
Hatching from Dried Mud.” Vid. Selsk. Skrif. i. Math.-Natur.
Klasse, No. 5.
(10) 1901. ‘Contributions to the Knowledge of the Freshwater
Entomostraca of South America, as shown from Artificial Hatching
from Dried Material.” Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab.
BB, XxivaNn. 1,
(11) 1903. . “Pacifische Plankton-Crustaceen.” Zool. Jahr-
biichern, Bd. 19, Abth. f. Syst.
(12) 1908. “ Fyeshwater Mntomostraca from Victoria, Southern
Australia.” Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, B. xxix.
Nr, 7.
Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes. Tat
(13) 1909. Sars, G. O. “Freshwater Entomostraca from South
Georgia.” Op. cit. B. xxx. Nr. 5.
(14) 1910. Swarr, Richarp W. ‘Notes on Marine Copepoda &c.”
Proc. U.S. National Museum, vol. xxxviii. pp. 405-436.
(15) 1900. Sreppine, T. R. R. “On some Crustaceans from the
Falkland Islands, collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin.” Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, May 22nd, 1900, pls, xxxvi.-xxxix.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats I,
Fig. 1. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), 3, fifth feet.
Fig. 2. Pseudoboeckella vallentini, sp. n., 3, fifth feet.
Fig. 3. Cyclops michaelsent, var. falklandi, nov. var., 2, fifth foot.
Fig. 4. Boeckella michaelseni (Mrazek), °, fifth foot.
ig. 5. ‘3 oe PF 3, fifth feet.
Eg. 6. + ” A 3 (juv.), fifth feet.
Fig. 7. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), 9, fifth foot.
Fig. 8. Pseudoboeckella vallentini, sp. n., 2, fifth foot.
Fig. 9. Pseudoboeckella poppet, Mrazek, 3, fifth feet.
10
. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), 2 posterior thoracic
segments and abdomen.
. Pseudobceckella vallentini, sp. n., posterior thoracic segments
and abdomen.
a
S
—
=F
Fig. 12, Oithona helgolandica, Claus, 9 , rostrum
Prats II,
Fig. 1. Parabroteas sars i(D day), 2, x 15.
Fig cf > @, second maxilliped.
Fig iy 5 ©, first foot.
7 3 2, fifth foot. ©
. Cyclops prasinus, Fischer, 2, antennule.
3 5 ©, fifth foot.
3 6 - 2, abdomen.
. Cyclops michaelsent, Mrazek, var. falklandi, var. nov., 2, an-
tennule.
. 9. Ditto, 2, abdomen.
Fig. 10, Drepanopus pectinatus, G. S. Brady, 9, fifth feet.
Fig. 11. A ” rr GC, fifth feet,
S
© DNASE GO bot
II.— Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British
Antarctic (‘Terra Nova’) Expedition. By C. Tate
Regan, M.A.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
1. Antarctic FISHES.
Paraliparis antareticus, sp. n.
D. 60. A.55. P.194+3-44+4-5. Teeth villiform, in
12 Mr. C. T. Regan— Diagnoses of
bands. Lower end of gill-opening opposite middle of base of
pectoral. Anal origin ‘below about ninth ray of dorsal.
Total length 140 mm.
S. of Balleny Is., 200 fathoms.
Trematomus pennellit, sp. n.
D. V-VI, 32-34. A. 30. Scales 52-56; in upper lateral
line 32 to 36. Eye 3} to 3% in head, interorbital width 8
to 10. Scales on head as in TZ. hansoni, from which this
species differs in the fewer scales and fiu-rays.
Total length LOO-140 mm.
Off C. Adare, 45-50 fathoms.
Trematomus centronotus, sp. n.
D. V-VI, 32-35. A. 29-32. Scales 50-56; in upper
lateral line 30 to 36. Closely related to 7. pennellit; eye a
little larger and interorbital width a little less, but especially
distinguished by having the dorsal spines stiff and pungent.
Total length 175- 210 mm.
McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.
Trematomus eulepidotus, sp. n.
D. VI, 35-36. to) ’ fo)
4—6 fathoms.
This also occurred at Burdwood Bank, S. of the Falklands
(W. S. Bruce).
Fam. Cyrenide.
Spherium vallentinianum, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 3, 3a, 3d.)
Sph. testa convexo-globosa, tenui, paullum obliqua, levigata, um-
bonibus rotundatis, contiguis, epidermide pallide olivaceo-stra-
minea contecta, superficie concentrice lineis incrementalibus paucis
distantibus conspicue preedita, margine dorsali utrinque leniter
* Pelseneer, Voy. du S.Y. ‘Belgica,’ Zoologie, p. 15, pl. ix. fig. 124
(1903).
+ J. Thiele, Deutsche Siid-Polar Exped. xiii. Band, Heft 2, p. 270,
pl. xviii. fig. 28 (1912).
Mollusca from the North-west Falklands. 133
declivi, lateribus ad marginem yentralem rotundatis, postice
paullum protenso, pagina intus alba, cardinis dentibus normalibus,
Alt. 4°50, lat. 5 mm.
Hab. Herbert Stream, Roy Cove, on mud; also in large
pond, Port North.
Interesting, as the first non-marine Pelecypod recorded
from these islands. Its nearest congeners, perhaps, are
S. novezelandie, Desh., and S. ovale, Stimps. ‘There
appear two forms, one slightly smaller and more oblique.
We name it specifically in honour of its discoverers, Mr. and
Mrs. Rupert Vallentin, whose researches, both botanical,
zoological, and biological, have proved of such lasting service
to the students of the productions of these remote southern
climes.
Suborder CARDIACEA.
Cardium edule, L.
Cardium edule, Linné, Syst. Nat. p. 1124; Forbes & Hanley, ii. p. 15,
pl. xxxii. figs. 1-4,
King George’s Bay.
Suborder VENERACEA.
Fam. Venerida.
Cryptogramma subimbricata, Sowb.
Venus subimbricata (Sowb.), Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiv. pl. xix. fig. 85.
Roy Cove Beach, after south-westerly gale; only one
brightly coloured and well-marked half-valve.
The original locality of this species, hardly to be expected
so far south, is Puerto Portrera, Central America (‘ugh
Cuming). We consider its presence in the West Falklands
must be owing to adventitious circumstances.
Gomphina (Acolus) foveolata (C. & P.).
Psephis foveolata, Cooper & Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,
vol. v. pp. 110-114, fig. (1910).
Gomphina (Acolus) foveolata, A. J. Jukes-Browne, Ann. & Mag. Nat,
Hist. ser. 8, vol. xii. p. 480 (1913).
Whaler Bay ; Shallow Bay ; King George’s Bay.
We are obliged to Mr. H. B. Preston, one of the authors,
for the identification of this very interesting species, which
is, apparently, being found to be generally distributed around
the Falkland group. Mr. Jukes-Browne has also kindly
favoured us with good specimens,
134 Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on
Fam. Mactride.
Darina solenoides (King).
Erycina solenoides, King, Zool. Journ. y. p. 885 (1882).
a Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 42
vo).
Darina kingi, Fischer, Man. de Conch. p. 1119 (1887).
Lutraria tenuis, Phil. Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturg. 1845, p. 70.
Darina solenoides, E. A. Smith, Proce. Malac. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 337
(1905).
Roy Cove. At low water, in and upon muddy banks.
This species extends around the Straits of Magellan, but
does not appear otherwise than sparingly. It is reported by
Mr. Edgar Smith from Tierra del Fuego, on San Sebastian
Beach (Crawshay). Rear-Admiral Philip Parker King, R.N.,
F.R.S., the discoverer, collected it first at Port Famine,
Straits of Magellan.
The Lutraria solenoides, Lamarck, is, according to Gwyn-
Jeffreys, the British Z. oblonga. Lamarck, indeed, quotes
this name in his synonymy, giving “ Océan d’EKurope”’ as
the locality. We are indebted to Mr. Edgar Smith for this
information.
Suborder TELLINACEA.
Fam. Tellinide.
Tellina squalida, Pult.
Tellina squalida, Pulteney, in Hutchins. Dorset, p. 29 (1774).
Tellina incarnata, Forbes & Hanley, i. p. 298, pl. xx. fig. 6; Sowerby,
Illustr. Index Brit. Moll. pl. iii. fig. 14 (1859).
Tellina squalida, Jettreys, Brit. Conch, ii. p. 384 (1863).
Crooked Island, at low water.
We cannot separate this from the European and British
species. Itis represented in the collection before us by a
single right valve—this being, however, in fairly good
condition, shining, yellowish flesh-colour, slightly rayed
anteriorly.
Suborder MY ACEA.
Fam. Myide.
Mya antarctica, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 6, 6 a.)
AM. testa mediocri, rudi, calcarea, sordide alba, ifequivalvi, hiulca,
umbonibus incuryis, parvis, contiguis, superficie concentrice rudi-
striata, antice subrotundata, margine ventrali fere recto, postice
truncata, epidermide eyanide oliyaceo-brunnea, pagina intus
Mollusca from the North-west Falklands. 135
calcareo-alba, parum nitente, cardine valve sinistre dente
spathulato magno, dextre fossa congruente predito, ligamento
interno.
Alt. 1, laé., 16 mm,
Hab. “ N.W. Falklands.”
We can find no Mya, till now, recorded from the Southern
Hemisphere. This new form much resembles, at first sight,
a miniature JZ, truncata, L., but, as first pointed out to us by
Mr. Edgar Smith, the concentric lines and sculpture anteriorly
are closer and altogether different in character.
In 1898 we published the description, under the name
Thracia antarstica, of a shell from Lively Island, E. Falk-
lands, collected by Miss Cobb *. We think it possible this
may be the same species. It was rather larger, ruder in build,
and distorted, so that we considered it, at the time, most allied
to Thracia distorta, Phil. The discovery of a good series
of specimens is much to be desired, both of this and the Mya,
when the question may be cleared up.
Savxicava arctica (L.).
Mya arctica, Linné, Syst. Nat. p. 1118.
Saxicava arctica (L.), Forbes & Hanley, i. p. 141, pl. vi. figs. 4-6.
Var. antarctica, Phil.
Saxicava antarctica, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1845); Trans.
Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 151 (1907).
Port Egremont, on the beach after a gale, also at the roots
of Macrocystis and other fucoid alge.
Fam. Solenide.
Solen macha, Mol.
Solen macha, Molina, Hist. Nat. du Chile, p. 178 (1787); Gmelin,
Syst. Nat. p. 3226; D’Orbigny, Amér. Mérid. p, 505; Gay, Hist. de
Chile, Zool. vol. viii. p. 369, pl. vill. fig. 6.
Solen gladiolus, Gray, in Beechey’s Voyage ‘ Blossom,’ p. 158, pl. xliii.
fig. 4.
Solen macha, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Solen, fig. 28; “Oken,” Martini &
Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. Taf. viii. p. 26, fig. 5 (1888).
Sandy beach on Pebble Island, after severe shore-gales.
“This beach faces due north, and appears to be the only
locality for this species in the Faiklanis. It was impossivle
to hunt for them, and so procure live examples, owing to
the heavy surf.”—A. V.
A very fine and large species.
* Journ. of Conch. ix, p. 105, pl. i. figs. 13, 13 a (1898).
136 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
Suborder ANATINACEA,
Fam. Lyonsiide.
Lyonsia cuneata (Gray).
Anatina cuneata, J. E. Gray, Spicil. Zool. pl. iii. fig, 14.
? Lyonsia malvinensis, vide Fischer, Man. de Conch. p. 172 (1887).
Rapid Point, Port Egremont; also Roy Cove, small, live
examples.
We cannot discover either a description of LZ. malvinensis
or authority for the appellation, and therefore conjecture it
to bea mere nomen nudum. ‘The specimens from the localities
above quoted are small, few, and sometimes distorted ; we
are not quite sure, therefore, whether they have been dis-
tinguished aright. LZ. cuneata, Gray (Osteodesma, Desh.),
was reported from Port Stanley, Hast Falklands, on stranded
roots of Macrocyst’s, by the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition (1902-1905).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Fig. 1. Savatieria bertrandi, sp. 0.
Fg. 2. Limopsis hardingit, sp. n.
Fig. 3. Spherium vallentinianum, sp. n.
Fig. 4. Brachyodontes (Hormomya) blakeanus, sp. 0.
Fig. 5. Cyamrum (Cyamionema) decoratum, sp. 0.
Fig. 6. Mya antarctiea, sp. n.
Fig. 7. Voluta ancilla, Sol. (embryonic).
XIII.— Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LVI.
By T. D. A. Cockrreti, University of Colorado.
Stenotritus elegans, Smith, variety a.
A female from Tennant’s Creek, Central Australia (Field;
Nat. Mus. Victoria, 46), has apparently been in alcohol, and
the pubescence is in bad condition. So far as can be made
out, there is no fuscous hair on the thorax above, and no
black hair on the abdomen. ‘The mesothorax shows olive-
green tints in front. The first r. n. joins the second s.m. a
little before the middle, instead of a little beyond as in
Smith’s type of S. elegans. Possibly this is a distinct
species, but it cannot be satisfactorily separated without
better material.
No males assigned to Séenotritus are known ; but it seems
Records of Bees. 137
very probable that the genus Gastropsis, Smith, represents
the male sex of Stenotritus. The two agree in venation and
the structure of the metathorax.
Paracolletes crassipes, Smith.
A male from Caloundra, Oct. 30, 1912 (Queensl. Mus. 73),
is peculiar in the venation, the third s.m. being extremely
broad above, and the third t.-c. strongly bowed outward,
with only a single curve.
Paracolletes nigrofulvus, sp. n.
3 .—Length about 114 mm., rather slender.
Black, with the hind margins of the abdominal segments,
and the hind tarsi, obscurely ferruginous ; hair of head and
thorax abundant, mostly pale ochreous, but brownish black
on sides of face, on front and vertex (but not on occiput),
on mesothorax except anteriorly, and on scutellum ; flagel-
jum strongly crenulated beneath, scarcely reddish ; head
broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long; mandibles
dark ; clypeus densely covered with light ochreous hair, but
just above the hair is brownish; mesothorax and scutellum
shining, very sparsely and feebly punctured ; postscutellum
unarmed ; area of metathorax smooth and shining, obtusely
transversely ridged in middle. Legs with ochreous hair ;
spurs testaceous ; tegule shining piceous. Wings dusky ;
nervures and the large stigma red-brown; b. n. meeting
t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. distinctly before
middle ; third s.m. receiving second r. n. a little before the
end; third s.m. nearly or quite twice as large as second.
Abdomen shining, without evident punctures, the basal
segments with thin pale ochraceous hair, but on the third
and beyond this gives way to black, very short and scanty
until the sixth segment, on which it is long; the sides sub-
apically show long pale hair ; apical plate broadly expanded
at end, truncate. .
Hab. Shoalhaven, New South Wales, March 9, 1894.
(Froggatt, 72).
In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 345, this
runs to 15, and runs out because of the ochraceous and
black hair. It is related to the Tasmanian P. obscurus (Sm.).
In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1906, it runs
to P. obscuripennis, Ckll., a related but much smaller Tas-
manian species.
138 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
Paracolletes providellus bacchalis, subsp. nu.
¢ .—Length a little over 7 mm.
Differing from providellus as follows : abdomen with only
the faintest greenish tinge, easily overlooked ; hind tibia,
and basal half of their basitarsi, bright chestnut-red ; hair
of face stained with fuscous, of scape, front, and vertex dark
fuscous or black ; tegule piceous ; hind margins of abdo-
minal segments hardly at all reddish ; b. n. meeting t.-m.
Hab. Bacchus Marsh, 2.1.06 (#. L. Billinghurst; Nat.
Mus. Victoria, 88).
I should have thought this a new species, were it not
that the two following varieties appear to connect it with
P. providellus :—
Variety a. Abdomen distinctly dark green; hind tibize
and greater part of basitarsi chestnut-red. Victoria,
Sept. 1901 (C. French ; Turner collection).
Variety 6. Abdomen distinctly dark green; hind legs
coloured as in the other forms, except that the tibize
have a broad dusky shade beyond the middle.
Windsor, Victoria (French ; Froggatt coll. 186).
Paracolletes ibex, sp. n.
6 .—Length 8 mm.
Slender, black; hair of head and thorax long, greyish
white, black on sides of face and on vertex ; mesothorax and
scutellum with very long black hairs ; upper part of face
with a little black hair ; head broad ; mandibles red at apex ;
clypeus dullish, not strongly punctured; flagellum dark,
crenulated below, and the margins of the joints projecting
above, the whole suggesting the horns of an ibex ; meso-
thorax moderately shining, little punctured ; scutellum dull
and granular; area of metathorax large, dull, shining at
extreme base. Legs slender, black, with pale hair; spurs
creamy white; tegule piceous. Wings a little dusky,
nervures and the large stigma dusky ferruginous; b. n.
meeting t.-m.; second s.m. broad, receiving first r.n. a
little beyond middle; third s.m. broad above, receiving
second r.n. some distance from end. Abdomen dullish,
black, hardly punctured, hind margins of segments obscure
reddish ; hair of abdomen very thin, scattered, pale, but
dark fuscous at apex; ventral segments with thin white
hair-fringes.
Hab. Windsor, Victoria (French, 1509; Froggatt coll. 95).
Records of Bees. 139
Allied apparently to P. cinereus (Sm.), but differing by
the black legs and other characters. Easily known from
P. providellus bacchalis by the peculiar antennze.
Paracolletes semipurpureus (Cockerell), var. 6.
? .—Vertex, thorax above, and tubercles with light orange-
fulvous hair, contrasting with the white of face, pleura, and
metathorax ; anterior and middle basitarsi almost entirely
black ; red of hind tibize and tarsi rather dusky. Abdomen
strongly crimson, the hair at end mostly whitish, but fuscous
at extreme apex ; b. n. meeting t.-m.
Hab.. Rutherglen, Victoria (French, 1909; Froggatt coll.
87).
This is a variable species, but I believe certainly distinct
from P. cupreus (Sm.), with which it was at first associated
as a subspecies. A specimen of P. ceruleotinctus, Ckll., is
also labelled Rutherglen, 1909 (French ; Froggatt coll. 85).
Paracolletes sigillatus, sp. n.
? .—Length 10 mm.
Black, including the legs (tarsi reddish at end), the short
flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base, the mandibles
dark red apically, and the hind margins of the abdominal
segments broadly testaceous ; hair of head and thorax pale
ochreous dorsally, somewhat fuscous on vertex, but on face,
cheeks, pleurze, and metathorax dull white; head broad ;
clypeus only moderately shining, with scattered punctures ;
mesothorax shining, with weak punctures ; scutellum shining
in front, dull and rough behind ; postscutellum angularly
produced behind, with a small shining button-like tubercle
(suggesting the seal on the flap of an envelope, whence the
specific name); area of metathorax dull, but other parts of
metathorax brilliantly shining. Legs with pale hair, hind
tibial scopa suffused with fuscous on outer side; tegule dark
rufo-piceous. Wings dusky, nervures and stigma dark
brown ; b. n. falling a little short of t.-m.; stigma lanceo-
late; marginal cell long and narrow; second s.m. small,
receiving first r.n.a little before middle ; third s.m. very
large, more than twice as large as second, as broad above ag
second is below, receiving second r. n. as far from its end as
first r.n.is from base of second sm. Abdomen shining,
not punctured, densely covered apicaily with very pale
dusky ochreous hair, and bands of the same covering the
pallid margins of the third and fourth segments, and of the
second at sides.
140 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
Hab. South Australia ; the specimen is 74 of the Froggatt
collection, and is labelled “S. Aust., W. W. F., Blackburn,
1909.”
By the character of the postscutellum, the large third
submarginal cell, &e., this falls next to P. tuberculatus, Ckll.,
but it has a very different abdomen.
Paracolletes humerosus cyanurus, subsp. 0.
9? —Length a little over 9 mm.
Rather slender; hair of vertex and dorsum of thorax
(except broad anterior corners of mesothorax) black ; the
large humeral hair-patches very conspicuous, white, with a
faint creamy tint ; abdomen shining, distinctly purplish, the
hind margins of the segments broadly reddened; hair at
apex black ; pygidial plate bright ferruginous. The legs
agree with humerosus as described by Smith; stigma and
nervures dark ferruginous ; first r. n. entering second s.m.
before middle (as in humerosus); third s.m. very broad
above.
Hab, “ Oakley, Victoria” (French, 1909 ; Froggatt coll.
19) i:
Possibly a distinct species, but certainly very close to
P. humerosus (Smith).
Paracolletes rebellis, Cockerell.
Three from Nat. Mus. Victoria (118, 114, 115), one from
Woodend, the others without locality.
Paracolletes melbournensis, Cockerell.
Rutherglen, Victoria (French; Froggatt coll. 193); no
locality (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 101).
Paracolletes leai, Cockerell.
Wilson’s Promontory, Christmas 1905 (J. A. Kershaw,
Nat. Mus. Vict. 264) ; Buchan, Jan. 20, 1907 (Nat. Mus.
Vict. 81) ; King I., Tasmania (J. A. Kershaw; Nat. Mus.
Vict. 204, 205, 208).
Paracolletes tuberculatus, Cockerell.
Oakleigh (B. Hill; Nat. Mus. Vict. 79); no locality
(Nat. Mus. Vict. 82).
Paracolletes argentifrons, Smith, var. a.
W. Australia (F. Duboulay, Nat. Mus. Vict. 73).
Records of Bees. 141
Paracolletes providus, Smith.
Near Melbourne (Nat. Mus. Vict. 262); no locality
(Nat. Mus. Vict. 87); N.S. Wales (J. A. Kershaw, Nut.
Mus. Vict. 83).
_Paracolletes viridicinctus, Cockerell.
Croydon, Jan. 11, 1909 (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
91, 92, 94). Perhaps not quite typical, but not to be
separated.
Parasphecodes vermiculatus, sp. n.
¢.—Length 9 mm,
Parallel-sided, not very slender; head, thorax, and the
long antennze black ; clypeus with the apical part broadly
cream-colour, the light area coming to a point in middle
above ; labrum black, with the transverse projecting edge
ferruginous ; mandibles black; tongue short and broad ;
hair of head and thorax dull greyish white, rather scanty ;
eyes strongly converging below ; mesothorax and scutellum
entirely dull and minutely granular; pleura rugulose; area
of metathorax large, sharply bounded in middle behind,
entirely covered with strong vermiform ruge, the depressions
between them shining, and quite without a smooth posterior
margin; tegule dark rufous with a darker spot. Wings
hyaline, conspicuously dusky at apex; stigma dark rufous,
nervures fuscous; second s.m. very broad; first r.n. meeting
second t.-c.; third s.m. quadrate, broad above, with the
outer side bulging; outer nervures not weakened; femora
black, with the knees red; tibiz bright chestnut-red, the
hind ones more or less suffused with dusky; tarsi black,
with apex of last joint red. Abdomen bright chestnut-red,
the fifth segment and beyond black or nearly ; first two
segments very minutely punctured; suture between first
and second somewhat depressed, but not that between second
and third ; first segment wholly red ; no lateral hair-patches ;
a black patch on ventral side at extreme base.
Hab, Australia, presumably Victoria ; Nat. Mus. Victoria,
173, presented by G. I’. Gill.
In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1904, this
runs to P. stuchila, Sm., differing by the densely wrinkled
base of metathorax, first abdominal segment (dorsal) entirely
red, third segment not depressed at base, and first r. n,
meeting second t.-c. Otherwise it agrees with Smith’s
account of P, stuchila, and my notes on the type. The
142 Mr, 'T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and
combination of red tibiz with black tarsi is a striking
feature, and throws it entirely out of the table in Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., Aug. 1910.
Parasphecodes arciferus, sp. 0.
? .—Length 9 mm., expanse a little over 18.
Head, thorax, antennz, and legs black, except that the
flagellum is ferruginous beneath apically (this is not con-
spicuous), and the tarsi are obscurely reddish at apex ; hair
of head and thorax greyish white; head broad; clypeus
shining, with sparse distinct punctures and a strong median
depression ; mandibles dark red subapically ; vertex shining ;
mesothorax and scutellum densely and rather coarsely
punctured, the shining surface visible between the punctures
on scutellum and hind part of mesothorax ; tubercles densely
fringed with white hair; area of metathorax peculiar, the
hind margin thickened and obtuse, but interrupted in middle,
so that the rather narrow area proper, which is finely
obliquely striate, has its hind edge curved on each side and
pointed in the middle, like a printer’s bracket ; sides of
metathorax very hairy. Legs with pale hair, middle femora
with a fulvous tuft beneath at base; hind spur simple ;
tegulz rufo-piceous. Wings hyaline, broadly dusky apically ;
stigma dark reddish, nervures sepia, third t.-c. and second
r. n. conspicuously weakened; stigma rather small; second
s.m. very broad, receiving first r. n. before its end; third
s.m. much broader below than above. Abdomen chestnut-
red, the basal half of first segment black, the third segment
suffused with blackish, the fourth and fifth black, the hair
at apex dark sooty; first two segments conspicuously
punctured, the punctures well separated on middle of second ;
very small white hair-patches at sides of base of segments 2
and 3; fourth and following ventral segments black ; second
ventral segment with a large median tubercle.
Hab. Mordialloc, Victoria (F. P. Spry; Nat. Mus. Vict.
256).
i the table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1904, this
falls with P. tuchilas,Sm., and P. lichatus,Sm. In P. tuchilas
the area of metathorax is bounded by a sharp ridge, and the
hind margins of the first two abdominal segments are
darkened. In P. lichatus the metathorax is also unlike that
of P. arciferus. From all the similar species, P. arciferus is
readily known by the tubercle on the second ventral segment
of abdomen.
Records of Bees. 143
Parasphecodes fultoni, sp. n.
? Length 9 mm.
Head, thorax, antenne, and legs black, with light ochra-
ceous pubescence, becoming light fulvous dorsally ; mandibles
obscurely reddish apically; clypeus shining apically, dull
basally, strongly punctured, without a median groove ; meso-
thorax densely and finely rugoso-punctate ; scutellum
similarly punctured, but bigibbous, with a median sulcus,
the summits of the elevations shining ; area of metathorax
large, covered with strong rather wavy longitudinal ruge,
except a narrow apical band just before the semicircular
rather sharp edge; upper part of truncation with a rather
inconspicuous but long tuft of pale hair; inner side of tarsi
with reddish hair; tegule bright clear fulvous. Wings
dusky, darker apically; stigma dull ferruginous, large ;
nervures sepia, third t.-c. and second r.n. weakened ; second
s.m. small; first r. n. meeting second t.-c.; third s.m.
broader below than above. Abdomen with the first two
segments chestnut-red (the first not black at base), very
finely punctured ; third more dusky, nearly half covered by
a large broad blackish triangular area, but hind margin
broadly red ; fourth black, with the hind margin dull red ;
apical segments black, and hair at apex black ; second and
third segments with fine white pile at extreme base laterally.
Hab. Croydon, Australia, Jan. 11, 1909 (S. W. Fulton ;
N. Mus. Vict. 189).
Mr. Fulton, on the same day, took P. speculiferus, Ckll.
(N. Mus. Vict. 199), at Croydon ; it is very like P. fultoni,
but differs in the colour of the hair, the darker tegule, and
the finer, not wrinkled, rugze of metathoracic area. P. fultoni
is also closely allied to P. cirriferus, Ckll., but much
smaller,
Parasphecodes plorator, Cockerell.
The original type was labelled Melbourne, but seven
specimens now before me were all collected by Mr. 8. W.
Fulton at Croydon (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 90, 95, 98, 241,
242, 244, 245).
The females of the black or almost black species of
Parasphecodes known to me may be separated as follows :—
Area of metathorax without rug
Area of metathorax with ruge ............
1, Apical half of abdominal venter with coarse
Polat le Wats ees ale tie ag hati. aks ols Sumidicaudus, Cll.
Apical half of abdominal venter with light
Bei etal adig sta ated asad wit tela ate, aerctris Ae oe
Arie ae Bee plorator, Ckll.
1.
144 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and
2. Second ventral segment of abdomen with a
dense tuft of hair covering the slight median
ClOVATION %, 0. neko cher Meena oe ten noachinus, Ckll.
Second ventral segment without such a tuft of
hair; mesothorax more densely punctured... 3.
3. Tubercle on second ventral segment low;
abdomen wholly black .2..:..:...2...... dissimulator, Ckll.
Tubercle on second ventral segment high ;
first three segments of abdomen very dark
EOC)... avseyececebe new she 2s a Winches Meine s Cees atrorufescens, Ckll.
There is one other species, P. carbonarius (Halictus
carbonarius, Smith). This is nearest to P. noachinus, but
smaller, with more dark hair on the legs.
Parasphecodes fumidicaudus, sp. n.
? .—Length 103} mm.
Pitch-black (including the legs), flagellum reddish at
apex ; pubescence black, more or less pallid on cheeks and
sides of metathorax, and tubercles with a dense pale fringe ;
clypeus prominent, with sparse strong punctures and (to-
ward base) much smaller ones, and a median depression ;
fringe below clypeus wholly dark ; mesothorax moderately
shining, distinctly and rather closely punctured, more
sparsely on the disc posteriorly ; scutellum bigibbous, with
minute punctures, and scattered larger ones; area of meta-
thorax rather strongly obliquely ridged, with a thickened
margin interrupted in middle, much as in arciferus. Legs
with dark hair; tegule black. Wings dilute fuliginous,
nervures and the rather small stigma very dark reddish;
second s,m. very broad; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ;
second r. n. and third t.-c. thin. First two abdominal seg-
ments distinctly but not very densely punctured ; apex with
black hair.
Hab. Stradbroke Island, Queensland, Oct. 2, 1911
(H. Hacher, Queensl. Mus. 21).
Parasphecodes noachinus, sp, ni.
@ .—Length 11 mm., expanse about 203.
Black (including the legs), flagellum with the apical half
very obscurely reddish beneath; hair of head and thorax
pale grey, with much black on face, front, vertex, mesothorax,
and scutellum; clypeus longitudinally grooved, with very
strong punctures, and some smali ones; front and vertex
shining; mesothorax shining, but not brilliantly, strongly
but not very densely punctured, quite sparsely at sides of
middle; scutellum bigibbous, shining, and sparsely punc-
tured; area of metathorax delicately obliquely striate, the
Records of Bees. 145
hind margin swollen and obtuse, interrupted in middle.
Legs with dull white hair, dark fuscous on outer side of
middle and hind tibiz; hind spur simple; tegule black.
Wings dilute brownish, stigma and nervures very dark
reddish brown ; second s.m, broad, about square ; first r. n.
joining second t.-c.; outer nervures thin but dark. Abdo-
men shining, finely punctured, the hind margins of the
segments broadly smooth and impunctate ; the first segment
has a smooth impunctate area on each side; hair at apex
black, of venter white to end of fourth segment; the
second abdominal segment is very finely white-ciliate at
extreme base.
Hab. Ararat, Victoria (W. F. Hill; N. Mus. Vict. 78,
80). ‘Two specimens.
Parasphecodes dissimulator, sp. n.
? —Length about 11 mm.
Black, including legs ; flagellum rather bright ferruginous
at apex ; clypeus shining, sparsely and irregularly punctured,
with a iether. sulcus ; Grant roughened, hardly shining ;
hair of head and thorax dull white; mixed with fuscous on
front of head, and to some extent on dise of thorax ; meso-
thorax densely punctured, shining between the punctures ;
scutellum flattened, closely punctured, not bigibbous ; area
of metathorax of the same type as in P. nvachinus, but the
striz very feeble. Legs with rather more dark hair than
in P. noachinus, the hind tibiz with a band of red-brown
hair on outer side, hind basitarsus with a brush of red hair
at end; tegule rufo-piceous. Wings strongly dusky,
nervures and stigma ferruginous; second s.m. broad,
receiving first r.n. at its apical corner. Abdomen nearly
as in the allied species, the punctures on second segment
small and not at all dense; hair at apex black, of venter
pale; second ventral segment with a slight elevation.
Hab. Ove specimen labelled Carrom, Victoria (French ;
Froggatt coll. 176).
Parasphecodes atrorufescens, sp. 0.
? .—Length 10 mm.
Robust, black, with the first three abdominal segments
very dark red ; flagellum black, very faintly reddish at end ;
clypeus shining, with a slender median groove and sparse
only moderately large punctures; front dullish, granular,
but shining below middle ocellus ; hair of head and thorax
as in P. disstimulator; mesothorax densely, rather coarsely
Ann. & Mag. N. ist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 10
146 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
punctured; scutellum slightly bigibbous, with small well-
separated punctures on a shining surface; base of meta-
thorax of the same type as that of P. noachinus. Legs with
much dark hair, covering outer side of middle and hind
tibize and tarsi; brush at apex of hind basitarsi dark ;
tegule black. Wings dusky, very strongly so apically ;
stigma and nervures piceous; second s.m. very broad, re-
ceiving first r. n. well before its end. Abdomen shining,
the first two segments finely punctured, the first more closely
than the second; hair at apex black; of venter, to end of
fourth segment, slistening silvery ; second reareal segment
with a very large tubercle, the posterior slope of whieh is
beset with silver y hairs.
Hab. Purnong (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Victoria, 138).
Andrena bateie, Cockerell.
Antrena batesie, Cockerell, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxxvi. p. 248.
Cyprus.
Following, I believe, an erroneous label, I wrote dafesie,
and the pollecrons name Miss Bates, although IT onght to
have known better, being well aware of the “brilliant. work
of Miss Dorothea Bate in Cyprus.
Celioxys ducalis, Smith.
Professor C. F. Baker sends me this fine species, collected
by himself at Los Bafios, Philippine Islands. At the same
locality he has also taken both sexes of C. philippensis,
Bingham.
Xylocopa morio callichlora, Cockerell, variety a.
Apical half of anterior wings suffused with coppery red.
Three females; Guayaquil, Ecuador, May to June, 1913
(C. 1. Brues). X. callichlora probably deserves to rank as a
distinct species.
X1V.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuide.
By Sir Grorer F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.
[Continued from vol. xii. p. 601. ]
CucvLLiavz.
2122 b. Cucullia nubipicta, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax blue-grey mixed with fuscous brown ;
tegulze with two dark lines at middle and one near tips ;
palpi with blackish streaks at sides except towards tip ;
pectus whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen grey tinged
oy i
“Or
Poi Yy Rs
7 Z WY,
ZZ j yf
< Ye
CS.
SVN ARE? SS
QUI NDS
SAceS Sh aes.
ANG
YASS bY
x Roraay)
oa Seah }}
i)
> .
ras
Satuasctty
Se
CONDUCTED BY
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS8., F.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,
. ' AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S *‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL DISTORY.”
WITH THREE PLATES.
Illustrative of Mr. G. Lewis’s Paper on new Species of Histeride, Mr. F. A.
Bather’s on British Fossil Crinoids, and Mr. J. W. Pryde’s on Annelida
Polycheta. ;
LONDON;
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.
Sold by Say de Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:
odges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin, *
|
i
i
|
|
containing over 5000 figures.
LEPIDOPTERA INDICA.
Rhopalocera.
BY :
FREDERIC MOORE, D.Sc., F.Z.S,, F.E.S.,
3 continued by
COLONEL Cc. SWINHOE, M.A.; F.E.S.5 2.2.8... FES.
Price with hand-coloured plates, £85 for the complete set.
The Publishers are prepared to arrange terms of delivery and payment for
those who cannot afford to take the complete work all at once. Also to make
up a few copies with uncoloured plates, and a few copies with letterpress only. A
Full Siete may be had on application.
.ECENTLY PUBLISHED, VOL. 6 (SUPPLEMENT) OF THE
COLEOPTERA of the
BRITISH ISLANDS.
The Rev. Canon W. W. FOWLER, M.A., D.Sc., F.E.S., and
H. St. J. DONISTHORPE, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
Containing descriptions of new species; revised analytical tables; additional
records of localities; and a chapter on the Myrmecophilous Coleoptera.
With,3* plates; -BVOs. V6... )icnocnc as cee ecane sas naman eee Price 18s. Od.
Large paper edition, illustrated with 20 coloured
plates containing 260 figures ............... Price £2 8s. Od.
FLORA of TROPICAL
AFRICA.
NOW READY.
Val. 1V., Sec. li. (HYDROPHYLLACEA to PEDALINEA), pp. x-+596 - - = 27/-net.
Vol. VI., Sec. |. (NYCTAGINEA to EUPHORBIACE), pp. xiiit+1094- - - 48/- net.
FLORA CAPENSIS.
NOW READY.
Vol. V., Sec. 1. (ACANTHACEA to PROTACEA), pp. xvit- 747 - - = - 34/- net.
Vol. V., Sec. Wl. (HYBROCHARIDEA to SCITAMINEA), pp. xi+ 332.- - - 17/- net.
Price Reduced.
KEELING-COCOS
ISLANDS, INDIAN OCEAN.
Coral and Atolls; a History and Description of the Islands, with
an account of their Fauna and Flora, anda Discussion of the Method
of Development and Transformation of Coral Structures in General.
By F. Woop-Jongs, D.Sc., F.Z.S. With 27 Plates and Photo
teproductions, Plans and Diagrams. O18 ppee Vos AS Oa
A Complete Catalogue of Messrs. Reeve’s works on Natural History
Jowarded post free on application.
L. REEVE & CO., Ltd.,
6, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, W.C.
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[EIGHTH SERIES. ]
No. 74. FEBRUARY 1914,
X VIII.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuide.
By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.
{Concluded from p. 175. }
Genus LopnocyTrarra, nov.
Type, L. phaenicorantha.
Proboscis aborted, minute ; palpi upturned, slender, the
second joint reaching to about middle of frons, the third short;
frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; antenne of male ciliated ;
thorax clothed almost eutirely with scales and without
crests ; fore and mid tibie fringed with long hair ; abdomen
Without crests. Fore wing with the apex rounded, the
termen evenly curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 5
from near angle of cell; 6 from upper angle; 9 from 10
anastomosing with 8 to form a minute areole; 11 from eell;
a small tuft of scales in middle of cell and two on disco-
eellulars. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ;
5 nearly fully developed from just below middle of disco-
cellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angie; 8 anastomosing with the
cell near base only.
5406 a, Lophocyttarra phenicoxantha, sp. un.
g. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark purple-red tinged
with blackish ; pectus, legs, ventral surface of abdomen
and anal tuft yellow, the fore legs black in front except
the tarsi, Fore wing yellow, the base and costal area
Ann, & Mag. N, Hist, Ser. 8. Vol, xiii. 14
1935 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
deep purple-red tinged in parts with black and irrorated
with silver scales ; antemedial line indistinct, purplish
pink on the yellow area, excurved ; a tuft of black and
silver scales in middle of cell and two on discocellulars ;
some purple-pink in and beyond end of cell, and an incurved
band from lower angle to inner margin ; postmedial line
yellow defined on outer side by purplish pink, bent outwards
below costa, slightly incurved at discal fold, below vein 3
forming a broad waved incurved band, some yellow points
beyond it on costa ; subterminal line only defined by some
purple-pink beyond its medial part, forming a spot at
middle of terminal area ; a terminal series of purplish-pink
points. Hind wing purplish pink irrorated with silvery
scales, the terminal area yellow; rather diffused dark
curved antemedial, medial, and postmedial lines and a dark
discoidal bar; a terminal series of purplish-pink points ; the
underside whitish.
Hab. Natat, Durban (Leigh), 1 g type. Harp. 22 mm.
5430. a. Corgatha inflammata, sp. 1.
gd. Head and tegule yellow suffused with fiery red ;
thorax fiery red with some silvery scales ; pectus and legs
yellow, the fore legs crimson with some yellow and brown
hair on fore femora and the tarsi yellow ; abdomen fiery
red with some silvery scales, the ventral surface yellow.
Fore wing yellow almost entirely suffused with fiery red and
irrorated with some fuscous and silvery scales, the medial
part of costa, a patch in middle of cell, and a patch beyond
costal part of postmedial line yellow; a subbasal yellow
striga from costa; antemedial line defined on outer side by
a red striga from costa on the yellow area, yellow and
excurved below the cell; traces of a dark medial shade;
postmedial line red defined on outer side by yellow and on
inner side also below costa, minutely dentate, excurved tu
vein 4, then incurved, some yellow points beyond it on costa ;
subterminal line represented by faint yellow marks, some-
what excuived below vein 7 and at middle ; cilia chequered
red and yellow. Hind wing with the basal half yellow with
some fiery red and blackish irroration below end of cell, the
terminal half fiery red with some silvery irroration ; diffused
fiery-red subbasal and medial lines ; postmedial line fiery
red defined on outer side by yellow, dentate, angled mwards
at discal fold and excurved at middle ; subterminal line
represented by some small yellow spots; cilia chequered
red and yellow ; the underside yellow, a slight brownish
Genera and Species of Noctuidee. ee)
discoidal spot, a sinuous pale red postmedial line, the
terminal area suffused with pale red and the termen with
fuscous.
Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Oetakwa R., Snow Mts. (Meek),
1 type. Lap. 22 mm.
' 54306. Corgatha poliostrota, sp. n.
9. Head and thorax purplish red-brown, the vertex of
head and antenne towards base white ; abdomen dark
purplish brown mixed with some grey; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen whitish mixed with brown
Fore wing purplish brown tinged with grey, the costal and
postmedial areas white irrorated with brown; a narrow
antemedial white band ; a whitish discoidal spot ; postmedial
line indistinctly double, dark filled in with whitish, oblique
to vein 6, slightly incurved at diseal fold, incurved below
vein 4; the costa beyond it tinged with brown and with
two white points ; subterminal ane only defined by the dark
terminal area and the brownish on costa before it, angled
inwards at discal fold and exeurved at middle; a blackish
terminal line. Hind wing purple-brown with some grey
and fuscous irroration ; traces of an oblique sinuous whitish
antemedial line and of a sinuous whitish subterminal line ;
a blackish terminal line ; the underside grey tinged with
brown.
Hab. Gorn Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 9 type. Hap.
18 mm.
51380 .¢. Corgatha emarginata, sp. n.
Fore wing with the apex produced and acute, the termen
oblique and sinuous below vein 8; hind wing with the
termen oblique to vein 3 where it is strongly excurved ;
tibize of male fringed with long hair.
6. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright rufous mixed with
yellow, the last with the ventral surface yellow. Fore wing
yellow irrorated with rufous and blackish, the costal area
suffused with rufous and irrorated with a few silvery scales ;
antemedial line rufous, curved ; a faint rufous spot in cell
towards extremity and a faint ‘oblique dark medial shade ;
the terminal half of costal edge black with some white
points on it ; postmedial line rufous, oblique and almost
straight from below costa to inner margin ; a faint waved
rufous subterminal line, excurved at middle; a rufous
terminal line with a series of black points on it. Hind
wing yellow suffused with bright rufous and_ slightly
irrorated with black; a small black diseoidal spot on an
14*
200 Sir G. F. Hainpson on new
oblique dark shade; postmedial line rufous, oblique,
straight ; a diffused waved rufous subterminal line, excurved
at middle; a rufous terminal line and series of black
points ; the underside yellow, a black discoidal spot and
rufous postmedial line, the termen suffused with fuscous
black to vein 4, then with black striz.
Hab. Dutca N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),
1g type. Exp. 22 mm.
5525 a. Angitia flavidorsum, sp. n.
9. Head and thorax yellow, mixed with red-brown ;
abdomen yellow tinged with rufous and suffused with red-
brown at side. Fore wing red-brown irrorated with yellow
especially on medial part of costal area; an irregular
yellow patch at base with a black spot on its outer edge ; ;
double subbasal black striz filled in with yellow from costa} ;
antemedial tine double, black-brown filled in with ye ellowiete
sinuous, excurved above inner margin ; orbicular defined at
sides by yellow bars ; reniform with a yellow bar ou inner
edge and a yellow spot with white spots above it and two
below it on outer ; a dark striga from middle of costa and
an oblique waved line from lower angle of cell to inner
margin ; postmedial line double, dark brown filled in with
yellow, strongly bent outwards below costa, then minutely
waved, slightly incurved at discal fold and oblique below
vein 4, some whitish points beyond it on costa ; subterminal
line yellow, interrupted, defined on inner side by dark
brown suffusion and somewhat dentate marks at middle,
minutely waved, excurved at vein 7 and middle, and bent
inwards at veins 5 and 3, a small yellow spot beyond it at
discal fold ; a terminal series of small black-brown lunules
slightly defined by yellowish ; cilia bright yellow with red-
brown patches at apex and middle. Hind wing red-brown,
the cilia bright yellow, red-brown at tips towards apex ; the
underside whitish irrorated with red-brown, the apical area
suffused with red-brown and a red-brown patch at tornus,
a red-brown discoidal spot and crenulate postmedial line
defined on outer side by white.
Hab. Panama, La Chorrera (Dolby-Tyler), 1 93; Br.
Guiana (Kaye), 1 2? type. Hap. 30 mm.
5535 a. Angitia esmeralda, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax emerald-green mixed with red-
brown, the vertex of head and tegulz with some whitish ;
pectus and legs white tinged with red-brown; abdomen
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 201
brown mixed with yellow and with yellow dorsal stripe, the
crests and extremity of anal tuft emerald-green. Fore wing
emerald-green thickly pencilled with dark brown and slightly
irrorated with black ; a basal green patch with black spot
at its lower extremity ; antemedial line dark brown, oblique,
sinuous ; orbicular with green bars defined by blackish at
sides ; reniform with green bar detined by blackish on inner
side, its outer edge with white point at upper extremity and
two at lower; an oblique dark line from lower angle of cell
to inner margin ; postmedial line double, dark browa filled
in with green, strongly bent outwards below costa, then
minutely waved, slightly incurved at discal fold and oblique
below vein 4, some white points beyond it on costa; sub-
terminal line green defined on inner si!e by small dentate
black marks between veins 7 and 3, minutely waved, bent
outwards at vein 7 and middle, a blackish spot beyond it on
diseal fold; a terminal series of small blackish lunules
slightly defined by green; cilia green mixed with brown
towards apex and at middle. Hind wing red-brown, the
cilia green with a brown line through them towards apex ;
the underside green irrorated with brown especially on
terminal area, a brown line from costa to lower angle of cell
and crenulate postmedial line.
Hab, Trrntpap, Caparo (Kaye), 19 type. Exp. 30 mm.
5536 a. Angitia poliosema, sp. un.
6. Head and thorax yellow-green mixed with red-brown,
the metathorax with green patch ; abdomen yellow-green
mixed with red-brown and with a green patch at base of
dorsum, the ventral surface yellow with sublateral and
ventral series of small dark spots. Fore wing yellow-green
irrorated with red-brown; an indistinct double brown
subbasal line filled in with green from costa to a green
mark below base of cell; antemedial line double, brown
filled in with green and defined on inner side by a red-
brown band, from costa to vein 1, slightly waved ; orbicular
defined at sides by green and red-brown; reniform with
incomplete green annulus defined by red-brown and
green centre defined by red-brown; au incurved red-
brown shade from lower angle of cell to inner margin ;
a grey patch irrorated with brown beyond lower angle
of cell; postmedial line double, dark brown filled in with
green, bent outwards below costa, then waved, incurved at
discal fold and below vein 4, some dark brown suffusion
beyond it and some green points on costa; subterminal line
202 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
green defined on inner side by red-brown, waved, excurved
at vein 7 and middle and bent inwards at veins 5 and 3,
some dark red-brown beyond it towards apex and _ spots
below veins 5 and 3; a terminal series of small dark brown
lunules defined by green. Hind wing red-brown, the inner
half of termen with slight dark lunules defined by green, a
green bar above tornus; cilia green, red-brown at tips
towards apex; the underside whitish irrorated with red-
brown, the terminal area suffused with red-brown, a red-
brown discoidal spot and diffused crenulate postmedial line
defined ou outer side by white.
Hab. Br. Guiana (Roberts), 1 ¢ type. Harp. 28 mm.
5588 a. Phyllophila atripars, sp. n.
&@. Head and thorax grey tinged with brown and irrorated
with black, black streaks on vertex of head and upper edges of
tegule and patagia, the dorsum of thorax black ; pectus, legs,
and abdomen brownish grey irrorated with black, the last
dorsally suffused with brown. Fore wing grey suffused with
brown and irrorated with black, the costal area paler with
black streaks on the veins; a black fascia below median ner-
vure; orbicular black, small, round; reniform defined by
black, narrow, elliptical; postmedial line black, obsolescent
towards costa, strongly excurved to vein 4, then bent inwards
to below end of cell and oblique and sinuous to inner
margin; subterminal line blackish, excurved, and waved to
vein 8, then bent inwards; an oblique black shade from
apex to vein 6, then between the postmedial and subterminal
lines to vein 3; a terminal series of black points; cilia with
a black line at middle. Hind wing grey tinged and irrorated
with brown, the terminal area suffused with brown ; a black
discoidal spot and fine terminal lne; cilia grey with a
black line at middle; the underside brownish white strongly
irrorated with black, a black discoidal lunule.
Ab. 1. Fore wing with the costal area black to the sub-
terminal line extending to the fascia below the cell.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Nairobi (Anderson), 6 S$. Hap.
30 mm.
P. 378. Genus Xantholeuca, Hmpsn., nec Seph. Lep. 1831.
Rename CHIONOXANTHA.
P. 479. Prasinopyra, n. vn. for Chlorhoda, nec Hmpsn.
Lep. 190].
P, 487. Genus Xanthozona, Hmpsn., nec Townsend,
Dipt. 1908. Rename XANTHOMERA.
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 203
5601. Ozarba flavicilia, sp. n.
do. Head aud thorax black-brown; palpi, pectus, and legs
yellow mixed with black-brown, the tarsi black-brown ringed
with yellow; abdomen fuscous brown, the anal tuft and
lateral stripes yellow, the ventral surface yellow irrorated
with blackish. Fore wing black-brown with a slight
purplish-grey gloss; antemedial line indistinct, double,
blackish, dentate, with two orange striz at costa; medial
line indistinct, blackish, waved ; a straight pale yellow post-
medial band, defined at sides by black and with diffused
rufous line towards outer edge, some yellow points beyond
it on costa; subterminal line indistinct, diffused, blackish,
irregularly dentate, incurved at discal fold and below vein 8 ;
a terminal series of black points. Hind wing dark brown
with a cupreous gloss; cilia yellow except at apex; the
underside black irrorated with whitish, some yellow at base
of costa and on termen except towards apex and tornus.
Hab. Ucanpa, Entebbe (Neave), 1 3 type. Hap. 26 mm.
5605 a. Ozarba orthogramma, sp. n.
?. Head and thorax greyish brown ; abdomen pale grey-
brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish
suffused with brown, the tarsi black ringed with white.
Fore wing greyish brown with a slight cupreous tinge; ante-
medial line dark brown defined on each side by whitish, erect
and shghtly sinuous; a slightly incurved blackish medial
line defined on inner side by some whitish scales and with a
dark brown band beyond it, narrow at costa, widening to
inner margin ; an oblique white striga across end of cell and
two minute black and white points beyond upper angle;
postmedial line dark brown defined on each side by whitish,
erect, straight, a patch of dark brown suffusion beyond it
from below costa to vein 5; traces of a sinuous whitish sub-
terminal line, incurved at submedian fold; a fine blackish
terminal line defined on inner side by whitish. Hind wing
brown with a cupreous gloss ; the underside brown irrorated
with whitish, indistinct curved dark postmedial and sub-
terminal line, a fine waved blackish terminal line with
whitish marks before it.
Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna (Maefie), 2 9 type. zp.
24 mm.
5678 a. Ozarba leptocyma, sp. n.
¢. Head and tegule dark brown mixed with ochreous ;
thorax dark brown mixed with grey; pectus and legs ochreous
204. Sir G. F. Hampson on new
mixed with brown, the tarsi blackish ringed with ochreous ;
abdomen dark brown, the ventral surface irrorated with
grey. Fore wing purplish grey, the terminal area dark
brown; a shght dark subbasal line from costa to submedian
fold; antemedial line double, dark, sinuous, defined on inner
side by pinkish towards costa; a sinuous dark medial line
excurved at median nervure and with band of dark suffusion
beyond it; a pinkish white discoidal striga; postmedial line
double, dark filled in with grey and defined on outer side by
grey, slightly incurved at discal and submedian folds, some
pale poits beyond it on costa; a slight greyish subterminal
line somewhat excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a
blackish terminal line defined on inner side by slight whitish
lunules. Hind wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; the
underside slightly irrorated with grey.
Hab. ON. Niceria, Minna (Macfie), 2 3 type, Zungeru,
16. Hzp. 18 mm.
5760 a. Lithacodia mesomela, sp. n.
Head and thorax. grey-white mixed with rufous and some
blackish ; antennz and palpi blackish; abdomen grey-white
mixed with dark brown, the crest on third segment blackish.
Fore wing with the ba- al area and the costal area and cell to
the reniform whitish suffused with rufous; a subbasal black
point in the cell; antemedial line slight, double, incurved in
cell, oblique and filled in with white below the cell; the
inner half of medial area black-brown; a black point in
middle of cell; reniform elliptical with white annulus defined
by black, its centre white above, fuscous below, and in-
completely defined by black; postmedial lne double and
filled in with white, excurved below costa, then forming the
outer edge of reniform, incurved and waved below it; the
terminal area whitish suffused with brown; subterminal line
whitish defined on inner side irregularly by black, dentate at
veins 7, 6, 4, 3, 2 and incurved at discal fold; an oblique
blackish mark from apex; a punctiform blackish terminal
line; cilia with dark lines at middle and tips. Hind wing
reddish brown; a fine dark terminal line; cilia whitish with
a dark line through them; the underside whitish tinged
with ochreous and irrorated with fuscous; a blackish dis-
coidal spot, minutely waved postmedial line, indistinct waved
subterminal line, and terminal series of black strie.
Hab. Br. E. Aprica, Nairobi (Anderson), 1 3, 4 2 type.
Exp., & 18, 2 20 mm.
Genera and Species of Noctuidee. 205
Genus ARGYROLOPHA, nov.
Type, A. costibarbata,
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to vertex of head and with tuft of hair behind at
extremity, the third moderate and with tuft of hair behind ;
frons smooth; eyes large, round; antennee of male with
fasciculate cilia; thorax clothed almost entirely with scales
and without crests; tibie slightly fringed with hair; abdo-
men with dorsal series of crests except at base. Fore wing
with the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved and crenu-
late; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from upper
angle; 9 and 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ;
11 from cell; male with a fringe of hair and scales from
below costa recurved over upper surface of wing. Hind
wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 nearly fully
developed from just below middle of discocellulars; 6, 7
from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base
only.
In key differs from Micrantha in the palpi being up-
turned.
5747 b. Argyrolopha costibarbata, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen bright red-brown mixed with
blackish; antennz and third joint of palpi except at tips
black ; fore tibize and tarsi black with slight pale rings;
abdomen with the crests black glossed with silver. Fore
wing bright red-brown irrorated with black ; a diffused black
band before the minutely waved black antemedial line; two
waved medial lines with blackish suffusion between them; a
small black discoidal lunule; postmedial line black defined
on outer side by reddish ochreous, minutely dentate, ex-
curved to vein 4, then incurved, a triangular blackish patch
beyond it on costal area with some ochreous points on the
costa; an indistinct ochreous subterminal line excurved
below vein 7 and at middle; a crenulate black terminal line
forming points in the interspaces. Hind wing bright red-
brown irrorated with blackish ; sinuous black medial and
postmedial lines, the latter with ochreous patch beyond it in
submedian interspace; an indistinct pale curved subterminal
line defined on outer side by blackish ; a crenulate black
terminal line forming points at the interspaces ; the under-
side whitish irrorated with brown, sinuous dark medial and
postmedial lines, and terminal series of small lunules.
Hab. Mauritius, Curepipe (Tullock), 18,2 ¢ type. Eap.
24 mm,
206 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
5747 d. Artigisa melanephele, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen bright red-brown mixed with
some black scales, the last with euibdorsal silvery-white bars on
third segment; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
ochreous, the fore and mid tibize and tarsi banded with
black. Fore wing bright red-brown irrorated with black ;
black subbasal striga from costa; a blackish band with waved
edges before the black antemedial line which is somewhat
dentate and interrupted and angled outwards below mediau
nervure ; a black point in middle of cell; reniform with
slight pale outline and its centre defined by some blackish ;
au indistinct dark medial line excurved in the cell to the
reniform, then incurved; postmedial line black defined on
outer side by ochreous with a black shade beyond it from
vein 5 to inner margin forming a patch between veins 5
and 8, the line excurved below costa, then dentate, and
incurved below vein 4, some reddish-ochreous points with
black streaks between them beyond it on costa; subterminal
line reddish ochreous defined on outer side by blackish,
curved, dentate; a series of black striz before termen and a
small patch at middle; a waved black terminal line. Hind
wing bright red-brown irrorated with some black ; a discoidal
spot defined at sides by black bars; two indistinct sinuous
lines beyond the cell, defined on outer side by reddish
ochreous; postmedial line black defined on outer side by
reddish ochreous, rather lunulate, incurved at submedian
fold, a blackish patch beyond it between velus 4 and 2;
subterminal line reddish ochreous defined on outer side by
blackish, waved and sinuous; a series of black striz before
termen and small patches at middle and submedian fold, a
waved black terminal line; the underside ochreous irrorated
with fuscous ; a black discoidal luuule with pale centre,
sinnous postmedial line, subterminal shade, a series of black
striz before termen.
Hab. Tasmania (R. M. Green), 1 3,3 2 type. Hap. 34—
42 mm.
47577. Artiyisa terminalis, sp. n.
I
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish ochreous mixed
with dark red-brown ; antennze and third joint of palpi dark
brown. Fore wing reddish ochreous irrorated with dark
red-brown, the area beyond the postmedial line dark red-
brown; acurved ochreous subbaasl line with a dark band
beyond it before the antemedial line which is dark defined
on inner side by ochreous, waved; a minute dark brown spot
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 207
in middle of cell; medial line dark brown, bent outwards in
cell, then sinuous; postmedial line slight, dark brown with
dark points on it at discal and submedian folds, minutely
waved, oblique to vein 4 and incurved below vein 2, some
slight pale points beyond it on costa; subterminal line
indistinct, pale, angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at
middle; a series of small obscure dark spots before termen
and a. punctiform terminal line. Hind wing ochreous
suffused and thickly irrorated with dark red-brown; a red-
brown discoidal spot; an indistinct sinuous medial line ;
postmedial line dark brown defined on outer side by ochreous,
somewhat dentate, excurved beyond lower angle of cell ; an
indistinct pale waved subterminal line and a series of dark
strie before termen ; the underside ochreous tinged with
brown, a brown discoidal spot and sinuous postmedial line.
Hab. Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer), 1 2 type. Hap. 26 mm.
5747 1. Panalla homospila, sp. un.
6. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with
ochreous and some dark scales; legs with some purplish-
pink hair ; tarsi blackish with pale rings; ventral surface of
abdomen ochreous. Fore wing purplish red-brown mixed
with some greyish ochreous ; antemedial line dark slightly
defined on inner side by ochreous, waved; a blackish point
in middle of cell; medial line blackish, excurved in cell and
waved below it; postmedial line slight, dark defined on outer
side by greyish followed by a wedge- shaped blackish shade
from costa to a rather bifid black patch at middle, the line
slightly waved, oblique to discal fold and incurved below
vein 4, some black and pale points beyond it on costa; sub-
terminal line greyish, excurved below costa, then oblique
and touching the bifid patch ; a series of black points before
termen and a fine waved black terminal line. Hind wing
purplish red-brown mixed with some greyish ochreous; a
slight sinuous dark medial line with a discoidal striga beyond
it; postmedial line black, punctiform, stronger towards inner
margin and excurved beyond lower angle of cell ; a series of
slight dark points before termen and a fine waved dark ter-
minal line; the underside greyer brown with the markings
indistinct.
Hab. Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer),1 g type. Hep. 28 mm.
5747 0. Panilla diagramma, sp. n.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish mixed with black
and some deep red, the frons and tegule with more black,
208 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
the metathorax with black patch ; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen ochreous whitish. Fore wing ochreous
whitish suffused with red-brown and irrorated with blackish,
the costa with antemedial, medial, and postmedial blackish
patches ; antemedial line blackish defined on inner side by
ochreous white, angled inwards in the cell and on vein | and
outwards just below median nervure ; a black point defined
by whitish in middle of cell; reniform with dark outline
defined by whitish, rather inverted comma-shaped ; a double
very oblique medial line from vein 5 to inner margin; post-
medial line black defined on outer side by whitish, very
oblique to vein 6, then minutely dentate to vein A, then
again very oblique, the blackish patch beyond it on costa
triangular ; subterminal line whitish, indistinct, and some-
what dentate to vein 4, then oblique and angled outwards at
vein 1; a fine crenulate black terminal line. Hind wing
ochreous whitish irrorated with black scales on basal area,
then suffused with dark brown; a small blackish discoidal
annulus; medial line blackish defined on outer side by
whitish, oblique; postmedial line black defined on each side
by whitish, oblique ; a white subterminal line, oblique from
below apex ; a punctiform black terminal line; the under-
side whitish irrorated with brown, a black discoidal annulus,
and waved medial and postmedial lines.
Hab. Gouv Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 2 type. Hwp.
20 mm.
5747 g. Panilla hemicausta, sp. n.
@. Head and thorax dark purplish brown; palpi ochreous
towards tips; pectus mostly ochreous ; tarsi dark brown
with pale rings ; abdomen ochreous with some purple-red
towards base and diffused dark bands towards extremity,
the ventral surface ochreous. Fore wing with the basal and
terminal areas purple-brown mixed with some red, the medial
area ochreous tinged with purplish red and suffused with
brown on its basal half; antemedial line slight, dark, shghtly
defined on inner side by ochreous, minutely waved, an in-
distinct sinuous dark medial line; postmedial line slight,
red defined on outer side by ochreous, oblique to vein 6,
angled inwards to a black point at discal fold, oblique and
minutely dentate below vein 4 and with two black points in
submedian interspace, some pale points beyond it on costa ;
traces of a waved greyish subterminal line; a slight lunulate
blackish terminal line. Hind wing ochreous irrorated with
red, the terminal area purple-brown mixed with some red; a
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 209
waved blackish medial line with some deep red beyond it on
inner half ; postmedial line dark, angled inwards and forming
a black wedge-shaped patch at discal fold, sinuous and with
black spots on it below vein 4; traces of an ochreous sub-
terminal line ; a lunulate blackish terminal line; the under-
side ochreous, the medial and postmedial lines and terminal
area dark brown.
Hab. Gown Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrel/), 1 9 type. Exp.
28 mm.
5747 r. Panilla poliochroa, sp. n.
6. Head, thorax, and abdomen violaceous grey mixed
with some black scales ; pectus and legs brownish white,
Fore wing violaceous grey slightly irrorated with blackish,
a blackish subbasal patch defined by whitish on costa and
antemedial black points in and below the cell; a double
waved blackish medial line; postmedial line black, minutely
waved, excurved, a black patch beyond it at middle; sub-
terminal line whitish, sinuous, from costa to the black patch ;
a series of black points before termen and blackish patch at
middle, and a fine waved black terminal line. Hind wing
violaceous grey irrorated with blackish ; a sinuous blackish
medial line excurved round an obscure discoidal annulus ;
postmedial line black, minutely dentate, angled inwards at
discal fold; a faint diffused subterminal line; a series of
black points before termen connected with a fine waved black
terminal line; the underside whitish suffused with brown
and with waved medial and postmedial lines.
Hab. N. Borneo, Mt, Marapok, 1 g type. Lap. 18 mm,
5747 ¢. Panilla subbasalis, sp. nu.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with
purplish red and with some black scales ; antenna black ;
mid tibize with the hair deep red-brown. Fore wing whitish
suffused with violaceous brown and some red and irrorated
with blackish ; a rather broad subbasal black band; a small
dark discoidal spot narrowing above ; postmedial line in-
distinct, dark, oblique to vein 5, then inwardly oblique and
somewhat dentate, a quadrate blackish patch beyond it on
costal area; traces of a dark postmedial line excurved at
middle; a terminal series of blackish points. Hind wing
whitish suffused with purplish red and irrorated with blackish;
an oblique black line from lower angle of cell to inner
margin ; postmedial line black, excurved beyond the cell ; a
blackish subterminal line, excurved at middle; a waved
210 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
blackish terminal line; the underside whitish tinged with
brown, the markings indistinct.
Hab. Goup Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 g type. Exp.
26 mm.
5762 a. Lithacodia pyrophora, sp. n.
9. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; antennz
brown; pectus and legs ochreous white, the fore tibiz and
the tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous
irrorated with fuscous, the crest on third segment black, the
anal segment with blackish subdorsal patches, Fore wing
with the basal area white tinged with pale rufous and
bounded by the obliquely curved dark antemedial line ; a
brown subbasal striga from costa; the rest of wing dark
brown ; a semielliptical white patch on postmedial part of
costa with a fiery-red patch on its outer side defined by a
white striga from costa; the shght curved very minutely
waved postmedial line arising from. the costal patch, whitish
defined by blackish and with a diffused black patch beyond
it below the red patch ; a black apical spot and traces of a
pale sinuous subterminal line ; a fine yellowish line at base
of cilia. Hind wing pale ochreous brown n; cilia yellowish
with a brown line near base ; the underside yellowish irro-
rated with brown, rather difftised curved dark medial and
postmedial lines, and a terminal series of black points.
Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Nyasaland (Old). 1 2 type. Hap.
20 mm.
5812a. Lithacodia griseifusa, sp. n.
?. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown mixed with grey ;
palpi with the second and third joints white at extremities ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged
with brown. Fore wing brown mixed with grey-white, the
medial area brown ; Fi ell line double, dark filled in with
whitish, from maa to submedian fold ; antemedial line
double, dark filled in with whitish and defined on inner side
by whitish, waved ; orbicular a small whitish annulus with
dark centre ; reniform small, whitish, elliptical, with two
dark points in centre; postmedial line double, dark filled in
with whitish and defined on outer side by whitish, bent out-
wards below costa, then minutely waved, excurved to vein 4,
then oblique, some white points beyond it on costa; sub-
terminal line whitish, excurved below vein 7 and at middle
a terminal series of black points. Hind wing grey-brown :
a fine dark terminal line; cilia whitish mixed with brown;
.
3
.
s
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 211
the underside whitish irrorated with brown, a small blackish
discoidal spot, curved sinuous postmedial line, and diffused
subterminal line.
Hah, N. Nieerta, Minna (Macfie), 2 9 type. Eup.
18 mm.
5882 b. Lithacodia plumbifusa, sp. n.
9. Head and thorax black-brown suffused with leaden
grey; pectus, legs, and abdomen greyish brown. Fore wing
black-brown suffused with leaden grey ; antemedial line grey
defined on outer side by brown sutfusion, waved ; orbicular
and reniform absent ; postmedial line greyish defined on
inner side by brown suffusion, somewhat oblique towards
costa, then dentate, incurved in submedian interspace ; sub-
terminal line indistinct, diffused, dark brown, excurved below
costa and at middle and incurved at discal fold and below
vein 8; aterminal series of black points. Ilind wing greyish
suffused with glossy brown.
Hab. N. Nicerta, Minna (Maefie), 1 2 type. zp.
16 mm.
Genus CALLostTROTIA, nov.
Type, C. flavizonata.
Proboscis fully developed; palpi upturned, the second joint
reaching to vertex of head and moderately scaled, the third
rather long ; frons with rounded prominence ; eyes large,
round ; antenne of male ciliated ; thorax clothed almost
entirely with scales, the metathorax with depressed crest ;
abdomen with basal crest only. Fore wing rather long and
narrow, the termen evenly curved and not crenulate ; veins
3 and 5 from near angle of ce}l; 6 from upper angle; 9 from
10 anastomosing with 8 to form a minute areole ; 11 from
cell. Hing wing with veins 3,4 from angle of cell; 5 nearly
fully developed from above angle; 6,7 from upper angle ;
8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.
5848 a. Callostrotia flavizonata, sp. 0.
6. Head and thorax black mixed with yellow ; antennz
yellowish with a black line between their bases; abdomen
black with yellow segmental lines, the extremity yellow.
Fore wing with the base black with some yellow and silvery
scales; a yellow subbasal striga from costa ; a yellow ante-
medial band with smuous edges ; medial area black irrorated
with yellow and silvery scales ; a small yellow spot in middle
O12 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
of cell and yellow discoidal striga; postmedial line yellow,
expanding into a patch at costa, excurved at middle; post-
medial area black irrorated with yellow and silvery scales
and with some yellow points at costa; subterminal line
yellow, nearly straight, defined on outer side by black suffu-
sion except towards tornus; the termen yellow with a series
of black points. Hind wing yellowish suffused with black-
brown leaving the termen yellowish; a yellow postmedial
bar from costa; a terminal series of black points; the ~
underside yellow suffused with black, the inner area yellowish,
a sinuous yellow postmedial band, and a series of small yellow
spots in the interspace before termen.
Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 g type. Lup.
20 mm.
5884a. Hustrotia expatriata, sp. n.
?. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown ; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen whitish, the tibie and tarsi
fuscous ringed with white. Fore wing with the basal half
grey-brown, the terminal half pale purplish red-brown with
the termen greyer; slight black subbasal and antemedial
marks on costa; a deep chocolate-brown medial band edged
by black lines and with silvery lines just before and beyond
it, slightly exeurved below costa and incurved just below the
cell, a faint dark line beyond it incurved between veins 5
and 1 ; a few blackish scales on discocellulars ; some black
points on postmedial part of costa; a greyish subterminal
line, slightly excurved at middle, a terminal series of black
strie. Hind wing grey tinged with red-brown ; the under-
side whitish irrorated with brown.
Hab. N. Nicerts, Zungeru (Macfie), 2 9 type. Hap,
18 mm.
5904 a. Kustrotia atrivitta, sp. n.
&. Head and thorax ochreous whitish mixed with dark
brown; palpi with the second and third joints banded with
blackish ; sides of frons black ; fore femora blackish in
front, the tibiz and tarsi banded black and white ; abdomen
ochreous with obscure dorsal brown bands. Fore wing
white tinged with ochreous and irrorated with brown ;
patches of dark suffusion on basal and medial costal areas
and in cell, separated by an oblique white band from costa
to the obscurely defined white orbicular stigma; reniform
white partly defined by black and with some brown irroration
in centre, met by an oblique white shade from costa with an
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 213
oblique dark shade beyond it from apex; a black fascia
between orbicular and reniform; postmedial line slight,
double, dark filled in with white, bent outwards below costa,
excurved to vein 4, then oblique and slightly waved ; a fine
black terminal line expanding into patches at middle and
submedian fold, some white suffusion before it towards apex.
Hind wing ochreous white tinged with brown; a fine brown
terminal line; the underside ochreous white irrorated with
brown, a slight brown discoidal stigma and traces of sinuous
postmedial and subterminal lines.
Hob. Br. E. Arnica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Ilala
(Neave), 1 3 type. Exp. 20 mm.
5915 a. Eustrotia nephrostricta, sp. n.
&. Head and thorax grey-white tinged with reddish brown
and mixed with black-brown ; palpi black except at base;
pectus and legs whitish tinged with brown, the fore tibice
blackish, the tarsi blackish with pale rings ; abdomen grey-
white suffused with brown, leaving pale segmental lines.
Fore wing grey-white tinged with brown and irrorated with
blackish ; an oblique whitish subbasal bar from costa with a
brown spot before it and a brown patch beyond it extending
to median nervure; antemedial line slight, dark, curved, and
minutely waved, a small black spot beyond it representing
the claviform ; orbicular and reniform large, whitish defined
by blackish, the former with whitish spot above it on costa,
the latter extending to well below the cell and with a whitish
spot above it on costa with a brown patch before it ; post-
medial line indistinct, obliquely excurved from costa to
vein 6, then forming slight whitish dark-defined lunules,
some whitish points beyond it on costa; subterminal line
whitish defined on inner side by brown suffusion, minutely
waved, excurved below vein 7 and angled inwards at vein 2,
the interspaces beyond it with slight black streaks ending in
minute terminal black lunules. Hind wing whitish suffused
with brown; a fine dark terminal line.
Hab. Br. E. Arnica, Nairobi (Anderson), 1 3 type.
Exp. 23 mm.
5921 a. Eustrotia sectirena, sp. n.
g. Head white; antenne brown; palpi brown except at
tips; tegule red-brown ; thorax white slightly mixed with
red-brown; legs banded with dark brown; abdomen white
suffused with dark brown. Fore wing white suffused with
rufous; a slight oblique blackish subbasal line from costa
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. x1il. is
214 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
to vein 1; antemedial and medial blackish strive from costa ;
reniform interrupted at discal fold, the upper and lower
parts white defined by blackish ; postmedial line dark slightly
defined on outer side by white, bent outwards below costa,
excurved to vein 4, then oblique, some white points beyond
it on costa; a white apical patch with a dark shade before
it, the terminal area with dark suffusion from below the
apical patch to tornus ; a terminal series of blackish points.
Hind wing whitish suffused with red-brown; the underside
whitish irrorated with brown, a slight brown discoidal striga
and indistinct curved postmedial line.
Hab. Gouip Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 8 type. Huxp.
18 mm.
5941 a. Hulocastra tarachodes, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax ochreous white; palpi and antennie
brown ; tegule with brown patches; pectus in front, fore
legs, and hind tibiz brown, the tarsi dark brown with pale
rings ; abdomen brown, the ventral surface ochreous. Fore
wing ochreous white; the costa brown towards base; asub-
basal brown striga from costa and some brown on inuer
margin; antemedial line brown, slightly curved, arising
from a brown spot on costa; two black discoidal points with
a brown patch irrorated with blue-grey above it on costa ;
the area bevond the cell olive-brown slightly irrorated with
blue-grey, its inner edge angled outwards beyond lower angle
of cell, then oblique and sinuous; postmedial line creamy
white, strong towards costa, angled outwards at veins 6
and 4, then incurved and slight, a white striga before it
above inner margin ; subterminal line white and dentate
from costa to vein 4, with blackish streaks beyond it in the
interspaces, then obsolete ; a terminal series of white points.
Hind wing brown; a fine pale line at base of cilia; the
underside ochreous tinged with brown, sight brown medial,
postmedial, and subterminal lines, the postmedial line
minutely dentate, a terminal series of dark striz.
Hab. Goup Coast, Bibianaha (Spurre//), 1 9 type. Hap.
26 mm.
5950 a. Hulocastra argyrogramma, sp. 1.
9. Head yellow irrorated with dark brown; antennz
brown ringed with yellow towards base; thorax black-brown
with some yellow; pectus and legs yellow mixed with blackish,
the fore tibiz and the tarsi banded black and yellow;
abdomen black-brown, the anal tuft yellow, the ventral
Genera and Species of Noctuide. ge
surface irrorated with whitish. Fore wing black-brown
irrorated with silvery grey ; antemedial line indistinct, black
defined on inner side by yellow to submedian fold, where the
yellow is produced towards base as a short streak, slightly
angled outwards below costa, then sinuous ; a small silvery
spot in upper part of middle of cell and discoidal bar ; post-
medial line with yellow spot at costa, then silvery and
minutely dentate, incurved and almost obsolete at discal
fold and incurved at submedian fold, some yellow points
beyond it on costa; subterminal line silvery, minutely
dentate, excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal
series of minute black spots with yellow spots between them ;
cilia yellow towards apex, at middle, and towards tornus.
Hind wing black-brown with a cupreous gioss; cilia yellow,
chequered with black-brown to vein2; the underside slightly
irrorated with whitish, a small whitish postmedial spot on
costa and minute subterminal streaks on veins 5 and 4.
Hab. N. Nicsria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 2 type. Hap.
20 min.
5951 a. Hulocastra seminigra, sp. n.
?. Head and thorax ochreous; frons and antenne deep
black ; fore and mid tibiz and the fore tarsi blackish ;
abdomen blackish, the extremity ochreous. Fore wing with
the basal half bounded by the oblique slightly sinuous black
medial line, the terminal half fuscous black, the termen and
cilia ochreous; indistinct waved blackish postmedial and
subterminal lines. Hind wing ochreous suffused with pale
fuscous, the termen and cilia ochreous.
Hab. N. Niceria, Minna (Macfie), 1 9 type. Exp.
16 mm.
5970 a. Acanthofrontia anacantha, sp. n.
Frons with truncate process at middle of prominence.
?. Head and thorax white, the prothorax with pair of
short black streaks; antennz black; tibize and tarsi banded
dark brown and white; abdomen yellow with dorsal blackish
bands and lateral series of black spots, the ventral surface
white. Fore wing silvery white; the orbicular and reniform
defined by curved black striz at sides; the terminal half
of costa with series of short black streaks. Hind wing
silvery white, rather thinly scaled. Underside of fore wing
and costal area of hind wing tinged with red-brown.
Hab. N. Nigeria, Dorin (Macfie) )y Le 2: sty penny yep:
32 mm.
15*
216 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
6077 a. Hoplotarache albida, sp. n.
gd. Head and thorax white; antenne brownish ; fore
tibize and the tarsi fuscous ringed with white, the mid tibiz
with two pale fuscous bands; abdomen white, dorsally tinged
with ochreous. Fore wing silvery white; a diffused ante-
medial band formed by yellow scales; orbicular and reni-
form pale brown, small, round; terminal area cupreous
red-brown tinged with violaceous grey except at apex, some
olive-yellow on its inner edge and on termen except towards
apex ; traces of a white subterminal line except towards
costa, angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at middle
and to tornus; a fine brown terminal line defined on inner
side by white; cilia white. Hind wing white with a slight
brownish tinge at apex. Underside of fore wing tinged with
brown except the inner area.
Hab. N. Nicerta, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 g type. Ezxp.
20 mm.
6138 a. Tarache dichroa, sp. un.
3. Head and thorax bright yellow; antenne black-brown;
palpi white with blackish rings on second and third joints ;
lower part of frons brown; pectus and legs white, the latter
irrorated with brown, the tarsi ringed with white ; abdomen
reddish brown with ochreous segmental lines, the ventral
surface brownish white. Fore wing bright yellow extending
on costa to beyond middle and on inner margin to middle,
the terminal area black-brown irrorated with blue-grey ;
the yellow area defined by a black line with some white on
its inner side, oblique to vein 6, then incurved. Hind wing
ochreous suffused with red-brown especially towards termen;
cilia brown at base, white at tips; the underside white
tinged with brown, a white patch on costal area before apex.
Hab. Supan, Port Sudan (Mrs. Waterfield), 2 @ type.
Kup. 16 mm.
6153 a. Tarache vau-album, sp. n.
@. Head and thorax white; antennz fuscous ; fore tibize
and tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; aldomen white, dorsally
tinged with fuscous except at base. Fore wing with oblique
olive-green patch on basal costal area tinged with blue-grey
towards base and with excurved blue-grey line towards its
outer edge, the patch connected by olive-green suffusion
with the dark postmedial area; the basal inner area silvery
white; a large silvery-white V-shaped patch from medial
part of costa to median nervure, its outer arm oblique, a
Genera and Species of Noctuide. ra
blue-grey and olive-green patch on costa between its arms ;
the terminal area olive-green shading to purplish grey and
to red at apex, its inner edge obliquely i incurved to middle
of inner margin ; an indistinct double slightly waved pur-
plish-brown postmedial line, arising below costa, excurved
to vein 4, then incurved, some blue-grey before it towards
inner margin ; a terminal series of purplish lunules defined
on inner side by a crenulate white line, the lunule below
vein 2 blackish ; some red at tornus; cilia white with an
olive line near base and purplish lines at middle and tips.
Hind wing with the basal half white, the veins, costal area,
and terminal half fuscous brown with a purplish tinge ;
cilia white with a brown line through them towards apex.
Underside of fore wing fuscous brown, the base and inner
area to beyond middle white ; hind wing with some brown
irroration and a brownish patch at middle on basal half of
costal area.
Ab. 1. Fore wing with the dark basal patch not connected
with the postmedial area by olive-green suffusion. Canara.
Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna (Macfie), 1 9 type; Bomsay,
Canara (Ward),1 9. Eap. 34mm.
6192 a. Tarache spherophora, sp. u.
6. Head and thorax white irrorated with fuscous, the
patagia and sides of thorax white mixed with rufous; pectus
and legs ochreous white, the fore legs blackish in front, the
tarsi black ringed with white; abdomen ochreous white
suffused with brown. tore wing pale ochreous tinged with
red-brown, the termen white slightly irrorated with brown
except towards tornus ; a slight curved brown subbasal line
extending to inner margin ; antemedial line double, black,
oblique and slightly downcurved to submedian fold, the
inner line stronger and the outer slightly angled outwards
below costa, below submedian fold incurved, and almost
obsolete below vein 1; a round whitish patch in and beyond
end of cell with a small brown spot in middle, some black
on its lower and outer edge; a fine double highly curved
postmedial line, the inner line slightly waved except towards
costa, followed by another highly curved line which is strong
and black to vein 1, then fine and brown, this again is
followed by fine double brown highly curved line, making
five highly curved hnes beyond the discal patch, the middle
one strong and black ; a fine waved black terminal line.
Hind wing white suffused with cupreous brown ; cilia white
mixed with some brown ; the underside white irrorated with
218 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
brown, an indistinct diffused curved postmedial line, and
terminal series of black strize.
Hab. N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 g type. Exp.
20 mm.
SARROTHRIPINE.
6494 a. Characoma stictigrapta, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown; palpi with
the second joimt black behind; antenne blackish; tegule
blackish towards tips, the patagia with minute black spot at
base; fore legs suffused with brown, the tarsi with whitish
rings; abdomen whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing
grey tinged with red-brown and irrorated with black ;
curved subbasal black striga from costa and spot in and
below the cell; an obliquely curved antemedial series of
four small black spots with a slight spot beyond it in sub-
median fold; a small black discoidal spot ; a postmedial
series of nine small black spots, excurved from below costa
to vein 4, then incurved, a blackish shade beyond it on
costal area; an interrupted maculate black subterminal
line, excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal series
of minute black spots. Hind wing whitish suffused with
reddish brown. Underside of fore wing fuscous brown;
hind wing pale brown, the termen darker.
Ab. 1. Fore wing with rounded medial black patch in
submedian interspace.
Hab. Gown Coast, Aburi (Armstrong), 3 9 type; Navat,
Maritzburg (Berensburg), 19. Exp. 26 mm.
Larva. Feeds in the pods of Kola and Cacao and forms a
cocoon of white silk dorsally angled in front.
6568. Giaura leucopasa, sp. Nn.
¢. Head and thorax white irrorated with some brown and
black scales ; palpi with the second and third joints blackish
towards base ; abdomen red-brown with the crests white, the
extremity grey; the ventral surface white. lore wing white
irrorated with black to middle of costa and inner margin
beyond middle, the rest of wing grey-white irrorated with
red- brown ; a brow n and blac igh patch on basal part of
costa ; antemedial line fine, black, simuous, angled inwards
in cell; a spot formed of brown and black scales in middle
of cell and a diffused patch of red-brown scales below middle
of cell; medial line double, the inner line indistinct and
interrupted, the outer black, waved, and somewhat oblique,
another oblique, waved, black line from just beyond it on
Genera and Species of Noctuide. 219
costa with a small black spot on it at vein 2, a slight dark
patch before it on costa, then some rufous on its outer side
running obliquely to the postmedial line at vein 2; post-
medial line indistinct whitish with a slight dark patch
beyond it on costa, bent outwards below costa, then waved
and defined on outer side by rufous ; a maculate blackish
subterminal line, excurved below costa and incurved at
discal and submedian folds; a series of small blackish spots
just before termen. Hind wing white, the terminal area
tinged with brown from apex to vein 2; cilia white.
Hab. Durcu N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),
1 g type. Hap, 24 mm.
6605 a. Selepa albisigna, sp. nu.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous whitish mixed
with dark brown; palpi blackish; fore tibiz and the tarsi
blackish ringed with white. Fore wing whitish, the basal
half of inner area and the terminal area irrorated with
black-brown ; an oblique brown subbasal striga from costa ;
an indistinct, interrupted, obliquely curved, brown antemedial
line with an oblique red-brown shade beyond it from costa
to median nervure; a black point in middle of cell and two
discoidal points ; postmedial line brown slightly defined on
inner side by white, strongly and obliquely bent outwards
below costa, then minutely waved and oblique below vein 4,
some short "dark streaks beyond it on costa; the terminal
area with small triangular. white patch below velm 3: a
terminal series of black points. Hind wing pale brown ;
a fine white line at base of cilia. Underside of both wings
brown,
Hab. Gouin Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 9 type. Eup.
18 mm.
Genus DirLotopma, nov.
Type, D. cycloptera.
Proboscis fully developed; palpi upturned, the second
joint reaching to vertex of head and broadly scaled, tle
third moderate, oblique ; frons smooth; eyes large, round ;
antenne of male ciliated; thorax clothed almost entirely
with rough seales, with very large double crest of spatulate
scales enclosing a hollow ; fore femora with thick fringe of
long spatulate scales, the tibize moderately fringed with
hair; abdomen with some rough hair on basal segments
and basal crest. Fore wing with the costa highly arched on
basal half, then nearly straight, the apex rectangular, the
220 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
termen obliquely curved and slightiy crenulate; veins 3
and 5 from near angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle ;
9 and 10 strongly anastomosing with 8 to form a long
areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from
angle of cell; 5 fully developed trom above angle ; 6, 7
from upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with the cell near the
base only. The retinaculum of male curled round the
frenulum.
6746 a. Blenina metascia, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax sap-green mixed with some brown ;
palpi with the second joint black above ; lower part of frons
whitish; antenne brown; tegule with black medial line ;
pectus and legs ochreous white, the tibiz and tarsi with
some brown ; abdomen red-brown, the crests whitish and
brown, the anal tuft whitish at extremity, the ventral surface
whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore wing yellow-green
mixed with some white and a few blackish scales ; some
red-brown at base of inner margin, with some blackish
above it; a blackish subbasal line from costa to vein 1,
incurved in cell; antemedial lne very indistinct, green,
waved; a double indistinct waved blackish medial line ;
postmedial line very indistinct, double, blackish, waved,
obliquely curved from costa to vein 4; the costal edge
beyond it whitish with some dark points ; subterminal line
blackish, waved, angled inwards below vein 2; the termen
whitish with black-brown patches before it below apex and
above middle, connected with the termen by short dark
streaks on the veins; cilia brownish with series of blackish
spots, the tips whitish chequered with blackish towards
apex. Hind wing pale rufous, the terminal area red-brown,
a red-brown medial shade followed by a pale shade; cilia
whitish at tips except towards apex. Underside of fore
wing rufous, an oblique medial shade and the terminal area
red-brown ; hind wing ochreous white, a narrow medial
red-brown band from costa to submedian fold and the
terminal area red-brown.
Hab. Bompay, Kanara, Karwar (T. R. Bell), 1S type.
Bp. 42 mm.
Cocoon yellow with some black granules on surface.
6777 a. Risoba viridescens, sp. n.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with brown ;
palpi, frons, aud eres brown ; tarsi brown with pale
, Genera and Species of Noctuide. oT
rings. Fore wing brown mixed with grey and some green,
the veins darker ; a diffused greenish fascia below the costa ;
the basal inner area obliquely white with some green ; sub-
basal line blackish, excurved below costa and ending at
submedian fold; antemedial line blackish, oblique and
waved to submedian fold, then incurved; a rather diffused,
oblique, slightly waved, medial line; reniform defined by
dark brown and with brown spot in centre, large, rounded ;
postmedial line blackish, strongly bent outwards below
costa, then slightly produced at the veins, incurved below
vein 5, a slight dark shade beyond it; subterminal line
black defined on outer side by green and by whitish towards
costa, strong from below costa to vein 5, minutely waved
just below costa, angled outwards above vein 6 and bent
outwards at vein 5; an oblique brown shade from apex ;
a series of black striz before termen defined on inner side
by whitish ; a fine waved dark terminal line and pale line at
base of cilia. Hind wing creamy white; a brown discoidal
lunule ; the terminal area suffused with brown with some
whitish before termen between vein 6 and submedian fold ;
a terminal series of brown lunules defined on inner side by
whitish ; the underside with the costal area irrorated with
brown, the discoidal lunule black, a shght waved postmedial
line towards costa, then a series of points on the veins,
a dark brown subterminal shade and series of lunules on
termen from apex to vein 2.
Hab. Java, Tosari (Cockayne), 1 2 type. Eap. 36 mm.
AcoNnrTIAVE.
6893 a. Lophocrama hemipyria, sp. n.
Palpi of male with the tuft of hair at extremity of second
joint slight.
3. Head and thorax bright yellow-green ; palpi, frons,
and antenne black mixed with some white; pectus and
femora white; fore and mid tibie black and white, the
fore tarsi rufous ringed with white, the mid tarsi blackish
ringed with white, the hind tibie and tarsi rufous, the
latter ringed with white ; ; abdomen fiery red, the anal tuft
blackish, the ventral surface white tinged with rufous.
Fore wing bright yellow-green; a small black spot at
base of costa; a small black antemedial black spot on
costa with traces of an oblique sinuous line arising from it;
a small medial black spot on costa ; an iron-brown patch on
tornal part of termen and cilia, its inner edge slightly angled
outwards at submedian fold; cilia brown and grey at tips.
222 On new Genera and Species of Noctuide.
Hind wing fiery red. Underside of fore wing fiery red, the
inner area whitish, the cilia brownish ; hind wing yellow
suffused with red, the terminal area fiery red.
Hab. Gop Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 ¢ type. Hap.
30 mm.
6974 a. Maceda ignepicta, sp. n.
3d. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey, the tegul
and base of patagia with some rufous; pectus white ; tarsi
brown ringed with white ; abdomen grey-brown, the ventral
surface white. Fore wing grey-brown ; a fiery-red and
yellow patch at base of costa crossed by Ae black-brown
subbasal line and with some black-brown on its outer edge ;
antemedial line dark, strong towards costa, then slight,
excurved below costa and cell and, incurved at median
nervure and vein |] ; a black discoidal point ; postmedial-
line dark, oblique to vein 6, then dentate, bent inwards at
vein 3 and angled outwards at vein 1; a reddish patch
irrorated with brown on postmedial part of costa, defined
below by a dark streak on vein 6 from the postmedial line
to termen ; an indistinct brown subterminal line, excurved
below vein 7, incurved at discal fold, then waved; the
termen brown except at apex and tornus, diffused at discal
fold; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing fuscous
brown, the interspaces just beyond the cell faintly paler ;
cilia white at tips except towards apex; the underside
white, the terminal area fuscous with sinuous inner edge, a
shght black discoidal lunule.
9. Tegule except at tips and base of patagia fiery red ;
fore wing with the basal patch fiery red, the postmedial
patch more rufous.
Hab. Durcu New Guinea, Arfak Mts., Ninay Valley
(Pratt), 1 2; Br. N. Guinea, Dinawa (Pratt), 1 3 type.
Kzp., 6 36, 2 38 mm.
Genus TROGOXESTIS, nov.
Type, Lublemma crenularria, Beth-Baker.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second
joint reaching to ‘middle of frons and slenderly scaled, the
third renee ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; : antennae
of male cillated ; thorax clothed almost entirely with scales
and without crests; tibie slightly fringed with hair;
abdomen without crests. Fore wing with the apex rounded,
the termen excised below apex and excurved at middle, the
On new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 223
mner margin lobed before middle and excised towards
tornus, with scale-teeth before middle and at tornus;
veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell; 6 from below upper
angle; 7 from angle; 8,9, 10 stalked from before angle;
11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 shortly stalked ;
5 fully developed from just above angle of cell ; 6, 7 from
upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.
XIX.— On new Mammals, mainly from Bandon and the
adjacent Islands, East Coast of the Malay Peninsula.
By Hersert C. Ropinson, C.M.Z.8., and C. Boprn
Kuoss, F'.Z.8.
Tue following new races of mammals were obtained in the
course of a collecting-expedition to the N.E. coast of the
Malay Peninsula in the Siamese province of Bandon and
the neighbouring islands of the Koh Samui and Koh Pennan,
lying between latitude 9° N. and 10° N., roughly 800 miles
south of Bangkok. ‘Those not actually obtained in these
localities have come to light in the course of working out
the collections.
Petaurista nitida cicur, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 58/18, Federated
Malay States Museum, collected at Ban Kok Klap, Bandon,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 2nd July, 19138, by H. C. Robinson
and EK. Seimund. Original no. 5614.
Characters.—A member of the Petaurista nitida * section,
more closely allied to the island forms of the species (P. 7.
nitida from Java, P.n. rajah from Borneo, and P. 2. marchio
from Sumatra) than to the South Malayan race (P. n. mela-
notus), from which it differs in its chestnut, not bay, pelage
and the marked dark tips to the hairs of the back.
Colour.—Above rich chestnut, the head considerably paler,
all the hairs of the upper surface, except those of the head,
tipped with black ; muzzle, a broad orbital ring, entire
inner surface and posterior half of outer surface of ears, and
a large patch behind them black. Black of hands and feet
extending beyoud the wrists and ankles. Margin of ante-
brachial membrane broadly black, this colour extending, to
a diminishing extent, halfway up the tail. Distal half of
* Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) i. pp. 250-2 (1908).
924 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
tail, except a black tip, ochraceous orange, terminal half
more chestnut. Under surface of body pale ochraceous
orange.
Skull—Closely resembles that of the adjacent form, P. n.
melanotus, but differs in the longer and broader postorbital
processes.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 417 (415 *) mm. ; tail 486 (445); hind
foot 77 (74); ear 41.
Skull: greatest length 70°5 (70:1) ; condylo-basilar Jength
62:0 (60:0) ; interorbital breadth 140 (148) ; zygomatic
breadth 47°9 (46°2) ; cranial breadth 31°6; median length of
nasals 20°3 (21:0); diastema 15:1 (14°6); upper molar series
including pm? 16°2 (15:1).
Specimens examined.—N ine, all from the type-locality.
Remarks.—Vhe series is remarkably constant in the
characters above noted, and can be separated at a glance
from the southern peninsular form by the greater extent of
the black areas and by the marked black tips to the hairs
of the back.
Sciurus erythreus youngi, subsp. n.
Type.— Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1823/11, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Gunong Tahan,
56000 ft., Northern Pahang, by H. C. Robinson and C. B.
Kloss, July 19th, 1911. Original no, 4428.
Characters.—Allied to Sc. rubeculus, Miller +, but some-
what smaller and duller in colour, the head and tail lacking
the golden-orange suffusion so conspicuous in that race
(metatype examined).
Colours——Whole upper surface, chin, throat, chest, and
narrow median ventral line from chest to vent grizzled
black and buff, giving an olivaceous effect ; a smaller pro-
portion of black in the grizzling of the under surface. Hands
and feet blackish, only shghtly grizzled with buff; upper
part of the ears clad with ochraceous hairs ; basal portion of
tail above like the back, but more coarsely grizzled, rest
of the tail distinctly annulated with black and ochreous buff,
the hairs with broad orange-buff tips. Under surface rufous
chestnut.
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Petuwrista
nitida melanotus from Dusun Tua, Selangor, Federated Malay States
Museum, No. 1259/08.
ft Smithsonian Misc. Coll, 45, p, 22 (1905),
new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 225
Skull and teeth——Except in their slightly smaller size,
the skull and teeth present no differential characters from
Se. e. rubeculus.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—-
Head and body 201 (210*) mm.; tail 195 (208) ; hind
foot 48 (50).
Skull: greatest length 51:8 (54°4) ; condylo-basilar length
43°9 (47-1) ; interorbital breadth 19°7 (20:1); zygomatic
breadth 32°] (32°2) ; cranial breadth 23:4 (23°7) ; median
length of nasals 14°9 (16:1); diastema 11°9 (12:2) ; upper
molar series, including pm’, 9°4 (10°38).
Specimens examined.—Sixty-five, including thirty from
the type-locality.
Remarks.—We have long suspected that specimens of this
type of squirrel from the mountain ranges of the southern
two-thirds of the Malay Peninsula were not strictly con-
specific with Se. rubeculus from Trang. The receipt of a
series of eight from the mountains of Bandon shows that
the southern form is sufficiently distinct to merit separation,
and we have accordingly named it after Sir Arthur Young,
K.C.M.G., Governor of the Straits Settlements and High
Commissioner, Malay States, who has recently ascended
Gunong Tahan. Examination of the type of Sc. griseo-
pectus, Blyth ¢, with which Bonhote has associated it, shows
that the present animal cannot be assigned to that form.
Sciurus concolor fallax, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 1384/13, Federated
Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Pennan, N.E.
Malay Peninsula, 30th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and
E. Seimund. Original no. 5504.
Characters.—A race of Sciurus concolor (with which is
included Se. epomophorus) most closely allied to Sc. c. milleri +
from Trang, but somewhat duller above; head, limbs, and
under surface darker and clearer grey in tone.
Jolour.—Upper surface grizzled black and buff, except on
the fore limbs, head, and hind feet, where the grizzle becumes
black and white, producing a grey effect; shoulder-patches
and flanks suffused with pale ochraceous, the colour of the
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Seiwrus
erythreus rubeculus trom Kao Nawng, 3500 ft., Bandon, N.E, Malay
Peninsula; Federated Malay States Museum, No. 69/13:
t Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xvi. p. 873 (1847).
t Robinson & Wroughton, Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. iy. p. 233
(1911).
226 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss or
flanks spreading on to the abdomen ; rest of the under
surface grizzled silvery-grey, a darker obsolescent median
stripe down the abdomen more yellowish. ‘Tail coarsely
annulated with black and buffy-white, the colour of the back
extending some distance down the basal portion above and
below, pencil pure black.
Skull and teeth.—Present no differential characters from
those of Sc. c. milleri, except the slightly larger size.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements of type
(taken in the flesh) :—
Head and body 226 (229%) ; tail 237 (214) ; hind foot
49°5 (48-0).
Cranial measurements : greatest length 55 5 (54°3) ; con-
dylo-basilar length 47°9 (45:3); interorbital breadth 21:2
(18-9); zygomatic breadth 33:2 (31°7) ; cranial breadth 24:4
(24°3) ; median length of uasals 16 8 (15°8); diastema 12°4
(11°3) ; upper molar series, including pm’, 11*1 (11-0).
Specimens ecamined.—Thirty- five, all from the type-
locality.
Remarks.—Somewhat closely allied to the adjacent main-
land form, but very constant in its characters.
Sciurus concolor samuiensis, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 201/13, Federated
Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui, N.K. Malay
Peniusula, 13th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and K.
Seimund. Original no. 5341.
Characters.—Allied to Sc. ¢. epomophorus t from Salanga,
and differing from the preceding race (Sc. ¢. fallax) in the
much more strongly marked shoulder- and flank-patches
and in the rufous-hazel colouring of the base of the under
surface of the tail.
Colour.—U pper surface much as in Se. c. fallax, but sides
of neck, flanks and lower portion of abdomen, back of thighs,
and base of tail beneath rufous-hazel. Outer surface of
thighs and nuchal region slightly suffused with the same
colour, Underparts much as in other forms of the species.
Tail with clear black pencil.
Skull and teeth.—Do not differ from those of Se. ¢. fallax.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 234 mm.; tail 242; hind foot, 49.
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Se. e.
mullert from Chong, Trang, Western Siamese Malay States; Federated
Malay States Museum, No. 11/10.
t+ Bonhote, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 272 (1901).
new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 227
Cranial measurements: greatest length 56°1; condylo-
basilar length 48:2 ; interorbital breadth 19:9; zygomatic
breadth 32'8 ; ceamcal breadth 25°2 ; median length ‘of nasals
18:1; diastema 12°6; upper molar series, including pm,
1 Tee
Specimens examined.—Forty, all from the type-locality.
Remarks.—Amongst the series obtained are a large pro-
portion which differ “from the specimen described above in
having the rufous hazel of the shoulders and flanks invading
the dorsal area and coalescing on the nape. It 1s possible
that this indicates that the form possesses two seasonal
pelages, as is apparently the case in Se. caniceps, but is
almost certainly not so in Se. concolor and allied races.
Since the whole series before us was obtained within a
period of one month it is at present impossible to make any
definite pronouncement on the point.
Ratufa melanopepla decolorata, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 251/13.
Federated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 15th May, 19138, by H. C. Robinson
and KH. Seimund. Original no. 5356.
Characters.—Nearer in colour to 2. m. melanopepla from
the mainland than to the other island races, but very much
smaller. Skull more slenderly built.
Colour.—Apparently as in R. melanopepla melanopepla.
Skull and teeth.—Interpterygoid space relatively wider
than in the typical form and zygomatic much lighter.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external Pe eavenienns (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 328 (842 *) ; tail 417 (455) ; hind foot
68 (75)
Cranial measurements: greatest length 68°7 (72°8) ; con-
dylo-basilar length 57-1 (61:2) ; interorbital breadth 26:2
(29°3) ; zygomatic breadth 42°6 (45°8); greatest length of
nasals 23°0 (24°8) ; diastema 14°1 (16:0) ; upper molar series
13 4 (14-1).
Specimens examined.—Thirteen, twelve from the type-
locality and one from Koh Penuan.
Remarks.—With one exception all the specimens are in
highly bleached pelage, though some are assuming the new
coat on the anterior half of the body, It is therefore diffi-
cult to state whether any colour-differences exist between
this form and that of the mainland.
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult female from
Kao Nawng, 1100 ft., on the adjacent mainland; Federated Malay States
Museum, No, 250/13.
228 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
Epimys orbus, sp. n.
Type—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 61/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Kao Nawng,
3500 ft., Bandon, N.E. Malay Peninsula, 23rd June, 1913,
by H. C. Robinson and E, Seimund. Original no. 5641.
Characters—A rat with very spiny pelage and small flat-
tened bulls. ‘Tail very greatly exceeding head and body
in length. Lower pelage sharply defined from upper. Tail
bicolor, but not markedly so, very slightly penicillate at tip.
Colour.—Pelage above, as in other rats of the group,
composed of three elements: (a) long black piles, best
developed on the lower back, (0) flattened spines with black
tips, and (c) soft fur, grey at the base, rich ochraceous on
the terminal half of the hairs, producing a grizzled ochra-
ceous effect darkest on the median line of the back ; cheeks
and sides of the head and neck almost pure ochraceous.
Under surface white with a creamy tinge, the white ex-
tending to the wrists but not to the ankles. Upper surface
of hands and feet dirty white with a dark clay-brown median
streak, not reaching the base of the digits. Tail bicolor,
with fine annulations, clad with fine silky hairs longer at
the tip.
Skull and teeth—The skullis not markedly different from
‘those of H. jerdont bukit and KE. cremoriventer, but rather
larger, the palatal foramina broader, as also the infraorbital
plate, and the zygomatic arches less flaring, so that the
skull appears relatively narrower.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 153 (141 *) mm. ; tail 235 (188) ; hind
foot 32 (26) ; ear 20 (18°5).
Cranial measurements: greatest length 38:1 (36°4) ; basal
length 30:1 (29°2); palatal length 16°8 (15°8) ; length of
nasals 13°9 (13:0) ; greatest breadth of combined nasals 5:2
(4°6) ; shortest distance between tips of nasals and lachry-
mal notch 14°5 (13:1); diastema 9°8 (9:1); upper molar
row 6°3 (6°3); length of palatal foramina 6:3 (6°2); breadth
of combined foramina 3°3 (2°7); zygomatic breadth 17-0
(17:4) ; cranial breadth 15-9 (14:7).
Specimens examined.—F ive, all from the type-locality.
Remarks.—The only rat with which this species requires
comparison is Mus cinnamomeus, Blyth t, of which the only
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Z. cremor?-
venter from Gunong Tjau, 4700 ft., Larut, Perak ; Federated Malay States
Museum, No. 1809/11.
+ Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxviii. p. 294 (1859).
new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 229
specimens known are the types from the valley of the
Sittang, Lower Pegu, over 500 miles distant. ‘Amongst
local forms it is reatlily distinguished from EF. cremur ivenier
by its greater size and bicolor tail) not strongly penicillate at
the tip, and from E. jerdoni bukit by longer less markedly
bicolor tail, and by its richer colouring. It agrees with both
and differs from all the other local forms in the greenish-
grey bases of the dorsal spines.
Epinys jerdont pan, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 80/18, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on the hills of Koh
Samui, N.E. Malay Peninsula, 15th May, 1913, by H.C.
Robinson and E. Seimund. Original no. 5351.
Characters.—A spiny rat of the jerdont group, with bi-
color tail, considerably exceeding head and body in length,
but relatively shorter than that of the mainland form.
Colour.—Above mingled ochreous buff and dark brown,
the former predominativg on the sides of the head and
neck, below pure buffy white, sharply defined from the sides;
hands and feet whitish, the median areas brownish. Bases
of the spines greenish grey.
Skull and teeth.— Not differing materially from those of
KE. }. bukit *, but with the anterior margin of the meso-
pterygoid space more abruptly truncate, less rounded ;
rostrum somewhat heavier, and nasals longer.
Measurements.—Collectors’ externa] measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 149 (158+) mm.; tail 174 (192) ; hind
foot 27:5 (30:0).
Cranial measurements: greatest length 37:7 (37-0) ; con-
dylo-basilar length 31°5 (31°0) ; palatilar length 16°0 (15-0);
length of nasals 14°7 (13:0); greatest breadth of combined
nasals 4°4 (4°6); shortest distance between tips of nasals
and lachrymal notch 14°2 (13°8); diastema 10°0 (9:4) ;
upper molar row 5°6 (5:9) ; length of palatal foramina 6-4
(6°3); breadth of combined foramina 2°9 (27); zygomatic
breadth 17-0 (16-9) ; cranial breadth 14-6 (15-0).
Specimens examined.—FK ive, all from the Bi loeulite:
Remarks.—This form is somewhat closely allied to the
mainland EH. gerdont bukit, but the differences, which seem
constant, are sufficient to separate it as an insular race.
* Bonhote, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. p. 125 (1903).
i" Measurements in parentheses are es of an adult male LZ. jerdoni
bukit from Chong, Trang, Western Siamese Malay States; Federated
Malay States Museum, No. 30/10,
Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 16
230 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and ©. B. Kloss on
Epimys surifer manicalis, subsp. n.
Type.— Adult male (skin and skull), No. 351/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Pennan,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 27th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5462.
Characters.—Distinguished from all the other local races
by having the white area of the under surface extending
over the upper surface of the forearms. ‘Tail shorter than
head and body.
Colour. — Upper surface ochraceous, darkened on the
back and rump by the bistre tips to the spines. Below pale
creamy white, this colour extending over the upper anterior
half of the forearms. No tawny neck-collar; hands and
fect white ; tail bicolor.
Skull and teeth.—As in E. surifer surifer, the muzzle not
heavier or the tooth-row reduced as in some of the island
races.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 176; tail 173; hind foot 38; ear 23-5.
Cranial measurements: greatest length 43-4 (46:0 *) mm.;
basal length 36:9 (40°0); length of nasals 17°6 (18°6);
greatest breadth of nasals 4°5 (5:0); shortest distance
between tips of nasals and Jachrymal notch 18:0 (—) ;
palatal length 18°6 (19-0) ; diastema 11°9 (13°4) ; length of
palatal foramina 6°3 (7-4); breadth of combined palatal
foramina 3 5 (3:0); zygomatic breadth 19:1 (/9°8) ; cranial
breadth 15:1 (16:0) ; upper molar row 6:7 (7:0).
Specimens examined.—Tweuty, all from the type-locality.
Remarks.—A medium-sized race of L. surifer with narrow
nasals and with the white on the upper surface of the fore-
arms more extensive than in any other form.
pimys surifer spurcus, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 288/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 14th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and E. Seimund. Original no. 5352.
Characters.—Like /. s. flavidulus from Langkawi, but
with the tail relatively and absolutely longer.
Colour.—Resembles that of the preceding race, but the
white on the forearm reduced to a mere band.
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male Mus
surifer surifer (type) from Trang, Siamese Malay States ; United States
National Museum, No. 86,746.
new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 231
Skull and teeth.—As in E. s. manicalis.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 163 (197 *) mm.; tail 165 (158) ; hind
foot 35 5 (86).
Cranial measurements: greatest length 43°3 (44°0) ; basal
length 861 (37:0) ; length of nasals 17:0 (17:0) ; greatest
breadth of nasals 47 (5:0) ; shortest distance between nasals
and lachrymal notch 17:7; palatal length 18°6 (18:0);
diastema 12°] (12°6) ; length of palatal foramina 6 2 (6:4) ;
breadth of combined palatal foramina 3 4 (3°6) ; zygomatic
breadth 18:1 (29:0); cranial breadth 16:1 (17-0) : upper
molar row 6 1 (68).
Specimens examined.—Twenty-three, all from the type-
locality.
Remarks.—Extremely closely allied to LZ. s. flavidulus,
from which it is distinguished by the different proportions
of the body and tail.
Epimys remotus, sp. u.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 75/13, Fede-
rated Malay States, collected in the hills of Koh Samui,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, May 17th, 1913, by H. C. Robinson
and BE. Seimund. Original no. 5366.
Characters.—A large rat with unicolor tail, spines in pelage
very thin and flexible, piles very numerous and attaining the
length of 70 mm. Underparts whitish, sharply demarcated
from the fianks. Skull strongly ridged with moderately-
sized bulle, intermediate between those of the validus and
rattus groups. Palatal foramina long and narrow, extend-
ing posteriorly beyond the roots of the anterior molar.
Colour.— Above mingled ochraceous and sooty brown,
darkest on the back, where the long black piles are most
numerous ; sides of the body and flanks more earthy.
Under surface creamy white, sharply defined from the sides,
Feet clad with silky whitish hairs, darker down the centre ;
hands dirty white. Tail brownish black. Vibrisse long
and black.
Skull and teeth.—The skull, on the whole, is nearest to that
of validus, from which it is at once distinguished by the
narrow elongate palatal foramina, by the larger bulle, by
the outline of the occipital which is roughly semicircular
and not pentagonal, with the parieto-occipital suture almost
* Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of Z. s, favidulus
from Langkawi; U.S, National Museum, No. 104,530,
16*
932 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
straight, not arched. From those of the rattus group it is
separated by larger size and less dilated bulle, which most
resemble those of /. federis, and, therefore, are far smaller
than those of /. bullatus. The teeth are decidedly larger
than those of the rattus group.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 225 (222%) mm.; tail 273 (251); hind
foot 39 (41); ear 26 (23).
Cranial measurements : greatest length 49°1 (52-0) ; basal
length 41°5 (45°0) ; length of palatal foramina 9:4 (8°25) ;
breadth of combined palatal foramina 3°5 (3°25) ; length of
nasals 18-9 (20:0) ; interorbital breadth 6:4 (7:0); zygo-
matic breadth 22:0 (240); cranial breadth 17°7 (18:0) ;
diastema 13:3 (15:0) ; length of upper molar row 8:2 (90).
Remarks.—This rat is obviously quite distinct from any
of the Malayan rats, though it may possibly be allied to
Mus bowersi, of which we have only been able to examine
figures of the skull. The external characters are, however,
very different from tle plate given by Anderson fF.
Crocidura negligens, sp. 0.
Type.—Adult male (skin and skull), No. 275/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui, N.E.
Malay Peninsula, 12th May, 1913, by H. C. Robinson and
E. Seimund. Original no. 5338.
Characters.— A very pale member of the genus, about the
same size as C, malayanat, smaller than C. klossii§, and
C. aoris §.
Colour.—Above and below uniform pale “ Payne’s grey ”
with no tinge of brown. ‘Tail with a few scattered whitish
hairs. Adpressed hairs of lateral scent-gland somewhat
paler in colour than the rest of the pelage.
Skull and teeth.—Skull much damaged, but apparently not
differing from those of the other local races. Smaller than
that of C. malayana.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 92 mm. ; tail 62; hind foot 14°7 ; ear 10.
* Measurements in parentheses are those of an adult male specimen
of LZ. bullatus (Lyon), type of LZ. villosus (Moss), from Singapore Island ;
Selangor Museum, No, 1548/08.
+ Anderson, Anat. & Zool. Res. p. 304, pl. xvii. (1878).
{ Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. iv. p. 243 (1911).
§ Ann. & Mag. Nat, Iist. (8) x. p. 589 (1912),
new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula, 233
Cranial measurements : palatal length 9-4 (9 9 *); lachry-
mal breadth of rostrum 42 (4°4); greatest breadth above
molars 7:0 (7°3) ; maxillary tooth-row, including incisors,
10°1 (10:1) ; mandibular tooth-row, including incisors,
9-0)(O:5):
Specimens examined.—One, tie type.
Remarks.—Vhe pale coloration sufficiently separates this
form from the other local races, while the maxillary tooth-
row is relatively longer than in C. malayana, which it
approaches in size.
Tupaia ferruginea operosa, subsp. n.
Type-—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 93/13, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Samui, N.E,
Malay Peninsula, 12th May, 1913, by H.C. Robinson and
KE. Seimund. Original no. 5335.
Characters.—A small dull-coloured species resembling
T. f. wilkinsoni + from the adjacent mainland, but smaller,
in that respect clesest to 7. f. obscura t from the Redang
Islands, but with a shorter rostrum.
Colour.—Entire upper parts a speckle of ochraceous buff
and black, brightest on the rump and thighs. Shoulder-
stripe very slightly marked. Under surface rich buff. Tail
like back above and below, but more coarsely annulated,
lacking any pale median area on the lower surface.
Skull—As in T. f. belangeri and T. f. obscura, but with a
slightly shorter rostrum.
Measurements.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :— :
Head and body 163 (180 §) mm.; tail 155 (175); hind
foot 40 (42) ; ear 17.
Cranial measurements: greatest length 47:2 (51°8); basal
length 40°5 (449) ; palatal length 244 (28-0); palatal
breadth at anterior molar 8:1 (9°5) ; zygomatic breadth
23°8 (25°9) ; least interorbital breadth 12°9 (145) ; cranial
breadth 18°9 (20°9); breadth of rostrum at diastema 6°5
* Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of Crocidura
malayana from Maxwell’s Hill, Larut, Perak, 3300 ft.; Hederated Malay
States Museum, No. 1801/11.
+ Robinson & Kloss, Journ. Fed. Malay States, iv. p. 173 (1911).
{ Kloss, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. p. 116 (1911).
§ Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of 7. f. wilkin-
sont from Ko Khau, Trang, Siamese Malay States; Federated Malay
States Museum, No, 1138/10. British Museum no, 12. 10. 7. 1.
234 On new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.
(7:2) ; Jachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 18°8 (22:9) ;
upper molar series 144 (159).
Specimens examined.—Twenty, all from the type-locality.
Remarks.—This race is a depauperated form of the adjacent
mainland subspecies 7. f. wilkinsoni, from which, apart from
its smaller size, it may readily be distinguished by having
the entire tail concolorous with the back, not blackish above.
Tupaia ferruginea ultima, subsp. n.
Type.—Adult female (skin and skull), No. 95/18, Fede-
rated Malay States Museum, collected on Koh Pennan,
N.E. Malay Peninsula, 26th May, 1918, by H. C. Robinson
and EK. Seimund, Original no, 5450.
Characters.—In size and cranial characters similar to
T. f. operosa, but pelage duller and paler throughout.
Colour.— Upper surface grizzled black and buff, darkest
on the median line of back and rump, where the black hairs
are numerous and conspicuous. Shoulder-stripes more
marked than in the preceding race. ‘Tail above and below
similar to the flanks. Under surface buff.
Skull—Resembles 7. f. operosa and T. f. belangeri, but
with an even shorter rostrum.
Measuremenis.—Collectors’ external measurements (taken
in the flesh) :—
Head and body 166 (173 *) mm.; tail 162 (167) ; hind
foot 38°5 (40:0) ; ear 16°5.
Cranial measurements : greatest length 45:5 (48-0) ; basal
length 38°8 (42°0); palatal length 23-0 (25:8); palatal
breadth at anterior molar — (8:2); zygomatic breadth
23°] (25°8) ; least interorbital breadth 13°38 (14:0) ; cranial
breadth 18°8 (19:1); breadth of rostrum at diastema 6:1
(70) ; lachrymal notch to tip of premaxillaries 17:6 (20 6) ;
upper molar series 14°2 (146).
Specimens examined —Iwenty, all from the type-locality.
Remarks.—vhis form is the smallest and shortest-muzzled
of all the Malayan races of 7. ferruginea, and entirely lacks
any reddish wash on the upper surface.
* Measurements in parentheses are those of the type of 7. f. obscura
from Great Redang Island off the coast of Trengganu; Federated Malay
States Museum, No, 2279/10. British Museum no. 12, 10. 7. 3.
On new Species of Uisteride. 235
XX.—On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others.
By G. Lewis, F.L.8.
[Plate IX.]
THIS is the forty-first paper of this series, and it is chiefly
concerned in giving a Plate illustrating some interesting
species.
The measurements given by authors in this and other
families, when only single specimens are available, are some-
times misleading—e. g. ., | have now an example of Platylister
procerus which measures 11} mm., and another of Jacro-
lister robusticollis which measures 124 mm., and a specimen
of Probolosternus africanus of 9mm. The original records
were 83-9, 9, and 7 mm. respectively. The size given of a
species in the Histeridze is only of an approximate value, but
it is essential that an accurate standard should be maintained
in using words such as ovalis, oblongo-ovalis, subovalis,
breviter-ovalis, and other terms employed by describers in
indicating the outline of a species.
List of Species, arranged generically.
Hololepta salva. Platysoma mimicum.
comis. Hister inflexus.
—— optiva. Althanus teretrioides, Lew.
higoniz, Lev. Pachylomalus falcatus.
Teretrius antelatus. Hpitoxus subruber.
Coptosternus, gen, nov. ascinus.
tarsalis. Heteerius carinistrius, Lew.
Platylister procerus, Lew.
Hololepta salva, sp. n.
Oblonga, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte leviter impressa, haud
striata ; pronoto stria marginali ‘tenui ; elytris striis, subhumerali
utringue abbreviata, 1-2 dorsalibue sat longis, 1 appendice recto ;
propygidio punctis sparsis cincto apice biimpresso ; tibiis anticis
4-dentatis.
L. 103 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oblong, depressed, black, and shining; the head very
‘minutely, not closely punctulate, forehead ‘slightly impressed ;
the thorax, marginal stria fine, except near the anterior angle ;
the fossette is ne: arly circular and close to the angle (more , $0
than in lucida, Lec.), along the sides are a very few small
and somewhat obscure scattered punctures ; the elytra, sub-
236 Mr. G. Lewis on
humeral stria is wide in the middle and well shortened at
both ends, first dorsal basal and well marked, with a rather
long and straight appendage, with a puncture within its
apical end, represeriting 2, perhaps, an appendage to the second
stria, second stria also basal and half the length of the first ;
the propygidium is bi-impressed posteriorly, “and in the im-
pressions the punctures are somewhat close, on either side
pa are a few ocellate punctures, along the base and om #he
dise the punctures are very small and few; the pygidium is
coarsely and densely punctate ; the mentum is rather wide
and the carina obscure, being seen only in certain lights ;
the prosternum is triangularly widened at the base and the
anterior lobe is laterally striate; the anterior tibie are
4-dentate.
‘This species differs from all the known Asian species by
the position of the thoracic fossettes; those of HH. dyak are
very similar, but the thoracic angle is emarginate and the
fossette is behind the emargination.
Hab, Sikkim and Trichinopoly, India.
Hlololepta comis, sp. n.
Oblongo. ovalis, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte bistriata; pronoto
lateribus modice punctato; elytris stria 1 dorsali in medio
evanescenti vel subinterrupta; propygidio bifoveolato, circum
grosse et minute punctato; pygidio dense punctato.
L. 73 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oblong-oval, depressed, black, and shining; the head bi-
striate, with a very fine punctuation above; the thorax,
lateral stria ceases after passing the anterior angle, within
the stria in the median area there is a small cluster of pune-
tures which are continued anteriorly in fewer and finer
points; the elytra, subhumeral stria reaches the base, is very
broad in the middle and a little shortened before the apex,
first dorsal fine and broken or evanescent before the middle,
second short, basal, with a very small appendage at the apex ;
the propygidium has two shallow fovez punctate, the dise is
smooth and surrounded with scattered punctures of various
sizes, a few near the middle being the largest ; the pygidium
is densely punctate ; the prosternum, keel narrow but trian-
gularly wide at the base; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate,
the two at the apex are robust and close together, the: inter-
mediate are 3-dentate, with the apical tooth bifid.
Hab. Congo River, One female example.
new Species of Histeridee. 237
LTololepta optiva, sp. n.
Oblonga, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte bistriata, minutissime
punctulata; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris stria 1 in-
tegris, 2 brevi appendice parvo aucta, 3 basali ; propygidio antice
lateribusque grosse, in medio tenuissime punctulato; pygidio
dense punctato ; prosterno angusto basi triangulatim dilatato.
L. 64 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oblong, depressed, black, and shining; the head bistriate,
surface very finely punctulate ; the thorax, lateral stria rather
fine, hamate behind the angle, with a narrow lateral band of
punctures, some elongate or confluent in the median area
and anteriorly behind the angle spread out somewhat; the
elytra, subhumeral stria slightly abbreviated posteriorly, the
first dorsal fine but distinctly complete, second short, also
fine, and about one-fifth of the elytral length, with a very
short apical appendage, third basal and scarcely visible ; the
propygidium bifoveolate and encircled with rather large
punctures, some at the sides obscurely ocellate, the punctures
inwardly diminish in size until those on the disc are few and
very fine; the pygidium is densely punctate, some points
being confluent ; the prosternum, keel narrow, with a widened
triangular base; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate, the apical
teeth are obtuse and close together.
This is a very distinct species, but the male is unknown.
Hab. Ogoone, French Congo. One female example.
Hololepta higonie, Lew., 1894.
I have an example of this species from Laos, Tonking. I
found it originally in South Japan, and took it in considerable
numbers.
Teretrius antelalus, sp. n.
Cylindricus, subelongatus, niger, nitidus, undique punctulatus ;
pronoto ad angulos obscure rufo ; prosterno punctato, striis fere
parallelis, antice forte marginato; mesosterno metasternoque
sparse punctatis; pygidio haud transverso; tibiis anticis 7-5
denticulatis,
L, 34 mill.
Cylindrical, somewhat elongate, black, and shining; the
head convex and finely punctulate ; the thorax (and upper
surface generally) more clearly and evenly punctulate, ante-
rior angles obscurely reddish, marginal stria well marked at
the sides and very fine behind the head ; the pygidium is
238 Mr. G. Lewis on
longer and less transverse than that of punctulatus, Fahrs.,
and others; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is markedly
marginate, the lateral strie are almost parallel, very slightly
diverging anteriorly, keei and lobe rather coarsely, not closely
punctate, with a line of punctures along the strise ; the meso-
sternum is also markedly marginate, and the surface and that
of the metasternum sparingly punctulate; the anterior tibie
are 7—8-denticulate.
This species is narrower (less robust) than punctulatus,
Fiihrs., and the other chief distinguishing characters are the
more strongly bordered anterior margin of the prosternum,
and its strie are more parallel, scarcely diverging anteriorly,
and the punctures of the meso- and metasterna are larger.
Hab. Congo State,
COPTOSTERNUS, gen. nov.
This genus is founded to receive a single species from
Madagascar which superficially somewhat resembles Mucro-
sternus, but the body is less depressed, and the other characters
which will not permit its inclusion in it are: the pygidium
is convex, the prosternal keel is wide and truncate at both
ends, the mesosternum is very broad and nearly straight (not
sinuous) anteriorly, the anterior tibiz are outwardly denti-
culate, tarsal groove not sinuous, and the tarsi are pilose
beneath. The form of the forehead (without striz) and the
form of the thorax are very similar to those of Macrosternus ;
the dorsal sutural stria is bent like that of the American
flister curvatus, Ky., but this being a character of many
African species of Mister, it cannot be considered an
important one.
Coptosternus tarsalis, sp. n.
Ovatus, depressus, niger, nitidus; fronte leviter impressa haud
striata; prenoto lateribus punctulato, stria marginali integra ;
elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali subintegra
arcuata; pygidio paulum convexo; tibiis anticis denticulato,
tarsis hirsutis.
L. 6 mill.
Oval, depressed, black, and shining; the head slightly
impressed anteriorly, not striate, surface sparsely punctulate ;
the thorax, marginal stria fine and complete, sides punctured
like the head; the elytra without a sublumeral stria, dorsal
strie 1-3 complete, 4-5 very short and apical and nearly
meet posteriorly, sutural bowed and slightly abbreviated at
the base; the propygidium and pygidium are somewhat
new Species of Histeridee. 239
closely but not coarsely punctured, the latter is slightly con-
vex ; the prosternum, keel is broad and flat and truncate at
both ends, the lateral strize are very fine and feebly sinuous
before the cox, within the striz and parallel to them is a
very shallow channel, more conspicuous than the strize and
shortened a little at the base; the mesosternum is transverse
and narrow, but relatively as broad as in Mlacrosternus
lafertet, anteriorly it is almost straight, not sinuous, across
the middle there is a bowed stria, somewhat fine, and it does
not reach the outer edges; the anterior tibiz are 10-11-
denticulate and all the tarsi are distinctly hirsute.
Hab. Fianrantsoa, Madagascar.
Platyhster procerus, Lew.
I have specimens of this species which measure 115 mm.,
as stated in the preamble ; the mesosternal marginal stria is
traceable in the type behind the emargination, but it is not
so seen in other examples. The localities of the species are
Kumaon, Sikkim, and Yunnan, and it has been found in the
burrows of a longicorn in willows.
Platysoma mimicum, sp. n.
Oblongo-ovatum, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte stria
late arcuata; pronoto stria integra, margine laterali parallela ;
elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 parum abbreviata, 5 et suturali
dimidiatis ; pygidio transverso punctato apice levi; prosterno
angustato ; mesosterno emarginato, stria integra.
L. 22 mm.
Oblong-oval, little convex, black, and shining; the head
microscopically punctulate, stria complete, widely bowed
from side to side; the thorax, lateral stria complete and
rather close to the margin, strongest behind the head, with a
small antescutellar puncture ; the elytra, strize 1-3 complete,
A little shortened at the base, with a basal puncture, 5 and
sutural dimidiate ; the propygidium is rather coarsely and
somewhat unevenly punctate, with a narrow posterior margin
smooth; the pygidium has similar punctures transversely
placed close to the base, leaving the apex widely smooth ; the
mesosternum strongly marginate, stria following the contour
of the emargination and continuing laterally to the base of
the metasternum, suiface of the sterna microscopically punc-
tulate ; the anterior tibiew are 5-denticulate.
The sculpture of the pygidia and the form of the thoracic
stria resemble P. pygidiale, Lew., but this species has an
oval outline.
Hab. Chambaganor, Madura, India.
240 Mr. G. Lewis on
flister inflexus, sp. n.
Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte biimpressa punctulata ;
pronoto striis lateralibus integris; elytris striis 1-3 integris,
suturali ante medium abbreviata ; propygidio pygidioque sat
dense et grosse punctatis ; mesosterno sinuato conspicue mar-
ginatoque ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.
L. 54 mill.
Oval, convex, black, and shining; the head, stria nearly
straight anteriorly, surface and also the mandibles rather
closely punétulate, behind the stria are two feeble impres-
sions; the thorax is very féebly punctulate, with two lateral
striaw, the external anteriorly passes the angle, internal is
erenulate behind the head and not interrupted ; the elytra,
striee, there is no subhumeral, 1-3 dorsal are complete, the
first turns towards the second at the base, and the interstice
between the second and third widens out anteriorly; the
pygidia are somewhat closely punctate, and some of the
punctures are ocellate, especially on the outer parts; the
mesosternum is sinuous and markedly marginate, the marginal
stria laterally does not quite reach the metasternal suture;
the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate, the two apical teeth are close
together and have a common base.
This is only the fourth species of //ister recorded from
Madagascar ; [ister goudoti and equistrius, Mars., are now
assioned to Atholus.
Hab. Madagascar.
Althanus teretricides, Lew. (PI. IX. fig. 3.)
The tibize of this species are similar te many Trypanei, but
Mr. Arrow informs me that some of the Lamellicornes, such
as Parastasia and its allies, also have similar tibiae; so this
stiucture need not disturb my systematic arrangement of the
Histeride in placing it in the section with emarginate or
sinuous mesostcrna.
Pachylomalus faleatus, sp. n.
Ellipticus, convexus, niger, nitidus; P. musculo forma simillimis, at
differt mesosterno utrinque arcuatim striato.
L, 23 mill,
Klliptical, convex, black, and shining, with the legs ferru-
ginous, upper surface very finely punctulate, the marginal
stria of the head fine and complete, thoracic antescutellar
strize oblique, the prosternal stria are not inturned at the
new Species of Histeride. 241
base, the mesosternum has an arcuate stria on each side of
the emargination, the transverse stria is moderately bowed.
In this genus P. leo, tuberosus, and falcatus have lateral
mesosternal strie, but they are not marginal. P. mus, mus-
culus, andrewes?, and victor have only the transverse stria.
Hab. Montalvan, near Manila (7. Simon). Two female
examples.
Epitoxus subruber, sp. n.
Suborbicularis, convexus, nitidus; fronte puncticulata stria antice
_ late interrupta; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris obscure
rufis, striis 1-4 et suturali integris, 2 posterioribus basi arcuatim
junctis, 5 in medio abbreviata ; pygidio vix dense punctulato ;
tibiis 8-9-denticulatis,
L, 23-3 mill.
Somewhat orbicular in outline, convex, with the legs and
antenne and the elytra (except on the disc) obscurely reddish ;
the head punctulate, stria well-marked laterally, widely inter-
rupted in front ; the thorax, marginal stria complete, sides
distinctly punctured, disc very finely punctulate, scutellar
impression obscurely biarcuate ; the elytra minutely punctu-
Jate, striae 1-4 and sutural complete, the two last joining at
the base, 5 dimidiate; the pygidia are somewhat closely
punctulate, the points varying in size; the prosternum bi-
striate, keel clearly (not thickly) punctured; the mesosternum,
marginal stria complete, close to the edge and feebly crenu-
late, surface sparingly punctulate, transverse stria finely and
evenly crenulate, surfaces of the metasternum and _ first
abdominal segment punctulate ; the anterior tibiz 8-9-
denticulate.
The interrupted frontal stria and the colour of the elytra
are peculiar to this species amongst those at present known.
Hab. Abyssinia. In the British Museum and my own
collection.
Epitoxus ascinus, sp. n.
Rotundatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte plana, stria antice
utrinque sinuosa; pronoto ante scutellum biarcuatim impresso
disco levi lateribus parce punctato; elytris striis 1-4 et suturali
integris, 2 posterioribus basi arcuatim junctis, 5 in medio abbre-
viata ; propygidio pygidioque parce punctatis ; prosterno bistriato ;
mesosterno marginato, stria transversa haud crenulato; tibiis
anticis 8-denticulatis.
L. 24 mill.
This species closely resembles brevéusculus, Mars. The
242 On new Species of Histeride.
frontal stria, however, is not circular, the dise of the thorax
is smooth, the pygidia are less closely punctured, the meso-
sternum is more finely marginate, and the transverse stria 1s
not crenulate; the metasternum has a few punctures at the
base placed transversely near the coxe.
EE. breviusculus, Mars. (which has a wide distribution from
the Cape to the ‘Congo River), has the transverse meso-
sternal stria finely yet markedly crenulate ; but Marseul did
not refer to it. The sutural stria in both species joins the
fourth dorsal at the base.
Hab. Congo River,
Heterius carinistrius, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 8, vol. xii. p. 85 (1913).
T believe that only one example of this American species
is known, and it is therefore desirable to give a woodcut of it.
Heterius carinistrius, Lew.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fg. 1. Ebonius equatorius, Lew.
“ug. 2. Hister terrenus, Lew.
Fig. 3. Althanus teretrioides, Lew. 38a. Tibia,
Fig. 4. Megalocrerus rubricatus, Lew.
Fig. 5. Pelorurus earinatus, Lew.
J eustipennis, Lew. Ga, Pygidia.
Fig. 7. densistrius, Lew. 7a, Pygidia,
Fig. 8. Coproxenus opacipennis, Lew.
Fig. 9. Terapus bicarinatus, Lew.
Mr. O. Thomas on Tree- Shrews. 243
XXI.—The Tree-Shrews of the Tupaia belangeri-chinensis
Group. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
In Dr. M. W. Lyon’s recently issued Monograph of the
Tupatide, the ‘Tree-Shrews of Burma and the neighbouring
countries are all placed provisionally under the heading of
Tupaia chinensis, with the admission, however, that they
“ constitute a somewhat heterogeneous collection.” Dr. Lyon
also ‘‘ strongly suspects that futare collections will show that
Tupaia chinensis is a subspecies of 7. belangert.”
In connection with the receipt of three specimens of this
group from Tengyueh (=Momein), Yunnan, nearly topo-
types of JT. chinensis, presented by Mr. KE. B. Howell, I have
taken the opportunity of examining all the specimens in the
Museum, in order to try and clear up the one group of
Tupaiide left unworked in Dr. Lyon’s most valuable Mono-
graph. HExcept a few recent additions, the specimens have
all been examined and enumerated by Dr. Lyon, and their
localities inserted in the map on p. 75 of his Monograph.
In the tirst place, in regard to Dr. Lyon’s suspicion as to
the specific distinction of 7. chinensis, I may express my
opinion that no satisfactory dividing-line between 7’. belangert
and chinensis, as species, can be found, Tenasserim speci-
mens of Jbelangert grade imperceptibly through those of
Chiengmai, Siam, into the typical chinensis of the Shan
States and Yunnan; and [ therefore propose to treat all the
members of the group as subspecies of 7. belangeri.
The specimens from Nepal, Sikhim, Cachar, Manipur,
Paheng, and Chiengmai—some of which are referred by
Dr. Lyon to T. chinensis—I should call T. belangert belangeri,
as they have some fulvous suffusion on the hinder back,
while true chénensts is pale olive, quite without warmer
suffusion posteriorly.
To T. belangert chinensis I should refer the specimens
from Tengyueh and Meechee, Yunnan, and a small series—
mostly immature—from the Northern Shan States.
Then, from an intermediate locality in the “dry area”’ of
Burma, we get a form with all the characteristics produced
by such dry areas, and distinct enough to form a special
subspecies. It may be called
Tupaia belangert siccata, subsp. n.
General colour rather darker than “ tawny olive,” the head
244 Mr. O. Thomas on Tree-Shrews.
olive-grey, the posterior back, as in true belangert, with a
fulvous suffusion. Shoulder-streaks unusually white, sharply
defined, and conspicuous. Under surface white, with scarcely
a tinge of buffy, the hairs white to their roots ; inner aspect
of limbs white, not grey-mixed, the inner side of the hind legs
particularly strongly contrasted and markedly different from
what is found in the other subspecies.
Skull with the bullee rather larger than in other subspecies,
Dimensions of type given on p. 66 of Dr. Lyon’s
Monograph.
Hab. Zibugaung, Lower Chindwin.
Lype. Male. B.M.no.6.7.5.1. Collected 15th January,
1906, and presented by Capt. A. Mears.
This form is readily distinguishable by its conspicuous
white shoulder-stripe, chest, and inner side of hind limbs.
Passing eastwards again from the region inhabited by
belangert and chinensis, we find the Tree-Shrews becoming
darker and more rufous, two series—from Méngtse, Yunnan,
and Nan, Siam, respectively—being both distinguished from
the more western forms in this way. But they also differ
from each other in various ways, and I therefore base on
them the two following new subspecies :-—
Tupaia belangeri yunalis, subsp. n.
Jolour much darker than in belangeri and chinensis, the
back more rufvus, the rump more blackish grey, therefore in
direct contrast to belangerd, in which the rump is more rufous
than the back. General tone near “ mummy-brown,” but
there is a variation towards the olive-grey of chinensis.
Rump distinctly darker than back. Under surface grey,
washed with whitish, though in some cases the whitish goes
to the root of the hairs; ‘bat there is never the distinctly
contrasted white of subsp. siccafa. Shoulder-stripes incon-
spicuous, dull whitish.
Measurements on p. 66 of Dr. Lyon’s paper.
Hab. S.K. Yunnan. Type from Méng-tsze.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 12.7. 25. 45. Collected
10th July, 1910, by H. Orii. Seven specimens.
Tupaia belangert lactum, subsp. n.
General colour rufous brown (“ Brussels brown,” Ridg-
way), the rump blackish grey—therefore, again, in contrast
to true belanger?, in which the fore-back is grey and the hind-
back rufous. As compared with yuna/is the colour is
On British Fossil Crinoids. 245
browner and less “ saturate,” Shoulder-stripe well marked,
more buffy than in yunalis,
Skull with slightly larger teeth, larger bulla, and smaller
zygomatic vacuities than in yunalis, The differences are all
slight, but constant throughout the series available,
Dimensions on p. 66 of Dr. Lyon’s paper.
Hab. Nan, Siam. Alt. 290 m,
Type. Adult female, B.M, no. 98.2,8.12. Original
number 23. Collected 19th August, 1897, and presented by
Th. H. Lyle, Esq, Hight specimens (five young).
These two eastern subspecies differ from the other forms
by their darker colour and tendency to be blackish or dark
greyish on the rump. From each other they differ very
much as do chinensis and belangeri, and, in fact, they may be
looked upon as eastern representatives of these subspecies
respectively, yunalis of the olive-grey chinensis and laotum
of the more fulvous delangert, each pair being in about the
same latitude,
As Dr, Lyon has carefully recorded where the types of all the
various forms of the Tupatide are preserved, I may take this
opportunity ofmentioning that the typical specimens of 7upata
lacernata wilhinsont, obscura, and longicauda, and T.. ferru-
ginea penangensis, described by Messrs. Robinson and Kloss,
and hitherto in Selangor, have now been transferred to the
British Museum, in accordance with the enlightened policy
pursued by the authorities of the Federated Malay States
Museum in regard to the preservation of types, In a
temperate climate like that of England types do not dete-
riorate in the same way as, however well taken care of, they
do in a tropical one,
XXIT.—British Fossil Crinoids.—X, Sycocrinus Austin,
Lower Carboniferous. By F. A. Batuer, F.R.S,
[Plate X.]
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Previous History,
The name Sycocrinites (or Sycocrinus), from cixoy a fig,
was introduced by T. & T. Austin in October, 1842 (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. 111), for a genus with three
species ; S, clausus, S. jackson, S. anapeptamenus. In that
paper neither genus nor species were described, diagnosed,
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8, Vol. xiii. nL
246 Mr. F. A. Bather on
or figured. It is, however, possible to glean some facts con-
cerning the genus from the position to which it was assigned.
Being in the Class Adelostella (Austin), it had a ‘“ body
covered with closely-jointed calcareous plates, not lobed, and
without arms.” Being in the Order Columnide (Austin),
its body was “ attached by a jointed ... column.” Of the
two Families : S pheeronoidexe (Gray) and Echinocrinoidea
(Austin ) into which that Order was divided, Sycocrinus was
placed. in the former ; we may therefore infer that “ pores”
were either “ wanting” or “scattered irregularly among
the plates,’ and that the ‘‘ surface” was “ smooth,” i. e.
devoid of spines.
In March, 1848, the “ Descriptions of several new Genera
and Species of Crinoidea,” whose names had been introduced
in the previous paper, were published by the Austins, and
among them the definitions of Sycocrinus and its three
species (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vel. xi. p. 206). It is not
necessary to reprint these definitions, but, translating them
into more modern terminology, we can state the following
further facts alleged concerning the genus. In two out
of the three species at any rate, the plates of the cup
are in three circlets, corresponding apparently to the cup-
plates of a simple crinoid with dicyclic base. Each of these
circlets consists of five plates, except the proximal circlet
(IBB), in which there are three, doubtless formed as usual
by fusion of two pairs. The mouth is central and surrounded
or covered, in one of these dicyclic species, by five plates
corresponding to the so-called orals, in the other dicyclic
species by (it is suggested) a plated integument. Supposed
orals are also present in the third species. The anus is
lateral ; its position is given more precisely for only one
species, and there it is said to be between what we should
‘all the basal and radial circlets.
Analysing the definitions of the three species given on the
same page, we deduce the following :—
S.clausus : dicyclic; oral aspect covered by 5 plates ; anus
between BB and RR.
S. jacksoni: monocyclic; oral aspect covered by 5 plates ;
anus lateral ; stem-facet small.
S. anapeptamenus : dicyclic; oral aspect not covered, so
far as known ; anus projecting at the side.
The alleged distinction between S. c/ausus and S anapepta-
menus 1s not great, since the anus may have been in the
same position in the two species. S. jacksoni, on the other
hand, clearly belonged to a different genus.
British Fossil Crinoids. 247
The geological and geographical distribution of these
species are nowhere even hinted at, an omission justly de-
plored by L. von Buch (1815, ‘ Ueber Cystideen,’ pp. 118-
114) when he referred S. jacksoni and S. anapeptamenus to
Cryptocrinus cerasus, an Ordovician cystid, having, erro-
neously I think, interpreted Austin’s definitions to mean that
the third circlet of plates in S. anapeptamenus was homo-
logous with the third circlet in S. jacksoni. Von Buch
rightly noted the distinction between S. clausus (with four
circlets) and S. jacksoni (with three cirelets).
Commenting on this in November 1818 (Quart. Journ,
Geol. Soc, vol, iv., Proc, p. 293), T. Austin, F.G.S. [#. e. the
Fort-Major], appeared to accept Von Buch’s reference of twa
species to Cryptocrinus, and explained that they occurred
“in the carboniferous limestone of Yorkshire.” ‘That state-
ment was probably intended to apply also to S clausus.
Similarly in October 1851 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2,
vol. vill. pp, 289-290) Fort-Major Austin, in maintaining
against Edward Forbes that cystids were found in the
Carboniferous rocks, implied that some, if not all, of his
specimens of Sycocrinus came from “ our Mountain Lime-
stone.”
H.G. Bronn in 1860 (‘ Klass. und Ordn.’ vol. ii. p.230) and
Dujardin & Hupé in 1862 (‘ Echinodermes,’ p. 70) mentioned
the name Sycocrinites as a synonym of Cryptocrinus, doubt-
less without independent enquiry.
About twenty years ago the late Mr. R. Etheridge, F.R.S.,
showed me some drawings by T. Austin (? junior) arranged
as a plate in continuation of the Austins’ ‘ Monograph.’
Some of these, to my delight, represented the three species
of Sycocrinus, the names being pencilled on the back of the
sheet by Ft.-Major Austin, It was on this evidence, and
before I had observed the above-quoted statements as to the
horizon, that m 1900 I published the remark ; “ the authors’
MS. drawings suggest that S. clausus = Lageniocrinus,
8S. jacksoni=Cryptocrinus, and S. anapeptamenus= Hypo-
crinus”’ (* Treatise on Zoology,’ vol. 111. p. 203). With the
fairly clear evidence of the figures before me, I had not
troubled to compare them with Austin’s published definitions,
Had I done so I should have detected a mistake in Austin’s
own reference. It is quite plain that in his roughly pencilled
note he transposed the numbers 3 and 4, which should
refer to S. clausus and S, jacksoni respectively. Ouly thus
can the drawings in question be made to agree with the
definitions. Had I observed this, | would have written
© §. jacksoni= Lageniocrinus, 8. ciausus = Cryptocrinus.”
17*
248 Mr. F. A. Bather on
REDESCRIPTION.
The Austin Collection of Echinoderms, accompanied by a
list in the handwriting of Fort-Major Austin, is in the
Public Museum of Liverpool, and contains a fair number of
the specimens described or figured by the Austins. The
specimens are gummed on wooden tablets, and provided
with labels copied from the somewhat unclear MS. list.
When, thanks to the facilities afforded by the Director,
Dr. Clubb, I recently made a careful inspection of the
collection, I found only two tablets purporting to bear
specimens of this genus. They were labelled “‘ (3869) Lyco-
crinus anapetalamenus” and ‘ (370) Lycocrinus jacksoni,”
a circumstance which possibly explains why Sycocrinites
anapeptamenus had been lost sight of.
Taking now the evidence of “the drawings (reproduced on
Plate X., with Austin’s original numbering 2-46), of the
MS. list, of the tablets, and of the specimens on the tablets,
I propose to deal with the three species in order.
Sycocrinus jacksoni.
Tablet 370 in the Austin Collection is labelled as bearing
this species, which should be represented by a single theca.
But the sole specimen on the tablet is a very clear example
of the blastoid ‘‘ Astrocrinus tetragonus Austin,’ which,
without much doubt, has fallen off tablet 371, to which it
properly belongs and where there is a gummed space for it,
and has been stuck by mistake on tablet 370. The original
specimen 370 must have disappeared before that took place,
and is not likely ever to be found.
The MS. list says that the original specimen came from
the Carboniferous Limestone of Settle. This runs counter
to Von Buch’s suggestion, based on the description, that the
specimen was a Cryptocrinus. Renewed examination of the
ficures in this new nee is required.
“The drawings (PI. X. figs. 4-4 6) represent a theca com-
posed of three shel of plates. The proximal circlet
consists of one small and two large plates, together forming
a pentagonal base (fig. 46). The second circlet consists of
five pentagonal plates, with the shield shape characteristic of
ordinary radials. The third, or uppermost circlet consists
of five triangular plates, not alternating with the radials but
continuing them in the same ws ay as ordinary brachials,
On one of these plates, apparently a little below and to the
left of its centre, is a circular excrescence, which in one
British Fossil Crinoids. 249
figure (fig. 4) is drawn as pierced by a small pore, considered
by Austin as an anal pore, but much smaller in proportion
than the usual anal channel of a pelmatozoén. Although
no statement is made and no representation of the actual
size is given, still it seems probable that these figures agree
with those of the other species in being enlarged some three
or four diameters.
Comparison of the figures with those of the Visean species
Lageniocrinus seminulum, De Koninck and Lehon (1884, ‘ Re-
cherches s.1. Crin.,’ p. 187, pl. vi. ff. 1 a, b,c), will confirm
my previous reference of the drawings of this species to
Lageniocrinus. If, however, that be correct, then the sup-
posed anus is probably a parasitic boring or some adherent
foreign body.
Lageniocrinus is, as I have suggested (1900, ‘ Treatise,’
p- 152), probably the young of Symbathocrinus. The five
triangular plates are the first stages of the arms, and sub-
sequent brachials would appear at their distal ends. This
is borne out by Austin’s fig. 4a, which shows a slight
excavation at the apices, with apparently a minute pore in
each. These may be interpreted as the facets for the second
brachials, with the opening of the ventral groove.
Sycocrinus clausus.
This is not represented in the Austin Collection, so that
the locality and horizon are still a little uncertain (vide
supra), aud our information is confined to the published
definition already analysed and the MS. drawings reproduced
in Pl. X. figs. 3-3 e.
The figures are clear in all respects except the orientation
of the small infrabasal, a very important point. They are
consistent with its position either in the r. post. radius, as
in Flexibilia, or in the anterior radius, as in Dicyclica
Inadunata.
The five summit-plates, with their tri-radiate central
suture (fig. 3d), are of the type usually termed “ orals,”
and there are no traces of avy arm-facets on the radials.
It will, however, be noted that the specimen itself was very
small, and the facets might easily have escaped observation.
In the absence of the actual specimen, I do not feel inclined
to speculate as to the precise position of this form. It may,
not improbably, have been a Gasterocomid allied to Hypo-
crinus schneiderti and ‘‘ Lecythiwcrinus” adamsi, if not
actually congeneric with one or other of them ; or it may
conceivably have been, as Austin supposed, congenerie with
250 Mr. IF. A. Bather on
Sycocrinus anapeptamenus. What that form really is, we
now enguire.
Sycocrinus anapeptamenus.
Tablet 369 in the Austin Collection should, according to
the MS. list, bear three specimens of this species, from the
Carboniferous Limestone of Settle, Yorkshire. One of these
specimens has disappeared, as had already been noted on the
copy of the list made by a former curator of the museum.
One of the two remaining specimens proves to be only some
plates of a Palechinus with no trace of any crinoid. The
third specimen is not the one drawn by T. Austin, jun. (our
Pl. X. figs. 2-2 d), but is of the same general character
and agrees with the published definition. There is no
reason for doubting that this extant specimen was among those
before the Austins when they drew up their first account of
the genus, and I therefore select it as the holotype of the
species,
RR
Analysis of the cup of Sycocrinns anapeptamenus, lecto-holotype. Suture
Jines inferred from markings on the internal cast alone, or outlines
otherwise restored, are in dotted line. The missing portion of
1. post. I was broken off in removing the thick gum and matrix
from the specimen; the outline is fully warranted. x 3 diam.
The specimen (Pl. X. figs. 1a—lc) consists of a theca
devoid of all plates above the radials and somewhat broken,
but the disposition of all the cup-plates can be determined
(text-fig.). The theca is asymmetrical, there being a general
lessening in height, in all circlets, from the 1. post. radius to
the r. ant. interradius.
The height of the theca from the stem-facet to the summit
of |. post. R., is 9°7 mm. ; to the summit of the r. ant. inter-
radial suture, 7*7 mm. Diameter: antero-posterior, 6°4mm. ;
transverse, about the same.
British Fossil Crinoids. 251
IBB 3, two large and one, the r. post., small. Height of
r. post. 1B, 3°9 mm. Stem-facet circular, not clearly seen ;
diameter, cirea 15 mm. The facet slopes in accordance
with the general asymmetry of the theca. Austin’s fig. 2a
shows a minute lumen and a finely ridged border.
BB 5; J.ant. and r. post. hexagonal; in post. B the upper
angle is truncated by the periproct; in I. post. and r. ant. BB
the lower margins meet in a curve, making the plates penta-
gonal. Post. B is the lar gest, its height and width being
4-7 and 4°55 mm.; r.ant. B is the smallest, its height and
width being 4°3 and 3 mm.
RR 5, in general form more or less shield-shaped, but
variously modified and unequal in size. ‘The largest is
]. post. R, which projects upwards higher than the others,
with its shoulders sloping up to a truncated flattencd
surface, which may be an arm-facet; on its right side this
radial is excavated below by the periproct. Next in size are
1. ant. R, which slopes up to |. post. R, and r. post. R. The
latter on its left side is excavated below by the algae
and is produced above so as to arch over the periproct; in
this region either it meets |. post. R or is separated from that
plate by a small anal plate; I rather incline to the latter
interpretation, but the evidence is none too clear. The
remaining radials, r.ant. R and ant. R, were still smaller;
r. ant. R is broken away, but its outline can be reconstructed ;
it was probably the smallest of the five. Thus, in accordance
with the general asymmetry, there is a slope of the upper
surfaces of the radials, down from the projecting 1, post. R to
¥.ant. IR.
The brachial facets cannot be distinguished, but, as seen
from above (fig. 1 6), the radials bound a rather irregular
opening, to which an angular excavation of the upper margins
of the radials tends to give a pentagonal character. W hether
in the living state this was covered by orals, tegminals, or
reduced brachials is uncertain ; at any rate it was uncovered
in all the fossils known to the Austins, and this fact no
doubt it was that suggested the trivial name anapeptamenus
(lying open), in distinction to clausus.
In considering the Relations of Sycocrinus anapepta-
menus, it is seen at once that they are very close to
“ Hypocrinus”’ piriformis, and thus far my former suggested
reference of this British species to Hypocrinus is contirmed.
I have, however, recently shown that H. piriformis is no
Hypocrinus but a Taxoerinid (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1913, p. 910).
The difference between it and S. anapeptamenus lies essenti-
ally in the greater size of the right posterior radial in the
252 Mr. F. A. Bather on
latter ; and this carries with it, first the hounding of the
periproct by that radial, instead of by a reduced right
posterior radial and the adjoining right anterior radial ;
secondly the position of the periproct in the middle line of
the posterior basal, instead of at the adjacent upper corners
of the posterior and right posterior basals.
There are, however, distinct modifications from a normally
symmetrical crinoid. The whole cup is raised along the left
posterior radius, aud depressed towards the opposite side,
and this position was accentuated by the slope of the stem-
facet. The asymmetry of the radial region is shown in
Austin’s reconstruction (Pl. X. fig.2e), but the slope of
the stem-facet is not shown and would be inconsistent with
such a stem and general habitus as are represented in that
drawing.
Further, there seems good reason to suppose that the arm
borne by the left posterior radial was relatively stout, but
that the other arms were much reduced, and_ possibly
modified into flattened plates serving more for protection of
the peristome than for the collection of food (Pl. X.
fig. 1d). Austin’s reconstruction is certainly incorrect in
showing five small arms of equal size,
The general shape of the posterior basal is like that in
Cydonocrinus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1913, p. 388),
but the periproct was definitely closed above by the union of
the radials, with or without a small intercalated plate. There
is no reason to doubt the correctness of Austin’s representation
of asmali anal tube projecting outwards from the periproct
(EL Xe. 270).
In all these modified features, Sycocrinus anapeptamenus is
much nearer to “ Hypocrinus” piriformis than to such a
form as Cydonocrinus, and it may indeed be questioned
whether the two species should be separated generically.
Apart from difference of size, the only distinction les in the
shght intensification of all the above-mentioned features in
“ H.” piriformis.
The Systematic Conclusions to which we are led seem to be
these. Sycocrinus was described by the Austins in terms
that were intelligible enough to contemporary writers, as
proved by the remarks of Von Buch. Our aualysis of their
definitions has, however, brought out rather more clearly
the fact that at least two quite distinct plans of structure—
the monocyclic and the dicyclie base—were confused by
them. ‘The dicyclic plan seems to be that most in accord
with the intention of the generic diagnosis, and we may
British Fossil Crinoids. 253
therefore eliminate the monocyclic S. jacksoni. Of the two
dicyclic species I select S. anapeptamenus as the genotype ;
and if reasons for this course be required, there are two good
ones: first, it was the species chosen for reconstruction,
so as to give Austin’s idea of the genus; secondly, it
is the only one of which an authentic original specimen is
known, which specimen I have above selected as the
holotype.
Sycocrinus therefore stands, with genotype S. anapepta-
menus ; and even if Austin’s account was not perfectly
satisfactory, the essential characters of the genus are now,
I trust, quite intelligible.
To this genus I also refer “ Hypocrinus” piriformis
Rothpletz.
To include the two species the generic diagnosis drawn up
to receive “ H.” piriformis may now be slightly modified
(cf. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1918, p. 912).
Diagnosis of Sycocrinus.—A Taxocrinid with no radianal,
with large IBB forming a conspicuous part of the cup, with
left post. R and arm enlarged and all others reduced in size,
with rectum passing out between BB and RR, being bounded
either by post. B, i. post. R, and r. post. R, or by these
plates and by r. post. B and r. ant. R in addition.
Habits.—The asymmetry of Sycocrinus suggests that, like
many of the similarly asymmetric Eugeniacrinide, it was a
reef-dweller, fixed to a rocky shore by a short stem, and
exposed to a food-bearing current of some force flowing in
one direction. The cup, one supposes, was so placed that
the inner side of the large left posterior arm faced the
current. The same current that brought the food-particles
would have swept away the fecal stream as it issued from
the laterally projecting anal tube (PI. X. fig. 1 d).
Geological Age —The limestone at Settle, whence all the
Austins’ specimens were obtained, is in the Dibunophyllum
zone ; the precise horizon from which they were collected is
unknown.
I cannot close this note without recurring to the question
of the age of the Timor pelmatozoa. I have previously
remarked on the Lower Carboniferous aftinities of Schizo-
blastus (1908, N. Jahrb. f. Mineral., Beil. Bd. xxv. p. 318).
Sycocrinus now appears both in Timor and in our Lower
Carboniferous. And perhaps Dr. Wanner will allow me to
state that in my cozval Cydonocrinus he has recognized
another form found by him also in Timor. Even Hypo-
crinus may be represented in Yorkshire by “ Sycocrinus”’
254 On British Fossil Crinoids.
clausus. Can it then be denied that the Timor echinoderms
aie clearly of Carboniferous age? One would even suppose
them to be Lower or at least Middle Carboniferous. Other
constituents of the fauna are said to be Artinskian, and
therefore Permian; but after all, what is “ Artinskian ” ?
I do not propose to attempt an answer to that question, but
I insist that no answer will be satisfactory which fails to
recognize the markedly Carboniferous character of the
Hchinoderm elements of the fauna,
SUMMARY.
Sycocrinus T. & T. Austin, 1843, is discussed on the
evidence of the Austins’ published definitions, unpublished
figures, MS. list, and one specimen of S. anapeptamenus in
the Austin Collection at the Liverpool Museum.
All the species came from the Viséan Dibunophyllum zone,
of Settle, Yorkshire.
S. anapeptamenus is fixed as genotype, and Sycocrinus re-
diagnosed as a axocrinid, including also ‘‘ Hypocrinus”
piriformis Rothpletz. Its peculiarities are probably due to
a reef-habitat.
S. clausus may be an independent species of Sycocrinus,
or may be a Hypocrinus ; but in the absence of any known
specimen, its precise generic position remains uncertain.
S. jacksoni is, hike Lageniocrinus seminulum, probably the
youug of a Symbathocrinus.
The occurrence of Sycocrinus, Cydonocrinus, and possibly
Hypocrinus, in both England and ‘Timor, confirms the
author’s previously expressed views as to the Carboniferous
age of the Timor fossil Echinoderms.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
Fig.l. Sycocrinus anapeptamenus Austin: three views of the lecto-
holotype, x 4 diam., drawn by A. H. Searle * under the
Author’s direction.
fig. 1 a. Posterior aspect.
Fig. 1b. Oral aspect; the outlines of the destroyed plates are dotted in.
Fig. 1 c. From the left anterior interradius.,
fig. 1d. Imaginary reconstruction of the animal, from the right posterior
interradius, X 2diam. FP. A.B:
* Many naturalists, and not least those occupied with fossil echino-
derms, will regret the sudden death of Arthur Hodson Searle, which
occurred on the first day of this year. It has often been my pleasure to
record my indebtedness to his care, intelligence, and skill.
On Earthworms from Henderson Island. yi 5)
The remaining figures are fascimiles of those by T. Austin. The
following legend is also copied from Austin’s MS., except for words
within [ ], and except that, for the reasons given in the text, the names
clausus and jacksont have been transposed :—
Fig. 2. Sycocrinus anapeptamenus.
Fig.2. Natural size.
Fig. 2a. Lateral aspect, [xX 3 diam.]
Fry. 2b. A ditferent lateral view. [Xx 8 diam.}
Fug. 2c. Ventral aspect. [x 3 diam. |
Fig. 2d. Dorsal aspect. [x 3 diam. |
Fig. 2e. [Reconstruction. x 2 diam. Austin’s figure is tinted yellow
and pink. |
: Fig. 3. Sycocrinus clausus.
Fig. 3. Natural size.
Fig. 3a. Lateral aspect, magnitied. [x 38°5 diam. |
Fig. 3 6. Lateral aspect showing the circular opening into the interior.
[x 3°5 diam. |
Fig. 3c. Lateral view on a different side to the two before specified.
[ x 3°5 diam. |
Fig. 3d. View of the apex showing the base of the protrusive pore.
[x 36 diam. |
Fig. 3 e. Dorsal aspect. [x 3°56 diam. ]
Fig. 4. Sycocrinus jackson.
Fig. 4. Lateral view showing the pore. [ X ca. 3 diam. |
Fug. 4a. The apex showing the excentrical pore. | X ca. 3 diam. }
Fug. 4b. The dorsal apex. [X ca. 3 diam. |
XXIN.—Ona small Collection of Earthworms from Henderson
Island. By Dr. Luiat CoGNerti pe Martits, R. Museo
Zoologico, ‘lorino.
By the courtesy of Prof. F. J. Bell, of the British Museum,
Iam able to give the first notification on the Oligocheta
of the Henderson or Elizabeth Island in the South Pacific.
The small collection dealt with in the present paper was
collected by Mr. David Tait. In the collection only two
species of the same genus are to be found, as follows :—
Pheretima hendersoniana, sp. n.
Four specimens.
External characters—Length 80-108 mm., breadth 4°5-
6 mm. behind the clitellum. Segments about 120.
Colour brownish dorsally at the preclitellian segments,
pale brownish or whitish elsewhere. Prostomium _ pro-
epilobous (3).
256 Dr. L. Cognetti de Martiis on
Sete arranged in continuous rings: 32/ii., 35/iii., 46/vi.,
65/x., 70/xiil., 70/xxu. 5 there are no dorsal and ventral gaps.
The sete of the anterior and caudal segments are slightly
stronger.
First dorsal pore in intersegmental furrow xii./xiii.
Clitellum embracing segments xiv.-xvi., unprovided with
intersegmental furrows. The sete are wanting on the
clitellum.
Male pores in the ring of setae of the xvili. segment ;
between the male pores the sete are wanting. On segments
XVil. or xix. there are about seven sete between the lines
of male pores. The distance between the lines of male pores
corresponds to + of the segment circumference.
Paired papilla are present on segments xix. and xx.,
one pair for each segment, close to the middle ventral line,
behind the ring of setae. A third pair of papilla, or a single
lateral papilla, may be present in the same position on the
xxi. segment. In one specimen a pair of papillee is present
on the vill. segment, in front of the ring of setae, and about
in the same lines with the papillae above mentioned.
On the xix. and xx. segments there is also present a pair
of papille, or a single lateral papilla, behind the ring of
sete ; these papillee are disposed laterally to the lines of the
male pores. The distance between the dateral papille of
each pair corresponds to about }$ of the segmental circum-
ference.
Female pore on the xiv. segment, in a little grey area
surrounded by a white ring. Spermathecal apertures in
intersegmental furrows vil./vill. and viil./ix., about in the
same lines with the male pores, slightly closer ventrally.
Internal anatomy.—Septa iv./v.—vii./vill. are moderately
thickened; gizzard septa viil./ix. and 1x./x. are wanting.
Gizzard very strong, just behind septum vii./viii. he
sacculated intestine begins in the xv. segment, and is
provided at the xxvi. segment with a pair of ceeca which
extend forward through four segments. The ceca are
simple in structure. Hearts paired in segments x.=xiii.
The sperm-capsules in segments x. and xi. are ventral
to the cesophagus; those of the same segment do not seem to
communicate with each other, but the capsules of the x.
communicate with those of the following segment through
septum x./xi. Sperm-sacs paired in xi. and xii. segments.
The spermiducal glands are rather large, and extend
through segments xvii. and xviii. Hach gland is a white
reniform body, compressed between the body-wall and the
Karthworms from Henderson Island. 257
gut; its dorsal edge is very convex and divided into 3 to 5
lobes. From the hilum of each gland originates a cylindrical
muscular duct, which describes an S and opens directly to
the exterior ; the terminal bursa copulatrix is wanting,
Spermathecz, two pairs, in viii. and ix. segments. Each
spermatheca has a medial long and slightly bent muscular
duct. The main pouch has the same length, and is clearly
distinct from the duct. The diverticulum ends in a spherical
or oval distal extremity ; it is longer than the main pouch.
The duct of the diverticulum is S-shaped at its base and
diminishes in breadth at the same region (text-fig.). Before and
Pheretima hendersoniana, sp.n. Spermatheca, x 6.
behind each spermathecal pore, at the internal surface of the
body-wall, a whitish glandular mass (g/.) is recognizable.
Loc. Henderson Island, 8. Pacific (D. Tait coll.).
Pheretima montana, Kinb., subsp. arthurt (Benham).
Two specimens,
Loc. Henderson Island, 8. Pacific (D. Tait coll.).
The two specimens agree particularly with Benham’s
description and figures of Pericheta arthuri, Benh.*. This
species is arranged by Beddard f in the synonymice list of
Ph. montana, Kinb., with a number of other species ; but
more recently Ude } separates them again as a distinct species.
TI prefer a middle course, and give to Benham’s P. arthuri
the rank of subspecies only.
In a specimen from the above locality the following cha-
racters are noticeable: the spermatheca open to the exterior
in intersegmental furrow vii/vill,, but lie in the vii. segment;
instead of a single median female pore, there are two female
pores close to the middle line on the ventral side of the
XIV. segment,
* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi. 1897, p. 212, pl. xvi. fig. 4a, b,
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, p. 620.
{ Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool, Ixxxiil, p. 448,
258 Dr. W. T. Calman on the
XXIV.—On the Crustacean Genus Sicyonella, Borradaile.
By W, T. Catan, D.Sc.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Since the publication of my recent paper on Aphareocaris,
Dr. H. Balss of Munich has kindly drawn my attention
to the similarity between this genus and Sicyonella, estab-
lished by Borradaile in 1910 for a species obtained by
Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner in the Western Indian Ocean. By
the kindness of Mr. Borradaile and of Mr. L. Doncaster,
Superintendent of the Museum of Zoology, Cambridge, I
have been able to examine the type-material of Sicyonella
maidivensis, with the result that this species proves to be
identical with my Aphareocaris eleyans from Torres Straits.
The synonymy of the genus must therefore stand as
follows :—
Genus SicyoneLia, Borradaile.
Aphareus, Paulson, Izslyedovaniya Rakoobraznuikh Krasnagho Morya,
Kiev, 1875, p. 117. (Nom. praeoce.)
Sicyonella, Borradaile, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiii. 1910, p. 259.
Aphareocaris, Calman, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xxxii. 1913, p. 219.
The discrepancies between Borradaile’s description and
mine are, for the most part, easily explained on comparing
the type-specimens. The “antennal teeth” of the carapace
in Borradaile’s account are really supraorbital in position,
while his ‘‘ branchiostegal”’ tooth is that which I called
hepatic. The relative length of the third maxillipeds and
the subdivision of their terminal segments are exactly
simuar in the two forms. In dealing with the branchial
system Borradaile has (1) reckoned as arthrobranchs the
podobrauch of the second maxilliped and the anterior pleuro-
branchs of the five following somites, (2) assigned to the last
thoracic somite the posterior pleurobranch of the somite in
front, and (38) omitted to notice the vestigial pleurobranchs.
On all these points error is very easy, and even careful
examination may leave room for difference of opinion, but
I still believe that my version of the branchial formula is
substantially correct.
The most serious obstacle to the identification of the two
species is that presented by the petasma. As Borradaile’s
figure of this is on a small scale I give an enlarged figure
taken from one of his specimens, fea which it will be seen
that the organ differs widely from that figured in my former
paper, especially in the complex branching of the middle
Crustacean Genus Sicyonella, Borradaile. 259
lobe. It now seems highly probable, however, that the
Torres Straits specimen is immature *. Its length, 20 mm.,
is less by some 5 mm. than that of the smallest male from
the Indian Ocean, and it resembles the females and differs
from the males in having (1) the eyes less dilated, (2) the
third cheliped less slender and with shorter carpus, and (3)
the inner flagellum of the antennules only slightly thickened
at the base; in the males, the basal part is considerably
Sicyonella maldivensis, adult male (co-type). A. Petasma, seen from
in front. B. Apical portion of same, from behind.
thickened and excavated on the inner and upper side, where
it bears a row of strong spines. ‘The differences in the pro-
portions of the eyes and third chelipeds are shown by the
following measurements (in millimetres) :—
Indian Ocean. Torres Straits,
dé. She 3.
otal Leni pte t ram's sive esis 30 29 20
Ocular peduncle :
Diameter at base .....:.. 5) ‘A& 34.
Diam. of corneal area .... 112 ‘76 06
Third cheliped :
Carpus, lenoth: 6770 deserts 32 288 2:94
Propodus, length ........ 2-2 2:08 16
Be diameter ¥..,..% ‘1s ‘18 ‘16
Wactylus, length 5.4)... « "52 ‘68 “48
While it is thus fairly clear that Aphareocaris elegans
must be regarded as a synonym of Szeyonella maldivensis, it
is to be noted also that the distinctions which I pointed out
* The changes in the petasma of Sergestes during growth have recently
been described by Stephensen [*‘The Copulatory Organ (Petasma) of
Sergestes vigilar (Stimpson), H. J. H.,” Mindeskvift for Japetus Steen-
strup, Kpbenhayn, 19138, pp. 1-5 (sep. copy) |].
260 On Fishes from Yunnan.
between it and the still earlier Aphareus inermis of Paulson
tend to lose their importance. One specimen among Borra-
daile’s material has the rostral crest shaped almost exactly
as in Paulson’s figure, owing, apparently, to the breaking of
the anterior tooth; the greater stoutness of the third cheliped
as figured by Paulson is not likely to be a valid specific
character in view of the great difference between the sexes
in this respect ; and the number of articulations in the pen-
ultimate segment of the third maxilliped is sometimes diffi-
cult to determine unless the limb be removed from the body.
The decision on this point, however, may be left to Dr. Balss,
who, I understand, has under examination specimens be-
longing to this genus from the Red Sea.
There remains for consideration the systematic place to be
assigned to the genus, and on this point I find myself
unable to agree with Borradaile’s suggestion that its affini-
ties are with the Sicyonine. The characters enumerated in
my former paper appear to show conclusively that it belongs
to the Sergestidee, and in addition it may be pointed out
that the branched form of the adult male petasma is very
suggestive of that found in Sergestes | cf. Kemp, Fisheries,
Treland, Sci. Invest. 1908, i. (1910) pl. i11. figs. 11 & 14] and
quite uulike that of Sicyonia. The modification of the mner
flagellum of the antennule in the adult male, as described
above, is probably to be compared with the prehensile
apparatus of Sergestes, although the flagellum is not bifur-
cated as in that genus.
XXV.—Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham,
with Description of a new Species of Barilius. By ©, Tate
ReEGAN, M.A.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
DurinG the last ten years Mr, John Graham has from time
to time sent several small collections of fishes from Yunnan
to the British Museum; one just received is likely to be the
last, as Mr. Graham is leaving Yunnan; it includes examples
of anew Buarilius.
Barilius alburnops, sp. n.
Depth of body 44 to 5 in the length, length of head 3$ to 4,
Snout nearly equal to diameter of eye, which is 83 to 4 in
On new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan. 261
the length of head and equal to or a little less than inter-
orbital width. Mouth oblique; maxillary not extending to
below eye; no barbels. Scales 76 to 84, 12 or 13 from
dorsal fin to lateral line, 3 from lateral line to base of pelvies.
Dorsal 10, with 7 branched rays; origin just behind base of
pelvics, nearer to caudal fin than to end of snout. Anal 16-
18, with 13 to 15 branched rays. Pectoral extending 2 to ?
af distance from its, hase. to pelvics. Caudal forked. sCundal
peduncle twice as long as deep. Silvery; back olivaceous ;
fins immaculate.
Yunnan Fu.
Several specimens, 150 to 200 mm. in total length.
It may, perhaps, be of interest to give a complete list
of the fishes sent by Mr. Graham fon Yunnan ; all the
new species have been described in the eae and
the dates appended will facilitate reference to the original
descriptions :—
Cyprinus carpio, Linn, Misgurnus angullicaudatus, Can-
micristius, Regan, 1906. tor.
Carassius auratus, Linn. Nemachilus pleurotema, Regan,
Barbus graham, Regan, 1904. 1904.
yunnanensis, Regan, 1904. —— nigromaculatus, Regan,
Discognathus yunnanensis, Rexan, 1904.
1907. orygnathus, Regan, 1908.
grahami, Regan, 1906.
Oreinus grahami, Regan, 1904.
mongolicus, Bleek.
Schizothoraxr taliensis, Regan, 1907.
Achilognathus barbatulus, Giinth. Silurus mento, Regan, 1904.
Acanthorhodeus elongatus, Regan, grahami, Regan, 1907.
1903. Pseudobagrus medianalis, Regan,
Barilius polylepis, Regan, 1904. 1904.
andersoni, Regan, 1904. Inobagrus nigricauda, Regan,
—— grahami, Regan, 1908. 1904.
— alburnops, Regan, 1914. Ophiocephalus argus, Cantor.
Monopterus javanensis, Lacep.
XXVI.—Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan, collected
by Major G. E. Bruce. By C. Tate Reaay, M.A.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Masor G. E. Bruce has presented to the British Museum a
small collection of fishes made in the Wana Toi, a tributary
of the Gomal River in Southern Waziristan (32° 20! N.,
69° 30! E., altitude 4500 feet). Six species are represented :
four of these, Callichrous pabda, Ham. Buch., Barilius
dan. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xin. 18
262 On new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan.
vagra, Ham. Buch., Scaphiodon irreqularis, Day, and Crosso-
chilus barbatulus, Heck., are already known; the other two
are described below as new to science.
SCHIZOCYPRIS, gen. nov.
Closely related to Schizothorax, Heck., and Schizopygopsis,
Steind., differing in sealing, structure of mouth, and pha-
ryngeal dentition. Body in great part covered with small
scales, but thorax, abdomen, and a mid-dorsal strip naked.
Mouth transverse, inferior; barbels absent, or a minute
posterior pair ; lower lip developed only at corners of mouth ;
lower jaw without horny sheath. Pharyngeal teeth
2.3.4—4.3. 2, compressed, with flat grinding-surfaces.
Dorsal fin with a strong serrated spine.
Lower surface of head of A. Discognathus wane (xX 2) and
B. Schizocypris brucei.
Schizocypris brucet, sp. n.
Depth of body 4 to 5 in length, length of head 44 to 42.
Snout 12 diameter of eye, which is 5 in length of head ;
interorbital width 8. Width of mouth 4 width of head.
Dorsal III 8; origin equidistant from anterior margin of eye
and base of caudal, above posterior part of base of pelvics ;
first branched ray longest, 3 to 2 length of head; free edge
of fin straight. Anal III 6. Pectoral extending a little
more than 4 distance from its base to pelvics, which do not
reacn vent. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle twice as long
as deep. Back bluish grey, with or without darker spots ;
lower parts white ; fins yellow, tinged with pink.
Ten specimens, the largest 140 mm. in total length.
On Australian Species of Tabanus. 263
Discognathus wane, sp. n.
Depth of body 4 in the length, length of head 423 to 42.
Snout rounded, nearly as long as postorbital part of head ;
diameter of eye 5 in length of head ; interorbital region flat,
its width nearly 4 length of head. Width of mouth 3 length
of head ; two barbels on each side, shorter than diameter of
eye. Upper lip with minute papilla near the margin ; lower
very narrow ; behind it a circular disc divided into a papillose
anterior and a smooth posterior portion, and with only the
posterior edge free. Dorsal III 7; origin equidistant from
tip of snout and base of caudal; first or second branched ray
longest, nearly as long as head. Anal IL 5. Pectoral ex-
tending 2 of distance from its base to pelvics, which nearly
or quite reach vent. Caudal deeply emarginate. Greyish,
mottled with darker.
Five specimens, the largest 80 mm. in total length.
XXVII.—On certain recently described Australian Species
of Tabanus. By Ernest EB. Austen.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Tue following notes, which relate to a paper published last
year * by Mr. Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S., Entomologist to the
newly established Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine,
at ‘Townsville, Queensland, are written in no spirit of
churlish criticism, but solely with a view to assist other
workers at an important family of Diptera, the study of
which is beset with peculiar difficulties. The descriptions
of the older authors relating to this family are almost
always unsatisfactory and incomplete, and, based as they too
often were on rubbed or otherwise damaged specimens, are
frequently misleading. It follows, then, that their correct
interpretation is in many cases well-nigh impossible for those
who are unable to examine the types, and are unassisted by
access to a well-equipped library or a large collection of
accurately determined material. In the case of Tabanide,
again, Australia appears to be peculiarly rich in groups of
* Of. ‘Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Report for the Year
1911’ (Sydney: Angus and Robertson, Ltd. London: The Oxford
University Press, 1913). Pp. 60-70, and pl. xiv.—The title-page of this
publication bears no date, but the writer has been informed by Mr. Taylor
that the Report appeared in May, 1913.
Lor
264 Mr. i. E. Austen on
species, the members of which resemble one another so
closely that extreme care is necessary for their discrimination.
Lastly, it cannot be too strongly impressed upon all writers
on Tabanide that in a genus like Tabanus (in which plastic
differences between species are seldom obvious, while, on the
other hand, the number of described species already amounts
to considerably more than nine hundred) descriptions, if they
are to admit of correct interpretation, must be comparative
(i. e. must include a reference to allied species, and clearly
indicate the points in which the supposed new species differs
from them), and should always, if possible, be accompanied
by a figure carefully drawn by a competent artist. Photo-
graphic illustrations are seldom satisfactory, since the
imperfections of the particular specimen figured, which are
reproduced only too faithfully, frequently obliterate many
of the specific characters.
The British Museum (Natural History) is much indebted
to Mr. Taylor for the generous gift of paratypes of all the
species of Tabanus described by him in his paper as new, as
well as examples of all but one of those re-described by him
under previously existing names, and the study of these
specimens has greatly facilitated the preparation of the sub-
joined notes.
“Tabanus abstersus, Walker” (p. 60, pl. xiv. fig. 14) *.—
Tabanus abstersus, Walk. (Ins. Saund., Dipt. pt. i. p. 58,
1850),= 7. cireumdatus, Walk. (List Dipt. Ins. in Coll. Brit.
Mus., i. p. 185, 1848). Mr. Taylor’s figure, which shows an
insect in which the majority of the veins in the distal half of
the wings are strongly infuscated over the greater portion of
their extent, has nothing to do with Tabanus circumdatus,
Walk. (syn. 7. abstersus, Walk.), in which the wings are
hyaline and the veins are not infuscated, but looks like
T. limbatinevris, Macq. (Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv. p. 29 (1850),
nec TI. limbatinevris, Macq., op. cit. Suppl. i. p. 16, 1847).
The ? specimen forwarded by Mr. 'faylor, however, as an
example of the species regarded by him as Tabanus abstersus,
Walk., belongs neither to 7. circumdatus, Walk., nor to
7. limbatinevris, Macq. (1850), but to a species unknown to
the present writer. In the specimen sent the angle on the
upper margin of the expanded portion of the third joint of
the antennz is produced into a long thumb-like process,
much as in Rhinomyza, while the ground-colour of the
dorsum of the abdomen (with the exception of the lateral
* The details in brackets referto Mr, Taylor’s paper.
Australian Species of Tabanus. 265
margins and posterior angles of the first four segments, and
a white-haired median fleck on the hind margin of each of
the first five segments) is entirely black.
“Tabanus fuscipes, n. sp.” (p. 62, pl. xiv. fig. 15).—The
name fuscipes is preoccupied by 7. fuscipes, Ricardo, 1908
(for a species found in South and Central Africa). ‘The
writer therefore ventures to propose the designation Tabanus
taylort for the species under consideration.
Judging from the specimen sent to the British Museum,
the description of the legs would seem to be partly mis-
leading ; the femora and tibize are cinnamon-coloured—a very
different thing from ‘‘ clove-brown.”
“*Tabanus gregarius, Erich.”’ (p. 63, pl. xiv. fig. 16).—This
is not Tabanus gregarius, Erichs., and does not even agree in
any way with the original description of that species. It is
a species nova.
““Tabanus lineatus, uv. sp.” (p. 65, pl. xiv, fig. 17),= 7. rufi-
notatus, Big. (syns. 7. elestéem, Summers, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x., Aug. 1912, p. 224; and 7. desig-
natus, Ricardo, Rés.de Exp. Scient. Neerland. ala Nouvelle-
Guinée, vol. ix., Zool., livr. 3, p. 390, 1913).—The name
lineatus is preoccupied by Tabanus lineatus, Fabr. (1781)
(=T. giganieus, Deg.).
“Tabanus pseudoardens, nu. sp.” (p. 66, pl. xiv. fig. 18).—
As shown by two 9 2 of this species kindly forwarded by
Mr. Taylor, the dorsum of the abdomen is mummy-brown
(dark brown at the distal extremity), not ‘“ clove-brown,” as
stated in the description ; the first four ventral scutes are
fawn-coloured, not “ clove-brown” ; and the wings in the
two specimens received have a well-marked brownish (not
“ creamy ”’) tinge.
“Tabanus tetralineatus, n. sp.” (p. 68, pl. xiv. fig. 20),=
T. cinerescens, Macleay (King’s ‘ Narrative of a Survey of
the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia,’ vol. ii.
p. 467, 1826).—The name Tabanus cinerescens and its author
have hitherto been somewhat unfairly treated, Wiedemann
and subsequent writers, including Kertész (‘Catalogus
Dipterorum,’ vol. i. p. 234, 1908), having written cinerascens
instead of cinerescens, and attributed the designation to King
instead of to MacLeay. ‘The title-page of the volume in
which the description was published bears the date 1827 ;
the present writer is, however, informed by Mr. C. Davies
266 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta
Sherborn (author of ‘ Index Animalium ’) that the work was
actually issued on April 18th, 1826.
“Tabanus parvus, n. sp.” (p. 69).—In size and general
appearance, as also in the width of the front, this small
species closely resembles 7. anellosus, Summers (Ann, &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x., Aug. 1912, p. 226), the
typical series of which was also taken at Port Darwin by
Dr. C. L. Strangman, the discoverer of Tabanus parvus at
the same place. ‘The latter species can, however, be distin-
guished from 7. anellosus by the expanded portion of the
third joint of the antenna being shorter and deeper, by the
terminal annuli of the same joint being tawny-ochraceous
like the rest of the joint, instead of dark brown, by the
existence of a long appendix to the anterior branch of the
third longitudinal vein, and by all coxee, femora, and tibiz
being ochraceous-buff, whereas in 7. anellosus the cox are
grey, all the femora greyish clove-brown, and the front
tibiz clove-brown except at the base. Judging from an
examination of the paratype of T. parvus kindly presented
to the National Collection by Mr. Taylor, the description of
the coxee, femora, and tibiz of this species as “ clove-brown ”
is extremely misleading.
XXVILI.—Report on the Annelida Polycheta collected in the
North Sea and adjacent parts by the Scotch Fishery Board
Vessel ‘ Goldseeker.,—Part 11. Nephthydide to Hesionidee.
By James W. Prype, M.A., Walker ‘l'rust Research
Scholar, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.
[Plate XI]
Tue following report, which includes the Nephthydide,
Phyllodocide, and Hesionide, is a continuation of that begun
by Mr. William Small, M.A., B.Sc., in 1912 (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8) vol. x. p. 165, 19112).
The Nephthydide are well represented, and out of the ten
species accounted British by Prof. M‘Intosh, six have been
found to be present in the North Sea. The Phyllodocide
are but sparsely represented by a single species, while the
Hesionide show representatives of two genera out of the four
that are British. They occur in numerous hauls at various
depths and at various stations ranging from shallow water
Srom the North Sea and adjacent paris. 267
to 10 fathoms. For the only representative of the Phyllo-
docide no depth can be given, as the label belonging to the
tube has been lost, probably in the disastrous fire which took
place in the laboratory in June 1913, when much valuable
material was lost. 24 fathoms is the greatest depth at which
Hesionidse were obtained, although they were found in
numerous hauls.
No lists of synonyms have been given, but they can be
obtained from Prof. M‘Intosh’s Monograph (vol. 11. part 1.,
1908) under the heads of the various species, and they
occupy a considerable amount of space.
The specimens examined were part of the collection kindly
handed -over to Mr. Small by Prof. D’Arey W. Thomson.
I have to thank Prof. M‘Intosh for giving me from his own
collection a typical series of slides of each group.
Family Nephthydide.
Genus NEputuys, Cuvier, 1817.
Nephthys ceca, O. F. Miller, 1776.
This species was found in many hauls, and only in one
(haul 11191, at Station 18 A) were there not more than one
brought to the surface. In haul 187 forty-two were obtained
at a depth between 545 and 788 m, ‘This abundance agrees,
as far as the North Sea is concerned, with the statement in
the Monograph (1908, vol. ii. part i. p. 10), which says that
this annelid is common everywhere around the shores of
Britain.
Many of the specimens are small, but some are of moderate
size. In many cases the lamelle of the feet were destroyed
by being scorched by the fire, while the specimens themselves
were rendered hard and brittle. On the feet of those which
remained unhurt were found several thecate Infusoria * and
structures which resembled minute Loxosome.
The largest specimen had 148 segments, but in some of
the smaller ones the segments numbered from 60-80. The
body-wall was very muscular, and the oblique muscles were
boldly outlined.
The gut was examined, and was found to contain diatoms,
mud, sand-particles, and small pieces of what seemed to be
animal tissue. No specimen showed an extruded proboscis.
Prof. Izuka + found this annelid in Japanese waters in
* Of. ‘Challenger’ Report on Annelida, pls. xiv. A. and xxiii, A.
+ Vide ‘ Errantiate Polycheta of Japan,’ by Prof. A. Izuka.
268 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polychata
Mororan Harbour, and Adolf Heinen* found it at no less
than thirteen stations in the North Sea. Station 58° 48’ N.,
1° 20' ., is his most northerly record, while Station 52° 50’ N.,
3° 20’ K., is his most southerly. The most northerly record
in the ‘Goldseeker’ expedition is Station 18 a, 60° 57’ N.,
5° 47’ W. On the other hand, the most southerly point is
Station 39 B, 57° 59’ N., 0° 57’ E.
Nephthys hombergit, Lamarck, 1818.
It is stated in the Monograph (vol. ii. part i. p. 19) that
this annelid is found from Shetland to the Channel Islands,
along both shores, and occurring alike in the tidal region and
in deep water; but only six are found in this collection, three
being obtained at a depth of 10 fathoms at Olliberry, Shet-
land. 'Lhey were dredged along with Notophyllum foliosum,
Sars, and LHurmothoé Hn ae Linn. In the ‘ Porcupine’
expedition of 1896 this species was dredged at a depth of
96 fathoms.
The largest specimen had 89 segments, but a specimen
having 130 segments is mentioned in the Monograph, while
Heinen adds: “* Audouin und Milne-Edwards geben fiir die
grossten Tiere sogar 200 Segmente an.” The body has
similar proportions to that of N. cwca, but is considerably
less. The colour has faded, however, owing to immersion in,
spirit, but fresh specimens have an necoean pinkish body,
bluish white along the median line dorsally and whitish
laterally, with bright red branchize along the sides Tf.
The toot differs from that of N. ceca, for the dorsal
Jamelia is smaller, while the ventral lamella is more ovoid
than pointed. The most diagnostic feature is the presence
of a prominent papilla below the point of the spine in N. hom-
bergu. ‘The gut contained diatoms and small crustacean
Jarve. From the Reports on the ‘ Krrantiate Polychzeta of
Japan,’ a country in almost the same latitude as our own,
there is no mention of N. hombergit, nor is it recorded in the
‘Challenger’ Reports.
Nephthys hombergu, var. kersivalensis, M‘Intosh.
In haul 187 two specimens of this annelid were obtained
at a depth of 545-788 m. It differs from N. hombergii,
Lamarck, in having the ventral lamella in the anterior third
* Vide ‘ Die Nephthydeen und Lycorideen der Nord- und Ostsee,’ by
Adolt Heinen.
t See ‘Monograph,’ vol. ii. part i. pl. xliii. fig. 3.
ae
from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 269
much less, and in having a more decided decrease in both
posterior lamella. ‘This annelid, according to the Mono-
graph, is merely a younger stage in the growth of N. hom-
bergit.
From Heinen’s Karte 1 N. hombergii is seen to have a
wide distribution, varying from 58° 52’ to 59° 9’ N., and
1° 21’ to almost 8° E. From the ‘Goldseeker’ collection,
however, this annelid is confined to the neighbourhood of the
Shetland Isles.
Nephthys incisa, Malmgren, 1865.
Haul -8215 alone contained this annelid, when eight speci-
mens were obtained. The animals were small, the largest
numbering about 50 segments. The haul was made at
Station &, 61° 35’ N., 0° 21' K., but the depth at which they
were obtained is not given. In the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition,
1869, this annelid was found from 6-80 fathoms. In one
the proboscis was extruded and showed twenty-two rows of
minute papillz ; but the short median cirrus, which, according
to Malmgren, occurs in the smooth distal region both dorsally
and ventrally, was not seen. On the branchiz were struc-
tures resembling minute Lovosome, but the parasites were
too contracted to make out their structure properly. No
specimen was mature, and the gut showed sand and sponge-
spicules.
There is no mention of this annelid in the ‘ Challenger’
Reports nor in ‘ Errantiate Polychzeta of Japan,’ but Heinen
obtained several at various stations in the German North
Sea. ‘The most northerly point at which he obtained this
annelid was 57° 52’ N., 4° 52’ E.; but the ‘ Goldseeker’
dredged it at Station 8, 61° 35’ N., 0° 20’ K.
Nephthys ciliata, O. F. Miiller, 1789.
This annelid, from various reports, is common on muddy
ground or in sandy mud, but only one specimen is present in
the collection. O. . Miller procured it in the first instance
from the F'arée Islands, but it stretches to Greenland and to
the eastern Canadian waters, as well as to America. Malm-
gren records it from Spitzbergen, Scandinavia, and Iceland ;
Ehlers, both shores of the Atlantic; and Théel gives Kara
Sea and Nova Zembla. It is not mentioned in the ‘Chal-
lenget’ Reports, but Prof. Izuka notes it as occurring in
Japanese waters. Heinen, too, has no record of it in his
North Sea Coliection, but remarks, “ Alle mir vorliegenden
‘Tiere stammten aus Ostsee und Kattegat.”
270 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta
The present specimen was obtained at Station 184,
60° 57’ N., 5°47’ W., and at adepth of 384m. It was taken
along with N. ceca and some Lumbriconereide. The body
has about 95 segments, and is slightly tapered anteriorly,
more so posteriorly, and ends in a caudal cirrus. The foot *
resembles that of N. ceca, but the lamellae are not so well
developed, and so the species can be readily differentiated.
‘he tentacles, moreover, are more slender than those of
N. ceca, and so another point of difference arises. The gut
contained diatoms, mud, and small larve, many of which
were fragmentary. ‘The specimen was not mature.
Nephthys cirrosa, Khlers, 1868.
Several fragments of this annelid were dredged at
Station 7, 61° 06’ N., 2° 1' H., at a depth of 15 fathoms, and
all the fragments denote that the entire annelids were small.
There is no mention of N. ctrrosa in the ‘Challenger’
Reports. Izuka records none from Japanese waters, and
Heinen makes no mention of any from his North Sea investi-
gations. ‘The Ray Society Monograph, however, gives thie
following as its habitat :—Channel Islands, Herm, Guernsey,
and in sand under stones in Galway, Ireland (I/‘Intosh) ;
shores of France, Dinard and Croisic (Baron de St. Joseph) ;
Norway (Canon Norman) ; Strait of Magellan (/lers).
There was nothing of outstanding interest about any of the
fragments, and none showed any signs of maturity.
Nephthys grubet, M‘Intosh, 1900.
Only one specimen of this annelid was obtained. It oc-
curred in haul 187 and was trawled at the depth of 545-
788 m. In the Monograph (vol. il. part i. p. 33) this
creature was found at a depth of 540 fathoms in the § Knight
Evrant’ Expedition. No record of it occurs in Prof. Izuka’s
work nor in ‘Challenger’ Reports. The specimen is very
small and very much shrivelled, having been badly scorched
in the fire. Identitication was made from the structure of
the feet and the bristles.
Family Phyllodocide.
Genus NOTOPHYLLUM, Cirsted, 1843.
Notophyllum foliosum, Sars, 1835.
The tube containing this specimen, which is the only
representative of the Phyllodocide, had no label, and conse-
* Vide ‘Monograph,’ vol. ii. part 1. pl. Ixvi. figs. 1 & 9.
from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 271
quently no depth nor locality can be given. The animal
itself is linear, and the body has about 98 segments. The
dorsal surface is light brown and slightly iridescent, while
the ventral surface is darker in colour, and each segment
has minute dark spots. No groove is present in the ventral
surface of the specimen, and the dorsal lamellee of the feet,
moreover, were not so prominent as is mentioned in the
Monograph. However, it (dorsal lamella) was considerably
larger than the ventral lamella, and no spines were seen on
the spinigerous papilla at its outer border. The Monograph
mentions that the spinigerous papilla may bear a few (about
two) smooth tapering bristles, and Malmgren adds that
the large, more or less horizontal dorsal cirrus is elliptico-
subrectangular or unequally reniform. The ventral bristles
spring from the tip of the lobe, and are characteristic of the
species.
The Monograph states that this species is more sluggish
than the ordinary examples of the Phyllodocidee, and, when
irritated, coils its body in a somewhat stiff manner. There is
no mention of this species in the Reports of the ‘ Challenger’
Expedition; but in Prof. Izuka’s work Notophyllum japonicum,
Maren., is described, and this species appears to approach the
northern species very closely.
From the Monograph its habitat is given as :—Shetland
(J. G. J.); Lamlash Bay, Arran (Dr. Howden) ; Bay of
Galway, Ireland (Dr. #. P. Wright); St. Andrews Bay,
deep-sea fishing-boats (J7. M/.); common in dredgings,
Plymouth (Allen) ; Norway ((rsted, Sars, Norman, and
Koren); Sweden; Adriatic (Sars); Marseilles (Alarion).
Fainily Hesionide.
Genus OPHIODROMUS, Sars, 1861.
Ophiodromus flexuosus, Della Chiaje, 1825.
Fifty-eight complete and an infinite number of fragments
of this species were obtained in four hauls. The hauls were
8160, 2 miles E.N.H. of Rams Ness, at a depth of 100 m.;
152, off Ardmore Point, at a depth of 180 m.; 8265, at
Station 41 a, 56° 48’ N., 1° 19’ E., at a depth of 94 m.; and
72, 3 miles west of Tarbet Ness, at a depth of 24 fathoms.
This annelid usually inhabits regions where there is grey
mud or clay, and off the western coast of Britain has been
found at depths varying from 4-125 fathoms. One or two
have been found on the verge of extreme low water in Ard-
272 Mr. J. W. Pryde on Annelida Polycheta
maddy Bay. It is also found off the shores of Norway (Sars)
and off the Mediterranean shores of France.
The largest specimen has about 60 segments and is fusi-
formin shape. The body dilates behind the head, reaches its
maximum about the anterior third, and then tapers to the
tail. The tail terminates in two moderately long slender cirri,
while the dorsum has a lustrous brown colour, which is trans-
versely banded at intervals with belts of fine iridescent blue.
In the largest specimen nine such bands were seen, besides
several minor streaks which become fainter and fainter poste-
riorly. When the animal was placed in spirit the colours
instantly disappeared, while the animal itself broke up into
fragments. ‘The same thing, according to the Monograph,
takes place on the immersion of the animal in fresh water or
in impure sea-water.
Many specimens show an extruded proboscis, which is
proportionately large, but is devoid of papillae or Jaws. In
the extruded condition the proboscis 1s cylindrical, but in
some there was a swollen basal region. The buccal opening
is capable of great dilatation. No specimen showed signs of
maturity.
Ophiodromus flexuosus does not appear in the ‘ Challenger’
Reports, but an allied form, Salvatoria kergquelensis, is referred
to. No mention of it is made by Prof. Izuka, of Japan.
Genus CASTALIA, Savigny, 1820.
Castalia fusca, Johnston, 1836.
This annelid was obtained in dredge 7 at a depth of
15 fathoms. In all there are five complete specimens and
six fragments, The specimens are very small, the largest
only measuring 2 inch. They usually are found in much
shallower water, for they occur between tide-marks at various
points around the British shores. In Shetland they are
common in the roots of tangles in the Laminarian region,
Keferstein obtained this species at St. Vaast, Normandy,
Claparéde at Naples, Carus in the Mediterranean, and Marion
at Marseilles; but there is no word of it in the Reports of the
‘Challenger’ Expedition nor in the ‘ Errantiate Polycheta
of Japan.’
‘The specimens are reddish brown and have a well-marked
dark line down the dorsum. ‘This line is the dorsal blood-
vessel. The segments number about 50, slightly narrowed
in front, and then they narrow more and more towards the
tail-region, which terminates in two slender cirri, One
specimen had a short, cylindrical, and somewhat massive
from the North Sea and adjacent parts. 273
proboscis, but the filiform papillae at the aperture were not
present. The organ is well adapted for the predatory habits
of the animal, and Dr. Johnston found that they devoured
one another in confinement.
The Monograph mentions that Dr. Johnston considered
the purplish hue, which is often seen in many specimens,
spread rapidly all over the body when the animal is alarmed.
However, it is further stated that, as this phenomenon
occurred a April, it is possible that it may have been con-
nected with the development of the ova. Sir J. Dalyell, in
his experiments, found that the colour depended on the food.
Genus MeGautA, Marion & Bobretsky, 1875.
Megalia assimilis, sp. Nn.
One fragment of this annelid, consisting of the head and
seventeen segments, was taken in dredge 104 at the depth of
75 m. at Station 41 B, lat. 56° 42’ N., long. 0° 35’ E. In
the Monograph an allied species, M. perarmata (Marion &
Bobretsky), is not uncommon in dredgings from Queen’s
Ground, Asia Shore, and Milbay Channel, Plymouth.
Marion atl Bobre etsky found it under stones anit prairies
of Posidonia, and in the coralline region, Marseilles.
Head somewhat quadrangular, with four eyes of consider-
able size, the anterior pair being the larger and placed some-
what widely apart. The pairs are situated near each other
towards the middle region. In AL. perarmata, according to
Marion and Bobretsky ®, the anterior pair have lenses, ” but
in this species there is some uncertainty. The tentacles are
long and smooth, curved in this specimen, and are attached
over the palps, which are smooth, stout, and biarticulate.
The buccal region lies beneath the head. Six pairs of articu-
lated tentacular cirri, most of which in this specimen have
been broken, are directed forward, and each has a spine at
its base.
Body about 5 mm. in length (7-8 mm. in AL. perarmata),
and tapers posteriorly. The anal segment is absent. The
colour is yellow, but brown spots are prominent at the base
of each dorsal cirrus and brown patches appear on the head.
Transverse striations occur on the dorsal surface at the bases
of the feet, up several of which the strize are continued. The
ventral cnnncen is lighter in hue, and on it also are minutely
transverse and somewhat irregular stria. The Monograph
(vol. i. part 1. p. 137) states in reference to MM. perarmata :
* Vide ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ sér. vi. vol. ii. pl. vii. fig. 16.
274 On Annelida Polychaeta from the North Sea &c.
“The dorsal surface of the segments shows under the micro-
scope transverse strie, somewhat irregularly arranged. i
The proboscis is not extruded, so no comparison with M. per-
armata can be made. The alimentary canal is almost straight
and uniform for the first seven setigerous seements, and then
ib assumes a sacculated appearance posteriorly.
The foot in this specimen resembles that of MM. perarmata
in being uniramous, having the long cirrus dorsally with a
spine in the ceratophore, and a very bluntly conical setigerous
region, with a small papillae supported by two fairly stout
spines, and carrying a fan-shaped tuft of translucent bristles.
The articulations of the cirrus, however, are not so large as,
but are more numerous than, those of M/. perarmata. Most
of the bristles have slightly curved shafts, which are striated
and have a bevelled appearance at the tip, the distal end of
which is somewhat blunt, and in several of those whose
terminal pieces are deeply serrated is slightly cleft (see
fig. 2), The terminal pieces vary from medium to long.
In all the tip is hooked, and a secondary process 1s present
beneath. The tip of the bristles in J/. perarmata, on the
other hand, is not so distinct, for it is only in the shorter
forms that the minute structure is distinguishable. The
edges of the blades, however, present great differences. In
M. perarmata the edge is minutely serrated and the serrations
are the same for every bristle (see fig. 3); but in this form
the serrations are very large and, in several of the larger
blades, resemble the deep jenna in the blade of Castalia
fusca (see figs. 1 & 2). Thus two distinct forms of serration
are present,
In many respects the animal agrees with M/. perarmata,
but the distal end of the shafts and the serrations of the
blades are so divergent and diagnostic, that one is compelled
to consider it as a new species, allied, however, to MJ. per-
armata. The specimen is not mature. Moreover, it is an
interesting feature that the distribution of the genus has
been extended northward, for not a single example of J. per-
armata has been found, up to date, north of Plymouth.
Bibliography.
Heinen. 1911. ‘Die Nephthydeen und Lycorideen der Nord- und
Ostsee,’
Iizuka. 1912, before and behind their point
of nearest approach: species more
elongate and more nitid ............ ephemeroides, Ménét.
10. (5) Species piceous. (Japanese.) ........ lesnet, sp. n.
D. testaceus, Lec., was described upon a single female
example from Lake Superior, and I am not aware of any
subsequent records of its occurrence.
D. lesnei, sp. n., resembles D. concolor, Newm., but is
pitchy brown in colour. The eyes in the ¢ are separated
by a space about as wide as the thickness of the second joint
of the antenne. The thorax is fully as long. as broad,
broadest about the middle, becoming slightly narrower
towards the base, which is sharply margined aud more
rapidly narrower to the apex ; the disc is nitid, clothed with
a scanty pubescence, with a slight median depression before
the base. The elytra are subparallel, with the lateral margins
visible from above for the posterior three-quarters of their
length; they are moderately nitid, punctate, with a thin
pubescence and slight indications of longitudinal furrows as
in D. ephemeroides.
Long. 13-17 mm.
Hab. Japan, Yumo to near Chuzenji, and to near Nikko,
Aug. 1909 (EH. Gallois) ; environs of Tokio (J. Harmand,
1906). Communicated by the Paris Museum.
It is curious that a species of this genus should at last have
been discovered in Japan, since the two Japanese species
ascribed to it by Mr. Lewis belong to a distinct genus
(Pseudodendroides, gen. nov.).
PskUDODENDROIDES, gen. nov.
Differs from Dendroides, Laty., in the less parallel, more
depressed form, in the denser puncturation and pubescence of
the elytra, and in the much stouter antenne, of which the
branches in the @ are not exceptionally long and slender.
From Pseudodendroides, Pic, which it more closely resembles,
it may at once be separated by the large eyes, approximate
above in the g. (Type, P. niponensis, Lew.)
The species placed here, which were all originally assigned
to Dendroides, Latr., may be tabulated as follows :—
1. (4) Second joint of antenne longer than broad ;
joints 4-10 of ¢ scarcely “broader towards
apex; colour blackish piceous, with pur-
plish-red elytra. (Japan.) ............ 2.
the Family Pyrochroide. 315
RECONG JOIN GL aILenNa.. asa. << cae + dere niponensis, Lew.
3. (2) Size smaller (13 min.); eyes of ¢ almost con-
UNIS WOVE | oats cea elle arcnae, a8 onsioh ons ocularis, Lew.
4, (1) Second joint of antennz strongly transverse ;
joints 8-6 of ¢ subtriangular; upper sur-
face unicolorous, fulvOus) joss. .++.edce 5.
b(6) Wepsstestueeous, (S.India.) 32.6.6 b. veces madurensis, Pic.
6. (5) Legs and underside fuscous. (Assam.) (Pl. XII.
Sar ta es Ne faker evel ecco ot oad she yh ies aay oi assamensis, Bly.
PHYLLOCLADUS, gen. nov.
Both the species that are placed in this genus were origi-
nally described as belonging to Dendrvides. Though the
eyes in the male are more closely approximate than is usual
in Pyrochroa, the structure of the whole insect, especially
that of the head and antennee, is very different from that
of Dendroides. The head is elongate, with the frontal
sculpture of the ¢ of a different type from that usual in the
family, taking the form of two longitudinal subcontiguous
depressions. The most remarkable feature of the genus,
however, is afforded by the antenne in the ¢. The
appendage of each joint arises as a flat expansion along
the length of the joint, and forms a lamellate ramus, each of
which is twisted on its axis, so that they lie one against
auother like the pages of a book. The second joint is
elongate. Antenne of very similar form are found in Pseudo-
pyrochroa antennalis, Blr.
The two species placed here are very similar, being large,
with black head and bright red thorax and elytra. M. Pic
has kindly compared them for me, and says that they are
certainly distinct, P. magnificus, Blr., from Burma, having a
smaller head and the elytra more expanded behind than
P. grandipennis, Pic, from China. (Type, P. magnificus, Blr.)
P. magnificus 9 is the species figured by Fowler in the
‘Fauna of British India,’ Introd. fig. 76, p. 172 (see also
Pl fig. 3).
NeroryrocHRroa, gen. nov.
A new genus seems to be required for the North-American
species hitherto placed in Pyrochroa. They differ con-
siderably from the European species of this genus, notably
in the size of the eyes, which are large and extend nearly to
the back of the head, to the almost complete extrusion of
any visible genal area between them and the neck.
The type of the genus is N. flabellata, Fabr.
316 Mr. K. G. Blair—A Revision of
The species may be separated as follows :—
14 (4) Head vellow:tasscecceonetine ee eckiet earner 2.
2. (3) Underside and limbs testaceous; elytra sub-
opaque ; frontal excavation of ¢ almost
closed by hood-lixe projection of the
vertex, (EX io.43y v4... mecaieoets flabellata, F.
3. (2) Underside and limbs in greater part piceous ;
elytra more nitid; eyes more approxi-
mate ; frontal excavation of ¢ bi-
foveate, widely open; vertex only
slightly prominent . 3.5 .6s eevee ss femoralis, Lec.
A (a) Efeadblack vere ce srsie s siers ciate te fo o9 oem *californica, Horn,
Hemipenproipgs, Ferr.
This was proposed as a subgenus of Dendroides, although
its affinity with Pyruchroa, as evidenced by the structure of
the head and antenne, is closer than with the American
genus. From the description it is probable that P. davidis,
Fairm., should be placed here.
The species are as follows :—
1. (4) Elytra unicolorous, testaceous .............. 2,
2. (3) Head and thorax black. (Pl. XII. tig. 5.).... dederert, Ferr.
3. (2) Head and thorax concolorous with elytra .... peyront, Reiche.
4, (1) Elytra black, with suture and apex red; head
and thorax darko red) .5..cts sn aus wee. *davidis, Fairm.
EupyRocHROA, gen. nov.
Differs from Pyrochroa in its large size and in the conical
gene, which project beyond the eyes. ‘The sides of the
prothorax also project strongly just before the base; the
elytra are more explanate behimd and more distinctly
tricostate.
There are only two described species, which may be
separated as follows :—
Head and thorax shining black; elytra bright red.
(Ie gip 1G) coat wheel anette eee
Head black ; thorax and elytra dull red, the former
with black spot on disc and black on sides .... dimbaticollis, Pic.
insignita, Fairm.
Of these, the latter was described as a variety of the
former; but M. Pic now agrees with me that it is probably
a good species.
* Known to me ouly trom description.
the Family Pyrochroide. BL 7)
Pyrocuroa, Geoffr.
(Type P. coccinea, L.)
The species of this genus, in its restricted sense, are as
follows :—
Hoe PU syst aC Ue os oka sak sx chins oypoe’ oh weet vee 2.
2. (5) Head and scutellum black........ 3.
3. (4) Form longer; thorax with median
AILERON iy sete rales ¥ Slate ore eevee) coccinea, L.
4, (8) Form shorter; thorax without me-
eMPUTE GW". ofejose deh is, «40 ja «(20a Var. kabyliana, Pic.
5. (2) Head wholly or in part red; scu-
PR LCUMOIMIE PEC crt axe treveratdeie ook 9 Ste 6.
G: ~(#), Head completely red. 2. 2... 3. . serraticornis, Scop.
Var. *tauricola, Pic.
hoy (Or clead partly blaele) i.e (lace 6.00
8. (9) Upperside bright red, pubescence
short and concolorous ........ Var. kiesenwetteri, Fairm.
9. (8) Upperside reddish fulvous, pubes-
cence longer and more golden .. pubescens, Pic.
(?) *subcostulata, Fairm.
POG), Wl yitra ble s,s 0 Sos see «node oes cyanipennis, Pic,
Scuizotus, Newm.
(= Pyrochroella, Reitt.)
This genus, like Dendrozdes, has been completely misunder-
steod by European authors. The type of the genus is the
North-American 8S. cervicalis, Newm. The Old-World
species placed here by Lewis and Pic will be considered
under Pseudopyrochroa.
Reitter has recently (‘Fauna Germanica,’ ill. p. 385)
proposed the name Pyrochroella for certain northern species
allied to P. pectinicornis, L.; but I do not see that these
differ generically from Schizotus, Newm. Including these,
then, the genus may be tabulated as follows :—
1. (2) Elytra blackish, bordered with fulvous.
(N. America.) (Pl. XII. fig. 7.).... cervicalis, Newm.
2. (1) Elytra fulvous. (IN. Europe and Asia.)
CPyrochnoeila sets) ass ae os ss
3. (4) Thorax black, margin suffused with red . fuscicollis, Mann.
Var. *punctus, Mots.
4, (8) Thorax red, with or without black spot
Oia GUC "aye atin © Cee eC De
5. (6) Thorax with black spot on disc; scu-
tell PUSCOUSt ie. cste 4 Meals we are pectinicornis, L,
6. (5) Thorax immaculate; scutellum fulvous.. 7.
7. (8) Head black, with red spot on face ...... cardinalis, Mann.
8. (7) Head black, without red spot.......... Var. mnotaticeps, Pic.
* IXnown to me only from description.
318 Mr. K. G. Blair— A Revision of
PseuDOPYROCHROA, Pic.
This genus was proposed by Pic for the reception of some
of the Hastern species of Pyrochroa with small heads nar-
rowed behind the eyes. The type may be taken as P. de-
planata, Pic. Certain other species Pic at first referred to
Schizotus, Newm., but later (‘ Mélanges Exotico-Entomolo-
giques,’ fasc. 8, 1913, p. 2) stated that he had been mis-
taken in this genus, and that all were probably referable to
Pseudopyrochroa. With this opinion I quite concur ; also,
the Japanese species referred by Lewis to Schizotus should
for the present be retained, with his Japanese Pyrochroa, in
Pseudopyrochroa, Pic.
The genus, however, as here adopted, is by no means
homogeneous, and lends itself well to further subdivision
upon the characters afforded by the head and antenna,
particularly in the male sex. Unfortunately, so many of the
species are yet known from one sex only that a complete
subdivision on these lines is for the present impossible.
From the point of view of practical utility, I have found
colour the most satisfactory basis for tabulation, but the
present attempt is intended merely as a temporary measure,
in the hope of stimulating further study of the genus, and so,
by helping to fill up some of the more vital gaps in our know-
ledge of it, preparing the way for a more scieutifie classifi-
cation at some future date. It is probable that in the Oriental
species the colours are lable to very considerable variation,
and that as longer series become available for study (many
of the species have been described upon unique specimens)
many so-called species will have to be sunk as mere colour-
varieties.
The term “ striped,” as applied to the elytra, may, perhaps,
require explanation. Various authors use the term “ costate ”
for the same effect; but, though true costz may, in some
cases at any rate, be present, the effect 1s produced by the
pubescence sloping in different directions in alternate longi-
tudinal bands, very much like the grass in a lawn that has
been recently rolled.
The term “‘serrate pectinate,” as applied to the antenne,
means that there is a double series of pectinations—an upper
inner series, usually short and stout, and a lower series of
long Slender branches (e. g., P. diversicornis, Blr., Pl. XII.
fig. 10, in which the serrations are unusually well developed).
This means that each of the joints concerned is produced at
its apex into two distinct branches, one short and stout, the
other long and slender. A somewhat similar appearance is
sometimes produced by an antenna like that of P. dimidiata,
the Family Pyrochroide. 319
Bly. (Pl. XII. fig. 8a), in which the joints are strongly
expanded, but the fine branch arises from the apex of the
expansion,
Those species of which the ? only has been described or
is known to me are indicated in the following table :—
Table of Species.
1. (76) Elytra unicolorous, red or black .. 2.
POM VEVENTCOR s.0 Rar U att wale tees os 3.
ete HOLAXSTOMs f.y..ct2lnicit eo elan ae feclh ss 4,
4, (5) Antenne of ¢ with branches lamel-
NAGE) estat. eet he) ox Ra TSP R IS seats ok: antennalis, Blr.
5 (4). Antenne of ¢ with branches of
OPM Bl HOLIN sas lees. vis te helps Se oe 6,
6. (9) Head short and broad; gene well
rounded, subrectangular behind
CV ESp at acted ste skststate scones Sel ai. ie
(8) Size larger (12-16 mm.). Head of
g with deep transverse impres-
sion between eyes .......0000+ harmandi, Pie.
8. (7) Size smaller (8-9 mm.), Head of
3 with broad but distinct frontal
impression almost divided by a
carina from the middle of its
SMLCELOT, DOPMER <, c iysivld dra ata 9 « rubricollis, Lew.
9. (6) Head more elongate; gene re-
ceding, arcuate between eyes and
ba
TRE Les ies se assceye york nec aey Sidianys oie ats 10,
10. (11) Vertex of head in ¢ forming strong
PLOWUMENCOD 35 asst ed eteee os *factalis, Fairm.
11. (10) Vertex of head in g not produced
TP WARGS, ota nciatete s,s he ate at 12.
12. (53) Thorax widest before base, more or
less sinuate at sides, becoming
narrower towards apex ........ 15,
13. (24) Thorax subangulate before base .. 14.
We ea(ho)pluecsiclaaty red! i. saa a csi wo 2 rufipes, Blr.
15. (14) Legs black or piceous............ 16.
oan (ab) sscurellum fuscous) i % sac cece as es Wie
ive (isjesiza larger (17-18 mm.) ). 2224... © deplanata, Pic.
18. (17) Size smaller (12-13 mm.) ........ 19.
19, (20) Head black, red only on neck;
antennte of ¢ serrate-pectinate.
(Burma.) (Pl. XII. tig. 10.) .. diversicornis, Bly.
20. (19) Head fuscous, vertex red. See 2 brevithorax, Pic,
21. (1G) eSeutelluml ted) sia). 2s). = sana’ 22.
22, (23) Head black; elytra narrow, " sub-
parallel, strongly striped ; an-
tenn of J simply pectinate .... melanocephala, Bly.
23. (22) Head red, suffused with black at
sides ; elytra broader behind, but
hardly at all explanate, scarcely
BERIPAd 1. aah ea dae daa} 2 nilgiriensis, Bly.
* Species marked with an asterisk | know only from description,
320
39,
Mr. K. G. Blair—A Revision of
(13) Thorax rounded at sides before
DABEY aiererepershetegn tates Seoremeie arena pet
(26) Scutellum fuscous; tarsi testaceous ;
antenne of 3 serrate-pectinate. .
(Prothorax with black spot ......
(25) Scutellum rufous; tarsi black ....
(28) Underside dark piceous, with blue
reflections: size larger (16 mm.).
(27) Underside black or piceous: size
smallori@l2anmiyik facts 6 elle
(80) Antennee of ¢ serrate-pectinate ..
(29) Antenne of ¢ simply pectinate
(32) Head of $ excavate between eyes ;
prothorax black beneath. (Pe-
PAC)! A otsrs ate hw tel stousts atin a oe
(31) Head of ¢ less deeply impressed
between eyes; prothorax mostly
red beneath. (Java.)..........
(12) Thorax more or less evenly rounded
at sides; antenne of ¢ simply
PECUMMALOW. rarelels le ete vis eine > 1 sees
(37) Seutellumiuscous .....-+68 as -e
(36) Thorax clear red ; head black, that
of ¢ with two large subcon-
tiguous fovex between eyes ..
(35) Thorax with indistinct black suffu-
sion; head reddish fuscous, that
of ¢ similarly foveate ........
(34) (‘Seutellum red... nas emcee sence ©
(89) Colour dark purplish red ........
(88) Colour fulvous red; antennee of g
Sim phy PSCuUMA tener cesses oltre
(41) Head in greater partred. (Sikkim.)
(10) Head fuscous, red in middle; with
feeble transverse impression in ¢.
(@kehyntesth) ao coun boom aoDoe
(8) Thorax black or fuscous..........
(46) Size larger (14 mm. or over)......
(45) Elytra scarcely wider towards apex,
not explanate behind. (Borneo.)
(44) Elytra much wider towards apex,
strongly explanate behind.
(GIRVO)) Sosy 5G jd ouno Om Sabie
(43) Size smaller (not more than 12 mm.)
(50) Second joint of antennze large, trian-
gular, half as long as third or
Wertegere ain Stk aco oelanar 4d Goon
(49) Second joint of antenne almost as
large as third; elytra purplish,
distinctly striped ’.tee..teee © 2
(48) Second joint of antenne only half
as long as third; elytra fulvous,
Scarcely:stripedia, oii cirri ein
testacettarsis, Pic.
Var. *notaticollis, Pic.)
27
© longa, Perty.
29.
impressiceps, Pic.
dl.
tnapicalis, Pic.
testaceipennis, Pic.
o4.
30.
bifoveata, Bly.
3 donckiert, Pic.
? 2 =lyciformis, Pic.
38.
*velutina, Fairm.
40,
cardont, Fairm.
(?) =rubriceps, Pic.
fainanensis, Pic.
44.
© fulvipennis, Blr.
vestifilua, Lew.
?=*rufula, Mots.
47.
48.
peculiaris, Lew.
luteraria, Mots.
61.
62.
68.
64,
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
the Family Pyrochroide. ~ 32k
(47) Second joint of antenns very small
compared with third ......... :
(62) Head completely black .........
(57) Head of ¢ deeply excavate between
GYESN wromiade a ohelebalel sterata sini ve Min y
(54) Antenne of Gd serrate-pectinate.
(COTE 7) Sy Se ee
(53) Antenne of simply pectinate.
(Hapewey sy accincae cede vente so
(56) Frontal excavation of 3 open, full
of yellow hair; vertex trans-
versely elevated ..........0005
(55) Frontal excavation of ¢ almost
closed by forward hood-like de-
pression of vertex, itself concave
PPBDO VOR a ovis was se eee
(52) Head of ¢ at most with shallow
transverse frontal impression.
(59) Elytra fulvous red, (8. India.) . Ait
(58) Elytra brick-red. (Japan.) ......
(61) Prothorax fully twice as broad as
long, completely black, with very
strong impressions; head of ¢
with broad but distinct impres-
sion almost divided by a carina
from the middle of its anterior
OLMeN gy, cetaten asieelne net
(60) Prothorax less transverse, its ante-
rior and posterior margins suffused
with red; disc more nitid and
feebly impressed ; head of 3 with
feeble transverse frontal impres-
sion, vertex gibbous
(51) Lower part of face yellow........
(64) Vertex of head in § drawn up into
a strong upright prominence, con-
nected with clypeal area by a
Mme diam eel feat os fate ds wre
(Vertical prominence broader, sub-
phrrea tes” wie orale dicted sees
(63) Vertex of head forms low flat pro-
jection overhanging the frontal
excavation (asin episcopalis, Lew.).
(2) Elytra black, at most indistinctly
suffused with red at extreme base.
(G9) e Mhorami black (0450 adandenee oss
(68) Lower part of face yellow; elytra
with purplish pubescence ; head
of $ with deep transverse excava-
tion, overhung by a forward pro-
jection of the vertex ; antenn
Simply: pectimate: " ijoes. daca «
(67) Head completely black ; head of 3
feebly impressed between eyes ;
antenne slender, serrate-pectinate,
(GG), Thoraxinedins crise tock ot ose eter tetas
51,
52.
53.
costati) ennis, Pic.
55.
aurita, Lew.
brevitarsis, Lew.
58.
indica, Pic.
laticollis, Lew.
gibbifrons, Lew.
japonwa, Heyd.
Var, higonie, Lew.)
flavilabris, sp. 0.
66.
67.
episcopalis, Lew.
niyricolor, Pic.
70.
99.
100.
101.
Mr. K. G. Blair—A Revision of
(71) Lower part of face yellow; scu-
tellum black; head and antennee
in ¢ as in episcopalis, Lew. (67).
(70) Head black or suffused with red
behind; scutellum red ........
(73) Genz behind eyes well rounded,
subrectan gular nin cea cats weivie re
(72) Genz behind eyes receding, feebly
TOUNCGC Beka ripest tie miyaeeieeiere
(75) -Prosternum® black |, 252.105 ates
(74) Prosternum yellow. (PI.XIL. fig. 9.)
(1) Elytra with base red, apex black ..
(82) Base only of elytra red ...... ieee
(79) horax black: foam en cetitee es
(78) Whorax med! Vi. aes acre cope telets wiciettel
(81) Size larger (15 mm,) ............
(Red basal patch on each elytron
only half as long as broad......
(80) Size smaller (11 mm.) ..........
(77) At least basal half of elytra red
(96) Black of elytra occupying about
posterior hal fete asset dele
(85) Thorax fuscous; junction of black
and red on elytra extremely
SUT SCM Weanapetee ies ie ee eee
(84) Thorax red 2.5.0.5 sees eer te ace
(89) Blackof elytra retreats along suture.
(88) Antenne of ¢ simply pectinate
(87) Antenne of ¢ serrate-pectinate
SUUMUNEY co aotono cob odmo sao bUGE
Gen well rounded, subrectangular
(86) Black of elytra advances along
) sae
behind eyes. (PI. XII. figs. 8,8 a.)
(91
(90) Gene receding behind eyes ......
(93) Margin of black forms even curve,
concave forwards .......-s.0.
(92) Margin of black transverse, dentate.
(95) Antennze more slender ; third joint
elongate, considerably longer than
MOUEHN a5. gintodtn ao slogd coaus a
(94) Antenne stouter ; third joint trian-
cular, scarcely longer than fourth,
(83) Black of elytra confined to apex
. (100) Thorax black or fuscous..........
(99) Elytra contiguous almost to apex ;
black area transversely and sharply
limantedes (BOmneos) snes
(98) Elytra separately rounded at tips ;
margin of black suffused, running
well forward along suture and
outer margin. (Perak.) ........
(97) Thorax red: |... ty. wt erie role
(102) Elytra contiguous almost to apex,
margin of black sharp. (Java.)..
atripennis, Lew.
72.
sumatrensis, Pic.
74,
doherty?t, Pic.
Var. ruficollis, Bly.
hide
78,
basalis, Pic.
80.
Javana, Pie.
Var. reducta, Pic.)
fruhstorfert, Pie,
83
84.
maculata, Pic.
86.
87.
theres, Pic.
gibbiceps, Pie.
=nebulosa, Bly,
90.
3S rotundicollis, Pic.
2 dimidiata, Bly.
92.
*sulcaticeps, Pic.
94,
© bipartita, Pic.
robusticornis, Pic.
97.
98.
2 apicipennis, Blr.
obscuricollts, Pic.
101.
apicalis, Pic.
the Family Pyrochroide. 323
102. (101) Elytra separately ronnded at tips,
margin of black suffused ...... 103.
Os (OAI erm black «oy. a
% BS) F E. 8
= ie eS g e
"sayoUr Ut spuamaunsvau-))nyg aarjounduod fo 2/00,
332 Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.
This table shows that the several races of korrigum
separate themselves into two groups, viz. the Western races,
inhabiting more or less arid desert-regions (korrigum, purpu-
rescens, and tiang), and the Kastern races, inhabiting mostly
fertile well-watered regions (top, ugande and eurus), The
skulls of the Western races can be distinguished by their
concave profiles, narrower muzzles, and longer, more re-
curved, and laterally compressed horns ; those of the
Eastern races by their wider skulls, with straighter profiles,
longer and wider muzzles with longer nasal bones, and by
their shorter, more upright, and cylindrical horns.
The characteristic purple bloom, which is absent in korri-
gum, becomes first apparent in the N. Nigerian race purpu-
rescens, and intensifies until it reaches its highest development
in the Hast coast toyi, while the black eye-band follows an
almost similar course, being fully developed in the South-
eastern race eurus.
I have included the measurements of a Sassaby skull in
this table, as it is interesting for comparison. There can be
no doubt that this antelope is closely related to the Korrigum.
The skull is very nearly identical, thongh rather wider in
proportion across the orbits and contracted across the forehead.
‘The tympanic bulle are rounder and not so prominent and
conieally ridged as in korrigum, and the basi-cranial region
is shorter.
In bodily size this antelope is identical with korriqgum, as
also in colour and distribution of the markings, differing
only where the greyish patches on the quarters spread along
the flanks towards the shoulders, and being lighter on the
inside of the thighs, while the legs from Knees and hocks
downwards to hoofs are a dark tan.
In addition to these races of the Korrigum Mr. Lydekker
has described se/oust* from the Guas’ngishu Plateau in
British East Africa, a large form distinguished by having a
tan-coloured area round the eyes and muzzle, and jonesi + a
light-coloured desert-race from N.W. Kordofan. Herr Ernst
Schwarz has described koba lyrat from a skull from the
Upper Shari region, south of Lake Chad, which resembles
tiang in being narrow, but has thinner horns, with their ends
markedly curved upwards and inwards; and Professor Cabrera
phalius §, with a white facial blaze, from east of Mount
* Lydekker, ‘ Field,’ 1907, cx. p. 249. + Id. ibid.
{ Schwarz, “Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. p. 34 (1914).
_§ Cabrera, Proc, Zool. Svc. 1910, p. 998.
Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum. 333
Elgon in British East Africa, a country so prolific in the
freakish tendencies of its larger fauna.
None of these races can be considered as referable to
Professor Matschie’s jiémela*, apparently described from a
drawing shown him by the widow of the late naturalist
explorer Béhm, who met with this antelope in Unyamwesi,
south-east of the Victoria Nyansa, as having a black stripe
down the fore-legs trom knees to hoofs, and as lacking the
black band on the inner side of the thighs. Professor
Matschie thus distinguishes jemela from the typical western
Korrigum ; but in none of the skins throughout the series in
the B.M. that | have examined do either of these characters
appear. I therefore venture to describe topz from the
Swahili coastal region as a new subspecies of korrigum that
has hitherto been overlooked.
New Races of the Korrigum.
Damaliscus korrigum purpurescens, subsp. n.
Colour light bay suffused with pale mauve bloom, fading
to pinkish cinnamon on belly, Legs from knees and hocks
to hoofs cinnamon, a dusky spot on the back of each pastern.
An ashy-black band above knees and hocks extends upwards
into pale ashy-grey patches on shoulders and quarters. An
ashy-black blaze extends down face from between horns to
muzzle. There is a dusky spot under the ears and an in-
distinct dusky streak under the eyes running into the facial
blaze.
Skull and horns as in korrigun.
Measurements in inches :—
Condylo- basal length 15°2 ; occiput to nasals 7°6 ; orbit to
gnathion 10°7; nasals 6°7; palatal length 8°10; supra-
orbital width 6; width at masseteric knobs 3°5; width of
muzzle above first premolars 2-7; upper dental series 3-11.
Horns: length 19°8; basal gir ‘thi 9°6,
Hab. N. Nigeria.
Type. Adult male (skin and skulls). B.M. no. 7.7.8. 245,
From Ibi, Benue River, N. Nigeria. Collected and _pre-
sented by the Alexander-Gosling Expedition.
Damaliscus korrigum topi, subsp. n.
Jolour purplish red, washed all over with greyish-mauve
* Matschie, SB. Ges. Naturf, Freund. Berl. 1892.
334 Mr. G. Blaine on the Korrigum.
bloom, lighter on belly. Legs from knees and_ hocks
to hoofs cinnamon-brown. The usual contrasting body-
markings are present, but show less distinctly, owing to the
richness of the bloom which covers the whole skin. Facial
blaze ashy black, with ferruginous tinge, and sprinkled with
white hairs.
Band under eyes more or less defined.
Skull smaller than in the other races, with nasals longer
in proportion.
Horns short and cylindrical, their ends only slightly bent
back from the plane of the frontal profile.
Measurements in inches :—
Condylo-basal length 14:14 ; occiput to nasals 6°7; orbit
to gnathion 104; palatal length 8°12; nasals 74; supra-
orbital width 5-4; width of muzzle above first premolars 2°5 ;
upper dental series 3°12.
Hab. Vhe coastal region of British East Africa between
the Juba and Sabaki Rivers. ~~
Type. Adult male (skin and skull). B.M. no, 14. 2. 2.1.
From near Malindi, British East Africa. Collected by Sir
F. J. Jackson, C.B., and presented by Messrs. Rowland
Ward & Co.
This is the smallest known race of the Korrigum. An
examination of skins and skulls from several sources has
enabled me to establish this species. In the B.M. collection
there is a very imperfect series of five specimens ; but a visit
to the establishment of Messrs. Rowland Ward, who also
kindly presented to the Museum a perfect skin and skull,
which I have taken as the type, proves its right to recognition
as a separate race.
Damaliscus korrigum ugande, subsp. n.
Colour maroon, suffused with an ashy sheen, the deep
tone being carried down to the belly. Legs from knees and
hocks to hoofs deep cinnamon. Leg-bands blue-black.
Shoulder- and quarter-patches larger in area, steel-grey.
Facial blaze blue-black. Stripe under eyes scarcely defined ;
spot under ears present.
Skull larger and more massive than in other races. Pro-
file straight; muzzle long and wide.
Measurements in inches :—
Condy lo-basal length 16 ; occiput to nasals 7:12 ; orbit to
enathion 11°33 nasals 7°53; palatal length 9°1; supra-orbital
width 6; width at masseteric knobs 3°11; width of muzzle
above first premolars 2°9; upper dental series 3:13.
On an extinct Hartebeeste from Egypt. 339
Horns: length 16 ; basal girth 9.
Hab, Western Uganda.
Type. Adult male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 5. 4. 3. 22.
From §.W. Ankole, Uganda. Collected and presented by
Colonel Delmé-Radclifte.
This is the largest known race of the Korrigum. There
is a series of eleven specimens of this subspecies in the B.M.
Collection, chiefly from the Nyonki Nile and from 8.W.
Ankole, and all are remarkably uniform in type.
Damaliscus korrigum eurus, subsp. n.
Colour maroon, changing to bright reddish bay in posterior
dorsal region. Legs and body-markings as in ugande.,
Facial blaze blue-black, with an unbroken band of similar
colour extending from the blaze under the eyes to below the
ears.
Skull as in ugande.
Measurements in inches :-—
Condylo-basal length 15°13 ; occiput to nasals 6°15 ; orbit
to gnathion 10°15 ; nasals 7°13; palatal length 8-15; supra-
orbital width 6; width at masseteric knobs 3°8; width of
muzzle above first premolars 2°9; upper dental series 3°13.
Hab. Ussangu, German Kast Afriea.
Type. Adult male (skin and skull). B.M. no. 5. 2. 2. 18.
From the plains of the Upper Ruaha River. Collected and
presented by Sir Alfred Sharpe.
The range of the Korrigum is interrupted by the barrier
of the Tanganyika Plateau, and this is its most southern race.
In the Zambesi basin it is replaced by the Sassaby (Dama-
liscus lunatus), a species to which it is closely related.
XXXV.—An extinct Hartebeeste from Eyypt.
By GILBert BLAINE.
Bubalis bubastis, sp. n.
An extinct hartebeeste, of which skulls have been found
in ancient Egyptian tomb-pits, together with those of domestic
animals,
Skull showing affinities both to le/wed and major, but
differing from them in the greater prominence of the supre-
orbital ridges and in the peculiar development of the cranial
336 On an Extinct Hartebeeste from Eyypt.
region. Horn-pedicle narrow, with bulging frontal surface
as in major (that of lelwel being flat), the frontal bones
curving laterally outwards to form a wide supraorbital ridge.
Cranial region long, its main axis forming a right angle
with the frontal plane, differing from both ledwel and major,
in which the angle is obtuse. Surface of basisphenoid and
basioccipital very convex, as in major, with prominent bony
processes at their junction.
Horns like caama in their general aspect, differing from
major and resembling Jelwel in the greater length from base
to the angle, from which the end of the horn is reversed.
Viewed from in front they diverge evenly outwards for the
basal two-thirds of their length, then rather sharply inwards
as far as the upper angle. ‘Ihe ends are bent backwards at
aright angle and inwards, so that the tips converge. ‘I'he
space inclosed is thus q-shaped, not U-shaped as in major
or V-shaped as in /elwel, Viewed laterally they show a very
slightly concave curve from the base to the upper angle,
where they turn abruptly backwards at a right angle, and
are behind the frontal plane of the skull. In both de/wed and
major the horns at the upper angle are in advance of tie
frontal plane.
Hab. Egypt.
Type. Adult imperfect skull, male. B.M. no. 0.6.4.1,
from Abadiyeh, near Kena, Egypt. Presented by the
Egypt Research Fund.
Comparative measurements of upper portion of skulls of
Bubalis bubastis, lelwel, and major in inches :—
bubastis. lelwel. major.
Length of horn-pedicle from
CrOwi GOMmeSAals at. cuetsiee (eal 76 8:8
Width just below horns .. 4°6 5 55
Central width .........+4. 4:2 48 4:8
Supraorbital width ........ 5:14 55 59
There are in the B.M. collection the upper portion of three
imperfect skulls, with horns, of this hartebeeste, two from
the Fayum and one from Abadiyeh in Upper Egypt, ob-
tained through the agency of Professor Flinders Petrie.
They are all three so uniform in character, and differ so
markedly from both lelwel and major (including buselaphus),
as to deserve specific title.
Mr. Oldfield Thomas has written the following note on
the back of the label of the type-specimen: “* From a tomb-
pit of the VI. (3000 B.c.) dynasty, re-used in the XVIII.
(1500 B.c.), with other skulls of oxen, goats, dogs, &ce.”
A visit to the British Museum at Bloomsbury was only
On Connocheetes taurinus cooksoni, subsp. n. O37
productive of negative information with regard to the harte-
beeste skulls found in the tomb-pits. Professor Budge
told me that no dates with reference to the period at which
these antelopes existed can be relied upon, as the pits were
frequently re-opened. They may have been indigenous to
Egypt, or brought up alive from the Sudan and sacrificed at
the tombs. No drawings are extant which can be identified
with this hartebeeste in particular, although there are
several representing antelopes in different forms.
XXX VI.—Connocheetes taurinus cooksoni, subsp. n
By GILBERT BLAINE.
RESEMBLING johnstoni, but without the white chevron across
the face.
Colour on sides of face, neck, shoulders, and flanks ash-
grey tinged with rufous, the rufous tinge becoming more
apparent inferiorly, viz., on sides of face, throat, chest, and
lower parts of shoulders. Posterior back, rump, quarters,
and tail greyish rufous. Belly rufous. Inside of thighs
pale ochraceous. Legs pale ochraceous brown. Neck and
flanks with usual brindled markings. Face, chin, dorsal
and throat manes black.
-412. July ,,
484, Nov. ,,
1-84. -
-164, 53
—240. Jan. 1824.
-316. Feb. ,,
—4(-4,
—484. ee
1-88. Apr. 1824.
-168.
940. } Ocha
—312 bis. Jan. 1825.
an
at Mar. 1825.
1-96. June ,,
-176.
= sp, F
-348.
-448. |
“556. f Isa
wo dates of issue for Vols. IIJ.-VIII.
* I do not know whether these were issued in six parts to one volume, as the records only show
368 Miscellaneous.
XIU. Pp. 1-76. Dee. 1825. XVII. Pp. 1-88. 1829.
-140. Feb. 1826. -168. )
= 2045) Vans —232. |
-296. June ,, -312. $1829.
—368. Sept. -378. |
—464. Dee. ,, 472
IME 1-84. Mar, 1827. XVI. 1=oo 1829,
-172. ) ~160.
—252. | 224.
—344, $ June ,, -312. °
_408. -368. \ 1830
-484. J -472,
XV 1-72. June ,, XIX. J- \
Sage MS ae ee a |
ire DEC ay = RG EE 41830 & 1831
Maggi Heb. Suen" > °° tei |
488. July _,, —468. }
XVI 1-80. RX. 1 oe
-148. } aly Ge) eee. OP |
Bo I ot at 2 1839
Sa en ee
472 -370. )
Continued as :—
Nouvelles Annales du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle
(promised as four parts a year in one volume).
I. 1. Pp. 1-160. May 1832, Ti: i.) Pp alae,
2. -320. 1832. 2. UG,
3h -408. 1832. By, -320,
4, -478, Narly in 1833. 4. —516.
es 1-148. Middle of 1833. Vie itll 1-96.
va -268. Third quarter of 1833. 2. -232.
ae —368. End of 1833. 3. —296.
4. -512, Ante Aug. 1834. 4. —436.
Continued as :—
Archives du Muséum d Histoire Naturelle.
J. 1. Pp. 1-114. Mar. 1839. ly ley Jejoy Jel 20?
2 —-242, Post Mar. 1839. OB —240.
os —382. ?1839. 3. -344.
4, -464. ? 1840. 4. —428,
alle 1-88? . ?1840. Vi. Pl:
-306. Os ct. 1c ° Gy
3% -~460. Mid Dec. 1842. 4.
4. -594, Me judice early in 1843. VI. 1. 1
lames Mar. 1843. 2. |
2. ” ” 3.
3: Ante Sept. 1843. 4,
4. ?3938-616. Mar. 1844. .
Inter May-July 1834
Ante Mar. 1835.
Apr. 1855.
July 1835.
Oct.
Oct
Apr. 1836.
”
End of 1845.
1844.
Ante May 1849,
Ante Sept. 1850.
| Ante June 1851.
1851.
Ante Sept. 1851.
No data.
ee Raturalists, :
Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and
CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-
OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES,
which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies
before the breeding Season.
A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &c.
Full Oataloeue (84 pages) mailed free to any address,
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.
TO BE PUBLISHED IN ABOUT 16 VOLUMES; Imperial 8vo, with
about 450 Hand-coloured Plates, Price £3 3s. od. per Volume net,
Vol. I. now ready, Price £1 11s. 6d. ;
to Subscribers £1 1s. Od.
THE |
BIRDS OF SCUTH AMERICA.
BY
LORD BRABOURNE, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.
(GRENADIER GUARDS),
AND
CHARLES CHUBB, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.
(ZOOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, BRITISH MUSEUM).
TAYLOR & FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
CARTERBURY MUSEUM, CHRISTCHURCH, N.Z.
Applications are invited for the position of Curator
at the above Museum. Salary £500 per annum,
with allowance for passage. Full particulars
and forms of application obtainable by sending
stamped addressed fooiscap envelope to the
High Commissioner of New Zealand, 13 Victoria
Street, London, S.W., by whom completed
applications will be received up to Sth March,
1914.
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 75.—Highth ce Mee
oe ee ee
XXX. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LVII. By T. es A ,
Cocxrreii, University of Colorado’... 0... 0 ose cet eke tee 201 ea
XXXI. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—III. By
Ricnarp 8. Baenaxz, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Department of Zoology,
University Museum, Oxford) Resse ra in BE NAH RAINE 287
XXXII. Notes on Varanosaurus acutirostris, Broili. By D. M.8.
Warson, M.Sc., Lecturer on Vertebrate Paleontology, University
College, Tondon eS. ce ott es Cou he ork etn eee ees 297
XXXIII. A Revision of the Family Pyrochroide (Coleoptera).
By KG, Brar,:B:8e,, VES. 3q Plate Ral)ss Pere ae a 310
XXXIV. Notes on the Korrigum, with a Description of Four
new Races,. By..GiuBert BLAINA .) 606 ee ee oe ee Re 326
XXXY. An extinct Hartebeeste from Egypt. By Girperr Biaine. 335
XXXVI. Connocheetes taurinus cooksoni, subsp. n. By GitBerr
BRAT Oe 5 cite wince da Ratio: tetera 337
XXXVII. Description of a new Cyprinodont Fish of the Genus —
Mollienisia from Yucatan. By C. Tarp Recan, M.A. .......... 338
XXXVIII. Note on Clementia subdiaphana, Carp. By A. J.
JUKHS- DROWNE: ERS cP Gib... Ped eo fe pa aa eae eae ee ab,
XXXIX. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocera from New
Guinea. By G. T. Bernunn-Baxer, F.L.S., F.ZS8. 0.0... 2. eee ee 340
XL. On a new Species of Myopus from Central Asia. By Martin
As. GG, ALINDON: ois 0c; no sctote Cirle 8 ho ook a RE Ue eke ec cie are cee et are 342
XLI. On various South-American Mammals. By Orpriztp Tuomas, 345 .
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
Geological Society ...... Bia ca ee acts lola Sanaa eee see Wasthens rene care ae 363
MISCELLANEOUS.
C. W. Hahn and C. L. Koch, ‘Die Arachniden,’ 1831-1848. By _
O. Davins SHERRORN 8282 o os oo ee ee ee ee 864 ©
On the Contents of the Parts and Dates of Publication of C. W.
Hahn and G, A. W. Herrich-Schaeffer, ‘Die Wanzigartigen
Insecten,’ 1881-1853. By C. Davius SHERBORN ........ .. 365—
An Attempt at a Fixation of the Dates of Issue of the Parts of the
Publications of the Musée d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris, 1802-
1850. By C. Davins SHerBoRN ...... SARC Thee urna the
*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may ‘be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.
~ Vol. 13. EIGHTH SERIES. No. 76.
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.
CONDUCTED BY
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.BS., F. LS., E.GS.,
ARTHUR BE. SHIPLEY, M.A., 8c.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘* MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”
WITH SIX PLATES.
Mlustrative of Dr. T. Scott’s Paper on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands,
Dr. C. Chilton’s on the Species of Zimnoriza, and Mr, G. B, Sowerby’s on new
Mollusca from Japan,
LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris :
Hodges, Bigg is, & Co., Dublin; and Asher, Berlin,
WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 15s.
Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.
Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part To 83,
Part II. 9s,, Part HII. 10s. Vol. IL., Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., ’ Parts Ill. &
IV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.
Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 15s.
Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. 1s,
Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
Douse's Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net Examination ofan
Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-
script. 2s. 6d. net.
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d.
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health and Diploma in Tropical
Medicine and Hygiene. 6d.
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 14s.
Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.
20s. each.—Birds, Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., I[J., and IV. 15s. each,
—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. —
Hymenoptera. Vol. 1I.; Wasps anp Brrs. 20s. Vol. Il.: Anrs anpD
Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.—- Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I.-lV.
20s. each, Vol. V. 10s.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and II. 20s. each.—
Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera. CHrysomELIDm, Vol. I.
20s.—Coleoptera. LamrELuicornia. Pt. 1. 10s,—Mollusca, 10s.—
Dermaptera. 10s. Freshwater Sponges, &c., 10s.—Coleoptera.
GENERAL IntRopDUCTION, &c., 20s.—Diptera Nematocera. 20s.
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d.
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions, 20s. each.
Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.
Vol. Il., Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s.
Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Fourth Scientific Report, 7s. 6d.
Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srars, ls.
Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net,
Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuiners & BomBycrs. 1892. £1 Is.
net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.
Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net.—Catalogue of
Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Ud. net.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
Perrin’s Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. ‘Translated
by F. Soppy, F.R.S. 3s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,
Royal College of Surgeons :
Calendar. ls, net.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 1yzs. net.
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net.
Dermatological Collection. 38rded. 4s. net.
Physiological Series. Vols. I. and Il. 2nded. 12s, net each.
Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. Gd.
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 8, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s, Library Catalogue, 5 Vols. 7s. td.
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d.
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, EC.
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[KIGHTH SERIES, } ae
No. 76. APRIL 1914. Lay
\ APR
= Ne
XLIT.—Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands
collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S. By Tuomas
Scort, LL.D., F.L.S.
[Plates XIII.-XVI.]
In a previous paper* on Copepoda obtained in collections
made by Mr. Rupert Vailentin at the Falkland Islands in
1909, 1910, and 1911, the species which were dealt with
belonged to the first and third divisions of Professor G. O.
Sars’s arrangement—the Calanoida and the Cyclopoida,—
those described being chiefly fresh-water forms. In the
present paper the species recorded belong for the most part
to the Harpacticoida ; the Monstrilloida and Caligoida are
also represented, but only by one or two species.
HAaARPACTICOIDA.,
Fam. Harpacticide.
Genus Harpacticus, M.-Edwards, 1838.
Harpacticus falklandt, sp.n. (Pl. XIIL. figs. 1-9,)
Female moderately robust, caudal rami-very short. An-
tennules composed of nine joints, the first four tolerably
* Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., January 1914, p, 1. I take this oppor-
tunity to thank Mr. Vallentin for his permission to examine this inter-
esting collection, and also my son, Andrew Scott, A.L.S., for assistance
with some of the more doubtful species, and for the drawings he has so
kindly prepared for me.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 26
wie
aki a
ehae
al Muse
370 Dr. T. Scott on some
stout and elongated, but the others are small, and the pen-
ultimate joint is only about half the size of the one on either
side. The formula shows approximately the proportional
lengths of the various joints :—
rol
IS
to
.4.5.6
191078
aioe!)
GSD
bo)
0
bo
0:
bo
e
The outer ramus of the posterior antenne is very small,
slender, and two-jointed. Posterior maxillipeds stout ; hand
subglobular, with the palm hollowed out and fringed with
small denticles ; terminal claw curved and tolerably strong.
First pair of legs moderately slender and elongated, inner
ramus rather longer than the proximal joint of the outer,
and both rami are armed with short and stout terminal claws
(fig. 4). The next three pairs normal. The fifth pair are of
moderate size, the proximal joint foliaceous, subtriangular in
outline, and with the inner distal end somewhat produced,
narrowly rounded, and provided with four sete arranged as
shown in the drawing ; distal joint oblong, width equal to
fully half the length, and with the angular extremity
furnished with five setze (fig. 7).
Length °7 mm (about 2), of an inch).
Male.—The male is rather smaller than the female and
with the antennules modified for grasping. The outer
ramus of the second pair of thoracic legs is stout and the
joints are subequal, but the middle one is slightly larger
than the first or third ; the third joint has also the extremity
abruptly and somewhat obliquely truncated ; the inner ramus
is about as long as the outer, but is not so stout, and the
second joint is produced on its inner aspect into a long
spiniform process extending beyond the end joint, which is
small and narrow. The rami of the third pair are also nearly
equal 1 in length, but the outer is somewhat longer than the
inner and toler ably stout, the proximal joint is rather longer
than the others, and Ble end joint is obliquely truncated ;
the inner ramus is moderately slender. Fifth pair with the
proximal joint obsolete or nearly so; the end joint is oblong
and its width equal to rather more than half the length; the
end is broadly rounded and furnished with five elongated
sete, four of them being tolerably stout and spiniform; the
margins of the joint are also fringed with small spinules
(fig. 8).
Hab. Collected in the vicinity of the Falklands by tow-net
in November 1909.
This species has a resemblance to Harpacticus flexus,
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. oek
G. S. Brady, but differs in the structure of the second
maxillipeds and in some other anatomical details.
Fam. Tisbeide.
Genus TisBe, Liiljeborg.
Tisbe varians, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. figs. 6-12.)
Female.—Antennules moderately elongated and composed
of joints ; the first two joints are tolerably stout, but the
second is distinctly longer than the first or third ; the others
are small, especially the penultimate joint, which is only
about half the size of the one on either side. The formula
shows approximately the lengths of the various joints :—
I Sails 6h, 8
TAPING OGL S23 GS
Antenne small, the outer ramus four-jointed. Second
maxillipeds tolerably stout and armed with a strong terminal
claw. First pair of thoracic legs also tolerably stout ; the
outer ramus is rather longer than the first joint of the inner
one ; the first and second joints are subequal, and the seta
on the outer distal angle of the first joint is stout and spini-
form, so also is the seta at the base of the joimt; end joint
short and furnished with slender setz on its truncated extre-
mity ; first jomt of the inner ramus moderately expanded
and reaching nearly to the end of the outer ramus; it is
provided with a tolerably long seta on the lower half of the
inner margin ; a stout spiniform seta also springs from the
inner aspect of the basal joint and close to the proximal end
of the inner ramus ; the second joint of the inner ramus is
narrower and rather Jonger than the first, and a long seta
springs from near the proximal end of the inner margin ;
the end joint is very small and is provided with two short
claw-like terminal spines (fig. 9). Other natatory legs
slender and moderately elongated, as shown by the drawing
(fig. 10), which represents the fourth pair. Fifth pair small
and not very conspicuous; the end joint is moderately
narrow and elongated, and bears five moderately slender
setee round the distal end. Caudal rami short, scarcely
longer than the last abdominal segment.
A few specimens of this species were obtained on a mass
of fish ova found by Mr. Vallentin on the shore at low-water
springs.
This Zisbe resembles in some respects the Tisbe armata,
26*
372 Dr. T. Scott on some
G. S. Brady, from the German South Polar Expedition,
1901-1908, but differs in the structure of the antennules,
the second maxillipeds, and, to a small extent, in the form
of the fifth pair of legs. It appears also to be nearly allied
to Tisbe austrina, Scott, from Scotia Bay, South Orkneys,
but the end joint of the fifth pair of legs is proportionally
narrower. No males were observed.
Genus Asprpiscus, Norman, 1868.
Aspidiscus australis, sp. n. (PI. XIV. figs. 1-3.)
Female.—The antennules are composed of nine articula-
tions ; the first three are tolerably stout and elongated, the
fourth is also moderately stout, but is little more than half
the length of the third ; the remaining joints are narrow and
short, except the end one, which is moderately elongated, as
shown in the drawing (fig. 1). The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints :—
LO Oe 2 De One a Oke
(Gan Gee eae
The antennz and mouth-appendages are somewhat like
those of A. littoralis, G. O. Sars ; the second maxillipeds are
small (fig. 2). In the first pair of thoracic legs the first
joint of the inner ramus is tolerably large and expanded
interiorly at the proximal end; the second and third joints
are small, and the latter is provided with two short claws
fimbriated on the lower margin ; the outer ramus is shorter
than the inner and composed of three joints, the end one
being small (fig. 3). Other natatory legs somewhat similar
to those in the species mentioned above. Fifth pair with
the end joint tolerably large and lamelliform ; its width is
about equal to half the length, and its distal end is truncated
and provided with three moderately stout and elongated
setee (fig. 4). The caudal rami are short.
Length ‘84 mm (about =!, of an inch).
No males were observed.
Three specimens of this Aspidiscus occurred in a small
tow-net gathering collected in the vicinity of the Falkland
Islands in Nov. 1909.
Fam. Thalestridz.
Genus Psrevpornatestris, Brady, 1883.
Pseudothalestris nana, sp.n. (Pl. XV. figs. 1-11.)
Female.—Cephalothorax stout, dorsum boldly arcuate,
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 373
abdomen short, reflexed. The antennules are also short and
composed of seven joints ; the first three are large, the next
three small and subequal, while the end joint is nearly equal
in length to that of the two preceding ones combined (fig. 2).
The outer ramus of the antenne is only one-jointed, and
in this respect it differs from some other species which are
provided with a two-jointed outer ramus, but agrees with
Pseudothalestris tumida, G. S. Brady, from Kerguelen
Island *. The other mouth-appendages are also somewhat
similar to the species mentioned, especially the second
maxillipeds, the hand of which is similarly provided with a
small seta near the middle of the inner margin (fig. 9).
The first pair of legs has, as usual, the outer ramus very
short and composed of two distinct joints, the inner ramus is
elongated and composed of three joints, but the last two are
very small and subequal, and the terminal claw is elongated
and slender (fig. 8). The other natatory legs are normal.
The fifth pair have the inner portion of the proximal joint
moderately expanded and furnished with five sete on the
irregularly rounded apex; the distal joint is small, sub-
quadriform, and bears five sete arranged as in the drawing
(fig. 10). The caudal rami are very short.
Male unknown.
The length of the specimen represented by the drawing
(fig. 1) is -45 mm. (about J, of an inch).
Hab. Obtained in a small gathering collected by tow-net
in the vicinity of the Falkland Islands in Nov. 1909. Only
one specimen (a female) was observed.
Remarks. The species described above resembles in some
respects the Pseudothalestris, G.S. Brady, from Kerguelen
Island, already referred to, in the structure of the outer
ramus of the posterior anteune and in the form and arma-
ture of the second maxillipeds; but the body is-not so
tumid, and there are one or two anatomical features in
which it also apparently differs.
Fam. Diosaccide.
Genus Ampuiascvus, G. O. Sars, 1905.
Amphiascus proximus, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-7.)
Female.—Species small: length -56 mm. (about 3; of an
inch).
Antennules short, composed of eight joints; the first four
* ‘Deutsche Siidpolar-Exped, 1901-1903,’ Copepoda, p, 531, text-
fig. 22,
374 Dr. T. Scott on some
are tolerably large, but the third is rather shorter than the
other three, which are subequal; the four end joints are
slender and the first three are moderately short, but the
terminal one is somewhat elongated and nearly twice the
length of the preceding joint. The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints :—
de Qinte eg (OG «ase
LO LOND AL 8G 7a
The antennz are small and are provided with a very small
outer ramus. The second maxillipeds are also small; the
hand is narrow and of moderate length, and bears a minute
seta near the distal end of the inner margin. The inner
ramus of the first pair of thoracic legs is elongated and slender ;
the proximal joint reaches beyond the end of the outer
ramus, but the other two are short; the joints of the outer
ramus are subequal and moderately stout, and furnished
with long spiniform setz (fig. 4). The other natatory legs
are slender and moderately elongated (fig. 5). Fifth pair
broadly foliaceous ; the inner portion of the proximal joint
is rather narrower than the outer distal one, and its obliquely
truncated end is provided with four setee of moderate length ;
the distal joint is tolerably expanded, its outer and inner
margins are nearly parallel, and its extremity is irregularly
triangular and furnished with five sete arranged as shown in
the drawing (fig. 6). The caudal rami are very short.
One or two specimens of this minute form occurred in the
same tow-net gathering with the Pseuwdothalestris previously
described. This species has some resemblance to Amphiascus
minutus, G. S. Brady, from Kerguelen Island, but differs in
the form of the fifth pair of legs and in one or two other
anatomical details. The male was not observed.
Fam, Laophontide.
Genus Laornonte, Philippi, 1840.
Laophonte insignis, sp. nu. (Pl. XIII. figs. 10-15.)
Female-—Somewhat similar to the female of Laophonte
gracilipes, G.S. Brady, from Kerguelen Islaud. Antennules
moderately short and composed of seven articulations ; the
first three jomts are large and together are equal to nearly
two-thirds the entire length of the antennule ; the remaining
joints are small, but the two end joints are rather longer than
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 375
the two immediately preceding. The formula shows approxi-
mately the proportional lengths of the various joints :—
Lefiad «40.0 6r.6
101415 5 56 6 6
Antenne small, the outer ramus rudimentary and repre-
sented by two minute sete (fig. 11). Second maxillipeds
moderately stout and armed with a long terminal claw
(fig. 12). The first pair of thoracic legs are tolerably stout
and the inner ramus is furnished with a long and stout
terminal claw ; the outer ramus, which consists of three
joints, is only about half as long as the first joint of the inner
ramus (fig. 13). The fifth pair are broadly foliaceous ; the
inner portion of the proximal joint is somewhat expanded,
and its distal end is obliquely truncated and furnished with
four sete, and there is also a seta on the inner margin ; the
two outermost sctz are close together, but the others are
more widely apart ; the outer joint is suborbicular and bears
six setze round its distal end, as shown in the drawing
(fig. 14). The caudal rami are short and scarcely equal in
length to the last segment of the abdomen.
The male was not observed.
This species has a general resemblance to Laophonte
gracilipes, G. S. Brady, as already stated * ; but the antenne
have no outer ramus, and there is also a difference in the
form of the fifth pair of thoracic legs.
MonNsTRILLOIDA.
Fam. Monstrillide.
Genus Monsrritua, Dana, 1848.
Monstrilla mixta, sp.n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 8-12.)
Female.—In its general appearance and structure this
form is somewhat similar to Monstrilla conjunctiva, Giesb.,
described in his account of the Copepoda of the Belgian
Expedition, 1897—1898-1899 f.
The body is moderately slender and elongated ; the length
of the specimen represented by the drawing (fig. 8) is about
2} mm.; the proximal segment is fully half the entire length
* Cf. ‘Die marinen Copepoden der Deutsche Siidpolar Exped. 1901-
1903,” p. 562. i
+ ‘Exped. Antarctic Belge: Copepoden, p. 40, Taf. xii. figs. 1-6
(1902).
376 Dr. T. Scott on some
of the cephalothorax ; the abdomen is*composed of three
segments, the first being the largest. The antennules are
very short, moderately stout, and composed of four joints,
and are provided with tolerably long branching sete. The
natatory legs are similar to those in M. conjunctiva. The
fourth pair (fig. 10), which have both rami three-jointed, are
provided with densely plumose sete; the outer ramus is
somewhat longer than the inner and has a short seta on the
inner margin and a short spine on the outer distal angle ;
there is also a short spine on the outer distal angle of the
end joint ; the marginal seta on the second joint and those
on the third joint are all elongated and plumose, except that
the outer one on the last joint differs from the others in
having its outer edge fringed with minute spinules. The
middle joint has no spine exteriorly, but the rounded distal
angle bears a few small bristles; the first and second joints
of the inner ramus have neither spines nor sete on the
exterior margin, but they each bear a long plumose seta on
the inner margin, and five similar sete spring from the inner
margin and end of the third joint.
The fifth pair of legs are small, slightly expanded, and
bilobed ; the inner lobe is without armature, but the outer
is furnished with three sete, one on the outer margin and
two at the apex (fig. 11).
The bifurcated setiform appendage, which springs from
the underside of the genital segment and upon which the
eggs are clustered, is tolerably slender and elongated, being
about equal to the entire length of the animal, the antennules
included. The caudal rami are short and somewhat diver-
gent ; they are each provided with four sete; the second
seta from the inside is slender and only of moderate length,
but the others are stout and considerably elongated ; one
springs from the outer margin and the others from the apex.
Colour. As is usual, the body of the animal is of a reddish
colour, but the cluster of eggs is bright green; the size of
the egg-cluster varies in different individuals.
Hab. Vicinity of the Falklands; collected by tow-net ;
one specimen at 6 fathoms and four at the surface.
Remarks. Though the Monstrillide are widely distributed,
and a number of species have been described, yet compara-
tively few of them appear to have been obtained by expe-
ditions to the Antarctic or Subantarctic Oceans. The some-
what erratic appearances of these organisms may probably
be one reason for the apparent scarcity. Even in the British
seas, though the Monstrillide are usually not very common,
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 377
their appearances have at times been frequently noticed,
and a considerable time may elapse ere they are again met
with.
The form recorded by Dr. Giesbrecht in his aceount of
the Copepoda collected by the Belgian Antaretic Expedition,
already referred to, was obtained in a plankton sample from
475 metres, taken in lat. 69° 54! S., long. 82° 49’ W. ; only
a single specimen was observed. This specimen was a male
and is smaller than those from the Falkland Islands, which
appear to be all females*; but although, as previously stated,
there is a certain resemblance between the male described by
Dr. Giesbrecht and those from the Falklands, I am unable,
from the differences observed, to regard them as the male
and female of the same species.
CALIGOIDA.
Genus Catieus, O. F. Miiller, 1785.
Caligus thynni, Dana. (Pl. XVI. figs. 13, 14.)
A single specimen of a Caligus, which appears to be the
male of C. thynni, Dana, was captured at Roy Cove, Falkland
Islands, in 3 fathoms water, in December 1909. The speci-
men measures scarcely 3 mm. from the forehead to the end
of the caudal rami, and is therefore considerably smaller
than the females of that species are said to be. The males
and females of these fish-parasites, however, frequently
differ more or less from each other, not only in size, but also
in their general appearance. Unless, therefore, both sexes
are available for examination, there may be some difficulty
in determining accurately the species they belong to.
Figure 13 represents the general form of the specimen seen
from the dorsal aspect, and figure 14 one of the fourth pair
of legs. It would appear, from records previously published,
that the male of C. thynni, like that of C. rapax in our own
seas, is able to lead at times the life of a “free swimmer” ;
hence its occurrence in tow-net gatherings with other pelagic
organisms,
* In this group the, males are almost invariably smaller than the
females,
378
Dr. T. Scott on some
A few of the Works and Papers consulted in the
Preparation of the preceding Notes.
(Addenda to List in first paper, pp. 10, 11.)
Brapy, G.S, ‘Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage
of the ‘Challenger’ during the Years 1873-76,’ Zool. vol. viit.
Report on the Copepoda.
. ‘Die marinen Copepoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Exped.,
1901-1903.—I. Ueber die Copepoden der stamme Harpacticoida,
Cyclopoida, Notodelphyoida, und Caligoida.’
Creve, P. T. “ Plankton from the Indian Ocean and the Malay
Archipelago.” IKongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand}. Bd. xxxy.
“The Plankton of the South African Seas.” Marine
Investigations of South Africa, vol. iii.
GiesBRECHT, W. “Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel.—
XIX. Monogr. Pelagischen Copepoden.”
—. “Résultatsdu Voyage du 8.Y. ‘ Belgica’ en 1897-1898-
1899.” Zoologie, Copepoden.
Quipor, A. ‘Exped. Antarct. Frangaise, 1903-1905,’ Cope-
podes.
Scorr, A. “The Copepoda of the ‘ Siboga’ Exped. (1899-1900).
—Part I. Free-swimming, Littoral, and Semiparasitic Copepoda.”
Scorr, T. “ Report on Entomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea,
collected by John Rattray, B.Sc.” Trans. Linn, Soc. ser. 2, Zool.
vol. vi.
“The Entomostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic
Exped. 1902-1904.” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xlviii.
Sreppine, T. R. R. ‘On Crustacea brought by Dr. Willey
from the South Seas.” A. Willey’s ‘Zoological Results,’ part v.
THompson, I. C., and A. Scorr. ‘ Report to the Government of
Ceylon on the Pearl-Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar by
W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.” Supplementary Report VII.
On the Copepoda. (Published by the Royal Society, 1903.)
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XIII.
Harpacticus falklandi, sp. n.
Fig. 1. Autennule, female.
Fig. 2. Antenna.
Fig. 3, Second maxilliped.
Fig. 4. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 5. Foot of second pair, male.
Fig. 6. Foot of third pair, male.
Fig. 7. Foot of fifth pair, female.
2g. 8. Foot of fifth pair, male.
F%g. 9. Abdomen and caudal rami, male.
Laophonte insignis, sp. 0.
. Antennule, female.
. Antenna.
Fig. 12, Second maxilliped.
hy
i)
=e
ld (>)
dig. 13. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 14. Foot of tifth pair, female.
Fig. 15, Abdomen and caudal rami.
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands. 379
PuaTe XIV.
Aspidiscus australis, sp. 0.
Fig. 1. Antennule, female.
Fig. 2. Second maxilliped.
Fig. 3. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 4. Foot of fifth pair, female.
ig. 5. Part of abdomen and caudal rami.
Tisbe varians, sp. 0.
Fig. 6. Antennule, female.
6
7. Antenna.
Fig. 8. Second maxiiliped.
9. Foot of first pair.
vg. 10. Foot of fourth pair.
Fig. 11. Foot of fifth pair, female.
Jig. 12. Part of abdomen and caudal rami.
PLATE XY.
Pseudothalestris nana, sp. u.
Fig. 1, Female, side view.
Fig. 2. Antennule, female.
Fig. 3, Antenna.
Tig. 4. Mandible.
Fig. 5, Maxilla.
Fig. 6. First maxilliped.
Fig. 7. Second maxilliped.
Fig. 8. Foot of first pair.
Fig. 9. Foot of fourth pair.
Fig. 10. Foot of fifth pair, female.
Fig. 11. Abdomen and caudal rami.
PiatE XVI.
Amphiascus proximus, sp. 0.
Fig. 1. Antennule, female.
Fig. 2, Antenna.
Fig. 3. Second maxilliped.
. Foot of first pair.
. Foot of third pair.
. Foot of fifth pair, female.
. Part of abdomen and caudal rami.
|
SS
IDE Wr
Monstrilla mixta, sp. n.
Fig. 8, Female, side view.
Fig. 9. Antennule.
Fig. 10, Foot of fourth pair.
Fig. 11. Foot of fifth pair.
Fig. 12. Abdomen and caudal rami.
Caligus thynni ?, Dana.
Fig. 18. Male, dorsal view.
Fig. 14. Foot of fourth pair.
380 Dr. C. Chilton on
XLUI.—The Species of Limnoria, a Genus of Wood-boring
Isopoda. By Cas. Cuitton, M.A., D.Se., LL.D.,
M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury
College, N.Z.
{Plate XVII. ]
On July 29th, 1913, 1 received from the authorities of the
Auckland Harbour Board a piece of timber that was being
destroyed by a marine borer, with the request that I would
see if the borer was the ‘ gribble,” Limnoria lignorum,
Rathke. An examination at once showed that the borer
was certainly a species of Limnoria; the decision as to
whether it was the Huropean species or not required some
care, as in 1883 * I had described from Lyttelton Harbour,
New Zealand, another species, Limnorta segnis, which in
general appearance was extremely like ZL. ignorum, though
differing from it in the characters of some of the mouth-
parts and living on seaweed instead of boring into wood.
A detailed examination and a comparison with specimens
from Plymouth, England, showed, however, that the animal
boring into the wood in Auckland Harbour was indeed
L. lignorum, This conclusion, moreover, was confirmed by
the fact that, accompanying the Lémnoria, there were also
some specimens of an Amphipodan borer, which, on com-
parison with specimens from Plymouth, England, proved to
to be identical with Chelura terebrans, Philippi, a species
associated with Limnoria ignorum in Kurope tT. These two
species must evidently have been introduced into New
Zealand, probably in some old wooden vessel, and they thus
afford an example of the accidental dispersal of marine
Crustacea by means of ships, additional to those already
recorded by me (1911, p. 131).
It cannot be ascertained for certain how long ago these
two Crustacea were introduced into Auckland Harbour, but
in all probability it was many years ago. ‘They appear to
find the locality favourable, for they were extremely numerous
in the samples of wood that were sent down to me, and they
seem to be causing rapid destruction, both of the softer
timbers, such as Kauri, and even of harder kinds, such as
Totara.
* The references are made by the year of publication to the list at the
end of the paper.
+ It should be remembered that at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean,
another species, Limnoria andrewst, is associated with a different species
of Chelura, i. e. C. insule, Calman (see Calman, 1910, p. 182).
the Species of Limnoria. 331
To ascertain if the Lémnoria occurred elsewhere in New
Zealand, I applied to Mr. Cyrus Williams, Engineer to the
Lyttelton Harbour Board, who most obligingly sent mea
specimen of an ironbark pile, the outer part of which was
partially destroyed. Hxamination showed that this destruc-
tion also had been caused by Limnoria lignorum, though in
this particular case it appeared to be unaccompanied by
Chelura terebrans. Mr. Williams stated that in Lyttelton
Harbour the animal could perhaps hardly be called a borer,
as it seemed to operate only on the surface, removing about
one inch from the outside of an ironbark pile in about thirty
years, though with softer timber its operations were much
more rapid. Later on, in December 1913, I found the same
species, Limnoria lignorum, boring into piles in Akaroa
Harbour, though here again it did not appear to be accom-
panied by the Chelura. =
Probably it will be found that Zémnoria lignorum has been
similarly introduced into many other harbours. In a paper
on the marine wood-borers of Australia, read at the Melbourne
Meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, in January 1900, Mr. Chas. Hedley (1901,
p. 237) stated that neither Limnoria lignorum nor Chelura
terebrans had up to that time been recorded by naturalists
from Australasian seas, but in a footnote, added on the 14th
June, 1901, as his paper was passing through the press, he
states that Mr. T. Whitelegge had identified LZ. lignorum
from timber from a floating jetty at Circular Quay, and
again from part of the hull of a ferry-boat plying in Sydney
Harbour.
In the timber, both from Auckland and from Lyttelton, I
found, along with the Limnoria, numerous specimens of
another Amphipod, ‘* Corophium contractum,” G. M. Thom-
son (1881, p. 220). ‘The Corophium, however, did not
appear to be boring into the timber, but to be merely taking
advantage of the decay caused by the Limnoria, and thereby
securing a suitable dwelling-place and probably also food.
Dr. Macdonald has (1875, p. 67) described a similar asgocia-
tion in England, where Tanais vittatus was found in the holes
bored by Limnoria lignorum and Chelura terebrans.
In this paper I do not propose to deal with the borer from
the economic aspect; some details of the damage done in
Australasia by these Crustacea and by other borers is given
in Mr. Hedley’s paper. The examination of the specimens,
however, necessitated a comparison with L. segnis, a species
which does not bore into wood, but lives on seaweed, parti-
382 Dr. C. Chilton on
cularly on the branching holdfasts of MMacrocystis. This
rendered necessary also an examination of the characters of
the other species of Limnoria that have been described during
recent years, and has led to one or two results which are
perhaps worthy of being placed on record. I have had for
examination numerous specimens of L. lignorum and of
L. segnis,and I have also been able to examine two speci-
mens from the South Orkney Islands which appear to belong
to L. antarctica, Pfeffer. These were found among the
‘residues’? of some Amphipodan collections made by the
‘Scotia’ Expedition in 1903, and were presumably taken
free, ¢. e. not boring into wood.
In 1904, the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing (1904, p. 714)
enumerated four species known at that time, with the
characters that appeared to distinguish them. Since then
two other species have been described, making six species in
all. These species are :—
1. Limnoria lignorum (Rathke), 1799. Length 5 mm,
Wood-borer, abundant in Europe and on the eastern
coast of North America, also recorded from the
Pacific and from San Diego, California.
2. L. segnis, Chilton, 1883. Length 5 mm. — Species
living on seaweed and not boring into wood, Lyttelton
and Akaroa Harbours, New Zealand.'
3. L. antarctica, Pfeffer, 1887. Length 445 mm. Found
in holes bored in seaweed, South Georgia; also taken
at the South Orkneys.
A, L. pfefferi, Stebbing, 1904. Length 3°5 mm. Found
in rotten wood in lagoon, Minikoi, Indian Ocean.
5. L. japonica, Richardson, 1909. Length5 mm. Taken
from crevices in water-logged fragment of bamboo,
Japan.
6. L. andrewsi, Calman, 1910. Length about 2 mm.
Boring in piles, Christmas Island, Indian Ocean.
These six species form a very natural group, and are all
very much alike in size, general appearance, and in the
general form and structure of the different appendages.
They seem to differ mainly in the proportions of some of the
mouth-parts and of the other appendages. ‘The chief points
that have been used to differentiate them are the shape and
size of the epipod of the maxillipeds, the character of the
palp of the mandible, the relative size of the rami of the
uropods and their proportion to the peduncle, and the
presence or absence of a comb-like spine on the propod of
the first gnathopod; other distinctions have in certain cases
the Species of Limnoria. 383
been drawn from the shape of the body, the proportions of
its different segments, and the presence or absence of tubercles
on the dorsal surface of the pleon.
Limnoria lignorum has been fully described by Harger,
Sars (1897, p. 76), and others, and its characters are pretty
well known. L. antarctica was described in great detail by
Pfeffer in 1887, and in the descriptions of L. pfefferd and
L. andrewsi special notice has been taken of the characters
distinguishing the species. Of ZL. segnis only the short
original description has been published, and it will be con-
venient to consider its characters here somewhat more fully
and with special reference to the points mentioned above.
Limnoria segnis, Chilton.
Limnoria segnis, Chilton, 1883, p. 76, pl. ii. fig. 1; Stebbing, 1904,
p. 714.
General Description and Comparison with other Species.—
The general appearance is in close agreement with ZL. lig-
norum, though the body is usually slightly broader and
more convex and looks rather more compact. The whole
surface is thickly covered with short sete, with some longer
ones, especially oa the margins of the segments. The body
is generally of a dull white or cream colour, and does not
show the grey markings usually present on L. lignorum.
As in that species and in ZL. pfefferi the head is almost
globular and is narrower than the rest of the body ; the first
segment of the perzon is longer than any of the succeeding,
but I have not noticed on it the conspicuous dorsal V-shaped
grooving described by Stebbing for L. pfefferd; the side-
plates agree generally with those of L. d/gnorum, and the
same is true of the pleon and the terminal segment.
The fifth segment of the pleon is much longer than any of
the four preceding, especially in the median line, and in
dorsal view it shows the shape as drawn by Pfeffer for
L. antarctica ; it bears a faint median ridge. Oa the last
segment, near its anterior margin, there is a slight median
elevation or tubercle, from which extend posteriorly two faint
parallel ridges. These markings are visible only in speci-
mens that have been dried, and even then, owing to the short
sete covering the general surface of the body and the
extraneous matter entangled in them, they are not always
very distinct, especially in smaller specimens; they are,
however, interesting as showing some approach to the
tubercles and ridges described by Miss Richardson in
384 Dr. C. Chilton on
L. japonica. In side view the small tubercle on the last
segment presents pretty well the appearance shown by
Pfeffer in his side view of L. antarctica.
The upper antenne have the second joint subequal with
the first and slightly longer than the third, the flagellum is
represented by two or three small joints bearing long
olfactory sete, I have not seen anything corresponding to
the small nodule described by Calman (1910, p. 184) as
perhaps representing a vestige of the inner flagellum. The
second antenne do not differ appreciably from those of
L. lignorum.
In the mouth-parts, the mandibles (Pl. XVII. fig. 1) differ
distinctly from those of the other species in having the palp
quite small and composed of two subequal slender joints, the
terminal one of which bears two or three small sete at the
extremity. The body of the mandible appears to be very
similar to that of Z. lignorum, and ends in a fine sharp
cutting-edge, which shows no division into separate teeth ; on
the outer portion between the cutting-edge and the palp is a
strong subacute projection as in L. lynorum, and on the
inner side there is the usual row of sete, though apparently
no trace of the molar tubercie.
The cutting-edge of the mandible in L. lignorum is usually
shown as entire and not divided into teeth ; in one specimen,
however, that I examined there are faint indications of its
division into three teeth (fig. 6). In this specimen,
too, the inner surface below the cutting-edge was covered
with small, closely-set, imbricating teeth forming an efficient
rasping organ ; probably the same structure is common to
other specimens, but it is rather difficult of observation, and
I failed to detect it in some specimens examined, though it is
quite distinct in the one figured.
The first and second maxille are essentially the same as
those of L. lignorum, except that the first maxilla appears to
be slightly shorter and stouter.
In the maxillipeds (fig. 2) the epipod reaches beyond the
end of the second joint and is rounded at the end, slightly
narrowed towards the base, and its greatest breadth is about
one-fourth the length ; the whole margin of it is fringed with
small finely plumose sete. In other respects the maxilliped
is hardly distinguishable from that of L. lignorum.
The first pair of legs (figs. 3 and 4) resembles that of
L. lignorum, and the accessory spine on the inner side of the
dactyl is bidentate as in that species, its smaller tooth being
of minute size; in L. andrewst, Calman, the accessory spine
is tridentate ; from the distal end of the propod there springs
the Species of Limnoria. 385
a large spine with a single row of comb-like teeth, similar to
the one described by Calman in L. andrewst. I find, how-
ever, that this comb-like spine is present also in L. lignorum
and in Z. antarctica. ‘The meral and carpal joints and the
base of the propod bear small blunt tubercles, similar to those
in L. lignorum, though less prominent.
The remaining Jegs appear to be similar to those of
L lignorum, and as in that species the accessory spine on the
inner side of the dactyl is simple. The meral and carpal
joints of the anterior legs are provided with blunt spines
or tubercles as in the first pair. Calman states that in
LI. andrewsi none of the distal segments are provided with
tubercles or blunt spines ; the development of these tubercles
in the specimens of L. segnis and of L. lignorum that I have
examined seems to be subject to some variation, as they are
sometimes more prominent than others, and they appear to
be best marked in the larger specimens ; Calman’s specimens
of L. andrewst were only about 2 mm. in length, and their
small size may account for the absence of these tuberc!es.
The tubercles are present in Z. antarctica and apparently also
in L. pfeffert ; indeed, all the pereeopoda of the last species,
as described by Stebbing, seem closely similar to those of
[.. lignorum and L. segnis. In all the species all the legs are
provided with prominent pectinate spines, similar and similarly
arranged to those in L. lignorum; these doubtless serve some
useful purpose in connection with the life of the animal,
though it is not easy to see what their precise function is.
The pleopoda do not appear to differ from those of
L. lignorum; the Jast pair has the margins of both plates
free from sete. The uropoda (fig. 5) have the inner ramus
slightly shorter than the stout peduncle and ending in a tuft
of long sete ; the outer ramus is small, curves downwards,
and has the extremity unguiform; the peduncle is produced
between the rami into a subacute projection. The peduncle
bears on the lower side, near its outer margin, a longitudinal
row of long plumose sete, as in L. lignorum and L. pfeffer?,
but has the outer margin almost smooth instead of being
tuberculated as in L. lignorum; in some specimens of that
species that I have examined, however, these tuberculations
are by no means distinct. In his table giving the distinctions
between the species, Stebbing describes L. lignorum as
having the outer ramus of the uropods “ unguiform,” and
thus distinguished from the other species in his list (L. segnis,
LL. antarctica, and L. pfefferi), in which it is not unguiform,
Whether the outer ramus in Z. segnis should be called
“ unguiform” or not is largely a matter of definition, but it
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 27
386 Dr. C. Chilton on
seems to me to be quite as unguiform as in most of the
specimens of L. lignorum that I have examined.
A comparison of the uropoda of the species at my disposal
shows that the structure is essentially the same throughout
and that the resemblances are very close, closer than might
be anticipated from a comparison of the figures given by
different authors. In all three the peduncle bears on the
under surface, at some little distance from the outer margin,
a longitudinal row of long, finely plumose hairs; other hairs
of more unequal length fringe the actual margin. ‘he end
of the peduncle is produced on the underside into a small
subacute triangular process between the bases of the rami.
The inner ramus is much the longer and bears at the
extremity, which is usually truncate, a tuft of long sete,
about as long as the ramus itself; other sete may be present
on the outer margin, but the i inner margin seems in all cases
almost free from sete. The inner ramus is short ; ; it curves
outwards and ends in a nail, at the base of which, on the
concave side, is a tuft of about three sete which reach beyond
the end of the nail.
In L. Légnorum the outer margin of the peduncle usually
bears a number of small tubercles or small blunt spines. I
have, however, failed to find these in some of the Auckland
specimens, in which the outer margin is slightly roughened
only; in these specimens the uropod is hardly distinguishable
from that of L. segnis (compare figs. 5 and 7).
In the specimens from South Georgia, which, I have no
doubt, must be referred to LZ. antarctica, Pfeffer, the outer
margin of the peduncle (fig. 8) shows slight evidence of
tuberculation ; both rami are short, though not quite so short
as 1s shown in Pfeffer’s figure, taken from South Georgia
specimens, and in one specimen, a small one, it has a nail at
the end quite similar to thatin ZL. lignorum, though smaller.
In L. pfegert the figure given by Stebbing shows that the
peduncle is the same as that in LZ. Wgnorum or Li. segnis, and
it is probable that the whole uropod of L. pfefferd is practi-
cally the same as in these two species. ‘lhe uropoda of
L. andrewsi, as drawn by Calman, have a short peduncle and
look rather different from those of the other species, but his
figure 1s too small to show the details referred to above.
From the foregoing account it will be seen that there is a
very great resemblance between all the species, both in
general appearance and alsoin more minute characters of the
various appendages ; they constitute a well-marked genus,
5
which occupies an isolated position under the Sphzromidze.
the Species of Limnoria. 387
Notwithstanding these many points of resemblance, there
are, however, some minute characters by which most of the
species can be distinguished. The most important of these
seem to me to be the characters of the mandibles and the
maxillipeds. he exact relationships of the species seem
rather difficult to disentangle, but the species may readily be
distinguished in the following way :—
Artificial Key to the Species.
Palp of mandible two-jointed ...........+.. L. segnis.
Palp of mandible three-jointed. 2.
sa
Epipod of maxilliped shorter than second
TOTO tach Roa Viel eae ed Sie nica ieee L., lignorum.
aa of maxilliped longer than second
joint
3. Body Ee prominent tubercles on pleon .... LZ. japonica.
Body without prominent tubercles on pleon. 4.
Peduncle of uropoda shorter than inner ramus. L. andrewst.
4,< Peduncle iy uropoda longer than inner
ramus.
pote rami * uropods very short ............ L, antarctica.
Inner rami of uropods not very short ........ L. pfeffert.
The order in which the species are given in this artifi-
cial key does not correspond with their true relationships ;
the following tree represents smy idea of their probable origin
—the position of ZL, Japonica is, however, uncertain, aS no
definite information as to its mouth- -parts 1s ; available :—
L. segnis. L.antaretica. LL. pfefferi. L.andrewsi, L.lignorum. L. japonica,
ee
-
Ss
It is always important to connect the characters by which
species of a genus are related to one another yee their
388 On the Species of Limnoria.
geographical distribution, and, in the case of Limnoria, it
seems possible to find some connection between the species
and their distribution. Thus ZL. segnis, which has probably
been long separated, geographically, from the other species,
is distinctly marked off from them by its very small two-
jointed mandible. JL. lignorum, which is found in the north,
also far removed from most of the other species, shows dis-
tinct differentiation from them in the small size of the epipod
of the maxillipeds; of L. japonica we have unfortunately no
information as to the mouth-parts, but from the description
it appears that it is closely related to L. lignorum, differing
only in the possession of tubercles on the pleon, and it may
be anticipated that its mandible will be found to be three-
jointed and the epipods of the maxillipeds to be short; it
comes from Japan, not so very far from the Pacific Coast of
America, from which ZL. légnorum has been recorded. The
remaining three species seem more closely connected with
one another, both in structure and in distribution; there
is little essential difference in their mouth-parts, and it is
difficult to say whether they can continue to be considered as
distinct species when forms from intermediate localities have
been found. JL. antarctica appears to be fairly wel! marked
off from the other two by the small size of both rami of the
uropoda, and L. andrewsi may be distinguished from
L. pfeffert by the shortness of the peduncle of the uropoda ;
though these characters are proportional only and may
perhaps be found to vary with the age of the specimen.
All the species, except L. segnis and L. antarctica, appear
to be wood-borers, and it seems likely therefore that the
wood-boring habit is characteristic of the whole genus and
that some of the characters of the animal, such as the small
size of the body and the shortness of the antennez and the
perseopoda, are associated with the wood-boring habit. The
wide distribution of the various forms and their small amount
of difference may therefore be accounted for by their dis-
persal by means of floating logs into which they were boring ;
if this is so, then the two species which are not now wood-
borers must have lost the wood-boring habit through being
cast on some shore where wood for boring was not available,
and having had to adapt themselves to another mode of life.
It is possible that this occurred on the Antarctic Continent,
and that L. segnis has reached New Zealand by way of the
Antarctic Continent, and in doing so has had the mandibular
palp more reduced than it is in L. antarctica (the species to
which it is probably most nearly allied) and in the species
living in the Indian Ocean.
On Dr. D. G. Elliot’s ‘ Review of the Primates.’ 389
References.
CaLMAN, W. T.—1910. ‘On Two new Species of Wood-boring
Crustacea from Christmas Island.’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 8, vol. v. pp. 181-186, pl. v.
Cuitron, C.—1883. ‘Further Additions to our Knowledge of the New
Zealand Crustacea.’ Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xv. pp. 69-86, pls. i.-iii.
Cuitton, C.—1911. ‘Note on the Dispersal of Marine Crustacea by
means of Ships.’ Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xliii. pp. 131-183.
Heptey, C.—1901. ‘The Marine Wood-borers of Australasia and their
Work.’ Rep. Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science, vol. viii. pp. 237-255.
Macponatp, J. D.—1875. ‘On the External Anatomy of Tanais
vittatus, occurring with Limnora and Chelura in excavated Pier-
wood.’ Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. ser. 2, vol. i. pp. 67-71, pl. xv.
PreFFER, G.—1887. ‘ Die Krebse von Siid-Georgien. 1. Teil.’ Jahrb.
d. wiss. Anstalten zu Hamburg, vol. iv. pp. 1-100, pls. i—vii.
RicHarpson, Harrrer.—l909. *‘ Isopods collected in the North-west
Pacitic by the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries’ Steamer ‘ Albatross ” in
1906.’ Proc. U.S. Museum, vol. xxxvii. pp. 75-129, with text-
figures.
Sars, G. 0.—1897. ‘An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. ii.
Isopoda, parts 111, & iv.
Srrppine, T. R. R.—1904. ‘ Marine Crustaceans.—XTI. Isopoda.’
Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archi-
pelagoes, vol. ii. part 3.
Tomson, G. M.—1881. ‘Recent Additions to, and Notes on, New
Zealand Crustacea,’ Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xiii. pp. 204-221,
pls. vii. & viii.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Fig. 1. Limnoria segnis: mandible. xX 100.
Fig. 2 PA a maxilliped. x 100.
Fig. 3 eS 7 first leg. x 80.
Fig. 4. = . extremity of first leg, more highly magnified.
Fig. 5. 3 % uropod. x 100.
Fig. 6. Limnoria lignerum: extremity of mandible, inner side. x about
275,
fg. 7 s ee (specimen from Auckland Harbour) ; uropod.
x 100.
Fig. 8. Limnoria antarctica: uropod. x 100.
XLIV.—Some Remarks on Dr. D. G. Elliot’s ‘ Review of
the Primates” By Herpert C, Rosson, C.M.Z.8., and
C. Bovren Koss, F.Z.S.
Tue American Museum of Natural History has recently
published, in three bulky and handsomely got-up quarto
volumes, ‘A Review of the Primates’*, by the veteran
* Monographs of the American Museum of Natural History, Mono-
graph Series, Volumes I.-ITI. ‘A Review of the Primates,’ by Daniel
Giraud Elliot. New York, U.S.A., June 1913,
390 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
ornithologist and mammalogist, Daniel Girard Elhot. Its
appearance has been awaited each some interest by workers
in mammals, as no recent monograph of the Lemurs or
Monkeys exists, that of Schlegel *, published in 1876, being
much out of date, while ‘Forbes’s ‘Handbook of the
Primates’ f, is much compressed and admittedly elementary
in treatment.
It must be confessed, however, that the present work is
extremely disappointing, and that the author altogether fails
to conform to the high standard of precision and exact
description set by other workers in the United States in
many departments of Zoology, but more especially in the
domain of Vertebrata.
In the first place, he has apparently not yet grasped the
essential nature of a subspecies or local race, and, con-
sequently, admits to full specific rank forms that even sub-
specifically are of very doubtful value, because, in his own
words (Vol. I. p. iv), ‘Intermediates between what are
regarded as species have rarely been found in this order, and
neither of the two forms, no matter how closely they are
evidently related, can properly be deemed a subspecies, no
intermediates having been observed. Also the author has
not seen his way to establish a subspecies between the
dweller on an island and one of the mainland, because, no
communication being possible, the appearance of inter-
mediates would seem most improbable; not so, however,
with the dweller on contiguous islands which may at one
time have been portions of a larger island, or where com-
munication between the islands may be, or at an earlier
period has been, possible. Under such conditions sub-
specific forms may be found; but on the mainland, where
there is no evidence of a gradation from one form to another,
subspecies may not be accepted.”
Dr. Elhot has overlooked several facts which render the
arguments on which the above statements are based alto-
gether fallacious. It is safe to assert that, with exceedingly
few exceptions, monkeys are never represented, even in the
largest Museums, by such complete series, either from the
same localities or from the general range ‘of the species, as
are species of such orders as Chiroptera, Insectivora, or
Rodentia. Most institutions are satisfied when a monkey is
represented by five or six specimens covering the whole of
* Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas, par H. Schlegel,
Tome yil. Nera 40: Simiw. Leide: E. J. Brill, 1876.
+ Allen’s Naturalists’ Library. ‘A Handbook of aie Primates,’ by
Henry O. Toes LL.D., F.Z,5. 2 yols, London: W. H. Allen & Co.,
Ltd., 1892,
Dr. D. G. Elliot’s ‘Review of the Primates, 391
the range, and, this being the case, variation (which may be,
and often is, due to the locality) is liable to be ascribed to
sex or age or to individual variability, which in this group,
more especially as regards cranial characters, is wider than
in most other orders.
The argument as regards the use of binomial nomenclature
for insular races is much used by American naturalists, but
appears to us, if only on account of convenience, to be quite
untenable,
In addition, it ignores the factor of time, which is quite as
important as locality in developing new races. A mammal,
isolated on an island, may rapidly alter from the form found
on adjacent islands or mainland ; but it will be conceded
that at a time, possibly very recent, speaking geologically,
when the island was stocked, the relatively different dis-
position of land and sea may have permitted the free
commingling of the pareut forms, and that at the best the
modern insular races are merely the terminal twigs of a much-
branched tree.
The larger mammals are, of course, apparently less variable,
because, as compared with the smaller quickly breeding
forms, their races, in terms of generations, are much
younger,
It is, moreover, a very significant fact, that in related
groups of the same genus, only those separated by deep sea
from other forms develop, as a rule, other than the most
trivial differential characters.
Had the author been at the trouble to show by means of
trinomials the relationships of the various forms to each
other, we should have had a more valuable and instructive
work than is actually the case; while, if pains had been
taken to apply the synonymy of the older writers to the
actual forms to which it refers, many apparent misstatements
and contradictions would have been avoided. As it is
Dr. Elliot’s jumble of species is, if anything, worse than his
jumble of localities.
We do not propose to deal with other than species
occurring in the Malayan region, but there is no reason to
suppose that the sections dealing with the African and Neo-
tropical genera are of a higher standard than that on which
we are in a position to offer comments.
Genus Nycricesus. (Vol. I. p. 21.)
The name Nycticebus tenasserimensis (p. 25) has been
applied to a reproduction by Blanford* of a drawing by
* ‘Fauna of British India: Mammalia,’ 1888-91, pp. 45, 46, fig. 12.
392 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
Tickell, but as no type is in existence it cannot be recognized,
especially as the very brief description, ‘‘ Dorsal stripe
bifurecating on the forehead and encircling the eyes. Colour
pale rufescent,” discloses no differential characters.
On page 30 (Vol. I.) the geographical range of N. malai-
anus is said to be ‘‘ Chittagong, through Arakan as far south
as Tringganu, Lower Siam.”
It is obvious that two local races cannot oceupy the same
area, and it may also be remarked that Trengganu, a pro-
tected state in the central section of the Malay Peninsula,
is not ‘‘ Lower Siam,” and that the range of N. malaianus
extends over the whole of the Malay Peninsula as well as
the islands of Singapore and Penang, and is not restricted
to the northern half, as Dr. Elliot would appear to infer.
Specimens from Johore, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott, are
recorded by lyon (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxi. p. 537,
1906).
Pithecus rufescens. (Vol. II. p. 193.)
It is only the females and immature of this species that
are bright red ; the adult male is seal-brown with very long
hair on the shoulders.
The range is from Muleyit in Tenasserim to Trang and
Patelung in the northern parts of the Malay Peninsula, the
former locality having been duly recorded by Bonhote
(Cie Se ESIUO rots irl)
Pithecus adustus. (Vol. II. p. 206.)
This form can only doubtfully be maintained, as animals,
even from the south of the Malay Peninsula, are frequently
annulated. Dr, Elliot gives it as representing the Sumatran
animal in Tenasserim, but on the preceding pages gives the
range of that form, P. nemestrinus, as Southern Burma,
Malay Peninsula, &e. If sufficient variation from the
typical Sumatran form should be proved, all mainland
specimens will probably have to bear the name adustus, but
existing material, which is considerable, tends to show the
contrary.
In 1908 the Federated Malay States Museums undertook
a collecting expedition of some months’ duration to the
Rhio-Lingga Archipelago and the adjacent parts of Johore
and Singapore Island.
The collection of mammals obtained was very large,
and a fully representative set was presented to the British
Dr. D. G. Elliot's ‘ Review of the Primates.’ 393
Museum, which was duly reported on by Messrs. Thomas
and W roughton 2
Amongst the monkeys sent were twenty specimens of the
present genus, consisting of ten males and ten females, from
the following islands : —
Singapore.
Tinggi, Hast Coast of Johore.
Bintang.
Batam.
Karimon.
Kundur. 3
Old males of this species are more difficult to obtain than
younger animals and females, but the series was especially
selected by us to include as many adult animals as possiole.
From this very limited material Dr. Ellot has, however,
created five “ species,”’ viz. :—
Pithecus dollmani : Singapore.
Pithecus letus : Tinggi and Tioman.
Pithecus bintangensis: Bintang and Batam.
Pithecus karimoni: Karimon. Material examined,
four males and two females,
Pithecus alacer : Kundur: a male and a female.
Pithecus dollmani. (Vol. II. p. 248.)
The type is not from “ ‘T'jangi, Island of Singapore, south-
eastern part,’ but from Changi, N.E. corner of Singapore
Island.
The type, though an adult animal, has extremely broad
incisors ; but in this genus the character is of no importance,
as the breadth appears to diminish with age.
The size of the last molar is given as 89°7 by 60 (pre-
sumably millimetres, as all other measurements are given in
these), which is, of course, impossible.
Pithecus letus. (Vol. II. p. 236.)
The type locality should be spelt Tinggi not “ Tingi.”
This has, on account of its pale colour, rather better
claims to subspecifie rank than any other of Dr, Elliot’s
“species,” but it will generally be found that forms affecting
the sea-coast, where they are exposed to the bleaching effect
of salt air and water, are paler than those from more “inland
districts.
* Thomas and Wroughton, Journ, Fed, Mal. States Mus. vol.:.,
pp. 99-129 (1909).
394. Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
Tioman specimens are darker than those from Tinggi,
and the type from the latter island was an abnormally large
solitary male with the sagittal crest unusually well developed.
Pithecus bintangensis. (Vol. II. p. 246.)
Specimens from Batam and Bintang can be exactly matched
by others from the mainland of the Peninsula.
The two islands are separated by a Strait not broader than
five or six miles with intervening islands.
Pithecus karimoni. (Vol. II. p. 227.)
The measurements given by Dr. Elliot (viz., total length
906 ; tail 432; foot 152; ear 35) are not those of the
collector, as they are stated to be, but should read—total
length 956; tail 482; hind foot 125; ear 35.
The alteration of these dimensions is quite unwarrantable,
the more so as the result is to force the species into the
author’s subgenus Neocebus, and thereby separate it sub-
generically from the mainland macaque, which, to anyone
who has examined the skins and skulls or is acquainted with
the animals in life, is absurd.
Pithecus alacer. (Vol. II. p. 226.)
In this species also measurements are not those of the
collector, and the total length should read 844 and not
794 as given by Dr. Elhot. When he comes to deal with the
common Crab-eating Macaque of Burma, Tenasserim, and
the Malay Peninsula, Dr. Elliot has created even greater
confusion.
For the mainland form of Burma and Tenasserim he has,
following Cabrera, revived Cuvier’s name Macacus irus
(Vol. I. p. 229), the type of which (though it is not actually
so stated) probably came from Malacca.
The range of this form he gives as Burma, Arakan,
Tenasserim, and Malay Peninsula.
Since Bouhote’s paper, writers on Malayan mammals have
used the name fascicularis for this race, the type of which
came from Sumatra; but Dr. Elliot restricts it to Sumatra
and, mirabile dictu, the islands Terntau and Laugkawi
(Vol. IL. p. 233), which are well within the ten-fathom line in
the immediate neighbourhood of the Peninsula coast, while
there is over 25 fathoms with wide stretches of sea between
them and Sumatra.
Dr. D. G. Elliot's ‘ Review of the Primates.” 395
Misled by the unfortunate geographical term ‘“ Lower
Siam,” he has described another ‘“ species,’ P. capitalis
(Vol. II. p. 235), as inhabiting Trong and Telibun Island.
Trong, or rather Trang, is a district on the mainland of
the Peninsula, about 50 miles north of Langkawi, and
Telibon an island off its coast, separated by an exceedingly
shallow channel.
According to our author, therefore, despite the fact that
(pp. iv, v, Preface) “intermediates between what are re-
corded as species have rarely been found in this order,” and
that ““ on the mainland where there is no evidence of a
gradation from one form to another subspecies may not be
accepted,” we have the extremely curious case of discon-
tinuous distribution of Macacus irus* separated in a
continuous land-area by an intrusive form, P. capitalis, which
presumably does not intergrade, as it is named binomially.
There is the further case of discontinuous distribution
of M. fascicularis met with on Sumatra and the islands of
Terutau and Langkawi.
In reality, the whole treatment of the group forms a most
admirable example of the danger of working with insufficient
material and with imperfect knowledge of the geography of
the area dealt with.
Genus Pyearnrix (Presbytis or Semnopithecus).
Dr. Elliot has thrown the section containing the species
lately known as femoralis (nomen nudum) into hopeless
contusion.
The specimen on which the name femoralis was founded
was originally obtained somewhere in Sumatra by Raffles,
though in his paper in Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. (1822),
are given, evidently in error, the localities Pulau Penang
and Singapore. Later, Muller and Schlegel described, and
figured as Semnopithecus sumatrana,a torm from Mount
Ophir in the Padang Highlands, W. Sumatra (subsequently,
however, referred by the latter to S. femoralis) +, which is
clearly distinguishable from the form inhabiting the Peninsula
and adjacent islands, which is P. neglecta (Schlegel) f,
‘The Bornean representative 1s described by Miller and
Schlegel as P. chrysomelas.
In dealing with what he calls P. femoralis (Horsf.)
* We ourselves do not possess any examples of the Common Macaque
from Burma and Tenasserim, and are therefore not in a position to deny
the statement that the M. zrus occurs there.
+ Mus Pays-Bas, p. 457.
$ Op. cit. p. 47.
396 Messrs. H. C. Robinson and C. B. Kloss on
(Vol. III. p. 45), Dr. Elliot has made the following
errors :—
(1) He has indicated as the type locality Bankasun in
Tenasserim, whence a specimen was forwarded in 1877 by
Davidson, forty-seven years after the species was first
named,
(2) On the strength of Hose’s field-notes *, describing the
Bornean form as P. femoralis and not as P. chrysomelas (of
which name Hose was apparently ignorant), he has added
the locality Borneo to the range, and, while following
Schlegel’s identification of P. femoralis with the latter’s own
P. sumatrana (Vol. III. p. 43), he has stated that these
representative forms occur on the same mountain, which is,
to say the least, highly improbable (pp. 28 and 29).
But, since in a “ Key to the Species ” (p. 30) it is stated
that P. femoralis has the “ tail white at base beneath,” while
on page 46 we are told that “ The tail, however, is never
whitish at the base beneath,’ one may say, without un-
fairness, that Dr. Elliot cannot recognize his material nor
the species to which he ascribes it.
In 1911 we described as P. n. keatit a race of P. neglecta
from Trang, North Malay Peninsula, founding it on three
specimens from the type locality and three from Perak,
while several others from northern parts of the Peninsula
have since been obtained. Dr. Elliot has seen fit, without
examination of the specimens, to state that our type is a
young adult, though it was specifically stated to be an
adult male. After examination of a considerable series from
all parts of the Peninsula, from Singapore to Bandon, we
are in a position to state definitely that the northern form
differs in the characters stated from the southern, although,
of course, as is necessarily the case in a species inhabiting
a continuous land-area, some gradation takes place. We
are not aware that Dr. Elliot has examined more than the
series of specimens extant in the British Museum, which
have also passed through the hands of one of us and are
either old and deteriorated or badly prepared skins.
Pygathriz flavicauda (Vol. ILI. p. 50), of which, thanks to
the kindness of the authorities of the United States National
Museum, we have examined one of the typical specimens
from Trang, is apparently based on a somewhat young
specimen of Pygathrix obscura halonifer (Cantor), which
was originally described from Penang. We have other
adult specimens from Trang, and they can in no way be
* «A Descriptive Account of the Mammals of Borneo,’ by Charles
Hose, F.Z.8. London, 1898, p. 13.
Dr, D. G. Hiliot’s ‘ Review of the Primates,’ SOG
separated from those described as Pres. obscura carbo by
Messrs. Thomas and Wroughton (Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(8) iv. p. 534, 1909) from Langkawi and Terutau.
The measurements given by Dr. Elliot of the type of
P. carbo (Vol. IIL. p. 54) are :—* Total length 1380 ; tail
800 ; hind foot 125. Those taken by the collector in the
flesh were :—Total length 1240; tail 740 ; hind foot 152.
The emendation is net in the direction of accuracy, as no
full-grown monkey in this group has so small a foot as
indicated by Dr. Hlhot.
Pugathriz nubigena, Hlliot (Vol. III. p. 55), is a pure
synonym of Pygathrix siamensis, Miller & Schlegel (Vol. ILL.
p- 59). Schlegel, in his monograph on the monkeys (Mus.
Pays-Bas, 1876, p. 38), expressly states that the types were
collected by Diard in Malacca, and the locality Siam was
ascribed to them im error, as it also was to certain specimens
of Pyyathrix obscura obtained by the same collector (p. 49).
The locality “ Keka,” given by Dr. Elliot for his type of
P. nubigena, is merely the native name of the species, as
noted by Dr. Cantor on the label. The specimen in the
British Museum ascribed to Pygathrix siamensis by Elliot
(Vol. IIL. p. 60) from Takamen, Siam, collected by Flower, is
really P. germaini (Milne-Edwards) (Vol. III. p. 82), and
field-notes on specimens from the same locality by the same
collector are inserted under this species.
Pygathriz rhionis (Vol. III. p. 58) has nothing to do with
P. obscura as stated, but is closely allied to P. siamensis aud
P. dilecta, and its affinities are correctly given by Miller in
the original description.
Pyyathriz cristata (Vol. III. p. 79) is a common monkey
in suitable localities along the western coast of the Malay
Peninsula, and is not confined to Sumatra as stated.
Dr. Elliot cites Muleyit in Tenasserim as a locality for
Pygathriz obscura (Vol. III. p. 53), and then describes the
specimens which are the authority for this locality as a new
species, Pygathrix crepuscula (Vol. ILI. p. 84), which may
be valid if regarded as a subspecies of P. obscura.
The type of FPygathrix crepuscula wroughtoni (Vol. III.
p- 85), which one of us has examined, is practically identical
with specimens of P. obscura from the Patani coast, N.E.
Malay Peninsula. Judging from the dimensions, it is almost
certainly a female, and should not have been described, except
on a reasonably large series.
Passing to the Hylobatidz, or Gibbons, we may note that
the Malay Peninsula is omitted from the distribution of
H, agilis (Vol. III. p. 160), though its occurrence has been
398 On Dr. D. G. Elliot's « Review of the Primates.’
frequently noted in the literature, while there are specimens
from Perlis in the British Museum. Dr. Elliot, however,
has, without comment, transferred Flower’s notes on the
habits of H. agilis to H. lar, though that author was perfectly
correct in assigning the Larut Hills gibbon to H. agilis.
Under Symphalangus syndactylus the remark on p. 178
(Vol. III.) that if the S. s. continentis, Thomas, eventually
proves to bea distinct race of the Sumatran species, then it
is not at all probable that this species is to be found any-
where on the “ Malay Peninsula,” savours of the obvious,
and argues avery pre-Darwinian definition of the value of a
“species ” on the part of Dr. Elliot.
Under Symphalangus syndactylus continentis the reference
to the type description is misquoted, and should read as
p. 301, not p. 30.
The type locality is Semangko Pass, Selangor-Pahang
Boundary, not Gemangko Pass, Selangore, Padang Boundary
—‘ Padang ” being in Sumatra.
The measurements given are hopelessly mixed. The total
length of the skin should be 546, not 846 mm.; while the
greatest length of the skull is 127°5, not 43:9. The inter-
temporal breadth 43°5, not 107°5; and the zygomatic width
89, not 86°6.
The acquisition of additional material shows that the race,
though, of course, not a strongly marked one, is sufficiently
differentiated from the Sumatran animal.
In conclusion, we may remark that the paper and typo-
graphy of the work are excellent ; while the illustrations,
especially those of the skulls, are all that can be desired.
It is unfortunate, however, that there are an extraordinarily
large number of references miscited, and, so far as we have
checked them, the measurements are hopelessly incorrect,
while the spelling of geographical names is careless and
not in accordance with custom or any consistent scheme,
Taking one page at random (p. 22, Vol. III.), we find the
following errors :—
line 6, Keka is the native name of the species, not a place.
line 7, Selangore ts now invariably spelt Selangor.
line 11, Turutau should read Terutau.
line 12, Batsu should read Batu, and Bitang should read
Bintang.
line 14, Langhat should read Langkat.
line 15, Padung should be Padang and Indrapore, Indrapura.
line 17, Katiman should read Kateman.
line 21, Pagee should be Pagi, and Metawee for the well-
known Mentawei has the merit of novelty and
nothing else.
On the Apidee in the British Museum. 399
But to multiply further instances is to labour the point
unnecessarily. .
Our criticisms may seem unduly fault-finding, but it is
in our opinion most unfortunate that such a group as the
Primates should have met with treatment so inadequate and
slipshod as compared with the admirable works produced on
the Chiroptera and on the Mammals of Western Europe by
Messrs. Knud Andersen and Miller.
XLV.—Wotes on the Apidee (Hymenoptera) in the Collection
of the British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species.
By GEOFFREY Mreapre-WALDo, M.A.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
IV. Subfamily Awryopyorrmz.
In this subfamily only two new species are described, both
from Tropical Africa. A new genus of the subfamily Proso-
pidinee is here described, and proves to be of exceptional
interest.
All types are in the British Museum.
EuceRA, Scop.
Eucera pollinosa, F. Smith.
Eucera pollinosa, Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus, ii. p. 294 (1854). @.
Eucera chrysopyga, Pérez, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxxiii. p. 157
(STO). O'S
Eucera favosa, Mocq. Termés. Fiizetek, iii. p. 240 (1879). 2 3.
Both Dalla Torre and Friese give Smith’s species as
synonymous with £. cinerea, Lep. It is certainly not this
species. ‘There is a topotype of H. pollinosa in the collection
of the late Edward Saunders bearing the label “ Z. chryso-
pyga, Pérez, det. Friese,” and this identification is doubtless
correct.
ucera nigrilabris, Lep. (Pérez).
Eucera nigrilabris, Lep. Hist. Nat. Insect. Hymen. ii. p.116 (1841). ¢.
Eucera numida, Lep. ibid. p. 117. 9.
Eucera terminalis, ¥. Smith, Descr, New Spec. Hymen, p. 109 (1879).
Qo.
Pérez redescribes both Lepeletier’s species (Actes Soc.
400 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo
on
Linn. Bordeaux, xxxiii, p. 171), and these descriptions are
reproduced by Friese in ‘ Bienen Europas,’ vol. it. p. 151.
Smith’s #. terminalis, from the south of France, is
certainly synonymous.
Nore
TETRALONIA, Spin.
Key to the Tropical- African Species of Tetralonia, Spin.
(12) Females.
(5) Segments 1-3 of abdomen at least uni-
colorous, black or fulvous,
(4) Segments 1-3 black, 4 and 5 with
Witte pUbDesGeREe!r aru ceils eevee
(5) Whole abdomen unicolorous fulvous.
IDG UCI n Nspnihe SAA oS ho dora
(2) Segments 1-5 or 2-5 basally with
fascize of whitish pubescence.
(7) Segments 1-5 basally with fascize of
whitish pubescence; margin of
elypeus meddish pe cyei ners cs aes roa
(6) Segments 2-5 basally with fascie of
whitish pubescence.
(9) Large species: length 153 mm.
(8) Medium species, 9-10 mm.; margin
of clypeus yellow.
. (11) Scopa brownish; tegule yellowish
TOW Maen Peeceac cen: cia
. (10) Scopa whitish, brown on inner side;
tegule reddish yellow ..........
(1) Males.
(16) Antenne short, scarcely reaching to
scutellum.
(15) Abdomen with segments 2-5 basally
with fasciz of whitish pubescence .
5. (14) Abdomen unicolorous fulvous ......
6, (18) Antenne long, reaching beyond scu-
tellum; labrum normal.
. (22) Labrum pale, white or yellow or
yellow with brown sides.
. (19) Labrum white, wings cloudy ......
. (18) Labrum entirely yellow or yellow with
brown sides.
. (21) Labrum entirely yellow, wings hya-
bh a RRR eee Toe eRe oy renee oe
. (20) Labrum yellow, brown laterally ;
wings subhyaline, subcosta dark ..
. (17) Labrum black or black with pale
centre.
. (26) Labrum black, wings hyaline.
. (25) Pubescence pale; tergite 1 and legs
densely clothed with black hair.
LOS MMS ols Maree oe hale eminence on
. (24) Pubescence entirely pale ..........
. (23) Labrum black, whitish in centre ;
wingsicloudy .o.«soessssun ree
[zibar.)
caudata, Friese. (Zan-
{| (Nyasaland.)
sheffieldi, sp. n.
[(Mozambique.)
obscuripes, Fr,
neaver, Vach. (Congo.)
(BE. Afr.)
tnermis, Friese. (Germ.
[(Lake Nyasa.)
ottiliensis, Friese.
[E. Afr.)
labrosa, Friese. (Brit.
sheffieldi, sp. n.
(Ik. Afr.)
tnermis, Fr. (Germ.
[Fr.).
Sriesei,n. n. (frlvicornis,
[ Nyasa.)
nyassana, Str. (Lake
[geria.)
simpsoni, sp.n, (N. Ni-
sjostedti, Fr, (Kiliman-
[ djaro.)
[ Nyasa.)
ottiliensis, Fr, (Lake
the Apide én the British Museum. AOL
The specific name “ fulvicornis” being already in use in
this genus for a species described by Morawitz (1895), it has
been necessary to rename Friese’s species.
Tetralonia sheffield?, sp. n.
©. Nigra, fulvo-hirta; labro elypeo capiteque post oculos pallide
hirsutis ; pleuris segmento mediano pedibusque fusco pubescenti-
bus; mandibulis (basi excepto), articulis 4-12 flagelli infra,
tegulisque ferrugineis ; alis subhyalinis,
Long. 13 mm.
2. Black, almost entirely covered with fulvous pubes-
cence, long on head and thorax, shorter on abdomen ; clypeus,
labrum, and the area behind the eyes clothed with white
pubescence ; pleura, sides of truncation of median segment,
and legs clothed with dark fuscous pubescence. Abdominal
sternites bare, with sparse apical fascie of ferruginous hair.
Mandibles apically, joints 4-12 of flagellum, and tegula
ferruginous. The whole uniformly covered with medium-
sized punctures, sternite 2 with a distinct-transversely striate
area at base, the area being marked off from the rest of the
segment by a bilobed suture. Wings sublyaline.
Length 13 mm.
3. Similar to 2 ; antenne short for a ¢, barely reaching
scutellum.
NYASALAND: Mlanje, i1i.—vi. (1913),5 2? 9,3 8 3 (type).
UGANDA PRoTecToRATE: Semliki Plains, 2,200 ft., 2 9 9;
Eastern Mbale District, 8700-3900 ft., 1 ¢. Porruaursr
Hast Arrica: Valley of Kola River, 1 9? (S. A. Neave).
S. Ruopesta: The Lonely Mine (Dr. Harold Swale),2 9 2.
Var. 2. ferrugineipes, var. nov.
Forme typice similis, sed differt tibiis tarsisque posticis ferrugineo-
pubescentibus,
@. Similar to the typical form, but differs in having the
posterior tibize and tarsi clothed with ferruginous pubescence,
Te F593
Uaanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey) (type). N. Ruo-
DESIA: Demba (Stlverlock Coll.). Brit. HK. AFRICA: Mar-
sabit (2, J. Stordy).
Dr. Harold Swale, who has recently collected specimens of
the typical form in Northern Rhodesia, has made some
interesting observations on their habits. He writes as
tollows :—‘‘ An interesting bee is the one I send now. It
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xiii. 28
402 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on
seems only found in the half-closed yellow flowers of a species
of Malvacee, which grows about here, a weed with large
pale yellow flowers. I seize the flower at the front, closing it
up, and listening for a buzz; if I hear it I gather the flower,
and put it quietly into a glass-bottomed collecting-box.
The bee generally cuts its way through the base of the flower.
I was led to look by finding so many blooms with a dis-
coloured hole near the base ”’ (H/. Swale, in litt., 1914).
Tetralonia simpsont, sp. n.
dé. Nigra; capite, thorace, tergitibus 2-7 fulvo-hirtis; tergite 1
pedibusque dense nigro-hirtis ; sterno sternitibus pallide pubes-
centibus ; antennis longissimis (103 mm.), rufis; mandibulis
basi, clypeoque luteis ; alis hyalinis.
Long. 103 mm,
3d. Black; head (except behind the eyes), thorax above,
and tergites 2-7 with a dense golden-brown pubescence ;
behind the eyes, vertex, face, labrurn, and sternum clothed
with pale hair ; tergite 1 and legs with dense black pubes-
cence. Antenne very long, equal in length to whole insect,
joints 3 and 4 of flagellum subequal, all the flagellar joints
sinuate. Head broad as thorax, finely punctured ; ocelli in
a very broad triangle; labrum rather coarsely punctured.
Femur ili. without any tubercle and tergite 6 without lateral
teeth. Wings hyaline, nervures black. Tegule ferruginous.
Length 104 mm.
N. Nigeria (Dr. J. J. Simpson). 1 6.
A conspicuous species, the dense black basal abdominal
segment giving it a distinctive appearance.
Tetralonia fulviventris, Sm.
Tetralonia fulviventris, Sm. Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 308
(1854). 9
Tetralonia exquisita, Cress. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 213
(1878). <2.
A @ specimen of Cresson’s species from Oaxaca, deter-
mined by Cockerell, agrees perfectly with Smith’s type of
T. fulviventris, described from a Mexican specimen.
Subfamily Prosopiprvz.
Of remarkable interest is the new genus Hupaleorhiza
here described. Both Perkins and Cockerell have published
notes on the interesting fact that there is sexual dimorphism
the Apidee in the British Museum. 403
in the mouth-parts of the two Prosopine genera Paleorhiza
and Meroglossa. In these two genera the females have the
ordinary blunt form of other Prosopidine, but in the male
the apex of the ligula is acute, though the tongue is not of
any length. In Hupaleorhiza, however, the length of the
tongue equals or surpasses that of Panurgus and similar forms,
Unfortunately the female is unknown, so that no very definite
conclusions can at present be drawn from a study of this new
and exceedingly interesting species. ‘The following note from
Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, whose intimate knowledge of bee.
phylogeny adds special weight, is worthy of the attention of
all apidologists ;:—‘ Should it [¢. e. the tongue of 9 Hupaleo-
rhiza} prove to be acute, it would still further convince me
of the truth of the view that I have held for some time, that
the Colletidaz and Prosopidee have been developed from the
Andrenid group (including the Panurgine bees), and are in
no ways to be considered as ancestral or primitive forms.”
EKUPALZORHIZA, gen. nov.
(Type, Eupaleorhiza papuana, M.-Waldo.)
General appearance that of a very large Paleorhiza, the
face being extremely long and narrow between the eyes; the
gene (space between the mandibles and eyes) very long, as
long or longer than their apical width. Neuration as in
many Paleorhiza. Ligula very long, lanceolate-acuminate,
only hairy at the extreme base even under a very strong leus,
linear on more than the apical half of its length. In repose
the ligula is folded back on the mentum, its apex reaching
back to the front of the thorax, and the maxillary blades or
lacinia are much too short to cover it, Maxillary palpi
6-jointed, the two basal joints more robust than the third,
but elongate, the three apical ones very slender and elon.
gate; labial palpi with four slender elongate joints. Pro-
podeum with the anterior area very clearly defined by a
total change of sculpture outside it, as in many Paleorhiza,
but of very different form, not at all transverse, but forming
a subequilateral triangle, instead of being wide and transverse,
Abdomen with the seventh dorsal segment emarginate as in
Paleorhiza, but only five ventral segments are exposed
unless the abdomen be distended, the fourth slightly emar-
ginate, the fifth extraordinarily short, concealed beneath the
former, and highly modified, strongly emarginate so as to
be lobed on each side; its apical portion bent at an angle
with the general surface, fringed above with special black
hairs directed towards the middle, and beneath these with
28*
404. On the Apidee in the British Museum.
pale hairs curving so as to meet medially, Sixth segment
exposed, clothed with short hairs, slightly emarginate at the
apex, and with a great impression or fovea on each side (like
some Colletes) ; seventh segment giving off a single narrow
process or wing on each side before the apex, the processes
beautifully fringed with special curved hairs on the ventral
side ; eighth segment with an elongate median apical process.
Genital armature with the apical portion of the stipites pilose
and marked off (or constricted) from the basal portion, but
probably not forming a true lacinia; sagitte extending
behind these, greatly compressed on their apical half, so that
in lateral view this portion forms nearly a semicircle with a
small apical production or beak.
Eupaleorhiza papuana, sp. n.
¢. Nigra; mandibulis, genis, pleuris, sterno, scutello apice, post-
scutello, tegulis, propodeo, segmento mediano, terg. et stern. 1 et
2 sterniteque 3 aurantiacis; clypeo plerumque, linea intra-
orbitali utrinque, pronoti margine linea interrupta, pallide luteis ;
alis subhyalinis, apice fuscis.
Long. 13 mm.
6. Black; mandibles, cheeks, pleura, sternum, scutellum
apically, postscutellum, tegule, propodeum, median segment,
tergites and sternites 1 and 2, and sternite 3 orange-red ;
clypeus for the most part, a line extending along the mner
orbits on each side, and an interrupted line on the margin of
the pronotum pale yellowish.
The front, clypeus, vertex, propodeum partly, and abdomen
shining, the abdomen with smali scattered punctures ; thorax
dull, opaque, with even and distinct punctures, coarsest on
mesonotum. Mandibles asin Paleorhiza, toothed. Clypeus
with two shallow longitudinal furrows; a distinct furrow
running from base of insertion of antenne to ocelli, Pubes-
cence, where present, the same colour as chitin on which it is
situated, that on head, thorax, and legs short and sparse ;
segments 1 and 2 of abdomen destitute of pubescence, the
following segments with a considerable covering of long black
hairs, chiefly on the apical margin of the segments. Wings
golden hyaline, apically fuscous ; stigma well developed, first
submarginal cell about twice as long as second, which receives
both recurrent nervures.
Length 13 mm,
YANG) ee
New GUINEA,
Systematic Arrangement of the Family Salmonidee. 405
This remarkable insect bears a MS. name of P. Cameron’s,
“Prosopis papuana.”’ It is greatly to be regretted that the
2 of this species is unknown, since we are still in ignorance
as to whether the tongue is short and blunt as in that sex of
Paleorhiza and both sexes of Prosopis, &c., or acute as in
the ¢ here described.
XLVI.— The Systematic Arrang ment of the Fishes of the
Family Salmonide. By C. Tate Recan, M.A.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
In a recent synopsis of the families of Salmonoid fishes
(Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh, xlix. 1913, p. 289) [have shown
that the Salmonide are well distinguished from the Smelts
(Osmeridee), Sil-smelts (Argentinide), &c., by osteological
characters ; perhaps the most noticeable of these is that the
vertebree turn upwards at the base of the caudal fin in the
Salmonidz, but in no other Salmonoids. As thus restricted
they form a natural group, confined to the coasts and rivers
of the Arctic and North Temperate zones.
After a study of a large series of skeletons, I have arrived
at certain conclusions as to the number of genera that may
be defined, and as to their natural affinities, which are
embodied in the following synopsis :—
Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Parietals not meeting in middle line. Teeth well developed in jaws,
on yomer and palatines, and in a double series on tongue. Scales
small, 19 or more in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin
to lateral line. Dorsal fin short, with not more than 16 rays, 12
or fewer branched. (Salmonine.)
A. A double or zigzag series of teeth along shaft of vomer, some-
times deciduous in the adult .... 1. Salmo, Linn,
B. Teeth only ou head of yomer, which has a boat-shaped depression
behind it.
Vomerine teeth in a V-shaped or Y-shaped
group, separated from the palatine teeth. 2. Salvelinus, Nilss.
Vomerine teeth in a curved, nearly semi-
circular series that connects the pala-
tine series; mouth large; teeth strong. 3. Hucho, Gunth.
Vomerine teeth in a transverse series that
connects the palatine series; mouth
rather small; teeth rather weak ..,. 4. Brachymystav, Gtinth,
406 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Systematic
II. Parietals meeting in the middle line. Teeth on vomer and tongue,
when present, in several series. Scales larger, 18 or less in a
transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line. (Coregu=
nine.)
A. Dorsal fin short, with not more than 16 rays; teeth very small
or absent.
Teeth very small, but distinct, in bands in
jaws and on palatines, in a patch on
vomer and another on tongue ........ 5. Stenodus, Richards.
Teeth vestigial or absent .............- «. 6. Coregonus, Linn.
B. Dorsal fin longer, with not less than 18 rays; teeth well developed.
Mouth rather large ; teeth strong ...... «. 7. Phylogephyra, Bouleng.
Mouth rather small; teeth moderate...... 8. Thymallus, Cuv.
The limits and contents of the four genera of the Salmo-
ninge are the subject of the following notes :—
1. Saumo, Linn.
This genus includes all the fishes commonly known as
Salmon and Trout. Examination of the skeletons leaves ne
Skulls of a. Atlantic Trout (S. trutta) and b. Pacitie Trout (8. clurkit),
from fish about 9 inches lone.
eth, mesethmoid ; /eth, lateral ethmoid; 7, longitudinal ridge ;
J, supraorbital flange of frontal bone.
doubt that the Pacific species (Steelhead, Rainbow Trout,
Quinnat Salmon, &c.) form a perfectly natural group that
differs in several characters from the Salmon and rout of
the Atlantic. The latter are especially distinguished by the
large size of the mesethmoid bone, which is not or but
Arrangement of the Family Salmonide. 407
slightly notched posteriorly, and correlated with this the
main frontal ridges are wide apart and parallel, whilst the
supraorbital flanges are narrow and taper anteriorly. In the
Pacific species the mesethmoid is much smaller and is forked
posteriorly, the frontal ridges converge anteriorly and the
supraorbital flanges are broad. Thus the genus Onco-
rhynchus, Suckley, can be no longer maintained, unless it be
considered that the cranial characters warrant its separation
from Salmo; in that case Oncorhynchus will include not
only the Pacifie Salmon, but the Pacific Trout also. Onco-
rhynchus is said to have a longer anal fin than Salmo, but in
|! a
Skulls of a. Salmon (Salmo salar) and b. Quinnat (S. guiénnat). As in
fig. 1, the skulls are seen from above and the jaws, facial bones, &c.,
have been removed. The skulls are those of adult fish.
various forms of S. clarkii I count 8 to 11 branched rays, and
in S. (Oncorhynchus) masou 10 to 12, so that there is no
generic distinction between these species. Nor is there any
justification for Berg’s genus Salmothymus (Ann. Mus.
St. Petersburg, xii. 1907, p. 502), based on Salmo obtust-
rostris, Heck., a species that agrees in its osteology with
S. trutta and S. salar, and may be regarded as the repre-
sentative of the latter in the rivers of Dalmatia.
408 Systematic Arrangement of the Family Salmonide.
2. SALVELINUS, Nilss.
The species of Char may be arranged as follows :—
1. S. alpinus group.—Head of vomer with posterior process
but little developed. Basi-branchial teeth uniserial.
No dark spots or markings. Circumpolar.
2. §. fontinalis group. Head of vomer with a well-developed
posterior process. Basi-branchial teeth absent.
Blackish or dark olivaceous spots or markings on
back, dorsal, and caudal fins. N, America.
3. S. namaycush group.—Head of vomer with a long poste-
rior process. Basi-branchial teeth in a long patch.
N. America.
Diagrams showing the arrangement of the vomerine teeth in
a. Salvelinus perisi, b. S. fontinalis, c. S. namaycush,
S. fontinalis is so exactly intermediate between the typical
Char and S. namaycush in the form and dentition of the
vomer that I think it best to give up the genus Cristivomer,
Gill & Jordan.
3. Hucno, Giinth.
This genus includes three species :—/7. hucho, Linn., from
the Danube ; HH. taimen, Pall., from Siberia, and ZH, perryt,
Brev., from Saghalien and Yesso.
4. BRAcHYyMYSTAX, Giinth.
Closely related to Hucho. A single species from Siberia.
On Genera and Spec.es of Fulgoride. 409
XLVII.—Some Additions to the Genera and Species in the
Homopterous Family Fulgoride. By W. L. Distant.
Fam. Fulgoride.
Subfam. Fureormsz.
Fulgora astarte, sp. n.
Cephalic process, head, and thorax above piceous, the first
finely cretaceously maculate and with its apex pale sanguineous,
the thorax above more or less cretaceously pubescent ; abdo-
men, body beneath, and legs brownish ochraceous, the abdo-
minal segmental margins paler; tegmina black, with the
veins and numerous veticulations green, the whole surface
more or less cretaceously pubescent, with numerous dull
testaceous spots with greyish-white margins arranged in
five more or less regular transverse series and with a cluster
of similar but much smaller spots on the apical area ; wings
greyish with a slight bluish suffusion, the apical area black ;
cephalic process measured from angle of apex to eyes a little
longer than abdomen, upwardly recurved, its apex robust, but
only very slightly dilated.
Length ceph. process, angle from apex to eyes 15-19 mm. ;
eyes to apex of abdomen 19-23 mm.; exp. tegm. 73-84 mm.
Hab. Indo-China, Laokay (2. Vitalis de Salvaza, type
Brit. Mus.).
Allied to F. rogerst, Dist., from the Nicobar Islands, but
witn the cephalic process longer in relation to the length of
the abdomen, and with its apex sanguineous, colour and
markings of the tegmina different, &e.
Euphria consimilis, sp. n.
Closely allied to H. dissimilis, Dist., from Tenasserim
(Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 211, 1906), especially by
the distinct coloration of the pro- and mesonota, but differing
in the wings, which have the apical fourth ochraceous,
spotted with white, the face much more strongly carinate,
both centrally and marginally ; cephalic process extending
to about middle of pronotum, in dissimilis it extends to the,
or near to the, posterior margin ; tegmina beneath paler and
more sanguineous than in P. dissimilis.
Long., excl. tegm., 20-24 mm.; exp. tegm. 62-76 mm.
Hab. Indo-China (A. Vuillet, type Brit. Mus.),
410 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
Subfam. EvrypracHyDIn2#.
Hurybrachys mysorensis, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum shining olivaceous green ;
eyes ae RECRUITS - abdomen above sanguineous, with nee
verse black segmental margins, apically thickly furnished
with waxy- -white efflorescence ; face dark olivaceous green,
transversely paler olivaceous green before clypeus, which is
blackish ; sternum and abdomen sanguineous, the latter with
transverse black segmental fasciew ; legs black; tegmina
with about basal three-fourths olivaceously virescent, crossed
by two paler transverse fascia, apical fourth dull greyish
ereen; wings with basal two-thirds sanguineous, apical
third greyish white ; head (including basal area of face),
pronotum, and mesonotum finely obscurely wrinkled, and
faintly minutely darkly speckled ; rostrum mutilated in type ; ;
posterior tibize with five spines.
Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 21 mm.
Hab. Mysore; Bababudin Hills (Batnbrigge- Fletcher,
Brit. Mus.).
Hurybrachys fletcheri, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum more or less bright
olivaceous green; abdomen above purplish red, apically
thickly fuinished with waxy-white efflorescence ; face
emerald-green ; clypeus fuscous brown ; body beneath and
legs purplish red, intermediate and posterior tibia blackish ;
tegmina virescent, more or less obscurely spotted with greyish
white, the basal area somewhat emerald-green, remaining
area duller and paler, two transverse black fasciate spots near
base, not reaching claval area; a transverse greyish-white
fascia near apex, preceded by a black spot on inner margin ;
wings greyish white, with two black apical spots; head
moderately concavely excavate between the eyes; posterior
tibize with five spines.
Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm.
Hab. Madras Prov. ; Shevaroy Hills, 4500 ft. (Batnbrigge-
Fletcher, Brit. Mus.).
Eurybrachys rubro-ornata, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous ; mesonotum
obscurely spotted, its apex and exposed area of metanotum
purplish red ; abdomen above bright ochraceous, the seg~
mental margins spotted with greyish white ; face ochraceous ;
Species of Fulgoride. 411
clypeus, sternum, and legs purplish red, intermediate and
posterior tibise black ; abdomen beneath bright ochraceous,
with central transverse spots and the apex black ; tegmina
ochraceous, with a large central, basal, longitudinal, purplish-
red spot, a subapical greyish transverse fascia united with a
brownish apical margin ; wings greyish white, with a promi-
vent black spot on upper margin near apex ; vertex (including
eyes) about as broad as pronotum ; face considerably broader
than long, the lateral angles subacute ; posterior tibize with
five spines.
Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm.
Hab, .S. India; Yercaud (7. V. Campbell).
Messena albifasciata, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum testaceous, with irregular
darker markings ; face and clypeus as above, but paler and
more brightly marked ; abdomen sanguineous 3 sternum and
Jegs ochraceous, with black markings, ubize darker and more
or less black ; tegmina with about basal two-thirds (not
reaching costal margin and narrowed outwardly) testaceous,
irregularly marked and spotted with black, the claval area
dull ochraceous, spotted and marked with black, remaining
area greyish white with the venation ochraceous, a large sub-
apical transverse ochraceous spot with black markings, pre-
ceded by two similar spots, but smaller in size, and a submar-
ginal series of small black spots ; wings pale fuliginous, the
apical area black crossed by an oblique white fascia, the apical
margin also white; posterior tibia with six spines.
Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 84 mm.
Hab. Nilgiri Hills; Hillgrove, 4000 ft. (Brit. Mus.).
Allied to J/. stnwata, Atkins. The specimen was received
from Mr, I’. Bainbrigge-Fletcher.
Subfam. DrcrvopwArinz.,
Dictyophara coimbatorensts, sp. n.
Body and legs virescent; in one specimen the head is
wholly ochraceous, in another the apex only is of that colour ;
tegmiva and wings hyaline, the first without any macular
markings ; head about as long as pro- and mesonota
together, siightly narrowed and upturned at apex, the lateral
margins strongly ridged ; face tricarinate, the lateral carina-
tions converging anteriorly and not extending posteriorly
beyond the eyes; clypeus centrally carinate; pronotum and
mesonctum tricarinate, posterior tibie with four spines,
412 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
Long., excl. tegm., 7-9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 16-19 mm.
Had. South India; Coimbatore (Bainbrigge-Fletcher,
Brit. Mus.).
Closely allied to D. cummingi, Dist., but with the lateral
pronotal carinations less oblique, the face more apically
narrowed, different colour, &e.
NEOPUTALA, gen. nov.
Allied to Putala, Melich., but differing by having the
auterior femora more flattened and dilated, and with a more
or less distinct blunt spine near apex.
Type, N. (Putala) lewist, Dist., from Japan.
Neoputala capitata, sp. n.
Head and thorax above castaneous brown, a small ochra-
ceous spot at the apex of cephalic process, abdomen above
black, the posterior segmental margins, a central longitudinal
continuous series of spots, and a number of small linear
markings ochraceous ; abdomen beneath as above, but without
the central longitudinal spots; femora brownish, mottled
with ochraceous, their apices a little darker, tibia ochra-
ceous, the anterior tibia annulated with brownish; rostrum
slightly passing posterior coxe ; head (including cephalic
process) about as long as intermediate tibie, abdomen above
more or less distinctly broadly centrally suleate; anterior
femora sulcate beneath, with a distinct blunt spine near apex ;
head beneath centrally and marginally carinate, the apex of
the cephalic process both above and beneath a little convexly
broadened and spatulate ; tegmina and wings hyaline, very
slightly fuliginous, the venation black, tegmina with a large
black stigmatal spot, a little more than apical third reticu-
lately veined ; wings with distinct apical cells.
Long., excl. tegm., 16 mm.; exp. tegm. 22 mm.
Hab. Indo-China (f. Vitalis de Salvaza, type Brit. Mus.).
AWARAMADA, gen. nov.
Head longly, strongly, porrectly produced, above a little
convexly raised and strongly, centrally, longitudinally cari-
nate, Jateral margins also carinate, apex truncate, beneath
with a small subapical tubercle, the face slightly laterally
concavely sinuate, angularly ampliated behind eyes, two
longitudinal central carinations which are united anteriorly
and posteriorly, clypeus robustly centrally carinate ; rostrum
passing the posterior coxz ; pronotum a little shorter than
Species of Fulgoride. 413
mesonotum, the disk straightly tricarinate, strongly deflected
on each lateral area, lateral basal margins oblique ; meso-
notum tricarinate, posteriorly, centrally, angulately produced ;
abdomen shorter than head, pronotum, and mesonotum
together, centrally longitudinally ridged ; anterior femora
unarmed, posterior tibia with three strong spines; tegmina
nearly four times as long as broad, apical area with three
transverse series of longitudinal cells, clavus without a trans-
verse vein; wings about three-fourths the length of tegmina,
with a series of apical and two prominent anteapical cells.
Awaramada fryeri, sp. n.
Body and legs fuscous brown, head beneath, sternum, and
legs a little paler; tegmina slightly intuscate, the venation
fuscous brown, the stigma and an apical elongate spot fuscous
brown; wings paler than tegmina, the venation and an
apical spot fuscous brown ; pronotum with some darker punc-
tate spots, posterior angle of mesonotum dull ochraceous ;
abdomen above mottled with ochraceous ; lateral areas of face
finely spotted with brown; clypeus with the central carina-
tion and the lateral margins pale ochraceous; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.
Long., excl. tegm., 124-133 mm.; exp. tegm. 28-30 mm,
Hah, Ceylon; Kandy (J. C. #. Fryer, Brit. Mus.).
Subfam, Dererz.
Genus PHENICE,
Phenice, Westw, Tr. Linn, Soc. Lond. xix. p. 10 (1842)
Assamia, Buckt. Ind. Mus. Notes, iv. p. 1 (1896).
Proutista, Kirk. Entomologist, 1904, p. 279.
Sardis, Kirk, Rep. Exp, Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc. pt. ix. p, 426 (1906),
Phenice fritillaris,
Derbe fritillaris, Boh. Vet.-Ak. Handl, 1837, p, 227, t. vii. fig. 8 (1888).
This well-known West-African species has now been
received from Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje, 4000 ft. (S. A. Neave,
Brit. Mus.).
Phenice nealet, sp. n.
Vertex of head and antenne ochraceous; eyes black ;
pronotum testaceous, with paler mottlings, the central ridge
and posterior margin greyish; pronotum testaceous, the
carinations pale ochraceous ; abdomen above brownish ochra-
ceous, finely spotted with white, body beneath and legs more
414 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
r less ochraceous and finely greyishly pubescent ; tegmina
ee fuscous brown, the venation sanguineous, basal third of
costal area and the ’claval area ereyishly pubescent, the first
also with about four fuscous spots, apical third of costal area,
and the apical and posterior marginal areas distinctly spotted
with white, the lower central transverse veins distinetly infus-
cated ; wings pale fuscous brown, the central transverse veins
infuseated ; vertex of head projecting in front of eyes; second
joint of antennee scarcely longer than head ; mesonotum con-
vex, somewhat compressed, tricarinate : : legs slender, poste-
rior tibia with a single spine and with their apices and a
subapical annulation black,
Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm,
Hab. 8. Nigeria (Dr. A. E. Neale, Brit. Mus.); Gold
Coast (A. B. Heaxs, Brit. Mus.),
Phenice majuscula, sp. 1.
Body above dull dark castaneous ; vertex of head ochra-
ceous,.pale castaneous at base ; mesonotal ridges ochraceous ;
abdomen above centrally longitudinally ochraceous ; sternum
testaceous, abdomen beneath dull dark castaneous ; legs very
pale ochraceous ; tegmina fuliginous, mottled with white,
costal area white, with the veins there sanguineous, and with
large subquadrate fuliginous spots, a large white spot at apex
and a series of smaller white spots on posterior margin ; the
other white mottlings are irregular, numerous, and discal, and
the short transverse veins are distinctly darker julien
wings pale fuscous, the veins darker; antennes with the
second joint short, ‘pale, scarcely as long as head; vertex
produced in front of eyes, its lateral margins strongly Tideed ;
mesonotal carinations robust 3 face long, narrow, its lateral
margins strongly ridged; wings about half as long as
tegmina,
Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm.
Hab. Port. ee “Africa ; Valley of Kola River, near E. Mt.
Chiperone, 1500-2000 ft. (S. A. Neave, Brit, Mus.).
Genus ZORAIDA.
Thracia, Westw. Trans. Linn. Soc, Lond. xix. p, 10 (1842), nom,
preeoce.
Zoraida, Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242, n. nom.
Zoraida nyasensts, sp. 0.
Body and legs brownish ochraceous ; tegmina pale hyaline,
the veins concolorous, costal area fuscous and here the veins
Species of Fulgoridee. 415
are sanguineous ; wings hyaline, the upper veins sanguineous ;
second joint of the “antennee ochraceous, its apex black,
longer than head and_pronotum together ; ; vertex of head
slightly testaceous, projecting in front of eyes, its apex not
bifurcate ; mesonotum tricarinate, its a apex ereyishly tomen-
tose; face narrow, testaceous; tegmina with the apices
truncate. ;
Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. tegm. 380 mm.
Hab. Nyasaland ; Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Brit. Mus.).
Allied to the West-African species Z. sinuosa, Boh.,
but excluding the fuscous costal area; the tegmina are
entirely hyaline, with the veins concolorous ; the veins in the
fuscous costal area sanguineous ; wings with the costal veins
sanguineous, remaining veins concolorous with the hyaline
area,
Zoraida pattersoni, sp. n.
Body above and abdomen beneath castaneous brown ;
sternum and legs ochraceous ; tegmina fuliginous, the veins
darker and moderately spotted with ochraceous, the costal
area dark fuliginous, the apical area much paler with the
veins greyish, “minutely spotted with fuliginous, the apical
margin with large fuliginous spots and the “marginal area of
the apex itself with a double series of small fulizinous spots ;
before middle of inner margin an oblique pale spot reaching
middle of tegmen; wings very pale fuliginous, with the veins
darker ; antennee brownish ochraceous, the second joint much
longer than head and pronotum together ; vertex of head a
little projecting beyond eyes, its margins carinate, its apex
moderately bifurcate; mesonotum tricarinate.
Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm,; exp. tegm, 30 mm,
Hab. Gold Coast; Aburi (W. H. Paiter son, Brit. Mus.).
Allied to Z. bohemann?, Westw., which I have not seen,
but a much larger species, tegmina without the sanguineous
costal veins, and coloration and markings different.
Zoraida flavocostata, sp. n.
Body and legs ochraceous; tegmina very pale brownish
ochraceous, with opaline lustre, costal area flavescent, with
its basal third of costal margin. narrowly blackish, veins
black, a small black spot at apex, and a still smaller one
above apex of clavus; wings pale ochraceous; antennz
with the second joint flavescent, much longer than head and
pronotum together, vertex triangular, moderately projecting
in front of eyes, meh are black ; mesonotum moderately
416 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
tricarinate ; face long and narrow, about as long as clypeus;
wings very small, about as long as apical margin of tegmen.
Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. tegm. 32 mm.
Hab. Port. E. Africa; Ruo Valley (S. A. Neave, Brit.
Mus.).
Zoraida ugandensis, sp. V.
Body above pale fuscous brown ; vertex of head, pronotum,
mesonotal carinations, body beneath, and legs ochraceous ;
tegmina hyaline, with opaline lustre, the veins very pale
ochraceous, most of the short transverse veins, the bases
of the longitudinal veins, and a short basal area dark fuligi-
nous, costal area pale stramineous, apices of the veins to
apical areas minutely dark fuliginous ; wings hyaline, the
apices of the veins to apical areas minutely dark fuliginous ;
second joint of antenna stramineous, its apex black, con-
siderably longer than head and pronotum together ; vertex
of head triangular, projecting beyond eyes; face narrow,
slightly shorter than elypeus; wings about as long as greatest
breadth of tegmen.
Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm, 30 mm.
Hab. Uganda Prot., Banks of Victoria Nile, near Masindi
Port, -3400 ft. (S. A. Neave, Brit. Mus.).
Zoraida picturata, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum dull shining ochraceous,
the vertex of head and mesonotal carinations a little paler;
abdomen darker, with its apex sanguineous; sternum and
legs pale ochraceous; face pale ochraceous; clypeus testa-
ceous, its apex black ; tegmina hyaline mottled with fuscous,
about basal third of costal margin narrowly bright greyish,
veins on costal area sanguineous, the principal fuscous
markings are linear, longitudinal spots on costal margin,
nearly the whole space between the two lower sanguineous
veins, three large reversed subtriangular spots beneath the
Jower sanguineous vein, two apical transverse series of small
spots, pale mottlings on lower half, and posterior marginal
spots; wings very pale fuliginous, a small dark discal spot
and another on posterior margin; vertex triangular, pro-
jecting beyond eyes, which are castaneous; face narrow,
shorter than clypeus ; second joint of rostrum ochraceous,
longer than head and pronotum together ; mesonotum mode-
rately tricarinate; wings about half the length of tegmina,
Long., excl, tegm., 4 mm. ; exp. tegm. 24 mm.
Hab. Nyasaland ; Mt, Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Brit. Mus.),
Species of Fulgoride. 417
Zoraida evansi, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum ochraceous, vertex of
head and mesonotal carinations paler ; abdomen pale testa-
ceous with darker mottlings, its apex ochraceous ; sternum
and legs ochraceous, the first more or less ereyishly pilose ;
teemina pale greyish, subhyaline, the veins brownish ochra-
ceous, costal area with a long basal longitudinal brownish
spot containing an upper ereyish line, a large subapical
brownish spot containing four or five prominent smaller
greyish spots, a central discal spot with a small internal grey
spot, and a series of small brown spots on the posterior and
apical margins ; the smaller transverse veins are also dis-
tinctly fuscous ; wings pale fuliginous, the veins brownish, a
small dark spot on anal area, which is greyish ; second joint
of antennz ochraceous, much longer than head and pronotum
together ; vertex triangular, projecting in front of eyes ;
face narrow, shorter (en clypeus ; mesonotum rather promi-
nently tricarinate ; wings about half the length of tegmina.
Long., excl. tegm., 3 mm. ; exp. tegm. 22 mm.
Hab. Gold Coast (A. #. Evans, Brit. Mus.).
Zoraida vuilleti, sp. n.
Body pale fuscous ; legs very pale ochraceous ; mesonotal
carinations obscurely preyish ; tegmina hyaline, the veins
fuliginous, base, costal area, and apex irregularly piceous,
the first containing about four hyaline spots, the costal
margin some five small opaque pale spots near apex, and a
large hyaline spot at apex containing three or four brownish
dots, posterior margin narrowly fuscous ; wings pale fuligi-
nous, the veins fuscous ; second joint of ‘antennae fuscous, its
apex ’ paler, much longer than head and pronotum together ; ;
vertex triangular, the apex broad, projecting beyond eyes ;
face narrow, about as long as clypeus; wings slightly
passing apex of tegminal clavus,
Long., excl. tegm., 4 mm.; exp. tegm. 22 mm.
Hab. Indo-China (A. Vuillet, type in Brit. Mus.).
Zoraida histrionica, sp. n.
Vertex and pronotum pale ochraceous, the latter with two
central oblique black lines ; mesonotum pale brownish, with
narrow margins and fasciate carinal markings pale ochra-
ceous ; scutellum purplish brown, with a central longitudinal
greyish line ; abdomen ochraceous, above thickly mottled
Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 29
418 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
with castaneous, beneath more or less broadly segmentally
fasciated with that colour; sternum and legs ochraceous ;
teomina hyaline, the venation fuscous, costal area flavescent,
containing a piceous spot beyond middle and another near
apex, apical margin narrowly piceous, and with a piceous
spot at apex of clavus; wings slightly tinted with ochra-
ceous; second joint of antenne ochraceous, its apex testa-
ceous, considerably larger than head and pronotum together ;
vertex triangular, slightly projecting beyond eyes; wings
very small, about as long as apical margin of tegmina; face
narrow, about as long as 5 clypeus.
Long., excl. teom., dD mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm.
Hab. East Himalayas (Brit. Mus.).
This species is allied to Z. ephemeralis, Walk., from the
Papuan Islands.
ZORAIDOIDES, gen. nov.
Head much narrower than pronotum, vertex narrow, its
lateral margins prominently ridged, their apices subacute ;
eyes large, obliquely directed along the lateral margins of
the pronotum.; face long, narrow, the lateral margins
strongly ridged and slightly undulate, divergent before the
clypeus, w which is tricarinate and only slightly shorter than
the face; antennz with the second joint very long, longer
than the head and pronotum together ; pronotum short,
centrally tricarinate, the lateral areas extending backwardly
and Ci over the lateral margins of the mesonotum, its
margins ridged ; mesonotum obscurely tricarinate ; abdomen
short and robust ; ; legs slender, posterior tibize with a distinct
spine; tegmina elongate, more than three times longer than
broad, their apices subtruncate, five costal areas, four central
basal areas, a series of twelve areas from apex to posterior
inner margin, and two central subapical areas (the outermost
small) beneath the fifth costal area ; wings very short, some-
what imperfect in the unique typical specimen.
Zoraidoides malabarensis, sp. n.
Body castaneous ; eyes black ; central carinations to meso-
notum and macular markings to pronotum pale ochraceous ;
face pale ochraceous, spotted with castaneous ; second joint
of antennze dull ochraceous, its apex pale testaceous; legs
greyish white ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the first with
the costal marginal area ochraceous, excepting above the first
and second costal areas, where it is hyaline, veins obscure
ochraceous; wings with the veins brownish ochraceous ;
structural characters as in generic diagnosis.
‘Species of Fulgoride. 419
Long., excl. tegm, 5 mm. ; exp. tegm. 26 mm.
Hab. Malabar; Taliparamba (7. B. Fletcher, Brit. Mus.).
‘Lhis specimen was found on “ Pepper.”
Genus D10STROMBUS.
Diostrombus,; Uhler, Proc. Nat. Mus. U.S. 1896, p. 283; Muir, Bull.
Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc. 19135, p. 80.
Drona, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 805 (1906).
Type, D. politus, Uhler (from Japan).
Mr. Muir states that he has seen a cotype of Diostrombus
from the U.S. Nat. Museum, and has found it congeneric
with my Drona. I accept his decision, and amend the
nomenclature accordingly. ‘The species I now know are :—
D. politus, Uhler. Japan.
D. carnosus (Derbe, Phenice ?), Westw., and D. (Drona) pen-
natus, Dist. Brit. India.
The Ethiopian species are as follows :—
D. (Derbe) lanius, Stal. Caffraria.
D. (Drona) grahami, Dist. Ashanti; Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje
(S. A. Neave).
D. (Thracia) apicalis, Hagl. Congo.
D. gowdeyi, Dist. Uganda.
Diostrombus gowdeyt, sp. n.
Body shining black; eyes and posterior margin of meso-
notum ochraceous ; abdomen above and body beneath more
or less cretaceously tomentose ; legs ochraceous, the femora,
apices of tibiw, and the tarsi piceous ; tegmina and wings
hyaline, slightly tinted with brownish ochraceous, venation
black or piceous ; vertex moderately produced in front of eyes,
the apex bifurcate ; face narrow, laterally ridged ; clypeus
large, tricarinate, the lateral carine somewhat obscure ;
mesonotum large, convex, smooth, glossy, non-carinate ;
abdomen in the male furnished apically with a pair of long
forceps-like anal appendages; tegmina with the costal mem-
brane possessing three oblique transverse veins on its apical
half, upper ulnar area with a transverse vein near middle;
second joint of antenne about as long as head.
Long., excl. tegm., 4-44 mm.; exp. tegm. 19-22 mm.
Hab. Uganda (C. C. Gowdey, Brit. Mus.).
29%
420 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
Phra pictipennis, sp. n.
Body above pale tawny brown; mesonotum with two
central linear fascia and a large spot on each lateral area dull
castaneous brown, margins narrowly greyish white; body
beneath and legs pale ochraceous, base of abdomen black
where the segmental margins are greyish white ; tegmina
pale, creamy semihyaline, much mottled with very pale
fuscous, three or four linear longitudinal black spots in costal
area, apical veins more or less suffused with blackish, three
rounded black spots on basal third and three blackish spots
on inner margin; wings white, semihyaline, the veins
darker.
Allied to P. amplificata, Dist., from Ceylon, but with the
vertex of head slightly shorter and considerably more con-
cave; the amplified mesonotal margins much broader and
less spinous, markings of the tegmina distinct, &e.
Long., excl. tegm., 34 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm.
Hab. U. P. Brit. India, Bankatti (A. D. imms) Bute
Mus.).
“ Under bark and in rotten wood of standing Sal.”
Subfam. Rreawnrrv a.
Pochacita pipera, sp. n.
Head and pronotum brownish ochraceous, mesonotum
black, exposed margins of metanotum ochraceous ; abdomen
testaceous ; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; tegmina pale
bronzy brown, two pale transverse lines before apex and a
much inwardly angulated line near middle, from this line to
base the surface is much mottled with small paler and darker
spots, a small black spot near apical angle and a subtriangular
pale spot near apex of costal membrane ; wings very pale
bronzy brown; mesonotum with five carinate lines, the
central one straight, on each side of which is an inwardly
and anteriorly curved line which bifurcates near middle ;
apical margin of tegmina larger than inner margin ; face
broad, centrally carinate, the carination becoming almost
obsolete towards clypeus ; posterior tibiae with two spines.
Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 195 mm.
Hab. Malabar Distr., Taliparansbas (7. Bainbrigge-
Fletcher, Brit. Mus.).
On Pepper plant.”
: Species of Fulgoridee. 421
Subfam,. Fzarmz,
Pulastya abbreviata, sp. n.
Body more or less virescent (ochraceousin faded specimens) ;
legs pale ochraceous; tegmina pale virescent or pale ochra-
ceous, the apical third of “costal margin, the whole of apical
margin, and the greater part of posterior margin very nar-
rowly but closely spotted with brownish ; wings creamy
white ; head moderately conically produced ; pro- ‘and meso-
nota longitudinally tricarinate ; tegmina about twice as long
as broad, the posterior angle not or scarcely angulately
produced.
Long., excl. tegm., 8-9 mm. ; exp. tegm. 23-25 mm.
Hab. Indo-China (en Vitalis de Salvaza, type in Brit.
Mus.).
Allied to P. acutipennis, Kirby, from Brit. India, but
differing by the non-produced posterior angles of the tegmina.
Satapa tuberculosa, sp. n.
Body and legs dull dark ochraceous ; mesonotum fuscous
brown ; abdominal segmental margins and lateral areas of
sternum greyishly tomentose; tegmina pale tawny brown,
two prominent dark spots on costal, membrane and another
near apex, the apical half much mottled with darker
markings, the costal membrane finely granulose near base, a
median series of granules, and about three distinct tubercles
a little before middle, one also on the claval area ; wings pale
fuliginous, the venation darker.
Long., excl. tegm., 55 mm.; exp. tegm. 13 mm.
Hab. 8. India; Coimbatore (7. Bainbrigge-Hletcher, Brit.
Mus ).
Allied to 8. stcula, Dist., from Ceylon, but differing in the
tuberculated tegmina, the posterior angles of the tegmina
more produced, &e.
PARAGOMEDA, gen, nov.
Head longer than breadth between eyes, narrowed ante-
riorly ; face considerably longer than broad, obliquely nar-
rowed at base, centrally carinate; pronotum shorter than
vertex, centrally finely carinate, its lateral margins laminate ;
mesonotum tricarinate; tegmina about twice as long as
broad, with the costal membrane very strongly arched and
convex, moderately sinuate before apex, apical margin trun-
cate, the apical and posterior angles not rounded, posterior
492 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genera and
margin slightly sinuate, costal membrane scarcely or very
little wider than radial area, venation generally as in Go-
meda ; wings very little bro len than tegmina,
Allied to Gomeda, Dist., but separated by the different-
shaped and more producec d vertex of head, the strongly arched
and convex costal membrane, and the angulate apical and
posterior tegminal angles, Go
Type, P. typica, Dist.
Paragomeda typica, sp. n.
Body above and beneath ochraceous, the legs paler, the
abdomen above basally and apically cretaceously tomentose ;
tegmina pale ochraceous, sparingly spotted with brownish,
the apical cells brownish, preceded by a similar series of
transverse brownish spots j wings creamy white ; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.
Long., excl. tegm., 44 mm.; exp. tegm. 123 mm.
Hab. 8. India; Nandidrug (7. V. Campbell, Brit. Mus.).
Paragomeda viridis, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and mesonotum virescent; abdomen,
body beneath, and legs ochraceous ; tegmina virescent, the
margins very narrowly pale ochraceous, the apical margin
minutely spotted with pale brownish, and a few scattered
minute brownish spots on disk; wings creamy white ; vertex
only slightly longer than pronotum, which is centrally cari-
nate; mesonotum tricarinate.
Long., excl. tegm., 33 mm.; exp. tegm. 125 mm,
Hab. 8. India; Nandidrug (7. V. Eiampbel).
A single carded specimen of this species allows no further
description than the above.
Atracis clypeata, sp. n.
Body above pale greenish ochraceous; vertex with two
small spots at apex and the lateral margins near eyes black ;
mesonotum with somewhat large linear black spots forming
two broken anteriorly converging fasciz ; abdomen above
with two dark basal spots and three pale ‘greenish longitu-
dinal fasciz, one central, the other two lateral ; face ‘with
some small black marks near anterior margin, cly peus with
two central brown fascia un-ted posteriorly ; legs ochra-
ceous; tegmina opaque, greyish, with a slightly greenish
tint, a few small black spots near base, and some other
Species of Fulgoride. 423
mostly linear on apical area, the veins greenish ochraceous ;
wings creamy white, the veins greenish ochraceous ; vertex
about as long as the pronotum, centrally longitudinally
incised, foveate, with the lateral margins strongly recurved ;
lateral margins of the pronotum moderately recurved ; face
longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly, lateral margins
strongly recurved ; tegmina with the costal membrane about
three times as wide as radial area.
Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 82 mm.
Hab, Ceylon (J. C. Fryer, Brit. Mus.).
Atracis nalandensis, sp. n.
Body above dull brownish mottled with darker markings,
the mesonotum with two discal, longitudinal, anteriorly con-
verging black fasciz ; abdomen with two basal excavated
black spots; face and clypeus somewhat more palely ochra-
ceous, the first with its anterior area more or less speckled
with black; tegmina ochraceous, irregularly speckled and
spotted with black (these markings vary in different speci-
mens) ; wings pale fuliginous, a little paler on central area ;
vertex about as long as pronotum, distinctly foveate, the
lateral margins strongly recurved ; pronotum with the lateral
margins also strongly recurved; face considerably longer
than broad, narrowed anteriorly, the lateral margins strongly
recurved ; clypeus finely, darkly, transversely striate ; teg-
mina with the costal membrane more than twice as broad as
radial area.
Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 33 mm.
Hab. Ceylon; Nalanda (Atkins Coll., Brit. Mus.), Assam ;
Margherita (Doherty).
Atracis dissimilis, sp. n.
Body above greenish ochraceous; abdominal segmental
margins a little paler; legs ochraceous ; tegmina greyish
ochraceous, opaque, with some small ill-defined darker spots,
of which the largest are two in vertical series near base and
another on apical area ; wingscreamy white; vertex slightly
longer than pronotum, strongly, centrally, longitudinally
incised, the lateral margins recurved ; pronotum centrally
longitudinally ridged, the lateral margins recurved ; meso-
notum somewhat crushed and mutilated in typical specimen ;
abdomen above centrally longitudinally carinate ; face with
the apex distinctly darker, centrally longitudinally carinate,
longer than broad, the lateral margins moderately convex and
424 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and
recurved ; clypeus with brownish oblique striations on each
Jateral area; tegmina with the costal membrane three times
as broad as radial area.
Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 28 mm.
Hab. 8. Mysore; Goorghalli Lstate (Bainbrigge-Fletcher,
Brit. Mus.).
XLVIIT.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LVIII.
By T. D. A. Cockxrre ti, University of Colorado.
Anthophora curta, Provancher.
El Paso, Texas, at yellow flowers of a species of Compositze,
Nov. 7, 1913, 4 ? (P. H. Timberlake, 2).
Of these, two are typical curta, while two have the hair on
inner side of hind basitarsi rather dark ferruginous. These
latter are clearly curta, not A. peritome.
Tetralonia poetica, sp. n.
6 .—Length about 12 mm.
In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. xxxii. p. 79, runs
out at 4, because yellow of clypeus is not notched at sides ;
except for this character it runs to T. frater (Cress.) on p. 80,
to which it is very closely allied. It differs from 7. frater
(a co-type from Colorado compared) by the clypeal yellow
being pale lemon instead of almost orange, its upper border
arched, leaving the upper and lateral margins of the clypeus
broadly black ; face broader ; hair of thorax above more
strongly ochreous ; apical plate of abdomen broader ; last
ventral segment with the oblique submarginal ridges straight
or nearly (curved in frater), and apical corners of segment
prominent (not so in frater).
I thought this might be the male of T. virgata (Ckll.),
but the b. n, in virgata squarely meets the t.-m., whereas in
poetica it falls short of it.
Hab. Whittier, California, at flowers of Convolvulus,
April 14, 1912, 3 ¢ (P. H. Timberlake, 3).
Perdita hypoxantha, sp. n.
6 .—Length 34-4 mm.
Very close to P. gutierrezie, Ckll., differing as follows :—
Upper level of yellow on front practically straight, except a
Records of Bees. 425
small notch for the foveal spot on each side; cheeks with
the lower three-fourths entirely yellow; pleura yellow,
except its broad upper margin; abdomen much darker,
with successively narrower yellow bands on a dark brown
ground ; anterior and middle tibize each with a brown stripe,
and there may be a small brown mark at apex of middle
femora.
Hab. Idyllwild, San Jacinto Mts., California, abundant at
flowers of Adenostoma fasciculatum, July 14, 1912 (P. H.
Timberlake, 1).
The plant is Rosaceous, but the bee is related to the
species occurring on flowers of Composite.
Halictus ovaliceps, Cockerell.
f Whittier, California, April 16, 1913, 2 ?; one at flowers
of Rubus vitifolius, collecting cream-coloured pollen ; one at
flowers of Phacelia hispida, collecting light blue pollen
(P. A. Timberiake, 5).
Nomada harimensis, sp. n.
6 .—Length 7 mm.
Head and thorax black, densely rugoso-punctate, with
thin white hair, which is greyish white dorsally, but pure
white on cheeks, middle of face, and underside of thorax ;
head broad; mandibles simple, red except basally; clypeus
all black, but lower corners of face shining yellow; antennze
long and thick; scape swollen, black; flagellum black,
bright ferruginous beneath except the last three joints ;
third antennal joint much shorter than fourth; tubercles
and tegule ferruginous, thorax otherwise black ; scutellum
not very prominent. Wings clear, with the apical margin
brown ; stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous ; b.n. going a
short distance basad of t.-m.; first r.n. joining middle of
second sm. Legs ferruginous, black basally ; femora black
except apex and about apical two-thirds above ; tibiz with
a black patch behind ; anterior cox with a red apical spot,
but not spined. Abdomen shining, without evident pune-
tures ; first segment piceous, with a curved, bilobed, trans-
verse red band on disc; second and third segments broadly
piceous apically, ctherwise yellow except in middle, where
they are ferruginous ; fourth segment similar, except that
the yellow is reduced and the apical margin is ferruginous ;
apex ferruginous, the apical plate broad and entire; venter
ouly slightly marked with yellow.
426 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
? —Length about 7 mm.
Robust, bright ferruginous marked with black, no yellow
anywhere; middle of mesopleura covered with a patch of
silvery-white hair, sides of metathorax below with similar
patches; head red, with supraclypeal area, front except sides,
ocellar region, and cheeks except a band along posterior
orbits all black ; antennz long, bright ferruginous, the last
joint very clear red, but the one before it strongly black-
ened, contrasting, and the two joints before this more or less
dusky ; third antennal joint shorter than fourth; meso-
thorax with a broad median black band. Legs red, the
middle and hind coxe marked with black, hind tibize slightly
dusky behind. Apex of wings dark brown. Abdomen
shining chestnut-red, without evident punctures, and with
no yellow markings; first segment with a large black patch,
lobed at sides, second segment broadly blackened apically,
fifth with an interrupted black basal band.
Hab. Harima, Japan (Fukai). U.S. National Museum.
The male (=type) taken April 7, 1912, the female April 18,
1912.
This is not very close to any descrihed Japanese species.
In Schmiedeknecht’s tables (Apidze Europzeve) the male runs
nearest to N. ruficornis, L., which is much larger, and differs
in face-markings and colour of scape. The female runs to
N. thersites, Schm., which is evidently closely allied, differing
from harimensis by the black markings on the femora,
markings of abdomen, &c.
Nomada luteola, Lepeletier.
East Falls Church, Virginia, May 4, 1913 (Rohwer and
Cockerell).
Megachile melanophea, Smith.
Chazy Lake, N.Y., June 28, 1913, ¢ (Felt).
Megachile nipponica, n. 0.
This name is proposed for M. orientalis, Pérez, 1905 (not
of Morawitz, 1895), from Yokohama, Japan.
Megachile harimensis, sp. n.
? .—Length about 11 mm.
Black, robust, with fulvous, white, and black hair ; facial
quadrangle longer than broad; mandibles quadridentate ;
clypeus shining, closely and strongly punctured, the lower
edge subemarginate in middle; antennz entirely black ;
Records of Bees. 427
face, front, cheeks, and occiput covered with pale ochrecus
hair, paler and dense at sides of face, on vertex fulvous,
with some fuscous laterally; mesothorax and scutellum
densely punctured but glistening, covered with bright fulvous
or fulvo-ferruginous hair ; other parts of thorax with paler,
ochreous-tinted hair, becoming dull white beneath ; tegule
bright ferrugmous. Wings pale brownish, nervures piceous.
Legs black, with pale hair, red on inner side of middle and
anterior tarsi, but reddish black on inner side of hind ones ;
middle basitarsi with reddish hair on outer side; joints 2 to
4 of middle tarsi broadened ; spurs pale ferruginous. Abdo-
men broad and short, shining, punctured, not “at all metallic ;
basal segment and sides of second with much pale ochreous
hair ; hind margins of segments 3 to 5 with thin pale hair-
bands, the discs of these segments, especially at sides,
having black hair (the third segment has pale hair in middle) ;
sixth segment gently concave in lateral profile, almost bare,
with no light hair; ventral scopa long, creamy white, black
on last two segments and at sides of the one before.
Hab. Harima, Japan, May 1912 (Fukai, 45). U.S.
National Museum.
In Friese’s table of Palearctic Megachile this runs to
M. picicornis, except as to the antenne. In his table of
Oriental species it runs to 29, but is not either of the species
there indicated. It does not appear to be very close to an
recorded Japanese or Chinese species. Superficially M. hari-
mensis looks just like a rather small M. circumcincta, but on
closer examination it is seen to differ in many ways,
Megachile vagata, Vachal.
Argentina (Fitzgerald ; British Museum, 99. 124). 1 ¢.
This specimen is about i0 mm. long, but otherwise agrees
with Vachal’s description. The anterior femora and tibize
are red on the outer side; the spines on anterior coxe are
small. The species is allied to M. jenseni, Friese.
Megachile dentipes, Vachal.
Argentina (O. W. Thomas ; British Museum, 1904. 148).
hedge
Vachal’s description sufficiently indicates this striking
species, with extraordinary anterior tarsi, and the middle
femora sharply toothed beneath in the middle. The following
may be added :—Mandibles with a large red patch; labrum
dull testaceous ; fringe of hair on inner border of anterior
4.28 Mr. 'T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and
basitarsus appearing black in some positions, but really
largely pale straw-colour ; anterior coxze with a short band
of red bristles in front ; coxal spines long ; greater part of
anterior femora light red.
Megachile mendozana, Cockerell.
Argentina (O. W. Thomas ; Brit. Museum, 1904, 148).
Lec
This species was described from the female as cornuta,
Sm., and rhinoceros, Friese, both preoccupied names. The
insect before me is certainly the male of rhinoceros as
described by Vachal; it also runs to rhinoceros in Friese’s
table of Argentine Megachile, aud to mendozana in Jorgensen’s
Mendoza table. It is, however, smaller than the size given
by Friese for male rhinoceros, and the mesothorax is more
shining, with the punctures conspicuously larger and less
dense than in a female rhinoceros from Mendoza now before
me. There are perhaps two species at present confused by
authors under mendozana or rhinoceros.
Megachile parsonsie, Schrottky.
Argentina (O. W. Thomas ; Brit. Museum, 1904. 148).
This agrees with Friese’s brief account of “ sémillima”
from Mendoza, which Jorgensen says is to be called par-
sonsie. The pallid anterior tarsi have an elongated black
spot on the inner side, and the keel of the sixth abdominal
segment has six sharp spines.
Megachile porrectula, n. n.
A new name is required for M. acuta, Vachal, 1908 (not
M. acuta, Smith), from Mapiri, Bolivia.
Megachile paraxanthura, sp. n.
g .—Length a little over 9 mm.
Black, the flagellum very obscure brownish beneath ;
legs black, the last tarsal joit red at extreme apex, anterior
femora with the smooth area which touches the tibize (when
the legs are flexed) red; mandibles with a triangular tooth
at base beneath ; face densely covered with cream-coloured
hair ; rest of head and thorax with dull white or yellowish-
white hair, mixed with long black hairs on vertex, scutellum,
and especially postscutellum ; head aud thorax above closely
Records of Bees. 429
and finely punctured ; tegule piceous. Wings dusky, the
costal region strongly brownish; nervures sepia. Legs
with pale hair; anterior tarsi simple; anterior cox with
spines of moderate size, the face of the coxa above the spine
shining, with no special ornamentation; spurs yellowish
white. Abdomen short, first segment with long hair like
that of thorax ; second to fifth with entire ochreous hair-
bands, rather thin on second, dense on the others; discs of
second to fourth with very short fuscous hair, only seen in
lateral view; nearly basal two-thirds of fifth segment covered
with conspicuous ochreous tomentum ; sixth segment above
densely covered with golden-ochreous hair, but the margin
of the keel bare; keel of sixth segment strongly emarginate
in middle, but the edges of the emargination not dentiform,
the margin on each side of the notch may be indented, but
is not at all dentate; no evident ventral spines. There is no
hair-band in the scutello-mesothoracic suture.
Hab, Argentina (O.IV. Thomas; Brit. Museum, 1904. 148).
In J6rgeusen’s Mendoza table and Friese’s Argentine table
this runs to “ stmillima’”’ =parsonsie, which is really a very
different species. In Vachal’s table of male Megachile it
falls nearest to M. pallefucta, but it is not that species, nor
is it brasiliensis, near to which it falis in Friese’s table of
species of the Brazilian subregion. It does not agree with
any description I can find, but it may possibly have been
described from the female.
Megachile abluta, Cockerell.
3 .—Los Baiios, Philippine Is. (Baker, 1792, 1798, 1796) ;
Mt. Makiling, Luzon (Baker, 1795).
I am surprised to find that I cannot separate this species
from M. adluta, described from Formosa. It has very
possibly been spread by man, the nests being easily carried
in timber or merchandise. The mesothorax of the Philippine
Islands specimens is less hairy than that of the Formosan
examples before me, but the character varies, and it is
impossible to draw any specific lines. The species is easily
known from M. laticeps, Sm., by the spined coxe.
A male of M. abluta was sent by Professor Baker with a
female Megachile, which has received a manuscript name
from Friese. I find, however, another male from Los Bajios
which, though allied to abluta, is distinct, and evidently
belongs with Friese’s new species.
430 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and
Megachile laticeps, Smith, var. a.
3 .—Los Bafios, Philippine Is. (Baker, 1790).
This exactly agrees with Smith’s account, except that it is
fully 11 mm. long, the hair on the cheeks is only faintly
tinged with yellow, and the first four abdominal segments
have entire fulvous hair-bands. Unless Smith’s type was in
poor condition, my insect must represent a distinct variety,
but, I think, not a distinct species.
Megachile perihirta, Cockerell.
é.—Los Angeles County, California (Coquillett). U.S.
Nat. Museum. Denver, Colorado, Aug. 25 (Mrs. C. Bennett).
Megachile sidalcee, Cockevell.
g .—De! Rio, Texas, May 1, 1907, at flowers of Monarda
citriodora (Bishopp). U.S. Nat. Museum,
Megachile pereximia (Cockerell).
M. vallorum, Ckll., is no doubt the female of pereximia.
The type of perevimia has the first r. n. entering second s.m.
as far from base as second from apex, and has the fringe
on inner side of anterior basitarsus mainly black. These
characters vary in Texan specimens; some from Cotulla and
Denton have the first r.n. exactly meeting first t.-c., and in
these the fringe on inner side of anterior basitarsus is light
red, only black at base. These also are smaller than the
type. However, one from Cotullo is as large as the type,
and a Denton male has the first r.n. entering second s.m.,
though not so far from base as in type.
The following records relate to material from Texas :—
(1) Males (pereximia).—Cotulla, May 11, at Monarda
punctata and Verbesina encelivides (Crawford) ; Co-
tulla, May 5, at Coreopsis (Crawford) ; Denton,
May 29, at Guaillardia pulchella (bishopp) ; Dallas,
at Amorpha fruticosa, May 9 (Bishopp); Dallas, at
Gaillardia pulchella, May 19 (Bishopp); Dallas,
July 1, hair of face cream-colour (Bishopp) ; Paris,
May 24 (Bishopp); Sau Antonio, at Coreopsis carda-
minefolia, May 4 (Crawford); New Boston, at Tetra-
neuris linearifolia, Aug. 29 (Bishopp); Victoria, at
Helianthus, April 26 (Bishopp) ; Stringitown, Sept. 7
(Bishopp) ; Calvert, April 5 (Jones) ; Kerrville, at
Records of Bees. 431
Marrubium vulgare, April 12 (Pratt) ; Devils River,
at Gaillardia pulchella, infested with many mites,
May 6 (Bishopp). Also from Daleville, Arkansas,
Sept. 13 (Jones),
(2) Females (vallorum).—San Diego, at Opuntia, April 24,
large variety (Mitchell) ; Plano, June, Aug. (Tucker) ;
Paris, on cotton, unusually large, with a very few
black hairs on clypeus (Jones) ; Hearne, at nests in
bogs, July 23 (Bishopp); Dallas, at Gaillardia, June 10
(Beshopp); Dallas, at Engelmannia pinnatifida, May
22 (Pierce) ; Laredo, Oct. 21 (Mitchell and Bishopp) ;
Riverside, Aug. 24 (Yothers); Wolfe City, June 16
(Bishopp) ; Devils River, at Monarda citriodora, May 3
(Pratt) ; Pittsburg, May 9 (Bishopp) ; Kerrville, at
Coreopsis cardaminefolia, June 2 (Pratt); Kerrville,
at Salvia pitcherit, no pollen collected, June 19
(Pratt); San Antonio, at Coreopsis cardaminefolia,
May 14 (Crawford) ; Denton, at Coreopsis cardamine-
folia, May 19 (Bishopp); Arlington, at Sideranthus,
Aug. 28 (Bishopp); Barstow, July 22 (Crawford) ;
Austin (Crawford). Also at Daleville, Arkansas,
Sept. 13 (Jones).
Megachile perbrevis, Cresson.
Males from Texas carry the following data :—Devils
River, at Gaillardia pulchella, May 3 (Bishopp) ; Victoria
Aug. 20 (Miichell) ; Victoria, March 6 (Leister).
7
Megachile perbrevis onobrychidis (Cockerell).
My M. onobrychidis is only a race of perbrevis. The
following localities for it are new :—
Oak Creek Cajion, Arizona, 6000 ft., July (Snow) ;
Douglas County, Kansas, 900 ft. (Snow); Mound, La.,
May 12 (Jones); Dallas, Tex., Sept. 4 (Bishopp) ; Green-
ville, Tex., Sept. 24 (Bishopp) ; New Boston, Tex., Aug. 30
(Bishopp) ; Rosser, 'Tex., April 15 (Bishopp). These are all
males.
Megachile subexilis, Cockerell.
2? .—Rito de los Frijoles, New Mexico, Aug. (W. W. Rob-
bins).
‘Typical as to structure, but abdominal bands faintly creamy.
432 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
Megachile campanule (Robertson).
? .—Indiana. Collector unknown.
Megachile exilis, Cresson.
The following localities are in Texas :—Grand Prairie, at
Ambrosia psilostachya, June, 3 (Jones); Rosser, June 7
(Jones) ; Runge, Sept. 20 (Crawford) ; Victoria, April 17,
3d 2? (Leister) ; Del Rio, May 8 (Bishopp) ; Cotulla, May 12
(Crawford) ; Kerrville, at Monarda citriodora, May 31,
eleven females (Pratt). It also occurs at Durant, Okla., at
Asclepias, one carrying a pollen mass on hind leg (Bishopp) ;
and in Arkansas at Daleville, Aug. 13 (Jones), and Fouke, at
Verbesina helianthoides, May 22, 8 (Bishopp).
Megachile fidelis, Cresson.
Los Angeles, California ; nine females, Aug. (Coquillett).
Megachile vidua monardarum (Cockerell).
d.—Longs Peak Inn, Colorado, at Bistorta bistortordes,
June 26 (W. P. Cockerell).
Megachile chilopsidis, Cockerell.
? .—Cotulla, Texas, May 5 (Crawford).
Megachile newelli, Cockerell.
9? .—A characteristic feature is that the apex of clypeus
is covered with pale hair.
Paris, Tex. (Bishopp) ; Victoria, Tex., at Rudbeckia am-
plexicaulis, April 28 (Cushman) ; Lafayette, La., at thistle,
April 29 (Cushman) ; Mansfield, La., at Helenium tenuifolium,
July 4 (Bishopp) ; Mound, La., at Helenium tenuifolium,
Aug. 20 (Bishopp).
This is probably the female of M. integra, Cresson.
Megachile henrici, Cockerell.
? —Fernshaw, Australia (Nat. Mus. Vict. 18).
Megachile derelicta, Cockerell.
?.—Brisbane, smaller than type, Sept. 24 (Hacker;
Queens]. Mus. 75).
Records of Bees. 433
Megachile quinguelineata, Cockerell.
? .—Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, Nov. 20 (Hacker ; Queensl.
Mus. 67).
Megachile cygnorum, Cockerell.
36 -—“ Woodend, Victoria” (French; Froggatt, 169).
N.S. Wales (Nat. Mus. Vict. 42).
Megachile serricauda, Cockerell.
3 .—Museum Gardens, Brisbane (Queensl. Mus. 69).
Megachile mackayensis, Cockerell.
? .—New South Wales (Nat. Mus. Vict. 26).
Megachile pictiventris, Smith.
9 .—Clarence River, N.S. Wales (Wilcox ; Nat. Mus.
Vict. 49, 50).
Megachile semiluctuosa, Smith.
? .—Near Murray River (Nat. Mus. Vict. 13).
Lithurgus gibbosus, Smith.
The following localities are in Texas :—Fredericksburg,
May 29 (Mitchell) ; Maverick Co., May 15 ( Mitchell) ; Kerr-
ville, May 31, 3 2, at Monarda citriodora (Pratt) ; Cotulla,
at Opuntia, § ?, May 5 (Crawford, Pierce).
Lithurgus apicalis opuntie, Cockerell.
Cotulla, Tex., at Opuntia, 2, May 5, 11 (Crawford) ;
Nueces River, Zavalla Co., at Opuntia, April 80, 3 (Pratt) ;
Tucson, Arizona, at Opuntia, May 20-24, ¢ (Pratt).
Anthidium tenuiflore, Cockerell.
3 .—Ward, Colorado, at Grindelia subalpina, Aug. 26
(Cockerell).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii, 30
434 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from
XLIX.—On Mammals from Manus Island Admiralty Group,
and Ruk Island, Bismarck Ar TE eh By OLDFIELD
‘THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
By the kindness of the Hon. Walter Rothschild the British
Museum has had the opportunity of acquiring two collections
of mammals, mostly bats, which had been obtained on the
islands mentioned in the title by Mr. A. 8S. Meek and his
brother-in-law Mr. Eichhorn.
With the exception of the few specimens collected by the
‘Challenger’ Expedition in 1875 (including the original
series of Pteropus admiralitatum) the British Museum
possessed no mammals at all from the Admiralty Islands,
and from the Bismarck Archipelago only those got by the
Rey. G. Brown on “ Duke of York Island and the neigh-
bouring shores of New Britain and New Ireland,” and
therefore little adapted for exact work on the insular distri-
bution of the species. The two present collections are
therefore extremely acceptable.
Curiously enough, there proves to be practically no
difference between the corresponding species of the two
collections ; so that it would appear that there is one common
fauna through the whole crescent of islands, from the
Admiralties, through the main islands of the Bismarck
Archipelago, to its extreme southern member Ruk Island.
Most of the species occurring in the two collections are
already known from the larger Bismarck Islands, but in the
case of Dobsonia anderseni it is possible that the similar-sized
D. predatriz may prove to represent it in the intermediate
islands, even though it does belong to a different group of
the genus.
The whole series consists of 43 specimens, belonging to 16
species, of which 4 have proved to need description as new.
Some other new Australasian species which have now become
evident are described in the succeeding paper.
1. Pteropus neohibernicus, Pet.
Two from Manus and one from Ruk.
2. Pteropus capistratus, Pet.
Two from Ruk.
These additional specimens of this rare and beautiful fruit-
bat are very welcome.
e
Manus Island, Admiralty Group, Sc. 435
3. Dobsonia anderseni, sp. n.
Three from Manus and three from Ruk.
A member of the D. moluccensis group. Size intermediate
between that of the two large and the two smaller members
of the group. Colour of head and mantle unusually dark.
The following account is arranged as in Dr. Andersen’s
Catalogue :—
Diagnosis. Allied to D. moluccensis, but smaJler. Fore-
arm in adults 123-125 mm. //ab. Admiralty and Ruk
Islands.
Dentition as in D. moluccensis, the ridges and cusps quite
as in that species. ‘
Colour. Very dark. Head blackish brown, almost black ;
mantle dark brown, allied to but much darker than Ridgway’s
“ mummy-brown’’; conspicuously darker than in any of the
four known species of the moluccensis group. Under surface
sepia, the centre of the abdomen with an inconspicuous wash
of dull ocliraceous,
Dentition as in D. moluccensis, the ridges and cusps of the
teeth quite as in that species.
Measurements :—
Forearm of type 124 mm., other specimens 123, 125 mm.
Third tinger, metacarpal 79, tirst phalanx 56 ; lower leg
and foot: (c. u.) 89.
Skull: greatest length 54°5; palation to incisive foramina
25°2; zygomatic breadth 33°6; interorbital breadth 9; inter-
temporal breadth 8; front of canine to back of m? 20;
me UK 33 m, 45 K2°2.
Range. Admiralty Islands and Ruk Island, southern
Bismarck Archipelago. ‘This would seem to involve occur-
rence in the other islands of the Bismarck Archipelago ; but
as these are occupied by D. predatriz, a species of about the
same size, but of quite another group, it is possible that the
range of D. andersent is really interrupted, and only covers
the two islands first mentioned.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 4.1.4. Collected 7th
October, 1913.
This species is in size intermediate between D. exoleta and
moluccensis, and fills up the gap between ‘fa. Much smaller”
and “}. Much larger”? in Dr. Andersen’s synopsis of the
species (Cat. p. 459). It is also readily distinguishable from
any of the other species of the section by its very much
darker colour.
I have named the species in honour of Dr. K. Andersen, in
recognition of the striking monograph of ea contained
2 ()%
436 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from
in his Catalogue, a monograph which has entirely revolu-
tionized our knowledge of the group. The fact also that the
genus is named after Dr. G. E. Dobson creates a suitable
juxtaposition of two names that must always be historical in
connection with the classification of the Chiroptera.
4, Nyctimene vizcaccta, sp. n.
Ruk Island. One specimen. Female. Collected 31st
July, 19138, B.M. no. 14.4.1.31. Type.
Allied to N. varius, K. And., with which it shares the
varied Vizcacha- or Lagidium-like fur, strongly spotted con-
dition of wings, and coalescence of the inner with the main
cusp of p®, but distinguished by the further coalescence of
the corresponding cusps in the lower jaw and by its greater
size.
Size medium, just on the upper limit of Dr. Andersen’s
“small” species. Fur long, hairs of back nearly 10 mm. in
length. General colour above irregularly varied drab-grey,
singularly like thatof Lag¢dium, and in this way corresponding
with that of MN. varius and differing from that of the more
uniformly coloured WV. papuanus. Dorsal streak beginning
at withers, rather well marked considering the waviness of
the hair, but not nearly so much so as in J. papuanus.
Under surface drabby grey laterally, pale buffy mesially,
paler than in vardus. ars, arms, and digits profusely
spotted with yellow, more so than in the allied species; wing-
membranes also much mottled with yellow.
Skull much larger and heavier than that of N. varius,
slightly exceeding in size the largest skulls of VV. papuanus.
Teeth agreeing with those of N. varius and minutus in the
fusion of the inner with the outer cusp of p*, but differing by
the further fusion of the corresponding cusp of ps3.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 60 mm.
Third finger, metacarpus 44, first phalanx 32 ; lower leg
and hind foot (c. u.) 37.
Skull: greatest length 29°8; zygomatic breadth 19:7;
interorbital breadth 6°3; palatal length 14:7; maxillary
tooth-row 10.
‘l'ype as above.
This species curiously bears out Dr. Andersen’s arrange-
ment of the genus by the correlation of its wavy fur with
the structure of p*, just as in his group ‘b?,” consisting of
N. minutus and varius. Then, being even more mottled and
spotted, it equally goes further in dentition, by its p; also
Manus Island, Admiralty Group, &e. 437
taking on the same character as the corresponding upper
tooth.
5. Macroglossus lagochilus nanus, Matsch.
One from Manus and one from Ruk.
The Admiralty specimen has seven cheek-teeth on each
side below and six on one side above. It therefore attains,
though with a different formula, the highest number of teeth
mentioned in Dr. Andergsen’s list of abnormalities (Cat.
pp. 754-5).
6. Hipposideros demissus mirandus, subsp. n.
Two specimens. Manus Island.
Like H. demissus of the Eastern Solomons, but without
the definite lighter markings on the shoulders and underside
characteristic of that form.
Nose-leaf apparently as in demissus, the median projection
of the sella, however, unusually well developed. Lateral
supplementary leaves short, the third one reduced to a few
millimetres in length.
Colour uniformly pale brown ; the tips of the dorsal hairs
dark brown, their basal three-fourths pale buffy brown ;
shoulder- and lateral stripes little marked, Under surface
little lighter than upper, uniformly pale brown, quite without
the marked whitening in the pectoral region characteristic of
demissus.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 68°5 mm. (other specimen 72),
Third finger, metacarpus 50, first phalanx 23 ; lower leg
and hind foot (c. u.) 42°8.
Skull: greatest length to front of canines 28; median
upper length 23°5 ; zygomatic breadth 15°6; facial breadth
8:3 ; intertemporal breadth 3:1; maxillary tooth-row 11,
Type. Adult female, B.M. no. 14. 4.1.8. Original
number 20. Collected 20th September, 1913.
7. Pipistrellus angulatus, Pet.
One. Manus Island, Admiralty Island.
8. Murina sp.
One. Ruk Island.
Allied to M/. lanosa of Ceram,
438 On Mammals from Manus Island, &e.
9. Miniopterus sp. (large).
Manus Island (four).
10. Miniopterus sp. (small).
Manus Island (one).
I am not at present in a position to determine these speci-
mens with any hope of accuracy.
11. Kerivoula myrella, sp. n.
One from Admiralty Island and three from Ruk Island.
General external characters as in K. hardwickei, to which
a specimen from Duke of York Island (New Lauenburg) was
referred by Dobson in 1878. Size rather greater. Upper-
side of feet, tibia, and femora distinctly more heavily haired,
the interfemoral also rather more hairy and with some hairs
along its posterior margin.
Skull with the brain-case more inflated anteriorly, as in
Phoniscus, but the muzzle of the specialized bent-up form
characteristic of Kertvoula, that of Phoniscus being more
normal. Front of muzzle, however, broadened to carry the
much enlarged canines, the narrowest breadth of the rostrum
being across the middle premolars instead of the anterior
ones.
Teeth.—Inner upper incisors slender, unicuspid, outer ones
about half their height. Canines very large and thick, of
about normal section, though a young specimen shows some-
thing of the peculiar shape found in Phoniscus ; projecting
laterally outwards so as to be conspicuously visible from
above and to have a markedly greater lateral expansion than
the premolars next behind them, these again exceeding the
median pair, the narrowest part across the maxillary tooth-
row being outside the latter teeth. In K. hardwickei the
tooth-row narrows forwards, and the narrowest part is across
the anterior premolars. Premolars of normal shape, broader
transversely than antero-posteriorly, In K. agnella the
canines are somewhat, though not so much, enlarged, but the
premolars are much narrower transversely. Lower premolars
rather bulkier than in hardwickei.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 37°5 mm. (other specimens 38, 38°5).
Third finger, metacarpus 40, first ph alee 17'2; lower leg
and hind foot (ec. u.) 26.
Skull: greatest length 14°6 ; median upper length 12°3 ;
*
On new Asiatic and Australasian Bats. 439
breadth of brain-case 7°7 ; palato-sinual length 6°6; maxillary
tooth-row 6°1; outer breadth across canines 8°9.
Hab. Admiralty Islands and Bismarck Archipelago. Type
from Manus Island.
Type. Adult (probably male). B.M. no. 14. 4.1. 10.
Original number 13. Collected 8th September, 1913.
This species is readily distinguishable by the enlargement
of its canines, a development which reaches its extreme in
the great sabre-like canines of Phoniscus. Indeed, I do not
feel sure how far the status of Phoniscus as a distinct genus
will be affected by the condition found in AK. myrella and
agnella, in each of which something of its character is shown,
I may note here that on Mr, Miller’s suggestion 1 have
examined the types of Kerivoula papuensis, Dobs., and
K. javana, 'Vhos., and find them both to be clearly referable
to Phoniscus.
12. L’mballonura solomonis, Thos.
Three from Manus and three from Ruk Island.
As happens so frequently, the Bismarck Archipelago form
is quite like that of the Solomons, while the New Guinea
one is distinct. ‘he latter is described in the next paper.
13. Epimys brownt, Alst.
Three. Manus Island.
14. Phalanger maculatus krémeri, Schwarz.
Two specimens (and two in Tring Museum). Manus
Island.
15. Phalanger orientalis, Pall.
6. Ruk Island.
16. Echymipera cockerelli, Rams.
3. Admiralty Island.
L.—New Asiatic and Australasian Bats and a new
Bandicoot. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Eptesicus pumilus caurinus, subsp, n.
General characters as in pumilus, but size smaller, the
forearm about the minimum for the species, and the skull
conspicuously smaller,
440 Mr. O. Thomas on new
Colour dark, the tips of the hairs drabby grey; under
surface not lighter than upper. ‘The specimens, however,
have been put in fluid and then dried, so that the colour may
have been affected.
Skull very small and delicate, less flattened than in true
pumilus, the brain-case high, rounded, well inflated in the
frontal region, narrower than in pumilus. ‘Teeth as in
pumilus, but slightly smaller throughout.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 30 mm.
Skull: greatest length 11:2; basi-sinual length 8-5; mas-
toid breadth 6°5; maxillary tooth-row 4:0.
Hab. Drysdale, Kimberley, N. Australia.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 3.9.1. Collected by
G. I’. Hill, and presented by the West Australian Museum,
Perth. Four specimens examined.
This little bat has so much smaller a skull than ordinary
E. pumilus that it would seem at first sight to be a different
species, but intermediate specimens seem to occur, as notably
one from Port Walcott, N.W. Australia, so that I think it
better to describe it as a subspecies of the common form.
I owe the opportunity of examining the typical series to
Mr. B. H. Woodward, of the Perth Museum, where two of
the paratypes will be preserved.
Eptesicus pumilus vulturnus, subsp. n.
Size and general characters as in true pumilus, but colour
much darker.
Colour above dark auburn-brown, the bases of the hairs
blackish brown. Below, the surtace-colour is but little
lighter, though of a rather more drabby tone.
Skull low, flattened, its size about as in true pumilus.
Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—
Forearm 33 mm.
Skull: greatest length 12°5; basi-sinual length 9:6;
mastoid breadth 7°3 ; maxillary tooth-row 4°5.
Hab. 'Vasmania.
Type. Adult female. B.M.no. 7.1,1.375, 29 D of Tomes
Collection. Obtained by Mr. Tomes from J. P. Verreaux.
Other specimens collected and presented by Mr. Ronald
Gunn.
A dark “ saturate”? race of E. pumilus.
Murina huttoni rubella, subsp. n.
Essential characters of the N.-Indian huttonz, but the
Asiatic and Australasian Bats. 441
colour dark rufous brown (rather warmer than ‘ sayal-brown ”
of Ridgway). Underfur tipped with rufous brown, longer
hairs glossy golden brown. Under surface rather paler than
upper on sides, and still paler down the median area, but
without strong contrasts. Interfemoral rather more hairy
than in hutioni.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 37°5 mm.
Skull: greatest length 18:2; basi-sinual length 13:7 ;
front of canine to back of m’ 672.
Hab. Kuatun, Fokien, China.
le Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 8.11.6. Collected 21st
Sept., 1896, and presented by F. W. Styan. Seven speci-
mens, ‘ll from Kuatun, presented by J. D. la Touche and
F. W. Styan.
A fresh skin of true J/. hutton?, recently obtained by the
Bombay Survey from Kumaon, is very much greyer than the
uniformly rufous series from Kuatun. And the same is the
case with a skin from Darjiling presented by B. H. Hodgson.
Dobson assigned JZ. huttont to Milne-Kdwards’s M. leuco-
gaster, but that animal is very considerably larger, its forearm
41 mm., and its skull (as figured) 20 mm.
Kerivoula flora, sp. n.
General characters of K. hardwicker, but larger and more
robust throughout. Colour, distribution of fur, and structure
of ears and tragus as in that species, so far as can be made
out on a spirit-specimen.
Skull essentially as in hardwickei, but decidedly larger,
Brain-case rather more inflated anteriorly than posteriorly.
Muzzle as in typical Aerivoula, not as in Phoniscus.
‘Teeth similar in proportions to those of A. hardwicket, the
canines not enlarged as in A. myredla, but, if anything,
rather smaller in proportion than in A, hardwickes. Pre-
molars as in the latter species.
Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-
men) :—
Forearm 39°5 mm.
Head and body 483; tail 49; ear 13; tragus on inner
edge 8 ; third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 19; lower
lee and hind foot (eg.,), 26.
Skull: greatest length 16; median upper length 134 ;
zygomatic breadth 10 ; intertemporal breadth 3°5 ; ‘breadth of
brain-case 8 ; palato-sinual length 7; maxillary tooth-row
6:2)5.-br eadth across canines 3°8.
Hab. §. Flores.
449 Mr, O. Thomas on new
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 97. 4.18.22. Collected
by A. H. Everett.
This species is a large ally of K. hardwickei, and has
nothing of the peculiar increase in size of the canines charac-
teristic of K. myrella.
Emballonura stresemannt, sp. n.
Most nearly allied to EL. raffrayana, Dobs., but the skull
larger and the ears thinner, narrower, and more pointed.
General characters as in raffrayana, the tragus similarly
truncated and nearly parallel-sided. Nostrils circular, far
apart, the notch between them unusually deep, so that they
are more distinctly tubular than in other species. Ears
slender, narrow, the inner margin very slightly convex, the
tip narrowly rounded, the outer margin straight or faintly
concave above, then convex, with a well-defined basal lobe,
separated by a distinct notch.
Skull very similar to that of EH. raffrayana, but larger
throughout. Muzzle broad, not specially inflated laterally ;
frontal region with a broad median groove running back to
the level of the intertemporal constriction. Basisphenoid
concavity divided into two by a single median ridge, but not
into four by the presence of two supplementary lateral ridges,
as is the case in the single skull of /. raffrayana.
Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-
men) :—
Forearm 41 mm.
Head and body 46; tail 6; ear 13°5; tragus on inner
edge 3°6; third finger, metacarpus 36°5, first phalanx 10 ;
lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 24°5.
Skull: greatest length 16; basi-sinual length 12-2; ante-
rior breadth 7°6 ; breadth of brain-case 7°2; front of canine
to back of m? 5°3.
Hab. Mt. Lumutu, Western Ceram.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 13. 3.6.29. Collected
and presented by Herr E. Stresemann. Five specimens, all
females.
This species is distinguished from . raffrayana, to which
alone it is related, by its comparatively long and narrow ears —
and its larger skull.
I may note, on the authority of Prof. Trouessart, that the
locality given by Dobson for E. raffrayana, Gilolo, is an
error, and that its true locality is Metor Island, Geelvink
Bay, Western New Guinea. One of the typical specimens
is in the British Museum.
Asiatic and Australasian Bats. 443,
Emballonura nigrescens and its Allies.
A study of these and the material in the Museum shows
that three species of the nigrescens group may be distin-
guished, as follows :—
A. Size larger: forearm about 35-38 mm, Skull
longer (upper length about 12 mm.), low, the
brain-case not specially inflated and the muzzle
fairly long; no mesial septum in the basi-
sphenoid pit. (Solomon Island, Bismarck ,
Archipelago, Admiralty Islands.) .......... LE. solomonis, Thos.
B. Size rather smaller: forearm about 84 mm.
Skull rather smaller (upper length 11 mm.),
shaped about as in solomonis, A well-defined
mesial ridge in the basisphenoid pit. (Am-
oie Ande OU. isto ts raels Se. ie cdeles cele E. nigrescens, Gray.
C. Size asin nigrescens (forearm about 33-34 mm.),
Skull of about the same length (upper length
11 mm.), but differently proportioned, the
brain-case large, high, and much inflated, the
muzzle short and stumpy. No basisphenoid
septum. (New Guinea.)..... Joc dota te ate E. papuana, sp. n.
Details of H. papuana :—
Dimensions of type (italicized measurements taken in
flesh) :—
Head and body 38 mm.; tail 11; ear 10. Third finger,
metacarpus 30, first phalanx 8°8 ; lower leg and foot 16,
Skull: upper length 10°9; basi-sinual length 8*2; zygo-
matic breadth 8; interorbital breadth 3°2; brain-case,
height 6, breadth 6°2 ; front of canine to back of m? 4°3.
Hab. (of type). Wakatimi, Mimika River, S.W. Dutch
New Guinea.
Type. Adult male... B.M. no. 11.11. 11.13. Original
number 2571. Collected 7th March, 1911. Presented by
the B.O.U. Expedition to New Guinea.
More than a dozen specimens of this species are in the
Museum collection, its range extending from the type-locality
to the eastern end of the island.
Echymipera gargantua, sp. n.
Similar to Z. doreyana in general characters, but size much
larger—the skull 852-88 mm. in condylo-basal length, instead
of about 70-73 mm.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 410 mm. ; hind foot 74; ear 31.
444 On a new Bandicoot.
Skull: condylo-basal length 83; zygomatic breadth 30:5 ;
length of nasals 36°5; intertemporal breadth 14°8 ; height
from condyle to occipital protuberances 23; palatal length
515; combined length of three anterior molariform teeth 12°8.
Range. New Guinea and D’Entrecasteaux Islands. Type
from Mimika River, S.W. Dutch New Guinea.
Type. Young adult male. - B.M. no. 11.11. 70%
Original number 3045. Collected 30th August, 1910, by
G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the B.O.U. Expedition to
New Guinea.
After renewed consideration I have come to the conclusion
that it is impossible to consider the very large Hchymipera, of
which skull-measurements have been occasionally published *,
as the same species as H. doreyana. I have b-fore me three
of the large form and twelve of the smaller, and among these
latter there are individuals of both sexes and all ages ; and
the only explanation seems to be that there are really two
species occurring in the same area, and as distinct from each
other by size as are the stoat and the weasel.
The gap in size of skull between the two is very marked,
both in actual length (73 mm. in the largest doreyana, 83 in
the smallest gargantua) and in general bulk.
With regard to nomenclature, all the names seem to have
been applied to the smaller of the two forms. Dr. Jentink,
as I did formerly, considered them all one; but his measures
show the same gap as ours do. Whether any of the large
form were before Dr. Cohn when writing his somewhat
eccentrically prepared paper on the group is not clear, as
he only gives proportional (and not absolute) measures ; but,
in any case, if they were, he took them for the typical
doreyana, giving the duplicate names alticeps and breviceps
to the smaller form, and kezensis to the Key Island one,
which already had a special name (rwfescens).
It may be noted that the type of doreyanz was an old male
with much worn teeth, and that its skull-length is conspicu-
ously less than is that of the type of gargantua, which is a
youngish adult, its teeth almost unworn. The largest
gargantua attains a condylo-basal length of 88 mm.
* E.g., Thos. Cat. Mars. B. M. p. 249, the male specimen, and Jentink,
Nova Guinea, ix. p. 179. Male no, 306 and male without number.
+ Zool, Anz, 1910, p. 718.
On new Mollusca from Japan. 445
LI.—New Mollusca of the Genera Pleurotoma (Surcula),
Oliva, and Limopsis from Japan. By G. B. Sowrrsy,
F.LS.
[Plate X VIII. ]
Pleurotoma (Surcula) mirabilis. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1.)
Testa elongato-fusiformis, albida, flammis fuscis obliquis latiusculis
ornata, spiraliter liris numerosis angustis munita, longitudinaliter
oblique subtilissime striata ; anfractus 12, superne leviter con-
cavi, deinde convexiusculi; anfractus ultimus 3% longitudinis
teste vix equans, supra convexiusculus, deinde convexus, infra
elongatim productus ; apertura oblongo-ovata, peristoma acutum,
arcuatum, postice late sinuatum; canalis elongatus, latiusculus ;
columella levis, rectiuscula.
Long. 95, maj. diam. 24 mm.
Hab. Nagasaki, Japan.
The broad brown longitudinal flames give this shell a
handsome appearance. Its nearest ally is P. australis, from
which it differs not only in ornamentation, the whorls being
less swollen, the body whorl longer, and the sculpture finer.
Oliva concavospira. (PI. XVIII. fig. 2.)
Testa oblongo-cylindracea, crassa, straminea, lineis angulatim undu-
latis longitadinaliter ornata; spira concavo-depressa, callosa ;
sutura anguste canaliculata; apertura mediocriter lata, intus
pallide cerulescens; peristoma crassiusculum, postice acute
elevatum ; columella ubique crassi-plicata, callo postico elevato.
Long. 35, maj. diam. 19 mm.
Hab. Loo Choo.
This species exhibits a very unusual character, the spire
being sunk in a concavity below the shoulder of the body-
whorl.
Limopsis taime. (PI. XVIII. fig. 3.)
Testa oblique ovalis, depressa, concentrice lirata, obscurissime
radiatim striata; periostracum tenue, fuscum, radiatim tenuiter
pilosum; umbones paulo elevati. Pagina interna levis, alba;
fossula ligamentali latiuscula; cardo mediocriter lato, dentibus
circiter 15 irregularibus.
Diam. antero-post. 28, umbono-marg. 23 mm.
Hab. Tajima, Sea of Japan.
This shell somewhat resembles L. zonalis, Dall; the
radiating rows of hairs in the periostracum are much closer
and thinner.
AAG Geological Society.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
December 3rd, 1913.—Dr. Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
The following communications were read :—
1. ‘A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Geology of the
Kent Coalfield.” By Dr. E. A. Newell Arber, M.A., F..S., F.G.S.
In this paper an attempt is made to give a general and connected
account of the Carboniferous rocks of Kent, based on the evidence
of some nineteen borings or sinkings. The Mesozoic cover of this
wholly concealed coalfield is ignored. It is shown that the proved
area is 200 square miles (128,000 acres), partly lying beneath land,
and partly beneath the North Sea, the Straits of Dover, and the
English Channel. The general strike is about 30° south of east
and north of west, and the dip of the Transition Coal Measures is
2° to 8°, in the two localities where reliable evidence is alone
available on this point.
The area, as a whole, is a syncline, limited on the north and
south by Armorican folds, of which the northern has been now
fairly accurately located. There is evidence also of a fold on the
east ; and it is maintained that the Kent coalfield is not continuous
with that of the Pas de Calais. There are reasons for believing
that the western boundary is a great fault.
The chief surface-feature of the Coal Measures is that of an
inclined plane, sloping rapidly but regularly westwards and south-
westwards from an elevated region near Ripple and Deal in the
east.
The Lower Carboniferous rocks exceed 450 feet in thickness, and
were denuded before the Coal Measures were deposited.
The Coal Measures consist of the Transition Series (1700 to
2000 feet thick), and the Middle Coal Measures (2000 feet). No
Lower Coal Measures or Millstone Grit occur. The measures are
grey throughout, and no red rocks, Hspley rocks, Spzrorbis-
limestones, nor igneous rocks occur.
The coals are well distributed, and are often of considerable
thickness, although there is a frequent tendency to splitting and
inconstancy. Steam and household coals predominate, but gas-
coals also oceur.
The most productive portions of the measures are the higher
part of the Transition and the lower part of the Middle Coal
Measures.
2. ‘On the Fossil Floras of the Kent Coalfield.’ By Dr. E. A.
Newell Arber, M.A., F.L.S8., F.G.S.
The floras of ten further borings in Kent are here recorded, and
the number of species known from the Kent Coalfield is raised to
96, as compared with 10 known in 1892 and 26 in 1909. A
Geological Society. 447
number of the more interesting records are described and figured,
some of them being new to Britain, or not previously found on the
horizons in question.
As regards the horizons present in Kent, the plant-remains
indicate that, in the area so far proved, only Middle or Transition
Coal Measures, or both, occur.
December 17th, 1913.—Dr. Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
The following communication was read :—
‘Supplementary Note on the Discovery of a Paleolithic Human
Skull and Mandible at Piltdown (Sussex).’ By Charles Dawson,
F.S.A., F.G.8S., and Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.,
Sec.G.S. With an Appendix by Prof. Grafton Elliot Smith, M.A.,
MEDS V.P-R.S.
The gravel at Piltdown (Sussex) below the surface-soil is divided
into three distinct beds :—
The first, or uppermost, contains subangular flints and ‘eoliths,’
and one palolith was discovered there 7 situ.
The second is a very dark bed, composed of ironstone and sub-
angular flints. All the fossils so far found in the pit have been
discovered in, or traced to, this bed, with the exception of the
remains of deer. A cast of a Chalk fossil, Hchinocorys vulgaris,
from the Zone of Micraster cor-testudinarium, occurred as a
pebble.
The third bed was recognized only this year, and consists of
reconstructed material from the underlying Wealden rock (Hastings
Series). It is only about 8 inches thick, and contains very big
flints (8 to 15 inches long) which have been little rolled, and are
not striated. They are saturated with iron, and have undergone
considerable chemical change. They differ very markedly in
appearance from the smaller flints in the upper strata. No imple-
ments, ‘ eoliths,’ or fossil bones have been met with in this bed.
The floor of the gravel, where the remains of Hoanthropus were
discovered, has been carefully exposed, and many irregularities and
depressions have been found to exist. In some of these depressions
small patches of the dark overlying bed remained, and new speci-
mens were discovered. ‘The method adopted in excavation is
described.
The finds made this year are few but important, and include the
nasal bones, and a canine tooth of Koanthropus discovered by
Father P. Teilhard de Chardin ; also a fragment of a molar of
Stegodon and another of Rhinoceros; an incisor and broken
ramus of Beaver (Castor fiber); a worked flint from the dark
bed ; and a palzolithic implement from the débris in the pit. It
will be noted that the remains are those of a land fauna only. The
further occurrence of bedded flint-bearing gravels in the vicinity of
the pit is noted.
The Authors’ former conclusions, as to the Pliocene forms having
been derived, are maintained. :
448 Miscellaneous.
A further study of the cranium of Hoanthropus shows that the
occipital and right parietal bones need slight readjustment in the
reconstruction, but the result does not alter essentially any of the
conclusions already published. The nasal bones, now described, are
typically human, but relatively small and broad, resembling those of
some of the existing Melanesian and African races. The right lower
canine tooth may be regarded as belonging to the imperfect man-
dibular ramus already described. Tt is relatively large and stout,
and, like the molar teeth, it has been much worn by mastication.
The worn surface on the inner aspect extends down to the gun,
and proves that the upper and lower canines completely interlocked,
as in the apes. In shape, the canine resembles the milk-canine of
man and that of the apes more closely than it agrees with the
permanent canine of any known ape. In accordance with a well-
known paleontological law, it therefore approaches the canine of
the hypothetical Tertiary Anthropoids more nearly than any
corresponding tooth hitherto found.
The rolled fragment of an upper molar of Rhinoceros is highly
mineralized, and has the appearance of a derived fossil. It is
specifically indeterminable, but seems to agree best with the teeth
of Rh. etruscus or Rh. mercki (= leptorhinus Owen).
MISCELLANEOUS.
Distribution of Limnoria lignorum (Rathke) and Limnoria ant-
arctica, Pfeffer. By Cuas. Curiron, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., M.B.,
C.M., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, NZ.
Srncz the MS. of my paper on “ The Species of Limnoria” was sent
to the printer, I have received Dr. W. M. Tattersall’s Report on
‘The Schizopoda, Stomatopoda, and non-Antarctic Isopoda of the
Scottish National Antarctic Expedition,’ in which he states that
one specimen of Limnoria lignorum was found among other Isopoda
collected by the ‘Scotia’ at Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. He
says, “I can find no appreciable differences from northern specimens
of the same species” (‘lrans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xlix. p. 882,
1913
Di Tattersall also draws attention to the fact that Mr. Stebbing
has recorded this species from Port Elizabeth, South Africa (‘ South
African Crustacea,’ part iv. p.50, 1908). Mr. Stebbing’s specimens
were found burrowing in wood, and he ascertained by dissection
that they agreed with the description and figures of the European
species given by Sars. I had overlooked Mr. Stebbing’s record of
the species in South Africa.
Limnoria antarctica has recently been recorded from Deception
Island, in the South Shetland Islands, by Miss H. Richardson
(‘ Deuxiéme Expédition Antarctique Francaise, Crustacés Isopodes,’
p. 8), whose paper also reached me after my MS. had been sent to
the printer.
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
. Raturalists,
Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and
CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-
OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES,
which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies
before the breeding Season.
. A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, &c.
Full Catalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.
FN a EN aT A Sol Oe I ah ES i ig AN eh cae
A VERTEBRATE FAUNA of the MALAY PENINSULA.
Published under the authority of the Government of the Federated Malay States,
Edited by H. C. Rozsiyson, C.M.Z.S8.
Medium 8vo, with map and text illustrations. Price 15s,
REPTILIA AND BATRACHIA.
By GEORGE A. BOULENGER, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Lonpon : T'aytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
SINGAPORE 3:
Kelly and Walsh Ltd.
KUALA LUMPUR:
Federated Malay States Government Press,
KIRBY'S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES
OF.. INSECTS.
SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, 1871-
1877. 8s. 6d. net.
LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.—SPHINGES anp BOM-
BYCES. 1892. £2 2s. net.
NEUROPTERA ODONATA 1890. 16s. net.
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
W.F. H. ROSENBERG,
Importer of Exotic Zoological Specimens,
57, Haverstock Hill, London, N.W., England,
Begs to announce the publication of a new Price List (No. 20) of Mammals,
including over 400 species from various parts of the World.
This will be mailed free on application, as well as any of the following lists:
BIRDSKINS (over 5000 species); BIRDS’ EGGS (over 1100 species) ;
REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, and FISHES (over 400 species) ;
EXOTIC LEPIDUPLERA (over 8000 species).
Largest stock in the world of specimens in all branches of Zoology.
ALL MUSEUMS AND AMATEURS SHOULD WRITE FOR THESE LISTS.
All Specimens sent on approval.
Pleas state which lists are required and give name of this periodical.
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 76.—Fighth Series,
Pa Ha igs €: ;
XLII. Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands a neat
collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S. By Tuomas Scorr, LL.D.,
PGS. {Plates STEVE.) oy. aes ago aioe tenement eres 369
XLII. The Species of Zimnoria, a Genus of Wood-boring Isopoda.
By Cuas. Citron, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Professor
of Biology, Canterbury College, N.Z. (Plate XVII.)............ 380
XLIV. Some Remarks on Dr. D. G. Elliot's ‘Review of the
Primates. By Hersert C. Rozsinson, C.M.Z.S., and C. Bopuy Kxoss,
BZB. sialeseceabtie cece he the aceleigh Wie & Re he Se Regt tae a ee oe 389
XLY. Notes on the Apide (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of the
British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By Grorrrey
MrapE-WALDO; MOA. 4592 eiee ot oats oie ce ke Mae at ee ee 399
_~ XLVI. The Systematic Arrangement of the Fishes of the Family
Salmonide. By C. Tarn Raean, Mia. eres eas wees eee 405
XLVII. Some Additions to the Genera and Species in the Homo-
pterous Family Fulgoride. By W.L. Distant .........2...... 409
XLVIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LVIII. By T. D. A.
CooxEREL,. University of Colorado (10... s oe ete ce inet scene 424
XLIX. On Mammals from Manus Island, Admiralty Group, and %
Ruk Island, Bismarck Archipelago. By Oxpriztp THomas..... fee ®, 434
L. New Asiatic and Australasian Bats and a new Bandicoot. By
OLDFIERD “THOMAS (5-5 scale Sale nfo 2 os bn a5 cle Ss Wn au cele aes ee Pee 439
LI. New Mollusea of the Genera Pleurctoma (Surcula), Oliva,
and Limopsis from Japan. By G. B. Sownrsy, F.L.S. (Plate XVIII.) 445
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
Geological Society 2.16 ..ccc ete e ese cece de erstswesiowres 446, 447
MISCELLANEOUS.
Distribution of Limnoria lignorum (Rathke) and Limnoria antaretica, i
Pfeffer. By Caas. Cuizron, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., M.B., C.M., ete
F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, N.Z. ...... 448 |
*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, ae |
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, —
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,
7 Vol. 13. EIGHTH SERIES. No. 77.
THE ANNALS
“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.
CONDUCTED BY Bate onal Musee
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A, Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”
WITH THREE PLATES.
Illustrative of Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen’s Paper on South-African
Land-Mollusca, and Mr. G. P. Farran’s on a Harpacticid Copepod parasitic
on an Octopus, ne
LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.: Bailliére, Paris:
aiedees Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,
WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,
Aeronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. IL. 15s.
oe, eee America. Lorp Brasourns and C. Cuuss. Vol. I.
Sls, 6d.
Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8s.,
Part II. 9s., Part III, 10s. Vol. I1., Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., Parts III. &
LV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.
Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 1ds.
Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,
Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net—_Examination ofan
Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-
script. 2s. 6d. net.
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d.
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health and Diploma in Tropical
Medicine and Hygiene. 6d,
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s,
Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.
20s. each.—Birds, Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., III, and IV. 15s. each.
—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.—
Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bers. 20s. Vol. Il.: ANTS AND
CucKxoo-WaAsps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I-IV.
20s. each, Vol. V. 10s.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and Il. 20s. each.—
Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera. CHrysoMELID™, Vol. IL
20s—Coleoptera. LaMELLIcorNIA. Pt. 1. 10s,—Mollusca. 10s.—
Dermaptera. 10s. Freshwater Sponges, &c., 10s—Coleoptera.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION, &c., 20s—Diptera Nematocera. 20s.
Fauna of the Malay Peninsula: Reptilia and Batrachia. 15s.
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d.
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.
Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.
Vol. Il., Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s.
Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Fourth Scientific Report, 7s. 6d.
Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun,ls. Srans, ls.
Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net.
Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Sruineus and BomBycus, 1892. £1 1s.
net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.
Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of
Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, 6d. net.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
Perrin’s Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. Translated
by F. Soppy, F.R.S. 3s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.
Royal College of Surgeons :
Calendar. ls, net.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net.
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net.
Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net. ,
Physiological Series. Vols. I. andII. 2nded. 12s. net each.
Appendices 5, 6, 7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. 6d.
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d.
DMWLN TIOn CuyrIenmn nWenrnmn aQamprnaT TON Ion neo
a Be
eg Be Diy
Soe a . ee
Sil Ri ict -. ~ ee ‘
Pe ea NNN DAR es ce ee Chr op a
er Er es See
3 ies
Sees. a ag
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[EIGHTH SERIES.]
No. 77. MAY 1914.
LII.—A Review of South-African Land-Mollusca belonging
to the Family Zonitidee.—Part 11I.* By Lt.-Colonel H. H.
Gopwin-AvstEN, F.R.S. &c.
[Plates XIX. & XX.]
THe specimens of Vitrina corneus and poeppigi alluded to in
Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. x. p. 264, August
1912, duly came to hand, after considerable delay, and have
been compared with the material in this country. Both
Mr. John Ponsonby and Major M. Connolly have been
associated with me in the examination of species. With
the latter officer I have very recently (13th December) com-
pared these typical shells with the species of this South-
African group in the Natural History Museum.
Those who may study these South-African genera will
soon realize how very similar the shells of the species
collected and described by the early collectors are in form,
and how very little there is in shell-character to go upon.
At that period a description would be framed on several
examples, the type-shell was seldom singled out. © The
difficulty seemed to me to be greater when specimens,
collected 50 to 60 years ago, were under comparison with
those collected more recently in or about the same tract of
country. Changed conditions must be taken into con-
* Part I., with plates i—vil., was published in the ‘ Annals’ for
January 1912, pp. 122-159; Part II., with plates xii.—xvii., appeared in
the ‘ Annals’ for May 1912, pp. 569-585.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 3L
450 Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on
sideration and it has occurred to me as possible that shells
of a species hatched in a very wet hot season, when food is
abundant, will present a generally more tumid shape than
those of the same species produced during a year of drought.
‘The collector soon notices that species of many genera vary
locally, even at distances of only 100 miles, even less,
geological formation having much to say to the change, or
the more or less wooded character of the country.
Taking any large place, say Maritzburg in Natal, it would
be most difficult to define what was the extent of bush or
jungle when the earlier European settlers came there. Still
more difficult in its immediate neighbourhood to strike the
spot where the earliest conchologists obtained their typical
shells. Stations in India tell this story in an equally strong
way, and I am led to give an example or two. The virgin
forest in which Darjiling was once buried is gone. Slopes
of the hills facing Peshawur, which, in 1854, when I was
there, had a fair amount of scrubby growth in the valleys,
must now be bare. Wood brought in by meu and on donkeys
was coming into the cantoument day by day, for the con-
sumption of a large garrison ; this has gone on ever since
—one can imagine what a change in the fauna and flora must
have been produced in the interval of sixty years, in a flora
not to be compared with the richness of that of Darjiling.
Where a clean sweep has been made of the mountain slopes,
invertebrates have not a chance of survival over thousands
of acres.
Unfortunately no description has been made from life of any
of the animals of the species placed in my hands, some are so
white and unspotted they give one the idea of being bleached
in the preserving liquid. In others, again, every speck is
preserved. ‘The distribution of the black-and-white spots,
blotches, and bands is very constant in all the batches L
have had to examine, and may be considered a reliable
character, although, possibly, a local one. It would be more
conspicuous in life or shortly after preservation.
In the following species the examples were all alike :—
Peltatus trotteriana, 5 examples ; Kerkophorus phedimus, 5 ;
melvilli, 5; poeppigi, 5; vitals, 6; leucospira, 10; bicolor,3 ;
tongaatensis, 12 ; one example white throughout, no mottling,
another similarly white, with slight mottling.
Where several species are met with in the same locality,
we may expect to find a certain number of hybrid forms.
Before giving the results of this examination, I must offer
my sincere thanks to Dr. Dohrn for so kindly entrusting these
South-African Land-Mollusca. 451
type-specimens to me—they have proved invaluable, and set
at rest what was previously very doubtful determination *.
I shall first refer to four specimens in Tube no. 42,
Stettin Museum, labelled Vitrina cornea, Pfr. ; it was agreed
by us that they represented two different species, these I
designate :—
A. Two banded shells, quite smooth.
B. Two unbanded, with higher spire and globose.
A. One of these compares so well with the shell figured
by Kiister as V. cornea, Pfr., pl. 11. figs. 31-33, p. 21 (1854),
in all respects, there appears to be every probability it is the
very shell from which the figures were made. A also
agrees with V. cornea, Mke., in British Museum Collection
from Cape Natal (Mus. Cuming), 3 examples ; also with a
single specimen from same collection (M.C.) and with three
others from Natal, No. 57, 1. 16. 14.
Bb. Finest specimen, agrees best with A. natalensis, in the
British Museum Collection (M. C.).
The second tube from the Stettin Museum contained also
two species ; it had no number, but is labelled poeppigi, Mke.,
Natal, a species figured by Kiister, pl. i. figs. 13-15. Very
small with a distinet band :—
a. One very small, banded (shell damaged).
b. A large unbanded shell, quite 16 mm. in major diameter
and of a different shape, with high spire, figured. This I
consider the same species as B above, viz., natalensis, Krs.,
it has microscopic longitudinal striation.
Kerkophorus corneus, natalensis, and poeppigi are recorded.
from the same locality, Port Natal, aud are coast species.
Mr. Burnup, in a letter of 25th August, 1911, says there is
considerable variation between such and those Maritzburg
species, 50 miles inland and 2000 feet above the sea; we
must therefore take this into consideration when comparing
these species, and we must not go to Maritzburg in search of
K. corneus—there we find a shell which is well known as
K. phedimus. We still want more material to see how far
the animals of the two places differ.
Port Shepstone is 75 miles south along the coast from
Port Natal or Durban, and we may assume that species of
* It is with deep regret I have to record the death of Dr. Dohrn. I
wrote to him in January, and soon heard the sad news, but no details.
I have only very recently heard from the Trustees of the Stettin Museum
that he died at Florence on the lst October, 1913, when on his way to
Naples. He had been much overworked in 1912-13, first packing away
and moving collections, and then getting them rearranged in the new
buildings. As the letter says, his loss is irreparable. a
31
452 Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on
Kerkophorus are common to both places, or the most likely
to be so; the same applies to Equeefa, from which
Mr. Burnup has sent specimens and which is near the coast,
between the two.
In Part IT., 1912, p. 573, 1 mentioned species of phedimus,
received from Mr. Burnup. I have examined them again ;
they are thus distinguished :—
A. From Maritzburg, small narrowly banded shells, four
in number, depressed in form, 12 to 18 mm. major diameter.
B. ? phedimus, from Durban.
Larger shells. Three unbanded, one well-banded variety,
no other difference noticeable between them. A and B
JT now consider distinct, although on page 573 I wrote:
“they present no difference save in size.” A comparison
of the largest of the unbanded Durban shells, 12 mm. in
major diameter, with a typical shell of A. natalensis, 13mm.
in major diameter, in the British Museum Collection, has
led me to think differently. B, no doubt, is A. corneus,
compared with the Stettin Museum shell.
It is necessary to state the evidence we now have as to the
species K. natalensis, Krs. ‘The type or, to say more
accurately, typical shells were received by Mr. KE. A. Smith
of the British Museum from Dr. Lampart of the Stuttgart
Museum, and compared with the examples bearing this
name in the Natural History Museum, and were found to
agree. These include :—
Four examples, ev Cuming Collection.
Three examples, ea Cuming Collection, marked: ‘This
agrees with type drawn,” 8. v. 11.—H. H. G.-A.
Three examples.
Many fully grown, all unbanded, globose, large, smooth
and shining, ochraceous green.
Two examples. Very large, banded, Port Natal, 40 miles
south of Durban, seem to be the same as the unbanded.
Through the courtesy of the Trustees of the Stettin
Museum, I have received for comparison a fine typical speci-
men of K. natalensis, which agrees in every way with tho-e I
mention above. It has the decided greenish tinge, no bands,
and is 17 mm. in major diameter,
Port Shepstone, Burnup says, is a locality especially pro-
lific in strange forms of this group. He sent me some eight
packets, representing twenty-seven specimens ; and had these
been preserved in spirit and the animals left in their shells
they would have formed a most valuable collection, It is to
be hoped this excellent collector and observer will, at some
South-African Land-Mollusca, 453
time or other, be able to collect a similar number in this
way in many localities.
An organ of great interest is the spermatophore; it is very
distinctive in the Peltatinze. If we knew what amount of
variation there may be in well-known species of the three
genera—whether in a batch of the same species, taken at the
same time and in the same place, the spermatophores proved
constant in form—we should have a very valuable character,
both generic and specific. The labour of examination would
no doubt be great, both in finding and drawing the organ ;
yet it would be worth doing, and in these pages will be
found something to start on.
The following alterations have to be made in the Explana-
tion of Plates, already published in Part I. (‘ Annals’ for
January 1912) and Part Il. (¢ Annals’ for May 1912) :—
Part I.
Plate i. figs. 1-16. Kerkophorus corneus? Maritzburg :
is bicolor, sp. 0.
Plate ii. figs. 2-2 6 (No. 15) K., sp.n.? Maritzburg :
is K. burnupi, sp. n.
Plate il. figs. 8-3 a (No. 3379), K., sp. n.?, undetermined. Pinetown:
is K, poeppigt, Mke. (animal).
Part I.
Plate xii. figs. 1-16. K. poeppigi, Mke.? Pine Town, near Durban
(No. 3379) :
is poeppigt.
Plate xv. figs. 1-ld. K. ampliata, M. & P. (No.7):
is K. ? natalensis, Krs. Maritzburg.
I give the original descriptions of the first species obtained
by Menke and Krauss. It is unfortunate that from their
habitat, Durban, I have only been able to examine the
animal of one, determined as poeppigi, from Pinetown, near
to Durban. It would be most interesting to get a good
full-grown animal of K. natalensis, for I have only had for
examination a young specimen from Equeefa, agreeing best
with the typical form.
Vitrina poeppigit, Menke.
Symbolee, iii. 1846, p. 81.
“ 7’, imperforata, globulosa, tenuissima, striatula, nitida, pellucida,
lutescenti-cornea, linea 1 rufa supra peripheriam cincta; spira
breyissima, obtusa; sutura submarginata ; anfr. 4, convexiusculi,
ultimus inflatus; apertura rotundato-lunaris, margine dextro
subrepando, columellari leviter arcuato, subverticaliter descen-
dente.
“ Diam. maj. 104, min. 9, alt. 7 mm.
99
454 Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on
Port Natal.
Specimen in B.M. is banded and looks immature. Great
similarity to cornea, of which there are four specimens from
M. C. and one from some other source.
Vitrina cornea, Pfr.
Symbol ad Historiam Heliceorum, iii, 1846, p. 81, Dr. Lud. Pfeiffer.
Original description :—
‘‘ 7’. imperforata, globoso depressa, tenuissima, striatula, pallide
cornea; spira brevis, obtusa; anfr. 4 vix convexi, ultimis multo
latior, subdepressus ; apertura deobliqua, ampla, lunaris ; perist.
simplex, rectum, margine dextro antrorsum arcuato, columellari
decliyi, leviter arcuato, superne brevissime reftlexo-appresso.
‘ Diam. maj. 16, min. 13, alt. 9 mm.”
Port Natal (Menke). . linea 1 pallide fusca peripheria.
Kerkophorus natalensis, Kr.
‘Die Siidafrikanischen Mollusken,’ by Professor Dr. Ferd. Krauss
(1848),
Vitrina natalensis, Krauss, Tab. iv. f. 17.
Original description (p. 74) :—
“ VY, testa imperforata, globulosa, solidiuscula, subglabra, nitida,
pellucida, corneo-fuscescente, linea unica rufa supra peripheriam
cincta ; spira brevi, obtusiuscula; anfractibus 5 convexlusculis,
ultimo inflato; apertura perobliqua, ampla, rotundato-lunari ;
peristomate simplice, margine dextro arcuato, castaneo; colu-
mella obliqua, superne reflexo-appressa, alba.
“Diam. major 8°4, min. 7, alt. 4°6 lin.”
Mon. Hel. Viv. vol. ii. p. 505. Habitat ad portum
Natal.—Diam. major 19, min. 16, alt. 12 mm.
‘‘ Tn terra natalensi.”
In the Natural History Collection, there are three speci-
mens which were purchased from Dr. Krauss,in neither is
any rufous band to be seen—it may be a variable character.
Next the protoconch the surface of the shell is finely
decussate, which gradually disappears and only very fine
spiral lines are then to be seen.
Kerkophorus poeppigi, Menke.
See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ix. p. 583, pl. xii, (May 1912).
Locality. Pinetown, near Durban, Natal (38379, Burnup,
No. 15, B.M.). Connolly, Annals 8S. A. Mus, 1912, p, 110.
South-African Land- Mollusca. 455
Shell very minutely perforate, globosely conoid, shiny ;
sculpture quite smooth to the eye, highly magnified there is
close, very fine, longitudinal striation; colour ochraceous,
with an orange tinge, a fairly broad band just above the
periphery ; spire rather depressedly conic, apex blunt;
suture impressed ; whorls 4, at first regularly increasing,
the last more rapidly ; aperture broadly lunate, oblique ;
peristome thin ; columellar margin very feeble, and with a
mere indication of reflexion.
Size: major diameter 14°5, minor 13:0; alt. axis 8:0 mm.
Animal.—Lobe at extremity of the foot very long. Right
and left shell-lobes very long and narrow, left dorsal lobe in
two parts. Visceral sac very dark umber-brown from the
kidney to the apex. Kidney a rich brown colour.
Genitaha (pl. xi. fig. 1).—In the species the epiphallus
is extremely short, the coecum is close to the retractor muscle,
the flagelium long, the vas deferens junction at its base.
In the figure the spermatheca is shown broken after the
spermatophores had been taken out of it. There were two—
the first imstance of my finding more than one in this sub-
family. One was remarkably perfect (pl. xi. fig. 1a), the
other, the oldest (pl. xu. fig. 15), had lost its spines, only
their bases remained, the flume is whip-like at the end. The
spines are straight and branched from just above the base,
all bifid at the several terminations. There are seven on one
side basal and fifteen on the other (4), the fifteenth is more
distant from its neighbours and represents the bifurcation
at the points where the whip-hke portion commences (vide
ple xine ie. 1D).
Radula.— The formula is 52.3.8.1.8.3. 52, or
63.1 .63. The central teeth are, as usual, rather small,
the marginals are bicuspid, points nearly even, on the
extreme margin and about seven or eight from the side—
among the minute teeth, one here and there is tricuspid.
Jaw with central projection.
Kerkophorus ? poeppigt, Menke.
Locality. Thornybush (3411, Burnup, No. 16, B.M,).
Animal.—Extremity of foot with elongate lobe tipped
dark, foot divided, right shell-lobe small and narrow, the
left quite small. Visceral sac, no markings on wall of
branchial chamber, a faint band of black above the kidney, and
same with faint pale mottling towards the apex which is |
darker. Pale brown tint throughout.
Generative orgaus as in other allied species. A spermato-
456 Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on
phore was present in the spermatheca and is similar in
form of its spines to No. 3379; it is not quite perfect.
At the junction with capsule the flume has four spines on
one side, followed by fourteen on the other, which is not
the complete number—this portion and the flagellate end
being broken off.
Kerkophorus ? natalensis, Kr.
Shell very globose, not fully grown, Very microscopic
longitudinal striation.
Locality. Equeefa (3387, No. 12, H.C. Burnup, B-M., spirit-
specimen no. 8).
Mr. Burnup says of this species: ‘‘ These, of course,
come very near to No. 13, but there being two specimens
exactly agreeing with each other in form and colour, and
shghtly disagreeing in both these respeets with No. 138.
1 have kept them separate until you decide if they all three
belong to one species. It is only by such means that we
shall be able to learn the limitations of each species.”
No. 18 is dark grey on the foot, and is the same species
evidently as No. 12, the spotting on the visceral sac is of the
same character.
The animal is dark-coloured on the foot, also on head and
neck, and the eye-tentacles internally. The overhanging
lobe at extremity of the foot long and finely pointed. The
right shell-lobe is very loug and narrow, the left shell-lobe
also narrow and long, fanealar on a broad base. The left
dorsal lobe is in two separate parts. The visceral sac neat
ihe mantle-edge plain, with a few scatiered small white dots,
these are more numerous on the line of the rectum. Mingled
with them is a larger speckling of black, and a motiled dark
band borders the kidney ; the rest of the visceral sac is black-
brown, spotted very sparsely and minutely with white. In
another specimen the white spots were absent.
The radula (Pl. XX. fig. 2c) is arranged thus :—
68 5.3009 Gl 29 oe 65,00T 80 sak rs0.
The marginals are nearly evenly bicuspid, becoming very
small on the extreme margin. The jaw (Pl. XX. fig. 2 Cc)
is arched high in the centre, and has a small central pro-
jection on a rather straight edge.
I show the generative organs (Pl. XX. fig. 2) with the
penis rolled tozether, asim Part< IT, ‘pl. xm. hes Wee
P. phedimus, with the end of the flagell um encircling the
accessory gland—unrolled it is like that species. ‘The
South-African Land-Mollusea. 457
spermatheca was very large and swollen at the free end.
This appearance indicated a spermatophore (Pl. XX. fig. 2 a)
was within it, and with great care I managed to extract it
nearly complete. The spines, however, were all broken off
except one; there were only fifteen, less than in others I have
seen, all on one side (z)- This, and its shorter flume, is a
good specific character. The single spine entire is simple,
bitid.
Kerkophorus ? natalensis, Kr.=3388.
Locality. Equeefa, Natal (No. 13, H. C. Burnup, B.M.,
spirit-specimen no. 9).
Shell very globosely conoid, imperforate, shiny, very thin,
transparent; sculpture microscopic, fine regular striation ;
colour ochraceous, with a greenish tinge; spire bluntly
conoid; suture impressed ; whorls 4, the last very large and
rounded; aperture broadly lunate, oblique.
Size: major diam. 13-0, minor 11°25 ; alt. axis 7 mm.
458 Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen on
Animal pale-coloured, grey on side of the foot, towards the
extremity. ‘The lobe above this long. Right shell-lobe long,
of nearly even breadth for some distance, then tapering.
The left shell-lobe long, tongue-like, narrow. The left
dorsal lobe in two parts. The branchial sac sparsely and
jinely dotted up to the liver and heart ; white speckling then
commences and continues to the apex, on an ashy ground.
Formula of the radula: 94.2.11.1.11.2.94, of
107 .1.107. b> 87 im the row.
They are like others described in species of the family.
The marginals are unevenly bicuspid.
Jaw with a central projection.
In the genitalia the epiplallus is long, the accessory gland
globose, on a short stalk. The spermatheca large. and
swollen, on a thick stalk. Flagellum not attenuate. The
spermatophore : the capsule is ‘Tong and narrow, and the
flume bears spines quite unlike any a have found in allied
species ; there are two main branches, growing from same
point close to the flume; from these, again, about eight
curved spines are given ‘off, gradually becoming shorter
towards the tip of the branch.
There are 30 spines on one side, none on the other Bic
472 Mr. G. P. Farran on a ITarpacticid Copepod
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuatTE XIX.
Kerkophorus bicolor, sp.n. Townbush, Maritzburg. (No. 3245.)
Fig. 1. Generative organs, part of. x 4°65,
Fig. la. Jaw. x 12:4.
Fig. 16. Spermatophore, X 12:4, not complete, having lost the spines.
A few of these were vet to be seen on the terminal end of the
flume, and are shown enlarged 30 times.
Fig. 1c. Teeth of the radula at different parts of the row.
Microkerkus symmetricus, Craven. (No. 4.)
“ye
4
ig. 2. Part of the generative organs. x 4:5.
Fig. 2a, A portion of the spermatophore, showing the branched antler-
like spines. X 30,
Fig. 2b. The jaw. x 12.
Fig. 2c. Anterior teeth of the radula, x 700, 50th to 56th.
PATH eNONG
Kerkophorus burnupi, sp.n. Maritzburg. (No. 15.)
Fig. 1. The generative organs. xX 8.
Fig. la. Jaw. xX 12:5.
Fig. 1b, Teeth of radula at different parts of the row. xX 368.
Kerkophorus ? natalensis, sp.n. Tqueefa,
Fig. 2. Part of the genitalia. x 4:5.
Fvg. 2a. Spermatophore, portion of (x 12°5), with spine (x 30).
Fig. 26. Jaw.
Fig. 2c. Teeth of radula at different parts of the row. xX 368.
LU1L.— Description of a Harpacticid Copepod parasitic on an
Octopus. By G. P. Farran.
[Plate XXI.]
In 1906 a specimen of the deep-water octopus, Polypus
ergaslicus, was trawled by the Department of Agriculture’s
steam cruiser ‘ Helga’ in 610-680 fathoms off the 8S. W. coast
of Ireland (Station S.R. 331; see ‘ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci.
Invest.’ 1907, i. [1909]), and was handed to Miss A. L.
Massy, who was working at the Department’s collection of
Cephalopoda. On examining it Miss Massy noticed that on
the inside of the arm-memb:anes were what appeared to be
numerous small white villi or spinules. On closer inspection
parasitic on an Octopus. 473
these proved to be minute copepods, attached by their mouth-
appendages to the skin of the octopus, their tail-ends being
free. All the specimens found were females, most of them
with egg-sacs. They appear to belong to a new genus of the
Harpacticoidea, most nearly allied to the genus Jdya, but
greatly modified for a parasitic life. It may, perhaps, be
held that a new family should be made for the genus, but
as all the appendages which have not undergone degeneration
have retained, to a greater or less degree, their Jdya-like
form, I have placed it in the same family as Idya.
The genus and species may be described as follows :—
Family Idyide.
Genus CHOLIDYA, nov.
An Idyoid, modified for a parasitic life, in which the
swimming appendages are reduced or absent and the cephalon
and thorax soft and swollen. Cephalic appendages with the
same general structure as in the rest of the family. Inner
ramus of the second antenna very small. Mandible with
an unbranched palp, First maxilla forming a simple piercer.
First foot reduced in size, but of the same form as in the
genus Zdya. Second foot two-branched, but with its Joints
and setze reduced. Third and fourth feet absent. Tifth feet
highly chitinized and ventral in position, connected by a
chitinized ventral plate. Abdomen not chitinized and with
feebly marked segmentation. Hgg-sac one, attached.
Cholidya polypi, sp. n.
Female (fig. 1) length -78-8 mm. Cephalon slightly
flattened. ‘lhorax globular, swollen, filled with what appears
to be undifferentiated food or yolk-material. Abdomen
tapering from the swollen thorax to the small furea,
First antenna (fig. 2) six-jointed, the fourth joint bearing
a short esthetask ; proportional length of joints, measured
along the upper margin :—
12345
7
6
Ors ie
lo
Second antenna (fig. 3) with two basal joints; endopodite
very small, with two terminal sete ; exopodite two-jointed,
second joint about half as long as the first and bearing one
lateral and four terminal sete.
ATA Mr. G. P. Farran on a Harpacticid Copepod
Mandible (fig. 4) with a strong three-toothed cutting-
blade; palp very small, unbranched, with four sete.
First maxilla (fig. 5) appears to consist of a flattened plate
with a curved point ; no sete or lobes could be made out,
but they may have escaped notice.
Second maxiila (fig. 6) two-jointed, cheliform, the claw
finely denticulated on the inner edge.
Maxillipede (fig. 7) with basal joint and chela as in the
second maxilla, but with a stronger and sharper claw and a
more muscular basal joint.
First foot (fig. 8) very small and feebly chitinized. It is
of the same structure as in the genus /dya, and the muscula-
ture of the exopodite is well developed. The length of the
first foot in Idya furcata is about two-fifths of the total length
of the animal ; in the present species it is about one-eighth.
Second foot (fig. 9} very minute, with two-jointed exopo-
dite and endopodite, the former with two outer-edge and two
terminal sete, the latter with one outer-edge and two terminal
sete. The muscles in the second basal joint which move the
exopodite are fairly well developed.
Third and fourth feet absent.
Fifth feet (fig. 10) strongly chitinized, ending in six stout
denticulations, of which the innermost bears a small seta,
outer edge with one seta set back a little from the margin on
the posterior face, inner edge with two sete situated close
together near the point of attachment of the foot, and distal
to them a pore in the chitinous margin of the foot which
seems to be the mouth of a gland. ‘The fifth feet are articu-
lated to either end of a broad, chitinous, transverse ventral
plate. The two inner-edge sete of the fifth foot of this
species seem to correspond morphologically to the two or
three setee on the basal joint of the filth foot of Zdya, the two
joints in Cholidya having become fused.
Genital openings (tig. 11) as in the genus Jdya, except
that the minute sete lateral to the oviducal opening are
absent. The spermatheca is situated a short distance behind
the oviducal opening, and has a short sigmoid duct terminating
at the indistinct furrow, which marks the fusion of the first
and second abdominal segments.
Rami of furea (fig. 12) about one and a half times as long
as broad, with one short stout terminal and two lateral sete.
Ege-sac single, containing a small number of compara-
tively large eggs. It is flask-shaped and attached to the
oviducal opening by its narrow neck.
Hab. Attached to the inner face of the arm-membrane of
—— ee
parasitic on an Octopus. 475
Polypus ergasticus from the west coast of Ireland, 600-
700 fathoms.
The occurrence of a parasitic Harpacticid in the unusual
situation in which this species was found, though not so
strange as is the case of Balenophilus, described by Auri-
villius from the baleen plates of the blue whale, is not without
interest, and the two species may well be compared. In both
instances we have isolated species belonging to, or closely
allied to, non-parasitic families, specially modified for an unusual
manner of life. In Cholidya the modification has gone much
further than in Balenophilus, and, had not the first pair of
feet remained unmodified, the relationship to Jdya might
have been overlooked, as most of the other appendages, taken
separately, are common to other groups, both paras sitic and
free-living. In Balenophilus, on the other hand, the adapta-
tions to its peculiar mode of life are so shght that its relation-
ship to Harpacticus is at once apparent, and it would be
difficult to make sure that it had a parasitic habit were its
place of origin unknown. ‘The genus Jdya, by the possession
of strongly chelate maxillee and maxillipedes, seems well
adapted to give rise to a parasitic race, as the means of
attachment are already present.
These instances of parasitic forms—as it were, in the
making—throw some light on the origin of the various families
cf parasitic Copepoda in general, many of which, it is probable,
have started independently as modifications of widely separated
non-parasitic species,
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.
Fig. 1. Cholidya polypi, 2. Ventral view.
EW e as rs 5 First antenna.
Fige o E 53 Second antenna,
Tig. 4. ss AS Mandible.
Hig: bt 5 re First maxilla.
Fig. : ° 5 Second maxilla.
Fig. 7. 65 i Maxillipede,
Fig. 8. 5 - First foot.
Wap: a ‘; Second foot.
Fig. 10. on on Fifth foot.
eigelele 55 ‘, Genital openings.
Fig. 12. rs Furca.
476 Miss G. Ricardo on
LIV.—Species of Tabanus from Polynesia in the British
Museum and in the late Mr. Verrall’s Collection. By
GERTRUDE RICARDO.
VerY few species have been described from this region,
From New Caledonia: 7’. albonotatus, Bigot, now changed
to TJ’. culedonicus, as the original name is preoccupied—this
species belongs to Group IX. (see ‘Indian Records,’ iv.
p. 114, 1911), with paler bands and spots on abdomen.
From Lifu Island: TZ. Ufuensis, Bigot, belonging to
Group X., with the abdomen unicolorous.
From New Hebrides: 7. eapulsus, Wlk.—this type is not
to be found in the Brit. Mus. Coll.
From Sidney Island in the Phoenix Islands: J. s:dney-
ensis and T’. nigriventris, Macquart—I have not been able to
trace either of these types, the latter is said to have hairy
eyes.
‘his Sidney Island is mentioned by Macquart in_ his
introduction to the Ist Supplement of Dipt. Exot. p. 134, as
supplying some species common to Tasmania. Australia is
wrongly given as the locality in Kertész’ Cat., Sidney the
town evidently being confused with this island.
From the Sandwich Islands: 7. énsularis, Wik.—this type
is not to be found in the Brit. Mus. Coll.
‘'wo new species are now described, both belonging to
Group IX., viz. :—
Tabanus fijianus from Fiji and New Hebrides.
Tabanus rubsicallosus from New Caledonia.
Tabanus Ufuensis, Bigot.
Mem. Soe. Zool. de France, v. p. 689 (1892).
ype, a male in the late Mr. Verrall’s coll. from the island
of Lifu.
A medium-sized reddish species. Antenne reddish, the
first two joints with black hairs, the third joint is destroyed.
Face chamois-leather colour, with rather long brown hairs.
Palpi veddish yellow, with black hairs. Eyes bare, occupy-
ing the greater part of head, the large facets reaching beyond
the apex of frontal triangle, and aimost reaching the vertex.
Thorax and abdomen dull reddish, the former with dark
stripes, sides and breast the same colour as face, pubescence
on abdomen appears to be chicfly black, consisting of short
pubescence, sides with yellow hairs ; underside same as
Species of Tabanus from Polynesia. AT7
dorsum. Legs reddish, lighter in colour than abdomen.
Wings clear, yellow on fore border ; stigma yellow ; veius
ellowish.
Length 12 mm.
Tabanus caled nicus, Ricardo.
Atylotus albonotatus, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, v. p. 670
(1892), nomen bis lectum.
Type, a female in the late Mr. Verrall’s coll. from New
Caledonia; and a male and female erroneously labelled
T. lifuensis, Ins. Lifu, on one of Bigot’s original labels, but
undoubtedly identical with this type.
A stout-bodied brown species with wings tinged brown.
Female.—Face covered with brownish -yellow tomentum, a
few short brown hairson cheeks. Beard composed of brown
hairs with a few yellowish ones intermixed. Pa/pi reddish
yellow with black hairs, long, almost the same width
throughout, ending in a long point, Antenne dull reddish
yellow, the first two joints with black hairs, the third long
and slender, with a very short (not wide) base, with a small
but acute angle representing the tooth, the remaining part
narrow. Subcallus same colour as face. Forehead parallel,
about five times as long as it is broad ; the frontal ca!lus
Jarge, almost square, not reaching the eyes, continued in a
short point, yellowish in colour; the rest of the forehead is
entirely shining brown, rather protuberant. Eyes bare.
Thorax brownish with yellow tomentum, which causes the
brown to appear as stripes. Scutellum reddish brown.
Breast-sides with thick tufts of black hairs. Abdomen
brown, in the type with very narrow pale segmentations,
and on each segment a median bluntly triangular pale spot ;
in the other female these spots are covered with white hairs,
and the segmentations are less distinct; underside brown
with white-haired segmentations. Legs brownish, the
femora reddish below, tibize dull reddish. Wings large,
tinged with brown, leaving the discal and basal cells some-
what paler, also the apex ; veins brown; stigma reddish
brown.
Length 20 mm.
Male.—Identical. The large facets restricted to upper
part of eyes and not very large, though quite distinct. On
the underside of abdomen the white hairs are restricted to
the sides.
Length 21 mm,
478 Miss G. Ricardo on
Tubanus rubricallosus, 3, sp. n
‘ype (a female) and another female from New Caledonia.
A brown species covered with grey tomentum, easily
distinguished by the large, shining, ed frontal callus and
by the slender pal pl.
Length 15 mm.
Face covered with whitish tomentum and with some short
white pubescence. Beard white. Palpt pale yellow, some
grey tomentum on base and on upper side ; pubescence rather
thick, a few short black hairs on upper side, otherwise the
pubescence is white; in shape they are long and slender,
ending in an attenuated seine Antenne brown, the first
two joints rather reddish with black hairs, the third joint
stout with a small tooth. Forehead parallel, broad, about
three times as long as it is broad, covered with same coloured
tomentum as face; the frontal callus is shining red-brown,
very large, reaching the eyes, anteriorly it encroaches on the
subcallus, with a very convex border, posteriorly the border
is irrecular, and the sides slightly withdrawn from the
border of eyes. Thorax black, covered with ashy-grey
tomentum, leaving the ground-colour apparent as stripes ;
pubescence on anterior border white, elsewhere black; tufts
of white hairs are present at base of wings and on breast-
sides. Scutellum same as thorax. Abdomen brownish,
densely covered with ashy-grey tomentum, which covers the
posterior half of each segment, extending in the middle as a
median triangular spot—it covers the first segment almost
entirely ; the anterior half of most segments has yellowish
tomentum, the pubescence even on the grey borders is black,
though short ; underside wholly covered with grey tomentum.
Legs. brow nish, the femora covered with grey tomentum, the
tibia reddish. Wings clear; stigma very small, yellowish ;
veins reddish brown.
Tabanus fjianus, 2, sp. n.
Type, a female from Fiji (C. Knowles), 1906, another
female trom Suva, Fiji, 16.1. 1906 (Dr. B. G. Corney),
with a note from donor, viz., “ Annoys horses and cattle
along a road through tore: and open reed country.”’
Another female from Highlands of Fiji Govt. Station,
alt. 2700 ft. (Dr. B. G. Corney), 1906.
Another female, the property of Prof. Nuttall, was caught
feeding on hand in full sunshine on Lami River, Vitilevu,
Fiji, Feb. 26, 1910, at 2 p.m
Species of Vabanus from Polynesia. 479
A brown species marked with yellow-haired spots and
segmentations on abdomen. Wings clouded on the cross-
veins. Antennze and legs reddish yellow.
Length, type 15 mm., others 13-15 mm.
Face covered with greyish tomentum, becoming yellowish
on the upper border of cheeks and on subcallus ; some long
whitish hairs in centre of face and brown ones on cheeks,
Beard white. Palpt yellow, covered with grey tomentum
and with black pubescence, fairly stout, ending in a long
obtuse point. Antenne yellow, the first two joints with
black hairs, the third slender, with a slight tooth, dusky at
apex. forehead almost parallel, about six times as long as
it is broad, covered with yellowish tomentum ; the frontal
callus blackish, pear-shaped, not reaching the eyes, with a
lineal extension extending more than half the length of the
forehead. HKyesbare. Thorax brownish with black markings
and with two yellow tomentose submedian stripes, sides also
yellow, pubescence not very noticeable, some yellow hairs on
the lighter-coloured parts and some brown ones on the dark
parts, sides with black hairs, breast covered with grey
tomentum and with yellow hairs. Scutellum brown with
yellow tomentum and some yellow and black hairs. Abdomen
reddish brown with some black markings, and with yellow
tomentose segmentations and median triangular spots, all
covered with yellow pubescence ; underside almost wholly
covered with the yellow tomentum and pubescence. Legs
reddish yellow, most of the femora darker, with grey tomen-
tum ; apices of tibize and the tarsi brown; pubescence on legs
chiefly yellow. Wings grey, pale yellow on fore border, all
the transverse veins clouded with dark brown colouring ;
stigma yellow ; veins brown.
Four females from Aneiteum, New Hebrides, appear to
belong to this species, being probably a local form of it, the
differences being very slight, as follows :—Pa/pi rather less
stout at base. Thorax darker, the tomentum being grey
instead of yellow. Scuteilum the same. Abdomen the same,
but the median spots are not so distinct. Legs paler, almost
a uniform reddish yellow. Wings clouded with brown on
fore border and along the veins, besides the transverse
veins.
These specimens were labelled by Walker “ signifera,”
New Hebrides, but the description of them does not appear
to have been published.
480 Mr. O. Thomas on
LV.—New Callicebus and Eumops from S. America.
By OLpFIeLD ‘THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Callicebus toppini, sp. n.
Allied to and of the same grizzled brown colour as C. cu-
preus. Crown-hairs similarly tipped with buffy, but along
the front edge of the hairy part of the forehead the hairs are
black, thus forming an indistinct blackish frontal band,
Belly and terminal part of limbs red, as in cupreus, but on
the hind legs the red is rather more extended, coming up to
cover the knee. Hairs on ears dark reddish brown. Tail-
hairs mixed grey and blackish, as in cupreus, but those on
the proximal two-thirds are tipped with black, not with white
or buffy as in the other species of this group.
Dimensions of skull :—
Greatest length 65°6 mm. ; basal length 50; breadth of
brain-case 35°53 premolars and molars together 15°2.
Hab. Rio Tahuamanu, N.E. Peru, near Bolivian Boun-
dary. About 12° 20’ S., 68° 45° W.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14, 3.3.3. Collected
and presented by Capt. H. 8. ‘Poppin.
From all the members of the group with reddish ears this
species may be distinguished by the dark tips to its caudal
hairs. C. cupreus has also no black hairs on the forehead,
while C. usto-fuscus, which is darker throughout, has many
more. C. penulatus has an elongated mantle, paler than
the rest of the back.
I have named the species in honour of Capt. Toppin, who,
in spite of great climatic difficulties, succeeded in bringing
home for the National Museum several mammals from an
almost unknown part of S. America.
Eumops dabbenei, sp. n.
The largest American Molossine bat, exceeding LH. perotis
in forearm and skull-length.
Size large, the body thick and clumsy, forearms not long
in proportion to the bulky body and broad head. Ears of
about normal size, not greatly enlarged, as in perotis (they
are, however, thickened in both specimens, and may have
new Callicebus and Kumops from S. America. 481
been accidentally or pathologically shrunk). Keel of ear-
conch much thickened terminally. ‘Tragus narrower than
in perotis, about 3x 1 mm.; its end rounded. Antitragus
about 8 mm. in length, separated by a deep notch behind,
A large throat-gland in male, none in female.
Golour brown above and Shelon, the bases of the hairs
whitish.
Skull of very similar form to that of EZ. glaucinus, although
immensely larger—much broader and more heavily made
than that of the only species approaching it in size, 7. perotis.
Muzzle low, rounded, oe aucal: Zygomata with
laterally projecting shoulders above m?, just as in glauc/nus.
Mesial crest well defined, though not high, passing behind
into a well-marked occipital helmet.
Dimensions of male and female specimens (the latter the
type) :—
Forearm 82 and 79 mm.
Head and body 115, 106; tail 61, 59; ear (perhaps
shrunk) 28, 27; third finger, metacarpus 83, 77, first pha-
lanx 37, 33; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 45, 41.
Skull: greatest length 33:5, 31; condylo-incisive length
32°3, 30°7; condylo-basal length 31:5yp 29°4; zygomatic
breadth 20-4, 29°4 ; intertemporal breadth 6:1, 5°7; mastoid
breadth 17°5, 16:3; palatal length 14, 14:2; maxillary
tooth-row 13°7, 13°2; front of p* to back of m’ 8:7, 8°6;
breadth between outer corners of m® 14:2, 13:4,
Hab. Chaco, Argentina.
‘'wo specimens, male and female, received for examination
from the Museo Nacional, Buenos Ayres. The female pre-
sented to the British Museum (B.M. no, 14. 4. 4. 8).
This fine species is by far the largest of all American
Molossidze, the only one that approaches it in length of fore-
arm and skull, /. perotis, being a far more slenderly built
animal, with a peculiarly narrow skull. Compared with
Old-World Molossines, it exceeds all except Chiromeles
torquatus, and that it practically equals in length of forearm
and skull, though Chiromeles is far more bulky.
1 have named this interesting animal in honour of Dr. R.
Dabbene, Conservator of Zoology in the Buenos Ayres
National Museum, to whose kindness I owe the opportunity
of examining it.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 33
482 Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrician Types of
LVI.—On the Fabrictan Types of Tenebrionidee (Coleoptera)
in the Banks Collection. By K. G. Buair.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
THIS paper is supplementary to that published by Gebien in
Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. 1906, p. 209, in which he contributed
notes on those types of Tenebrionide described by Fabricius
that are preserved in the Museums of Copenhagen and Kiel.
The Banks Collection, now in the British Museum, is also
rich in the types of this author, and a survey of these,
together with Gebien’s notes, goes far towards a revision of
the Fabrician types of this family.
The species are taken in the order adopted in the most
recent Catalogue (Gebien in Junk’s ‘Coleopterorum Cata-
logus,’ 1910-1911). Of most of them Fabricius states defi-
nitely that the types are in the Banks Collection, though in
a few cases no such information is given; in such cases
(with one exception) the descriptions are contained either in
the Syst. Ent, (1775) or in Spec. Ins. i. (1781), in one or
other of which works the Banksian species are described.
In some cases niore than one specimen is placed above the
name in question, and these frequently belong to different
species. Where there is no evidence in favour of one or
other being regarded as the type, and one of them belongs to
the species usually known in collections by that name, I
have taken it as being the type. Where no comment is
added, the species may be taken as being correctly identified
in collections, or, at any rate, as appearing with that name in
the British Museum collection.
1. Himatismus variegatus, Spec. Ins. i. p. 823 (Tenebrio).
Tropical Africa.
The description and figure given by Olivier (Ent. iii.
1795, 57, p. 14, pl. ii. fig. 16) are correct—indeed, the
description refers directly to that of Fabricius. It is im-
portant to remember that Olivier had access to the Banks
Collection while his work was in progress, so that his deserip-
tions and figures of Fabrician species described from this
collection are taken from the actual type-specimens.
Haag-Rutenberg, however, was mistaken in his identifica-
tion of the species in his monographs of this genus, and his
misidentifications are very generally disseminated in collec-
tions. LH. variegatus, Haag (nec Fabr.), has recently been
received from Dr. Péringuey as H. disseptus, Pér.
ee
Tenebrionidee zn the Banks Collection. 483
2. Zophosis testudinaria, Spec. Ins. i. p. 326 (Hrodcus).
S. Africa.
This is the insect generally knownas 7. murtcata, F. The
above reference is not given in the Catalogues, where the name
appears as Z. testudinaria, F. (Mant. Ins. i. 1787, p. 215),
though this reference is, in fact, merely a quotation of the
earlier description. The confusion of species originated with
Solier (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 111. 1834, p. 620), who was unable to
accept the identity of testudinaria, Ol., with testudinaria, F.,
preferring to regard it as synonymous with muricata, F.
But Olivier again merely follows Fabricius in his deserip-
tion, and figures the right insect; the type of muricata,
F., is in Copenhagen, and has been found by Gebien to be an
Advesmia.
The synonymy of this species is therefore
Z. testudinaria, F., Ol.=muricata, Sol., Deyr. (nec F.).
The Arabian species known to Solier as testudinaria I
have not been able to identify with certainty; Deyrolle, in
his later monograph (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) vii. 1867,
p- 168), follows Solier. The species may be known as
farinosa, nom, noy., an unpublished name of Olivier’s quoted
as a synonym by Deyrolle :—
Z. farinosa, nom. nov. (Oliv., MS.) =¢testudinaria, Sol.,
Deyr. (nec F.).
3. Pachycera buprestoides, Spec. Ins. i. p. 323 (Tenebrio).
S. Africa.
=atra, Herbst.
The locality noted by Fabricius is evidently erroneous.
The species appears in the Catalogues as Hegeter bupres-
toides, with habitat Cape Verde, but on what authority is not
clear.
4, Stenocara serrata, Spec. Ins. i. p. 317 (Pimelia). 8S. Africa,
5. Stenocara porcata, |. c. (Pimelia). 8. Africa.
=morbillosa, F., var. bonelliz, Sol. (Haag-Rut.).
The type of morbillosa, F., is stated to be in Mus. Dom.
Helwig. From the description Pamela porcata, Herbst,
agrees with porcata, F.; but the Adesmia porcata of Solier
and Allard, and now generally known in collections as
33*
484 Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fubrician Types of
A. porcata, F., is a different insect. As Solier described
this species in detail, the name may be retained as Adesmia
(Onymacris) porcata, Sol. (nec F.).
6. Eurychora ciliata, Spec. Ins. i. p. 319 (Pimelia). 8. Africa.
‘'wo specimens are placed over this name, one being
EE, ciliata, F., of collections, the other 4. luctuosa, Haag.
7. Cryptochile echinata, Spec. Ins. i. p. 317 (Pimelia). S.
Atrica.
8. Cryptochile minuta, Spec. Ins. 1. p.318 (Pimelia). 8. Africa.
This species appears in the Catalogues as C. minuta, Ol. ;
but Olivier merely quotes Fabricius with the above reference.
9. Cryptochile maculata, Spec. Ins. i. p. 317 (Pimelia). 8.
Africa.
A specimen of another species (not identified by me) is
associated with this.
10. Psammodes striatus, Syst. Ent. p. 251 (Pimelia). India.
The collection from which the type was taken is not stated,
and the habitat given, ‘in Indiis,” is presumably erroneous.
The specimen is a ¢ belonging to the form striatus of Solier
(sec. Haag), with the red elytral stripes fine and not very
bright and the apical portion of the elytra finely granulate.
11. Psammodes unicolor, Spec. Ins. i. p. 316 (Pimelia). S.
Africa.
= Ps, timarchoides, Haag.
Another instance of the latter author’s misidentification of
Fabrician species.
12. Psammodes scaber, Syst. Ent. p. 251 (Pimelia). 8. Africa.
The species is represented by two specimens, one of which
lacks the mouth-parts, which are presumably those found by
Gebien in Kiel Museum (D. E. Z. 1906, p. 229). Gebien
notes that the description in Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 130, is a
copy of that in Ent. Syst. i. 1792, p. 101, but omits to note
that the latter is a word-for-word copy of the reference quoted
Tenebrionids ‘n the Banks Collection. A485
above. All of them state that the type is in the Banks
Collection.
The Kiel specimen is, as suspected by Gebien, incorrectly
identified, and is one of the many instances of the misidenti-
fication by Fabricius of one of his own earlier-described
species. Pimelia scabra, F., of Gebien’s Catalogue must be
synonymized with Psammodes scaber, F., of the same, leaving
the name valida, Er., for the Pimelia. As before, Olivier’s
figure and description represent the Fabrician species.
13. Trachynotus rugosus, Spec. Ins.1. p.315 (Sepidium). S.
Africa.
14. Trachynotus reticulatus, 1. c. (Sepidium). 8. Africa.
This appears as an original description, with no reference
to De Geer’s work.
15. Trachynotus vittatus, Spec. Ins. i. p. 815 (Sepidium). 8.
Africa.
16. Platyope lineata, Spec. Ins. 1. p. 319 (Pimelia). Siberia.
17. Platynotus striatus, Spec. Ins. 1. p. 322 (Blaps). Coro-
mandel.
18. Pseudoblaps crenata, |. c. (Blaps). Coromandel.
This is the Platynotus rabourdinit, Petit, of Dej. Cat.
19. Melanimon tibiale, Spec. Ins. 1. p.90 (Opatrum). Scania.
20. Gonocephalum arenarium, Syst. Ent. p. 76 (Opatrum).
S. Africa. .
The type belongs to the species identified by Miedel
(Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. 1880, p. 139) as crenatum, F., of
which the type has been examined by Gebien ; Miedel’s
identification of Op. arenartum, F., with the Oriental
moluccanum, Blanch., is, of course, equally erroneous.
21. Achthosus sanguinipes, Syst. Ent, p. 256 (Tenebrio).
Australia.
=laticornis, Pasc.
This name does not appear in Gebten’s Catalogue. The
typeisa 9.
486 Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrician Types of
22. Alphitobius levigatus, Spec. Ins. i. p. 90 (Opatrum).
New Zealand.
=piceus, Ol.,= Microphyes rufipes, Macl.
This name is also omitted from the Catalogues.
I have to thank Mr. H. J. Carter, of Sydney, for a speci-
men of Microphyes rufipes, Macl., compared with the type.
Champion notes Alphitobius piceus, Ol., from Adelaide River
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 379), and remarks that it is not
included in Master’s Catalogue.
23. Saragus levicollis, Syst. Ent. p. 73 (Si/pha). Australia.
This species is credited in the Catalogues to Olivier (Ent.
ii. 1790, 11, p. 12), but this author again only follows the
description of Fabricius. Confusion has also arisen as to
the species designated. The type belongs to Macleay’s
Section II., with the elytra reticulate, and, from description,
is probably identical with S, reticulatus, Haag. ‘Two other
specimens in the British Museum have their origin indicated |
as ‘Queensland.’ The Tasmanian and southern insect
identified as this species by de Bréme, Hope, and Macleay
should therefore be known as S. costatus, Sol. (=levicollis,
de Br., Hope, Macl., nec F.).
24. Tarawides levigatus, ¥., Spec. Ins. i. p. 323. Tropical
Atrica.
= T, sinuatus, F.,=T. confusus, Westw.
There is some little doubt as to whether the insect pur-
porting to be the type of this species was the one actually
observed by Fabricius. Westwood did not think it was,
and named it afresh (Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1843, p. 223),
but his reason for this opinion was mainly that it differed
from the description in being larger than J. molvtor, instead
of smaller, as stated. This was apparently a slip, and is so
noted by Olivier, whose figure also agrees sufficiently well
with the Banksian insect to be recognizable (Oliv. Ent. i.
1795, 57, p. 16, pl. il. fig. 19 bs). This figure is incorrectly
quoted in the text as fig. 19, he identity of Tenebrio levi-
gatus, F., with T. levigatus, L., presumed by Olivier and
Westwood, is apparently incorrect, and is nowhere suggested
by Fabricius.
Tenebrionidee tn the Banks Collection. 487
25. Alobates morio, Gen. Ins. 1776, p. 241 (Helops). N.
America.
The collection from which the type is taken is not stated,
but two specimens are placed over this name in the Banks
Collection. One of these is a Taraaides, and need not
be further considered. The other is a form of Alobates
barbata, Knoch, and, what is very unusual, bears a
locality-label, “Antigua.” In this connection it may be
noted that while both the Gen. Ins. (1776) and Ent, Syst. 1.
(1792) state “habitat in America boreali,’’ in Syst. Hl. 7.
(1801) this is altered to “in America meridionalis Insulis.”
Though there is an element of doubt as to the Banksian
insect being the type of Helops morio, F., there is every
probability that this is the case, or, at any rate, that it is
conspecific, and this identification is supported by the descrip-
tion, which does not agree with the Zophobas morio of the
Catalogues.
What, then, is Zophobas morio of our collections? The
name is synonymized in the Catalogues with nigritus, Ol.
(Ent. iti. 1795, 57, p. 5, pl. i. fig. 26), but once more
Olivier is referring toa species of Fabricius, Helops nigrita, F.,
Spec. Ins. i. p. 325. Fabricius repeats the description of this
insect several times, as follows :—
1. Tenebrio atratus, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 256. (S. America.)
2. Helops nigrita, Gen. Ins. 1776, p. 241. (S. America.)
Synonymized with no, 1.
3. +s F Spec. Ins. i. 1781, p. 325. (S. Ame-
rica.) Synonymized with no, 1.
4, se 5 Mant. Ins. 1787, p. 214. (No details.)
bs * - Ent. Syst. i. 1792, p. 120. (8. Ame-
rica.) Copy of no, 3.
6. Me 3 Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 160. (Tranque-
bar.) Synonymized with no. 5,
This last description, though expressly synonymous with
that of the Ent. Syst. i. 1792, evidently refers to a different
insect, for, in addition to the new locality, we have the
further details, ‘tibiae antices in altero sexu ante apicem
sinuate,”” not before mentioned. This must be the specimen
seen by Gebien at Copenhagen and referred to Pseudoblaps,
but it is clearly not the type of Tenebrio atratus (1775),=
Helops nigrita, F. (1776), and for it the name P. dispar,
Herbst (1797), will therefore stand.
The other five references apparently do relate to the species
488 Mr. K. G. Blair on the Fabrictan Types of
originally described as Tenebrio atratus (1775). The type
of this is stated to be in the British Museum, but I am
unable to trace it. ‘he evidence, however, is quite in accord-
ance with the Zophubus nigritus, Ol., having been correctly
recognized, and this is clearly a synonym of “ Tenebrio”
atratus, F.
The three species about which the confusion has arisen
may therefore be allocated as follows :—
Pseudoblaps dispar, Herbst.
=atrata, auct. (nec F.),=nigrita, auct. (nec F.).
Zophobas atratus, F.
=niyritus, F.,=nigritus, Ol.,=morio, auct. (nec F.).
Alobates morio, F.,=barbata, Knoch.
26. Prioscelis serrata, Syst. Ent. p. 255 (Tenebrio). Sicrra
Leone.
27. Adelium porcatum, Syst. Ent. p. 289 (Carabus). Aus-
tralia.
28. Hoplobrachium dentipes, Spec. Ins. i. p. 326 (Helops).
Coromandel.
=ebeninus, Walk. (Helops). Ceylon.
? =asperipenne, Fairm. Madagascar.
The name dentipes, F., is omitted from Gebien’s Catalogue.
Walker’s type is in the British Museum, and I have seen
that of Fairmaire in the Paris Museum ; but, as I was unable
at the time to make a direct comparison, the difference in
locality makes me a little doubtful of this synonymy.
29. Eupezus longipes, Spec. Ins. i. p. 326 (Zelops). Tropical
Africa.
30. Amarygmus morio, Syst. Ent. p. 123 (Erotylus). Aus-
tralia.
=uniformis, Blackbn.,= Helops eneus, Oliv.
Mr. H. J. Carter has already published the results of my
observations on these types of Australian Amarygmine,
made at his request (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Austral. xxxvil.
LOU OG):
Olivier, in transferring this group of insects from Hrotylus
Tenebrionids in the Banks Collection. 489
to Helops, changed the name of this species, in order to avoid
clashing with Helops morio, I. (no. 25 above).
31. Amarygmus bicolor, Syst. Hut. p. 124 (Hrotylus). Aus-
tralia.
=tardus, Blackbn.
32. Chaicopterus cupreus, Syst. Ent. p. 123 (Erotylus). Aus-
tralia,
=venereus, Gmel.,=setosus, Blackbn.
A further study of this genus with the help of Mr. Carter’s
paper leads me to the opinion that setosus, Blackbn.,=
cupreus, F. I have only the single type-specimen of each,
but there can, I think, be little doubt of their specific identity.
33. Chalcopterus smaragdulus, Syst. Ent. p. 123 (Hrotylus).
Australia.
=cupricollis, Hope, =semiticus, Pasc.
34. Chalcopterus amethystinus, Syst. Ent. p. 124 (Lrotylus).
Australia.
Again, a further study of this type leads me to modify the
Opinion originally communicated to Mr. Carter, I am
unable to match the specimen with any other in the British
Museum Collection. It most closely resembles C. pulcher,
Blackbn. (though not identical with it), and is, in my opinion,
not the amethystinus of Blackburn and Carter; nor is it
cyanipennis, Hope.
Probably Fabricius was considering a_ series without
detecting more than one species, for, though there is only
one specimen in the Banks Collection, he says, “ femoribus
interdum rufis.”
35. Lecilesthus fasciatus, Spec. Ins. i. p. 158 (Erotylus).
Hab. ?
In Syst. El. u. p. 6, the further details are given:
* Habitat in America, Coll. D. Drury.”
The Banks Collection contains also the types of the
following species, which were erroneously placed in either
Tenebrio or Helops :—
Zabrus fossor, Spec. Ins. 1. p. 323 (Tenebrio). SS. Africa,
=gibbus, F.
490 On the Fabrician Types of Tenebrionide.
There is presumably an error in the locality given. The
synonymy suggested later by Fabricius (Syst. Hl. i. p. 145)
with Chiroscelis digitata, F., is certainly erroneous.
Tribolioides ferrugineus, Spec. Ins. i. p. 324 (Tenebrio).
Tropical Africa.
Mr. C. O. Waterhouse has already dealt in detail with
this specimen (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. 1896,
p. 230; see also Blair, in Ent. Mo. Mag. 1913, p. 222).
Lystronychus equestris, Syst. Ent. p. 257 (Helops). Brazil.
Lobopoda lurida, Syst. Ent. p. 258 (Helops). Brazil.
The name does not appear in Borchmann’s recent ‘Cata-
logue of the Alleculidez. The species has aclosely punctured
thorax, approaching ZL. punceticoll’s, Champ. (Guatemala),
though the eyes are scarcely so approximate.
Tanychilus (2) rufipes, Syst. Ent. p. 258 (Helops). Aus-
tralia.
This name also does not appear in the Catalogues.
It appears to be a common Queensland and New South
Wales species, but is not named in the British Museum
Collection.
Prionychus ater, Syst. Ent. p. 258 (Helops). Lipsia.
The collection from which the type was described is not
stated.
Melandrya serrata, Syst. Hat. p. 257 (Helops). England.
= M. caraboides, L.
Again, no collection is definitely specified as containing
the type.
Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates. ASL
LVII.—Nofes on African Ungulates.
By Ernst Scuwakz.
I.—Tue CLASSIFICATION OF THE DUIKERS.
In the ‘Book of Antelopes’ all the Duikers were included
in one genus, Cephalophus. Since then, however, the number
of “species”? has been enormously increased, and several
subdivisions have been proposed. In 1899 O. Neumann *
pointed out that the steppe forms should be placed in a
separate genus, Sylvicapra, Ogilby, their horns being more
erect than in the other species, and the females usually
lacking them. Pocock +t has revived Gray’s genus Guevet
for the small species maxwelli and melanorrheus, which have
no inguinal glands. Finally, in 1907, Dr. Knottnerus-
Meyer { has divided the genus, which he gives family rank,
into two subfamilies with ten genera, most of which are
very heterogeneous. A recent revision of the genus shows
that four genera (Sylvicapra, Cephalophus, Guevei, and
Cephalophula) should be recognized. Of these, Sy/vicapra
appears to be most closely allied to the Cephalophus natalensis
group, and Cephalophula is certainly nearly related to
Cephalophus dorsalis, as Thomas § has shown ; the presence
of heel-tufts, the broad nasal chamber, the sagittal ridge,
small preorbital fossz in the skull, and the transverse body-
stripes would, however, indicate that the separation of this
form is justified. ‘Che remaining forms can be arranged in
ten species, of which ogilbyi is the western representative of
callipygus and niger ot spadix. ‘Tle relations of the other
species amongst each other are not quite clear at present,
but it has been thought advisable to publish the following
list for the time being. A general revision of the local
forms of most of the species pending, I have placed in each
group all the names referable to it, which should be regarded
as subspecies or synonyms of the species in question.
I. Syrvicapra, Ogilby. Type
Sylvicapra, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 1388...........-.. S. grummia,
Cephalophorus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 162 (1848).. S. grimmua.,
One species.
* Sb. nat. Fr. p. 19 (1899).
+ PB. Z. 8. 1910, ii. pp. 867-876.
J Arch. f. Naturg. lxxili. vol. i, pp. 42-43 (1907).
§ P. Z. 5, 1892, p. 425,
492 Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates.
Sylvicapra grimmia, Li.
Including :—
Abyssinica, altifrons, altivallis, burchelli, caffra, campbellia,
cana, coronata, deserti, flavescens, grimmia, hindei, irrorata,
leucoprosopa, madoqua, mergens, nictitans, nyanse, ocularis,
pallidior, platous, platyotis, ptoox, roosevelti, shirensis, splen-
didula.
II. Guever, Gray.
2 Type.
Guever, Gray, Cat. Ung. B. M. p. 80 (1853) .......... G, maxwelli.
‘'wo species.
1. Guevet marwelli, H. Smith.
Including :—
Frederici, maxwelli, philuntomba, pygmeus, whitfieldi.
2. Guevei cerulus, H. Smith.
Including :—
Aiquatorialis, @quinoctialis, anchiete, bakeri, bicolor,
cerulus, caffer, congicus, defriesi, hecki, lugens, melanorrheus,
minutus, monticola *, musculoides, nyase, perpusillus, schultzei,
sundevalli.
III. Cernatornus, H. Smith. Tyne
bern sed H. Smith, Griff. An. K. v. p. 344 (1827). C. sélvieultrix.
Cephalolophus, Wagner et auct. (emend.) .......... C. stlvicultria.
Grimmia, Laurillard, Diet. Wniv..d:H-eN. 4.) p. 1625
(GEES) ake dco ortho a erg toono ooh ac-obo Hone Soe C. rujfilatus.
Philantomba, Blyth, Cuvier’s An. Kingd. p. 140 (1840).
Rerpone, Gray, bh. ZnS. Led, pa Ose cwaeeti ae: C. silricultrizx.
Potamotragus, Gray, Cat. Rum. B. M. p. 24 (1872) .. C. selvieultrix.
Cephalophia, Knottnerus-Meyer, Arch, f. Naturg.
Ko oheip olin 11h 2 UA GLEN ORs on eng noc ood Dade aso if
Cephalophidium, Knottnerus-Meyer, /. c. p. 45 Cee C. niger.
Cephalophella, Knottnerus-Meyer, 1. c. p. 45 (1907)... C. callipygus.
Cephalophops, Knottnerus-Meyer, J. c. p. 46 (1907) .. C. dorsulis,
Ten species.
* Monticola, auct., nec Thunberg.
+ No species g given as type; contains a great number of species, in-
cluding silvicultric, mergens, philantomba- therefore identical with the
unrestricted Cephatophus.
{ No species given as type: contains ogilbyt and leucogaster.
Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates. 493
1. Cephalophus natalensis, A. Smith.
Including :—
Amenus, aureus, bradshawi, claudi, harveyi, natalensis,
nigrifrons, robertsi, rubidus, vassei, walkeri *,
2. Cephalophus rufilatus, Gray.
Including :—
Cuviert, rubidior, rufilatus.
3. Cephalophus leucogaster, Gray.
4. Cephalophus niger, Gray.
Including :-—
Niger, pluto.
5. Cephalophus spadix, True.
6. Cephalophus silvicultriv, Afzelius.
Including :—
Coxi, ituriensis, longiceps, melanoprymnus, punctulatus,
ruficrista, sclateri, silvicultrix, thomast.
7. Cephalophus jentinki, Thomas.
8. Cephalophus ogilbyi, Waterhouse.
Including :—
Brooket, ogilbyt.
9. Cephalophus callipygus, Peters.
Including :—
Callipygus, centralis, ignifer, johnstoni, leopoldi, weynsi.
10. Cephalophus dorsalis, Gray.
Including :—
Badius, breviceps, castaneus, dorsalis, leucochilus, orientalis.
IV. Cupnatopnuta, Knottnerus-Meyer.
Type.
Cephalophula, Knottnerus-Meyer, Arch. f. Naturg, xxiii.
UO Le Tenis LOR eters crcl tera ouasars] sel slevsl aa Lakehaee Ay ceraap ae ee C. doria,
One species.
* I am almost certain that walkeri is a subspecies of natalensis ; it
may be distinct from or merely a melanistic variety of the form called
bradshawi by Mr. Wroughton.
AQ4 Mr. E. Schwarz on African Ungulates.
Cephalophula doria, Ogilby.
Including :—
Doria, zebra.
In addition to the above forms, a species called Cepha-
lophus emini has been described by Prof. Noack. The hairs,
for samples of which I am indebted to Prof. Noack, are
much thicker than in any species of this group, and most
like those of Ourebia. It is, of course, quite impossible to
give a definite opinion with regard to the status of this
species without examination of the actual specimen.
II.—A New Burrato From THE NEw KamMERUN
Bounpary.
Bubalus caffer houyt, subsp. n.
Type locality. Pelle, near Gore, Eastern Logone River,
New Kamerun Frontier.
Type. & adult. Senckenberg Museum ; original no. 65.
Allied to B. c. brachyceros from Lake Chad, but smaller,
with much less expanded horns, the tips of which are much
less erected.
Colour above variable, from reddish brown to deep black
(in the type) ; under surface and throat brownish red to
reddish brown.
Skull smaller than in B. c. brachyceros, face narrower,
orbits slightly projecting ; frontal scarcely convex at base of
horns.
Horns: horn-cores slightly depending, less so than in
B. c. brachyceros, but in strong contrast to the horizontal
ones of B. c. adamaue ; palm only slightly depending, with
scarcely any boss at base, but with traces of transverse ridges,
becoming narrower laterally; tip very long, stouter than in
brachyceros, but less erected, although much more so than
in adamaue, bent inward and slightly backward at the
extreme end.
Specimens examined, Four skins, fourteen skulls, from the
following localities between Gore, Upper Logone River, and
Bate, River Uham, New Kamerun Boundary :—Gore ; Pelle;
River Nana Barya, between Bosum and Bate ; Bate.
Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 426 mm. ; palatal
length 260 ; postorbital width 219 ; mastoid width 240;
nasals 193x64; horns, length along outer curve 750,
SE
On some Dragonfl es and ther Prey. 495
greatest width 730, distance of tips 390, breadth of palm at
base 188.
Named for Dr. R. Houy, Surgeon and Naturalist to the
German Boundary Expedition, whose untimely death by
the hand of his native servant we have to deplore.
P.S.—When describing Buhalus caffer adamaue the
dimensions of the type skull were omitted by mistake.
They are given here :—
Basal length 411 mm. ; palatal length 250; postorbital
width 205; mastoid width 213; nasals 17763 ; horns,
length along outer curve 550, greatest width 525, distance
of tips 280, breadth of palm at base 155.
LVIUI.—Some Dragonflies and their Prey.
By HERBERT CAMPION.
Ir is a well-known fact that Odonata, in all their stages, are
lighly predaceous creatures, and are veritable tyrants in the
insect-world. Prey is seized by the nymphs with the extra-
ordinary modification of the labium called the “mask.” It
is customary for imagines, with which we shall deal exclu-
sively on the present occasion, to take their prey during
flight, and it may be assumed that they capture the smaller
insects upon which they feed with the aid alone of their
powerful jaws. Larger prey, no doubt, is caught and held
by the Dragonfly’s spiny legs, the length and position of
which are such as to enable their possessor to bring all of
them simultaneously to the level of the mouth.
The capacity for destruction possessed by Dragonflies is
enormous, and “ Beutenmiiller found that one of the large
ones would eat forty house-flies inside of two hours, while a
smaller one ate twenty-five in the same time” (Dr. L. O.
Howard, ‘The Insect Book,’ 1902, p. 365). On the other
hand, their power of resisting famine is considerable, and
during dull weather, when they fly very rarely, if at all,
they probably pass several days in succession without
obtaining any food whatever. In those countries, therefore,
where the sun shines without intermission for long periods
at a time, the activity of Dragonflies must be much greater
than in cloudy climates, and the consumption of other insects
must increase in a corresponding degree.
The principal source of our knowledge of what Dragonflies
496 Mr. II. Campion on some
eat is direct observation in the field. Further information
could probably be gained by the examination of the contents
of the alimentary canal in newly-caught specimens. Another
mode of enquiry has been suggested by Professor H. Maxwell
Lefroy, who has written on Indian Dragonflies and their
prey (Journ. Bombay Soc. xx. pp. 236- 2 38, 1910). Ge
says: “In the field one sees dragonflies sitting on a con-
venient plant or support and darting off every now and then
on the clase. Below such a point, to which the same
dragonflies come back constantly, one finds their excreta.”
A, study of these excreta, undertaken by the same author,
revealed the presence of remains of Orthoptera, Aculeate
Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, and
Rhynchota.
In connection with the study of predaceous insects gene-
rally, Prefessor E. B. Poulton has published sixteen illustra-
tions of the kind of prey selected by Dragonflies as food
(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906, pp. 398-401). ‘The
following records will serve to supplement those illustrations,
and they are here presented in the same couvenient form.
‘he captors and prey from Nyasaland and British East Africa
cited in Table I. (pp. 498-501) were obtained by Mr. 8, A.
Neave, while visiting those countries on behalf of the Imperial
Bureau of Eutomology. I am indebted to Mr. Guy A. K.
Marshall, the Director of the Bureau, for his kindness in
allowing me to study this material, as well as some other
examples of a similar kind sent from Uganda by Dr. G. D.
H. Carpenter (Sleeping Sickness Commission of the Royal
Society). The cases collected in Essex and Surrey by my
brother and myself have been already published in our
annual reports upon British Dragonflies, but they are now
brought together and incorporated with the original records
from Africa, I have considered it advisable to separate the
cases of cannibalism—if this term can be rightly employed
when the captor and prey do not belong to one and the same
species—from the instances in which Dragonflies have sought
their food, more legitimately, among insects of other orders,
My reason for doing so is that cases of this description,
where one Dragonfly hunts another, are quite as germane to
an enquiry as to what kind of animals prey upon Dragonflies
as they are to the matter at present under consideration.
The whole of the African materiai mentioned in the
following Tables has been presented to the British Museum
(Natural History) by the Imperial Bureau of Entomology,
In view of the well-known fact that, both in collections
and in the field, the males of most species of Dragonflies are
ati
>
Dragonflies and their Prey. 497
far more numerous than the females, it is worthy of remark
that, out of the twenty-two individuals taken with prey in
Tropical Africa by Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter, Mr.S. A. Neave,
and Dr. Jas. J. Simpson, only six belong to the numerically
superior sex. Indeed, in the case of one or two of the less
common species, the present females are the first representa-
tives of their sex which have been yet received either by the
Imperial Bureau or by the British Museum.
It seems to be the fact that Dragonflies usually disable
their victims by crushing or biting off the head, and this
mode of attack is very well illustrated by I’. Smith’s speci-
mens of-Avschna cyanea and Apis mellifera (No. 21). They
may also adopt an additional safeguard against escape by
cutting off the wings of an insect which is particularly active
or restless, and this removal of the wings has been the
subject of actual observation. It is not quite clear, however,
whether they habitually reject the wings or whether they
sometimes make use of them as articles of food. From the
following ‘Tables we may see that detached wings of
Mycalesis and Danaida butterflies have been found in the
clutches of Dragonflies (Nos. 18 and 25). It has been
suggested to me that what may actually happen in such cases
is this—that the Dragonfly seizes its prey by one wing alone,
and that the prey subsequently escapes from such an insecure
hold, leaving behind it a wing or portion of a wing. But I
am inclined to think that wings are sometimes actually con-
sumed, as well as the abdomen, and this view finds some
support from the position in the Dragonfly’s jaws of the
butterfly fragment referred to in case No. 25. This frag-
ment, which is still 7m situ, consists of a very small but
perfectly recognizable portion of the right fore wing of
Danaida chrysippus. One of its edges represents the outer
margin of the wing, but it is not this edge which is being
grasped by the Dragonfly. Upon the assumption that the
Dragonfly had torn this piece out of the butterfly’s wing in
an unsuccessful attempt at capture, we should have expected
to find the Dragonfly holding it by the natural margin. As
it is, it seems fairly safe to conclude that the Orthetrum
was taken in the act of making a meal off the wing of the
Danaida.
The habits of the two suborders into which Dragonflies
ave divided are widely different in character. The larger and
stronger species forming the bulk of the Anisoptera are
built for vigorous and sustained flight, and they may be seen
iewking to and fro in the summer sunshine, much as
swallows do. ‘he feebler Zygoptera, on the other hand,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 34
“UOJ,
“TUOJUT
“MOU
“WLOFUGL
“MLO PUT
“MOJUTL
“LOYU
"aAvON “VY 'S
(FOBT) ONG “A AXxx
‘uorduieg “ET POM
(6061) F6G "4 THX
‘uoidwg “HD MA
(GO6T) 8 4 “TTX
‘uoidwrg “H YM ‘A
(L061) G1g “d “1x
‘uoidwup “H FM ‘A
|
“(Z161) CLT ad -alx
uotdUiNg "FPP AA A |
(6061) 66% “4 ‘11Tx
‘uoiduey FT FM
“CLIGT) GaGa catrx
suoiduep “FT PM
‘raquedieg “Td “9D
(
‘epUuRsy “BILOJOIA eyery “sy vlpesney
(
“WO WS “purpese’y fuel“ |
\
‘qsoto,q Surddgy |
|
|
"FOGT “eune TIE
"6061 ‘AME WSL “yseaog Baiddgy
"SOBL “OUNE IIEg “ysot0q Surddg
|
i}
“061 ‘AINE WL ‘qsoroy Surddy
‘LIGI ‘eune m10g “Aetmg ‘puog yorrq
TIGL Unf yyST “Aetang ‘puog yourg
‘ysotoq Sutdday
6061 “349g NIST
‘OGL Ysusny yyy “fotang qoay kg
‘GIGL “Ysusny “ApPRoo] ous ot,
GIGI ‘AINE WAGE
“IOATOSGO
‘ayuqy pure Ayypeooy |
“"pslog ‘Dpyp.LowrUe
10 = Ajqrqord = ‘mpadspyy —snuesd
94} O} SULSUOTAG TOP plajeutoay W
“UOLROFYUSpT JoyJaNF AOZ
pesumep youu 004 ‘qyop pyetdg V
‘ol ‘punpevsns wyjaoyd
-pidy &iyuctedde ‘yyop{, ploitytoy, y
=A
‘DUDPWIN LI-LQOT, WIOW PWUAyOT, oy,
"TNO “AT NL
TOLBIyLyUepT
“4
‘Dunpiwand LUtZLOT, UOT POUytog, eq,
‘uapNY OA “AIT Aq poytquepy
“SYA ‘suaosaa
-oyf niajdoug AY piqouunry oy
“‘qqynog “yy ‘apy Aq peyyuepy
“Ay, ‘8170
-nhiqup papdooy yout pyethg oy,
‘DUM PILA LULILOT, YOU BanonenE
(u0ly
-BOYIUSPL IayANF AZ paseump
anit oo0j3—"ds wang) oymbsopy VW
‘UOJLOPL PM “APL AG poguuepy
“yang, ‘4070009
sapou@rty S-sippeg pied004deTq oy,
Aq — pauattgzuos
*SaT]JO]D $,10}aT[OO |
HO yysneo ‘(nwrssoj4)) salpy-asyasy,
ees ae
°§ Cuung ownigmh uorwhmiay “ZY
"Pp “ang ‘wnaqnyh uorhnrwag
“P “zing ‘opnyduhu vuosoysthg
“P “ry ‘wyand uorshy
oS
“PP ory ‘npjand uowbp °g
“PP “ry ‘wyjand uoiwhy *)
PYdaryy wnsabrywho nuboyouy
“pS daegqg ‘wnwahiypoho vuboyouy °¢
“PP daeyyg wnwohiyoho nubnyoug +
‘PP “pary ‘suphaja vuniwyasy
‘W NINGIUD VW
*P ‘skTag ‘npnhano ohppjaqrT °G
“Pp ‘sktag ‘oynhryne obyyaquvy *T
“EW NISAUALAOTV,)
‘Latg jo sewadg
“eyRUOpC Jo saiedg
"suapug) ayj0 fo sjoasug uodn burhow gy soufuobhoay (Xv)
“C4NINVXY SNAWIOGGG AO SUVINOMAVI—'[ 94".L
WNW “A
"OAVON “VY 'S
‘OABON “VY O
‘QAVONT “VS
sroquedaey “HG
‘raqued.eg “Fd “9
“aaqued.wy “Fd “9
“OABINT “VY 9
*popaooea you AyI[ROOrT
Ag EES
‘eoLyy "A Ig “wy wiozN sweddq
‘TIGI “OUNe UF
‘OMY “E “WAC ‘nvaywiq rpuey
TIGL ‘Avyy puzs
VOLITY ‘TJM “qsetoq voour
-nyey JO espa usoyjnos ‘AOATY RBA
“GIGI
‘oqmmaydeg = -epuesQ “syT elpesng
‘CIB ‘qsnsny
‘epuvsy “VLIOJOIA OW] “sy vlpesng
“GIGI “1940990
. ‘
IGT ‘teqmoaoyy
ple; ‘VolpW yseq esensny.tog
‘guowodiyg “3 JO TL ‘MolBA B[OY
*OPT®?M PRON “9D
‘ayy Aq pomtayuos uolyeoyiyuepy
°O “Cry ‘nuafiyau sidp) 20q-eaty aq,
“Sort “NWN Aq_peytawepT
“Pp “ry ‘asoyars
-diay vowoy Apaayyng pyeqdurd yy ogy,
‘Ao “CN “AIT Aq poyquep]l
249) “Teg
‘nuranas srouajg Ayieqyug pielg ey,
“‘SUIJOS TOF paxelor
sem Apuoseay oq} [Hun savls.104
-dvo ey} jo dsvad aq] UL poulemoa.t
yprym ‘duo Sutm puly Iysiyy
Sony “CN I Aq peyyuepy
“Pp Caqey ‘up2.02U
sisapohpg = ABroyng pdyeg oy],
‘LojoDdsVTT SNUES BY} 04 SUTSUOT
-oq Ayquersdde ynq ‘uoiipuos
avod ut peatesoa ‘sng priAnpey V
“OPTEM-®PBOM “D
“aq Aq poutaguoos uolvoyTyuepyT
“dh “qyeq ‘sus
-wanp snnduog dsv ay pyidwuog ey,
"G “ayury ‘“2wosuppo
“Tea ‘Lojooun viafrjjaw sidp 99g OUT,
“QO “ayury ‘2wosuppp
‘iva ‘wojoouun niafyjau sidy eeg OUT,
"UOTYRUTTL
-19Jop JORX® JOJ UONyIptod poos
ATUeIolgns ul you ‘qo piVdg V
"YTS
‘“T fiq ao—,.maojor0p yo YM
peTh{ Uoym poureyor gr orm
‘smef s}I Ul eto pey 41 yqsnvo
Ue A— 9} SULANOASp pur—sooq
-OAlF] sutanydeo paatesqo sem
vauvlio vuyosy osu SIZ, ,,
“(QSUF “JUNT) UIMes
“UT YsyIag oy} ur suemroedg
*S “TMI ‘vaunho nuyos *1Z
‘W NINHOSOY
UAR TL
guey ‘suoyy fq paynuepy
*§ “eulaoyz
‘sktog ‘yaddanu = snyduohojoxy “0%
mecah ay ie
suey ‘suopy Aq pagruopy
“S ‘wutoy
‘skpag — ‘yaddana snydwuobojon “61
*§ “emo;
‘sk{tag ‘yaddans snydwobojoxy ‘QT
*& “quiey ‘wouaf snurjoy “LT
°S “quey ‘rovaf snujoy “OT
“6 “quiey ‘vouaf snwejoy ‘CT
"PP “query ‘vouaf snuro7 “FT.
“ NIHd WO)
°§ Smug ‘wnign)6 uowbor.iag “81
ULOJUG,
‘OAvON "V 'S
‘aAVON "YS
"dABIN “YS
"uosdullg “Pf “Ste |
“QABON “VY SS
‘OABIN (VS
(Q06T) 6 “a “Mx
‘uordwiey “HY “MT
*JOALIEGO
|
|
“S161
‘Arenure pag “purpesedy ‘olweypy aT
‘Lawnuep 48{Z
‘Arenure Ye]
‘Auwnuvpe yg
‘GIGI
‘puyesedyy ‘ofurpyy
, slat
‘purresedy ‘olueppy
“CI6T
‘4svoM ploy ‘meuduy
‘ST6L ‘Ame W39m
‘purpesed yy ‘AoTTVA alg g “Y vzuUCA TL
a
T6T “Ore YIG-MF “ROMY
‘q yug ‘tuidry ‘au ‘ruoqgeqedyy “7
8
OGI ‘une 199g “ysoto,7 Surdd ay
“SUISSIUI SUT OO pue prozyT
‘uepsny “A “A AA Aq peytyuepy
ote
‘nhuo) vjodojnmazy AT praeqey, oqy,
“Aqaryy ‘2p2
-pod syooudny YAOW piajuvaAT ey,
‘porsnao ATpeq prey
‘uaysny “oT “A ‘up Aq pogtuepy
Apel
‘phuop npodojnmazy Ay prueqey, ety,
“Soy “CN “UA Aq peyyuepy
TT ‘suddishuyo
npiwuogy kyrayyng, pryeqduad yy eyyy
JO Sum olf JYSIA OY] JO JUSUISBIy YW
“SUISSIUL PROFT
“Eqey ‘D7 7a4
-of vyrsdopng Apayying puerg ef,
‘Sorry “CN “A Aq pegquepy
*§ Culay, ‘awaxqao
pisary swan Sprang prpeydurs yon,
“troT} JO au WIM Zo Ay oj pu
STIOJT oy} JO WIvms B Ysnoayy
ysup 07 uees sv AYuoseaq, oy,
T
DuUDprilre 2740 T, UJOWW PLOA}AOT, OU,
. fo) “ATRO
‘gsuadno = apnuiajys §=— weNLIAY PLC) “QT
“§ “Mop “_ ‘a7nryonug wnwjayjiQ “LG
"S Cg op “gq ‘aywryonug wnugayiHg “9%
‘sy “A “Ad Aq peyrquepy
“P “g ep “_ ‘azn1yoDdg WNLJaY IM “CG
°S ‘shpog ‘wrapup, Wnigayper) “ET
‘sty A “Aq Aq peyyuepy
*§ ‘shag ‘mewovur, WnL2aYINC) “ET
“WNITATIAELT
a2
‘youary ‘wogpuadiur sogniadur eDupy
co
‘o}eqT pur AyrtTwoory
“Larg jo sowedg
*(panuajuoo) *T e,4e],
*eyeuop(O Jo satoadg
‘roqued.eg “TH “dO
‘soquedieg “FA dO
‘AunqioX “Mf
‘TIGL “sunday
‘epuRsy ‘eMopIA eyVy “sy vypesng
“GIGI “eune
‘epuesy ‘vsojorA eYVT “ST eypesnug
"GOST ‘YOIRAL pags “wEpy
Ne ee
UOljeoyLyUIpT
“Aqaryy
mrydapsoojpy)
Aq petutguoo
‘suoLfianyf vznU0L00
"Pp “umang ‘vj02j809na7 sruayshyooug
"PP “g Op “dL ‘nv)nuUUD srmayzeL7,
"P ‘shag ‘nwo, wneza0yIU ‘OS
*P ‘shjog “nrwovurt, wnwgayI1— “CE
“WNITOTICSIT
(4ST, JBN) Tanesnyy
Ysiylig ey} url suouttoedg
. 2 “quieyy
‘snumiorimou wogouadunr
rourp “FE
“WNINHOSGET
*T9ALISG CG
‘oqeq, pur AqrpRao'T
“Lag Jo sawodg
"eyLUOPE jo sotoadg
‘sayfuobnag, 4ayj0 uodn burhon gy sanfuobvagr (q)
“OLOqUaT
(6061) 6a “4 “1x
‘uoiduvy “HP “MA
sraquedaeg “TT “qd “)
rojuedaiey “FT -d ‘9D
"BOBTL ‘xoqmaydeg IE “4seroyy Sedd ay
‘TIGT ‘1040390
GIGI “Jsnsny
‘epuvsy ‘eIqojJOIA OYLT “T vppesng
(
|
|
‘epursy ‘BIXOJOIA eyvTY “TY vqueqg
|
\
*(UOT]LUIULEJEp youxe
toy Auvjuswiseaz 00}) ALT prosny, VW
“p
“day ‘syvdjod purssop.5 AP-9sy0s 7,94,
“qx ‘syndjod nurssopy Ay-08}08 J, oT,
‘1ojdvo fq ueyee pur 4ysneg
“CU ‘sayodjod wuassoy5 Ay-osqesy, ou,
-coydua fq maqee pure yysnrg
"aM ‘seyvdjnd purssopy Ag-esqzasy, OU,
“P“duegg ‘wngojorus wnwjadulhisy “ee
*$ “ulang ‘vzar7s00nay sruayphyooug “Ze
*P “ung ‘w202;s00na) SLMMaYIhYyODLT “Te
‘SID “A 4 Aq pegnuepT
*([Baauay LoyyR1)
H “Yao ‘wnsourwwf wnejpay724Q “OS
‘sIQ VW Aq Aq pay uepy
*(e.1mj}eUut) :
G “4stoq ‘wwnsowwnf uinwjzoyIO “6G
502 Mr. H. Campion on some
Table II.—SumMMaAry oF Prey.
i a ae ek i —
prey. | Captors.
| & a
| Order. Family. | Sy Pile as a |
; | 3 Ss 2 p
| = % z iS
| =< oS So 1)
| -O | ysnq
-0O1 Wo ‘xaatmoo Alqooy ‘apts
[vixveid ‘eovjims repnoy4aty “|
‘gq anouy
"y ano0uy
‘KNT() 10 SN IVWIXOUg
|
|
|
553
Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus.
‘OL ‘9 ‘e ‘OL ‘2 ‘f 2 sojtduexq
‘q dnory sv reps
pue pessordmos sv ao Sy dnowy sv perp
-uI OS jou opis yerxverd uoyRefnonty "2
‘g pure y sdnory
se dvncue se you sepsoq [elxvatg ‘9
‘a pues V sdnowy Ul SV 'G
‘gq pue vy sdnory ursy ‘fF
‘q pus Vv sdnowy uULsSy ‘¢
*pojepur AT9A dORJANS [VIJUAA °F
‘podoyaaop Ayozerapow aSpit yeurpnqrsuoy
puv eavouos ATPYSTYS sovjans pesto(y ‘T
“Q anouy
IL ‘8 ‘2 ‘Fe ‘OL ‘7 “¢ :sopdurexy
“OOBJANS [VIJTIA puB
[Bestop IVA 9Y4 JO 9ouas1aAuOD Aq pasneo
‘iyjnsue eps yerxveid §=uonefnoniy +2
‘vy dnorg ulsy ‘9
‘y dnory ursy ‘¢
‘y dnouy ul sy ‘fF
‘y dnoiyg ursy ‘e)
‘Quy OoUsANS [RIQUIA °G |
*y dnoay
UL Uvy} 10ey,Vy soRZANS [estop [eurxoad
ay} pur ‘pedojaasp etom esprit peurpny
-IGUOT OY} ‘eAvOUOD aLOUL GdBJANS [BSLO(T “T
6 GT ‘OL Mg :sodmexy
‘poyegur Alaa uoRMONIy +)
‘IR[NSUV IapIog [VIxvetlg “Gg
| ‘OVTANS [SLOP
(jo epis yerxejsod yuourovyqe-aposnut
1OF Govjins pouagyey onbiyqo poyeropy ‘e
“QOUTANS [BAJUIA 9} OF TO
pesuojord ‘opts perxezsod qoory aepnonty °
‘Lopioq yerxverd reau
govfINs AvpnoyIw uo 4id podeys-uiseq “¢
‘poyepur AraA sovzms [RajUaA *
S +
cs]
“ATTetrxoad xeauoo ATJWe3 Surutos9q
BOVJAMS [VSIO(Y ‘opts [erxvord os pra peurp
-nyreuoy guerdiouy “yey eovjams [es1og, ‘|
"Vy ano0un
‘HNT() dO SENG IVLSIG.
554 Mr. R. W. Hooley on the
the radius rested, bordered postaxially by the longitudinal
ridge. The ventral surface is strongly convex. On the
articulation there is clearly visible, although filled with
matrix, the circular pit near the preaxial border, for the
hemispherical knob of the proximal carpal, and at the post-
axial edge on the ventral surface are seen the remains of the
facet for articulation with the produced border of the carpal.
Distally no. 2 is very much inflated.
J. a. 10, 3: the distal end of left ulna. The surface for
the radius is more concave and the ridge more developed
than in no. 1. The dorsal surface becomes flatter proxi-
mally, while in nos. 1, 2, and 9 it is gently convex. The
distal extremity ef this example differs considerably from
no. 1; instead of being strongly inflated, both dorsal and
ventral surfaces are flat, converging and forming an angle
on the preaxial border. Nos. 4, 7, 8, and 11 are examples of
this type. J. a. 10, 6, the distal end of left ulna, has a very
inflated convex ventral surface, continued to the articulation.
The longitudinal ridge is moderately developed. The dorsal
articular surface for the radius is slightly concave. The
preaxial side of the articulation is not as inflated as no. 1
nor as compressed and angular as no. 3. Nos. 5 and 10 are
examples of this type.
No pneumatic foramina are to be found on any of these
specimens.
Conclusions as to the Extremities of Ulne (see pp, 552-553).
By a comparison of the articulatory surfaces of J. a. 11,
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, aud 6, it is quite possible that they belong to
species with the same type of the distal end of humerus as
nos. 21 and 32 on tablet J. a. 6, and therefore of Group A.
Granting that the proximal ends, J. a. 9, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6,
Group b, have lost no epiphysis, and ate as they were in
life, we consider them to belong to the same reptiles,
possessing the type of humerus exemplified in the distal end
of humerus J. a. 6, 20, Group B, and thus, if our conclusions
are correct, to Ornithostoma.
The only distal ends of humeri that J. a. 9, 1, Group C,
could in any way articulate with are those of the Group C,
of which the humerus J. a. 6, 30 is the type. The proximal
end of the ulua J. a. 11, 7 must for the present remain an
isolated bone, necessitating the formation of Group D, of
which it is the only example.
There is no evidence available to enable the apportionment
of any of the distal ends to either of the genera formed by
Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus. 555
the premaxille. Group A certainly approaches Ornitho-
desmus latidens, but differs considerably in the great inflation
of the ventral surface, the depth of the preaxial border, the
lack of any drawing in of its distal termination into a
tubercle, and no prolongation of the dorsal surface of the
bone over the preaxial border as a wing. The Jongitudinal
ridge on the dorsal surface is not as highly developed. The
ventral surface of Ornithodesmus latidens is deeply concave,
especially towards the postaxial border, before the rise of the
bone for the articular facet, where, in the Cambridge specimen,
the convexity is the greatest, and the articular facet on the
postaxial side is more oblique.
The Carpals.
It is impossible to assign any of these bones to any given
genus, but two which have been figured by Seeley in ‘ Orni-
thosauria’ are sufficiently close to Ornithodesmus latidens to
favour an assumption that they belong to a genus with the
humerus of the type of Group A. These bones are J. 6. 1,
no. 7, pl. v. fig. 8, a proximal belonging to the right carpus,
aud J. b. 8, 24, pl. v. tig. 7, to the right distal carpal.
The Wing Metacarpal.
As with the other bones, only fragments of the wing
metacarpal occur, and therefore comparisons with other
genera from the length cannot be made. The best-preserved
proximal end is J. 6. 5, 3, figured by Seeley (pl. vi. figs. 2
& 3). It appears to belong to an entirely different family
from Ornithodesmus.
Several specimeus possess the facet, below the main
proximal articulation, for the bending of the wing; but
they are not as developed or directed outwards in as great
a degree as in Ornithodesmus latidens,
The Sternum.
The anterior projecting process is the only part of the
sternum preserved. It was directed well forward, down-
ward, and oblique to the sternal plate, and not vertical as in
Ormthodesmus latidens. They are all close to Ornithostoma
(Pteranodon) and Nyctosaurus, but they cannot be appor-
tioned either to the dentigerous or edentulous forms of the
Cambridge Greensand for certainty.
556 Mr. R. W. Hooley on the
Os innominatum.
Examples of the ossa innominata are arranged on tablet
J. 6.10, and numbered 1-9. In those specimens, where the
acetabulum is preserved, it is imperforate, and the surrounding
bones anchylosed and apparently near to Ornithostoma
(Pteranodon) ingens, where the bones are conjoined and the
acetabulum shallow and imperforate.
Femur.
There is only one perfect specimen of the femur, the other
examples are fragments. They may be divided into two
groups :—
(1) Neck and head oblique to the shaft. Great trochanter
weak, Shaft straight and large. Example:
Wee, LO:
(2) Neck and head very oblique. Great trochanter
robust. Shaft straight and small. Example:
Was We Te
Both are illustrated in ‘Ornithosauria,’ pl. vil. figs. 5, 6,
7, and 8. In neither group are the head and neck as
terminal as in Ornithodesmus latidens. 'The shaft is not
curved as much as in the American forms; otherwise the
description by Professor Williston * of the femur of Ornitho-
stoma (Pteranodon) ingens is near to Group 1 and also to
Nyctosaurus (Nyctodactylus) +. To which genus the speci-
meus included in Group 2 belong must remain an open
question.
In concluding our examination of the Cambridge Green-
sand material in the Cambridge Museum, Cambridge, we find
that the jaws divide into five genera—Crnithocheirus, Lon-
chodectes, Amblydectes, Criorhynchus, and Ornithostoma.
On the evidence of the premaxille Ornithodesmus is
entirely separated from either genera of the Cambridge
Greensand, but the fragments of the humeri and ulne of
Group A must undoubtedly be iucorporated into the same
family, and there is nothing to prove that the humeri and
ulnee included in Group A should be assigned to reptiles
possessing premaxillz typical of one of the five genera.
Neither cau any of the otlier bones of the axial skeleton be
* S. W. Williston, Kansas Uniy. Quart. 1893-4, ii. p. 80.
t Id. Field Col. Mus. Pub, 78, geo. ser. 1908, vol. ii. no. 8, p. 150.
Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus. 550
apportioned to any particular genus, except those which, by
comparison with the American forms, belong to Ornitho-
stoma.
The other groups must remain isolated until some further
discovery determines their relationship.
CLASSIFICATION,
Family Ornithocheiride.
Subfamily OrwrrgocuErrinz.
Genera OrNITHOCHEIRUS (Seeley).
LoncHopEcTEs.
Subfamily Crroruywcuryz.
Genera CriorHyNcHUS (Owen).
AMBLYDECTES.
Family Ornithostomatide.
Genus OrnitHostoma (Seeley).
(Pteranodon, Marsh.)
In conclusion, I would like to bear witness to the magnifi-
cent work of Seeley in the determination and interpretation
of such fragmentary material. It must have been a most
difficult task. I also desire to thank Professor T. MeKenny
Hughes for his courtesy and kindness in lending me the
type-specimens for study.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.
Fig. 1. Veft lateral view of Cambridge specimen J.c.9. O., orbit;
Su.OC.CR., supra-occipital crest; OC, occiput. x about 3.
Fig 2. Occiput of same specimen above the foramen magnum. /f.m.,
foramen magnum ; p.t.f., post-temporal fossre. x about 3.
Fg 3. Posterior view of skullof same specimen. Sw.OC.CR., section of
supra-occipital crest; OC., occiput. X about i.
Fig. 4. Left lateral view of the tip of the upper jaw of Criorhynchus
simus (after Owen). Nat. size.
Fug. 5, Left lateral view of a portion of the upper jaw of Coloborhynchus
clavirostris (after Owen). The dotted lines indicate the amount
of the upper jaw worn away by attrition. Nat. size.
558 Mr. A. O. Walker on
LXIT.— Specres of Amphipoda taken by ‘ Runa,’ July and
August 1913, not in Norman’s Final Shetland Dredging
Report, 1368. By Atrrep O. WALKER.
Lysianassa ceratina, A. O. Walker, 1889.
y ’ ’
Canon Norman refers ‘* Z. coste 2 and ZL. longicornis g
of Dredging Report of 1863 and 1864” to this species
(Crust. Northumberland and Durham, in Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. North., Durham, &c., vol. iit. part 2).
Aristias neglectus, Hansen.
This is Anonya tumida, Goés, of the Final Report. The
Shetland specimens presented to the British Museum by
Dr. Norman bear Hansen’s designation. Ar/stias tumidus is
an Arctic species.
Tryphosa héringti, Boeck.
Socarnes erythrophthalmus, Robertson, 1892.
Hippomedon denticulatus (Bate).
Tryphosa sarsit (Bonnier), 1891.
Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck.
Metaphowus fultont (T. Scott), 1890.
Neoplustes assimilis (G. O. Sars, 1882).
Nototropis vedlomensis (Bate and Westwood).
Mera tenuimana (Bate).
Gammarus duebenii, Lill}.
Jassa pusilla (G. O. Sars, 1894).
Notes on Crustacea of ‘Runa’ Cruise, July and August 1913.
9 J g
Janira maculosa, Leach.
Two specimens were found in the branchial sac o° as
many individuals of the Ascidian Corella parallelogranma.
This is probably the first time this Isopod has been found
as acommensal. It is, however, recorded as occurring on
Aleyonium digitatum by Dr. P. P. Hoek (Crust. Neerland.
part il. p. 5) and by the writer (Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverpool,
Species of Amphipoda. 559
vol. iii. 1889, p. 198); on this occasion they were in con-
siderable numbers, and therefore probably not accidental,
but feeding either on, or, more probably, with the polypes.
Dr. W. M. Tattersall informs me that he has found it
“extremely abundant wherever Alcyontum digitatum is to be
found, and, in deep water, commonly associated with other
Aleyonarians. such as Lophohelia; also clinging to such
Compound Ascidians as Leptoclintum.” He thinks, how-
ever, that it is rather a case of protective coloration than
commensalism—a question that will require careful aquarium
aud laboratory observations to solve.
AMPHIPODA,
Euonyx chelatus, Norman.
More abundant than usual.
Lysianassa plumosa, Boeck.
A single young specimen, length 6 mm. This is a rare
species on our coasts. Whien fresh its colour distinguishes
it at a glance, the body-segments, especially the first two or
three and those of the pleon, being blotched with pink or
orange, as described by G. O. Sars. Canon A. M. Norman
doubts the specific distinction between this species and
L. ceratinus, Walker, on the ground that specimens occur
“with only a small spine-point on the hinder margin of the
third segment of the metasome.” In the present specimen
it is very slightly upturned, so as to form an acute angle
(7), which is probably a condition of immaturity. In
L. ceratinus it is completely rounded at all ages, while the
colour is a uniform yellowish white.
Lysianassa ceratina, Walker.
For the synonymy see Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser, vol. xii.
p. 327. °
A single adult male. This had the pereopods 1 and 2
and uropods 3 clothed with plumose sete, as in L. plumosa,
Boeck. It is probably a generic character in adult males.
Corophium crassicorne, Bruz., and C. bonelli, M.-Edwards.
On Aug. 10, 19138, Dr. W. A. Herdman, in a small motor-
launch from his steam-yacht ‘Runa,’ made a haul with a
very small and light dredge with cheese-cloth bag in the
south or “blind” entrance to ‘Tobermory Harbour, depth at
560 On Species of Amphipoda.
low tide about 3 feet. The contents of the bag were sent to
me for examination, and were found to contain no less than
19 species of Amphipods. Among these were about 40
female Corophium bonelli, M.-K., 3 female C. crassicorne,
and 8 males—of which species? I may say here that I take
G. O. Sars’s descriptions and figures (1) as the correct repre-
sentations of these species as far as they go.
Now there is a mystery about the male of C. bonellii. G.O.
Sars (1) says he has “never met with males of this form.”
Norman (2) says that “ Among some hundreds of specimens
loosely examined there were none which at a glance would
seem to be males.” In 1879 Dr. P. P. C. Hoek (3) described
and figured the antenne of a male and female Corophium
under the name of C. crassicorne—presumably they were
taken in the same locality.
Now a comparison of these figures with those of Corophium
acherusicum, Costa, in Della Valle’s ‘Gammaridea of the
Bay of Naples’ (pl. viii. figs. 24, 31, &c.) shows that they
are identical as regards the female, and, as far as can be
judged from the portion of the lower antenna shown by
Hoek, probably the male also. This identity was suggested
by Stebbing (5), and has been confirmed by an examination
of specimens trom Bone, Algeria, kindly sent to me by
Mons. E. Chevreux under the name of C. acherusicum,
Costa (1857), which, therefore, merges in the older name of
C. bonellii, Milne- Edwards, 1830.
As regards C. crassicorne, Bruzelius, while the female
lower antennze differ entirely from those of C. bonel/iw (as is
well shown by Sars), the males are far more difficult to
distinguish. Chevreux (6) says that the males of C. acheru-
sicum and C, crassicorne are difficult to distinguish except by
the lateral angles of the head, obtuse and crenate at the
extremity in the former, much produced and acute in the
latter, Unfortunately this feature is difficult to see, and as
the two species are found associated on our western coasts
and the females of C. bonelli exceed the males numerically
to an almost incredible degree, it is no wonder that the latter
have been attributed to C. crassicorne. ‘The tooth on the
inner side of the third joint of the peduncle of the lower
antenne and the number of spines on the first joint of the
upper antenne in the male, which in 1898(7) I thought
distinctive, appear to be variable characters.
To the synonymy of C. bonelldi given in the Gammaridea
of ‘Das Tierreich’ must therefore be added C. acherusicum,
Costa, and C. crassicorne, Hoek. My C. bonnellit in Trans.
Linn. Soc., 2nd ser, vol. xii. p. 343, should be C. bonellir,
On a new Genus of Isopoda from Algiers. 561
and not (as altered in MS. to some of my correspondents)
C. crassicorne.
Dr. W. T. Calman, F.L.8., who most kindly assisted me
in examining specimens at the British Museum, agrees with
ine in being unable to perceive any difference of importance
between C. bonellit and C. acherusicum.
References.
(1) G.O. Sars. ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. i., Amphipoda, p. 616,
ls. 220, 221,
(2) A. M. Norman. Crust. Devon and Cornwall, p. 95.
(3) Horx. Tijdschr. Nederlands. Dierk. Vereen. vol. iv. 1879, pp. 115—
119.
(4) DELLA Vatte. F. FI. Neapel, v. 20, p. 364, t. viil. figs. 24, 31, &e.
(5) SteBBine. ‘ Das Tierreich, Gammaridea, p. 692.
(6) CHrvrEvux. Résult. Camp. Monaco (Amph. de ‘ L’Hirondelle’),
p. LOO.
(7) Watxer. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. xii. 1898, p. 172.
LXIII.—Deseription of a new Genus of Terrestrial Isopods
from Algiers. By Water E. Counce, M.Sc., F.L.8.,
F.E.S.
[Plate XXIII]
Some short time ago Dr. Leonard Doncaster very kindly
entrusted to me for examination and identification a small
collection of terrestrial Isopoda from the University Museum
of Zoology, Cambridge. With one exception all the specimens
were European. One tube contained two examples of a very
striking and beautiful species from Algiers, and from a naked-
eye examination I at first thought they were examples of a
large species of Viambia, Budde-Lund *, as they exhibited
the peculiar large cavity at the junction of the flagellum
with the peduncle of the antenne ; a more minute examina-
tion, however, proves them to be quite distinct from that
genus, although distantly allied.
Paraniambia tuberculata, gen. et sp. n.
Body (PI. XXIII. fig. 1) oblong-oval, dorsal face slightly
‘convex, with numerous large tubercles on the head and
* “Tand-Isopoden,” Jen, Denkschrift. Gesell. 1909, Bd. xiv. p. 59.
Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 38
562 On a new Genus of Isopoda from Algiers.
thoracic segments. Cephalon richly tuberculated and _ par-
tially flanked by the lateral plates of the first segment of the
mesosome ; lateral lobes well developed and tur ned upwards,
median lobes absent. Eyes large, subdorsal. Antennule
(fig. 2) small, 3-jointed. Antenn (fig. 8) long, fifth joint
largest, the flagellum articulating with the peduncle in deep
cavity, exceedingly mobile; flagellum 2-jointed, with a
smaller 2-jointed terminal portion. Mandibles (figs. 4 & 5)
stout, with four teeth and two tufts of sete. First maxillee
(fig. 6), outer lobe with three large and four smaller in-
curved spines, inner lobe (fig. 7) with two setaceous spines
on the inner border. Second maxilla thin and plate-like.
The segments of the mesosome 1-3 richly tuberculated
with large processes, remaining segments with finer and
much smaller tubercles; lateral plates not expanded, pos-
terior angle overlapping next segment. Maxillipedes
(fig. 8) large and well developed; the outer Jobe termi-
nates in three small spines and a large multispinous
process; inner lobe distally flattened with three small
marginal spines. The ventral surface of the body is raised
and fringed outwardly with small spines. Thoracic ap-
pendages (fig. 9) large and characterized by a series of
short blunt marginal spines, general surface of the segments
covered with small pointed spines. On the second appendage,
at the distal end and outer side of the protopodite is a small
pit-like depression lined with minute spines (fig. 9, p.d.).
Abdominal appendages (figs. 10.a-b), first small (probably
degenerate), second (tig. 106), exopodite triangular in shape,
with knob-like thickening on the outer lower border, endo-
podite small. Uropoda (tig. 11) well developed, basal plate
large, exopodite broad and “‘plunt, endopodite attached above
and on the inner border, slender, ‘and shorter than exopodite.
‘Yelson small and triangular.
Length 22 mm.
Colour (in alcohol) creamy brown, with slaty-grey abdomen.
Hab. Algeria, 1873 (J. W. Clark).
Type. In the University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.
In the form of the antenne, first maxilla, telson, and
uropoda the genus shows a relationship with the genus
Niambia, Budde-Lund, but differs from the known members
of that genus in all other features. The peculiar form of the
lateral lobes of the head at once separate this genus from
any other I know of. Instead of being flat- like extensions
of the head disposed horizontally, aise are turned vertically
inwards. There is no trace of any median lobe, the front of
the head gradually sloping over on to the epistoma.
On small Mammals from Djarkent. 563
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.
. Left maxillipede.
. Second thoracic appendage, p.d., pit-like depression.
Fg. 10a. First right abdominal appendage.
Fig. 106. Second right abdominal appendage.
Fig. 11. Uropod from right side.
Fig. 1, Dorsal view, x 3.
Fig, 2. Antennule.
fig. 3. Antenna.
Fig. 4. Left maxilla, inner side.
Fig. 5, Part of left maxilla, outer side.
Fig. 6. First maxilla, outer lobe.
Fig. 7. First maxilla, inner lobe.
8
9
Fug.
*
LXIV.—A new Nycteris from N.W. Rhodesia.
By Knup ANDERSEN.
Nycteris woodi, sp. n.
A member of the WV. ethiopica group (see Ann. & Mag.
N. H. (8) x. p. 549, Nov. 1912), differing from the other
representatives of the same group by its much smaller size
and relatively longer ears, and from all other forms of the
genus by having the fur of the underparts pure white, without
any trace of darker bases to the hairs.
Forearm 42°5 mm.; ear from base of inner margin
(relaxed) about 29. Skull, total length to front of canine 18-2;
condylo-canine length 15:8 ; maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 6.
Type, skin and skull of an adult, Chilanga, N.W. Rho-
desia, 4100’, Nov. 1913, presented by R. C. Wood, Esq.
BLM. 14. 4. 22. 2.
‘LXV.—On small Mammals from Djarkent, Central Asia.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Tue British Museum owes to the generosity of the Hon. N.
Charles Rothschild the donation of a series of upwards
of 300 small mammals collected by Mr. W. Riickbeil at
Djarkent, Semiretchensk, Central Asia, a place situated on
the Uszek River, Middle Ili, at the western end of the Thian-
shan Mountains. A few specimens were also obtained by
38%
564 Mr. O. Thomas on
Mr. Riickbeil at Przewalsk, on the Issyk-kul, about 150 miles
to the south-west of Djarkent.
The collection is of so much value to the Museum and so
much scientific interest that I have thought it advisable to
give a full list of it.
Thirty-one species are included, of which six prove to be
new.
1. Nyctalus noctula, Schr.
Thirteen specimens.
2. Pipistrellus pipistrellus lacteus, Temm.
Fourteen.
For reasons as to the use of the name lacteus see Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 258 (1909).
3. Erinaceus albulus, Stol.
Seven.
4. Neomys fodiens orientis, subsp. n.
Male. “From the swamps of the River Kamennaja
retschka.’”— W. h.
Size rather large ; fur long. ‘ail short, with well-deve-
loped white fringe and white pencil at tip. Colour asin true
fodiens, the under surface washed with yellowish white.
Sole-pads apparently larger than in the European form,
Skull with rather higher and more rounded brain-case,
the lateral flanges not so abruptly projected outwards.
TInterparietal not so far projected forwards between the
parietals as in most specimens of fodiens.
Teeth.— Anterior upper incisor slenderer, less abruptly
curved downwards, more projected forwards than in fodiens,
the anterior curved edge forming a smaller segment of a
larger circle. Front unicuspid longer than in fodiens, its
outer cingulum more nearly horizontal.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 88 mm. ; tail 55 ; hind foot 18.
Skull: condylo-basal length 21:1; condylo-incisive length
22; breadth across brain-case 10°8 ; bottom of nasal notch
to front angle of interparietal 15°5; height of brain-case
from basion 5°9 ; upper tooth-series 10°5 ; basal diameter of
shaft of 2! 0°8; horizontal length of anterior unicuspid 1°5.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 5.10.33. Original
number 878. Collected 30th December, 1913.
small Mammals from Djarkent. 565
This water-shrew is very like the NV. fodiens of Northern
Europe, but would seem to be sufficiently distinguished by
the characters above described. Owing to its long rich fur,
strongly contrasted coloration, and well-marked white caudal
fringe it is even more beautiful than most examples of the
Huropean animal.
5. Sorex araneus, Linn.
Two. “In die Schlucht Narin.”— W. R.
Although with rather more prominent front incisors than
ordinary araneus, and thus leading on towards the species
now to be described, these shrews can be matched in this
respect by some Scandinavian specimens, and may therefore
be assigned to S. araneus. On the other hand, the shrew of
the same group from the Thian-shan should certainly bear a
special name. Indeed, I distinguished and named it some
years ago, but ils description seems never to have been
published.
Sorex asper, sp. n.
Allied to S. araneus, but the upper incisors and unicuspids
much enlarged.
Colour brown, no tricolor pattern perceptible. Under
surface of a summer specimen also brown, little lighter than
the upper colour; of a winter specimen hoary grey with
slaty bases to the hairs. Fur of summer specimen 4, of
winter specimen 7°5 mm. in length.
Skull like that of S. araneus, but the muzzle longer.
Anterior upper incisors large, heavy, much projected
forwards, their upper front profile starting forwards nearly
horizontally from the bone supporting them, instead of bein
continued in the same slanting line as the profile of the
bone. Unicuspids very large and heavy, the combined
length of the first three 2°3 mm., their breadth especially
great in proportion. Molars not larger than in araneus, so
that the muzzle is longer in proportion than in that species.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 65 mm.; tail 37; hind foot 12;
ear 8,
Skull: condylo-basal length 19°5 ; condylo-incisive length
20°2; breadth across brain-case 9°6 ; tooth-series 9 ; front of
z' to front of p* 4°5.
Hab. Vhian-shan. Type from the Tekes Valley, others
from Kok-su.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 5, 4. 8. 2. Collected
566 Mr. O. Thomas on
11th September, 1904, and presented by Mr. A. B. Bayley-
Worthington. Seven specimens.
6. Sorex minutus, L.
Fifteen.
Crocidura tlensis, Mill.
Twelve.
8. Felis caudata, Gray.
Two.
9. Putorius eversmanni, Less.
Male.
‘The British Museum series of Asiatic polecats shows these
animals to be by no means so unvarying in colour as might
be supposed from Mr. Hollister’s statement as to their con-
stancy. In two cases sets from the same place differ con-
siderably tinier se, as, for instance, in the brown or white
colour of the crown, and there is, of course, always a wide
difference between winter and summer specimens.
10. Alustela erminea ferghane, ‘Thos.
Three males, in winter pelage.
In addition to these three specimens I have before me a
female in winter pelage from Przewalsk (Coll. Kutsenko) and
the type, insummer pelage, from Mt. Kara-Karyk, Ferghana
(Coll. Barey). he last was said by its collector to be a
male, a statement I published when describing the subspecies ;
but while the skin shows no external evidence of sex, its
agreement in size and skull-characters with Mr. Kutsenko’s
female is so close that I am now disposed to think that it also
is a female.
This mistake, to which I regret that I gave currency, may
result in the invalidation of Mr. Hollister’s “Mustela lymani,”
described on a male so muck larger than the Ferghana speci-
men that Mr. Hoilister appeared to be quite justified in
distinguishing it, on the assumption that the sexes were the
same. Further summer skins of both forms will, however,
be needed before this question can be definitely settled.
11. Mustela sacana, sp. n.
3 & 3. Przewalsk.
Proportions and general appearance as in M/. altaica, Pall.
(M1. alpina, Gebl.), the body of a similar buffy colour above,
small Mammals from Djarkent. 567
and the crown vinaceous buff. Under surface pale yellowish
white, not sharply defined laterally, yellower on the throat
and belly, becoming gradually white on the chin and under-
sides of limbs, but “without the marked contrast between a
pure white chin and a strongly yellow or buffy throat.
Palms and soles with an intermediate state of hairiness
between that found in altatca and iongstaff, the ends of the
digits and the median pad exposed, but less so than in long-
staff, and the proximal carpal pad—prominently open in the
latter species—quite hidden in the fur.
Skull and teeth about as in altaica, though the inner edge
and antero-internal corner of the bulla are less angularly
prominent.
Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin, and there-
fore only approximate) :—
Head and body 280 mm. ; tail 180; hind foot 45.
Skull: basal length 48°5 ; greatest breadth 28°5; inter-
orbital breadth 11:5; intertemporal breadth 10°2; mastoid
breadth 24 ; palatal length 23°7 ; maxillary tooth-row 16°3 ;
p* 63 m’, transverse diameter 4°3, breadth of inner lobe 2°4.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14.5. 10. 64. Original num-
ber 438.
This fine weasel is intermediate in characters, asin locality,
between JM. altaica of the Altai and JL. longstaffii of the
Upper Sutlej and Ladak ; and it is possible that hereafter all
three may be considered as subspecies of one widely spread
species. ‘The marked differences in the degree of hairiness
of the feet, however, prevent my adopting this course without
further intergrading material. Apart from the feet, M/. sacana
may be distinguished from a/tatca by the absence of contrast
in the colour of the chin and throat, from longstaffi by its
more yellowish belly, not defined laterally, and from M. temon
by its larger size.
- 12. Mustela sp. (probably pallida, B.-Ham.).
Two males in winter pelage.
Barrett-Hamilton’s type of pallida being a female, and
both the present specimens being males in winter pelage, it is
impossible to express any definite opinion as to the latter’s
relationship to pallida or to Blanford’s séoliczkana, of which
the figured skull is, however, larger than those of Mr,
Riickbeil’s two males.
13. Mustela nivalis, L.
Four males, one in summer, one in changing, and two in
winter pelage.
568 Mr. O. Thomas on
A small form of weasel, corresponding closely to Mf. n.
caucastca, Barr.-Ham.
14. Marmota centralis, Thos.
Five.
15. Dyromys angelus, Thos. (?).
Male (immature).
‘Too young to be determined with certainty.
16. Meriones tamaricinus, Pall.
Twenty-one.
17. Meriones meridianus, Pall.
Ten.
18. Rhombomys opimus, Licht.
Tourteen.
19. Alus wagneri, Kversm.
Twelve.
Differ a good deal among themselves. Some may be
related to Al. pachycercus, Blanf.
20. Apodemus tscherga, Kashtch.
Ten.
‘Vopotypes of A. microtis, Mill.
21. Cricetulus fulvus, Blanf.
Highteen.
22. Evotomys centralis, Mill.
&o. 291. In Wald Schluchtes Tischkan.”—W. R,
23. Arvicola terrestris scythicus, subsp. n.
‘Twelve specimens.
A large race of the Scandinavian terrestr?s.
Size nearly equalling that of amphibius. General colour
about as in amphibius or in light-coloured examples of
terrestris, not so dark as is commonly the case in the latter;
the reddening of the cheeks characteristic of terrestris well
marked, ‘Tail black, scarcely lighter below, its tip in nearly
every specimen with a small white pencil.
small Mammals from Djarkent. 569
Skull nearly as large as in amphibcus, but with the fossorial
characteristics of that of ¢errestr’s not only well marked but
intensified ; the incisors even more thrown forward and the
supraoccipital area so slanted forward that in vertical view it
equals the interparietal in apparent extent. In amphibdus it
is scarcely visible at all from above, in sapidus and terrestris
it appears decidedly less in extent than the interparietal, and
only in the small and nearly completely fossorial scherman
does it equal the interparietal as in scythicus. Though large,
the skull is not highly ridged, certainly less so than in
amphibius.
Teeth about as in terrestris, the incisors slightly more
thrown forwards, JZ* consisting of only three triangles and
a simple posterior lobe, as in Scandinavian terrestris (cf.
Blasius’s figure 188 *).
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 200 mm.f; tail 130; hind foot 34.
Skull : condylo-basal length 42; condylo-incisive length
42°5; zygomatic breadth 24°8; nasals 11°6x4:7; palatilar
length 22°6 ; upper molar series 9°6.
Type. Old female. B.M. no. 14.5.10.154. Original
number 255. Collected 5th May, 1913.
‘This water-vole is a large race of the Scandinavian A. ter-
restris, with which it agrees in its more essential characters,
It will probably be found to be the form which occurs
throughout Asiatic Russia.
The striking revision of the water-voles recently published
by Mr, Miller f has alone enabled me to appreciate the true
relationship of this fine animal.
24, Microtus (Microtus) ileus, Thos.
Nineteen specimens.
The type of this well-marked species was in the first
collection sent by Mr. Riickbeil (B.M. no. 11. 12. 14. 30),
The specimens are labelled as having been caught along
the banks of the Uszek and Ili Rivers.
Some of the skulls have an unusually long median spike
at the posterior end of the palate, while in others this is
entirely absent.
25. Microtus (Microtus) obscurus, Eversm.
Thirty specimens.
* Sdug. Deutschl. p. 345.
+ This measurement is probably too large. Other specimens are
measured as 166, 167, and 178 mm, in trunk-length,
+ Cat. Mamm. W. Europe, p. 724 (1912).
570 Mr. O. Thomas on
Of the two small voles of this region I assigned, in my
paper on the Carruthers mammals, the name eversmannt,
Poliakoff, to the Alicrotus, and not to the Stenocranius, on
the ground that Biichner’s figure of the skull clearly indicated
a Microtus and that, as he mentions Poliakofi’s original
specimens, this figure might be supposed to be taken from
one of them. Whether Biichner’s Prawalski specimens
were of the same form or not did not affect the question.
Since I wrote, however, Mr. Hollister*, in agreement
with Kashtchenko, has again put eversmanni into Steno-
eranius, and I therefore now accept his conclusion, at least
until an expert examination can be made of the types in
St. Petersburg.
26. Microtus (Stenocranius) tianschanicus, Biichn.
Four specimens.
“Tn die Schlucht Tisehkan,”
27. Alticola worthingtont subluteus, subsp. n.
gd. 324; 9. 323. “In die Schlucht Tischkan.”
Like true worthington? in all essential characters, but the
pure white of the end of the hairs of the lower surface
replaced by “ pale pinkish buff” (Ridgway, 1912). Hands,
feet, and tail also with a slight buffy tinge.
Skull and teeth as in worthinglone.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 95 mm.; tail 40; hind foot 20;
ear 16. A
Skull: greatest length 26°5 ; upper tooth-row 5*7.
Type. Slightly immature female. B.M. no. 14.5, 10,186.
Original number 323. Collected 20th July, 1913.
28. Hilobius ursulus, Thos.
Seventeen specimens. “In die Schlucht Malaja-Aksu.””—
Wal.
‘This series shows well how the colour intensifies as age
advances, the younger specimens being greyish buff, while
the older ones attain a rich cinnamon.
I can find no tangible difference between the Djarkent
examples and the three original specimens obtained by
Mr. Carruthers on the southern s!opes of the Barlik Mountains.
By the help of this series, however, I am now able to
distinguish the skull of ursudus from that of the Samarkand
* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, xly. p. 516 (1918).
small Mammals from Djarkent. SUE
fusciceps, of which I originally described this l/obius as a
subspecies.
In F. fuscipes the lambdoid ridge is continuous and well
defined right across the skull, bowed forwards in its middle
third. In ursudus it is practically obsolete for this middle
third, the crown and occipital areas passing almost smoothly
into one another. In ursulus, also. m> tends to be rather
simpler than in fusciceps.
29. Allactaga riickbeili, sp. n.
Dix. >
A. mongolica group.
Size about as in A. suschkiné and mongolica, larger than
in saltator. Colour rather paler than in our examples
of saltator. Crown distinctly greyer than back. Ears
proportionally long, apparently about as long as in susch-
kint. Hands and feet pure white; central sole-pad un-
covered in all the specimens, covered with hair in all the
available examples of mongolica and saltator. Tail buffy
above, white below, with well-marked white ring before the
black one, black ring varying from about 45 to 55 mm.,
measured from its commencement in the middle line to the
tips of the longest hairs; white terminal tufts short, only
about 30-35 mm. measured in the same way.
Skull larger than in saltator, with shorter muzzle than in
mongolica.
Dimensions of the type :—
Head and body 150 mm. ; tail 220; hind foot (s. u.) 76 ;
ear 49.
Skull: greatest length, occiput to gnathion, 39; condylo-
incisive length 38°3 ; zygomatic breadth 25°8 ; nasats 14°3 x
6; interorbital breadth 10°8 ; breadth of brain-case 19 ; pala-
tilar length 22°5 ; palatal foramina 8°7 ; molar series (exclu-
sive of premolar) 6°3.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 203. Original
number 247. Collected 6th April, 1913.
“On banks of River Uszek.”
This jerboa is probably most nearly allied to A. suschkini,
from north of the Aral Sea, but is distinguished by having
a well-marked white ring before the black one of the tail, no
trace of such a ring being present in suschkint, and, on the
other hand, by its very much shorter white terminal tuft.
From A. saltator it is distinguished by its larger size and
the more open condition of the foot-pads. Mr Hollister’s
A, grisescens, coming not only from the general region, but
ie: Mr, O. Thomas on
from the actual type-locality of saltator, must, I think, be
synonymous with it. Like that animal, it is distinctly
smaller than A. rickbeilt.
I have connected Mr. Riickbeil’s name with this jerboa in
recognition of the pains he has taken in making this interesting
collection of Djarkent mammals.
30. Allactaga elater, Licht.
Eleven.
31. Lepus sp.
Three.
Probably LZ. lehmanni, Sev.
32. Ochotona sacana, sp. n.
Seven from Przewalsk.
Like O. macrotis, but warmer coloured, especially on the
flanks.
Size and all essential characters as in UV. macrotis. General
colour above in winter pelage buffy brown of a considerably
warmer and stronger tone than the whitish buffy of the
winter pelage of macrotis. On the sides and rump, instead
of getting whiter, the ends of the hairs become more rufous,
so that the flanks are distinctly cinnamon, the basal two-
thirds of the hairs being, however, still dark plumbeous and
a subapical band white. Under surface dull whitish, faintly
washed with cinnamon. Centre of face pale cinnamon.
Fars large, blackish brown on proectote, greyish white on
metentote. Hands and feet buffy white above; palms and
soles greyish.
Skull as in O. macrotis. Frontal vacuities present in all
the specimens.
Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—
Head and body (c.) 200 mm.; hind foot 33; ear 28.
Skull: greatest length 47; condylo-incisive length 44;
zygomatic breadth 22°5; nasals 16 x 5:5 ; interorbital breadth
5°3; breadth of brain-case above meatus 18; palatal foramina
13:5x 4°7 ; breadth of palatal bridge 1°8 ; upper tooth-series
(alveoli) 9.
Hab, Przewalsk.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 5. 10. 219. Original
number 442. Collected 15th December, 1913.
While undoubtedly nearly allied to O. macrotis, this pika
new S.-American Mammals. 573
is readily distinguishable by its cinnamon-washed sides and
rump and the more blackish backs to its ears. Mr. Car-
ruthers’s Karakoram specimens of macrotis are, like these, in
full winter pelage, and have afforded good material for
comparison.
LXVI.—Three new S.- American Mammals.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Pseudalopex smitherst, sp. n.
Ps. culpeus group, but the body reddish throughout.
Size apparently rather less than in cu/peus. Fur soft and
thick, not very long. Colour wholly unlike that of any
known Pseudalopex, owing to the black on the tips of the
hairs, which forms so prominent a feature in the colouring of
other species, being here replaced by rich ochraceous red,
the underfur being still creamy buff terminally and slaty
basally. On the tail alone the terminal brush is, as usual,
black, the bases of the hairs buffy, and the hairs of the caudal
gland are black terminally and white for their basal two-
thirds; the hairs of the rest of the tail tipped with rich
ferruginous. As a result we have an animal which is bright
reddish, head, body, and limbs, though, owing to the buffy
underfur, the colour is not as strong as in some of the purely
red Canidae. Under surface dull buffy whitish on throat
and lower belly, deeper and more pinkish buffy on the chest
and sides of belly. Chin with a slight darkening, as in
culpeus, not a definite black patch as in the azarica group ;
nor is there any trace of a dark patch on the back of the
thighs.
Dimensions, owing to the specimen being a made-up
tanned skin, not able to be taken, but the size appears to be
somewhat less than in Ps. culpeus.
Hab. Sierra de Cordoba, Argentina.
Type. Adult skin, without skull. B.M. no. 14. 3. 18. 1.
Obtained and presented by W. A. Smithers, Esq.
This most remarkable mountain-fox is closely related to
Pseudalopex culpeus, but is at once distinguished from that
and every other member of the genus by the replacement of
the grizzled black and white of the body by rich ferruginous.
574 Mr. O. Thomas on
Mr. Smithers had heard of this interesting inhabitant of
the Cordoba highlands for some time, and has at last been
able to obtain a hunter’s skin of it. ‘Though without a skull,
there can be no doubt whatever either as to its affinities or of
its distinctness from any previously described species.
It has been to Mr. Smithers that we already owe the
specimens of Azara’s fox which I took as typical of Pseud-
alopex azarica, and I now have great pleasure in connecting
his name with the present striking animal, in whose discovery
he has been instrumental.
Microsciurus avunculus, sp. 0.
Closely similar to JZ, napi, but markedly larger throughout.
Size a little larger than inany described species. General
colour above finely grizzled olive-brown, the fore back slightly
greyer, the hind back warmer. Chest greyish “ cinnamon-
buff,” not such a bright ochraceous as in MM. rubrirostris ;
belly and inner sides of hind limbs dull tawny, toned down
by the slaty bases of the hairs. Crown finely ticked with
ochraceous, a little warmer than nape, more like hind back,
not so ochraceous as in rubrirostris. Kars with their inner
surface grizzled ochraceous; outer surface grey anteriorly,
with a large whitish patch posteriorly, the upper part of this
patch buffy. Hands and feet grizzled ochraceous. Edges
of tail pale buffy.
Skull conspicuously larger than that of JZ. nap7, about as
in M, rubrirostris.
Dimensions of the type :—
Hind foot, s. u. 39, c. u. 42 mm. ; ear 15.
Skull: tip of nasals to front of interparietal 35°5 ; condylo-
incisive length 84 ; zygomatic breadth 23°3; nasals 11x 4°8;
interorbital breadth 14°2 ; breadth of brain-case 19 ; palatal
length 16; tooth-row (exclusive of p*) 6:2.
Hab. Oriente of Ecuader. Type trom Gualaquiza; alt.
2500'.
Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 14. 4. 25. 53.
Original number 312. Collected 31st November, 1913, by
Gilbert Hammond. Presented by Oldfield Thomas,
This species is in colour quite like JZ. napi, which occurs
in the same region, but is so much larger, as evidenced by
its skull- and tooth-measurements, that it is clearly different.
It is probably most nearly related to AZ. rubricollis, the species
I have always regarded as M/. peruanus, Allen, but is distin-
guished from both by its much duller and less contrasted
under surface.
new S.-American Mammals. ae
Dr, Allen, in his recent paper, considers his M/. perwanus
as only doubtfully distinguishable from Gray’s ‘“ Macrowus
huhli,” said to have been collected by Castelnau, and there-
fore thought by Dr. Allen to have come from somewhere on
the Upper Amazons. But Dr. Allen has quite misunderstood
the characters of kuhli*, which is beyond question the
“ Sccurus pusillus”’ of Guiana, whence the type must have
come—probably accidentally mixed with Castelnau material
by the dealer (Paizudaki) from whom it was bought. The
tact that the hind foot of the type of kuhli is only 26 mm. in
length would alone distinguish it from any of the Andean
Microsciurt.
Most opportunely three specimens of the Guianan pigmy
squirrel have just been received from the late Mr. McConnell’s
collector Cozier, one of them having a perfect skull, and I
am now able to state that this animal is not a Microsccurus at
all, but represents a new genus allied to the Malayan and
W.-African pigmy squirrels. Its description is given else-
where, but a new subspecies of it may be here described :—
Sciurillus pusillus glaucinus, subsp. u.
Like S. puszllus, but much paler throughout.
General colour above “neutral grey ” instead of greyish
hair-brown. Under surface pale grey washed with light
buffy, instead of dark grey washed with fulvous. Crown,
muzzle, and inner side of ears pale grizzled buffy, many
shades lighter than the almost ferruginous colour of pus¢llus.
Back of ears and patches behind them prominently snowy
white. Feet grizzled buffy. Tail-hairs tipped with whitish,
a number of hairs in the terminal pencil black, a line along
the centre below also black.
Skull apparently rather smaller than in pusélus, but the
type is not as old as the available examples of that animal.
Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—
Head and body 104 mm.; tail 113; hind foot 27:7.
Skull: greatest length 27:5; condylo-incisive length 25 ;
zygomatic breadth 20 ; nasals (on outer edge) 7 x 4°7 ; inter-
orbital breadth 12°5; breadth of brain-case 15; palatilar
length 10; upper tooth-series (exclusive of p*) 3°8.
Hab. Great Falls of Demerara River, British Guiana.
Type. Adult mal>. B.M. no. 14.4. 21.1. Collected
by Cozier in August 1913, and presented by Mrs. F. V.
McConnell.
* If this has been at all due to any statement or omission in my letters
to him on the subject, I must ask his pardon,
576 On a new Snake from Northern China.
LXVII.— Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber
from Northern China. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Coluber halla.
Snout rounded, feebly prominent; canthus rostralis distinet,
loreal region concave; eye moderate, half length of snout.
Rostral broader than deep, the portion visible from above
measuring about one-fourth its distance from the frontal ;
internasals a little broader than long, shorter than the pre-
frontals; frontal once and a half or once and three-fifths as long
as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, as lone as
the parietals ; loreal a little longer than deep; preocular
large, single or divided, with a small subocular below it;
two postoculars; temporals 2 or 3+3 or 4; eight upper
labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; five or six lower
labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as
long as or a little longer than the posterior. Scales in 25
rows, very strongly keeled, of outer row smooth. Ventrals
not angulate laterally, 173; anal divided; subcaudals 58 ( ? )
to 65(¢). Brown above ; vertebral region lighter, with a
series of large transversely elliptical spots of a darker brown
with a fine blackish edge; a lateral series of much smaller
spots, alternating with the above; a dark brown band from
eye to eye across the prefrontals and a broader one from the
eye to the last upper labial ; further markings on the back
of the head expanding into two large blotches on the occiput
and nape; upper lip yellowish, spotted or speckled with
brown ; lower parts yellowish, with small greyish spots ;
larger blackish spots on the sides of the belly.
Total length 940 mm.; tail 180.
Two specimens, male and female, were found in rocky
gullies in the Chikfeng (Hata) District, N. Chihili Province,
by Mr. A. L. Hall, and presented by him to the British
Museum.
This species is allied to C. dione, Pall., which was found
in the same district by Mr. Hall. It is easily distinguished
by its strongly keeled scales.
Dr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. YW
LXVIII.—WNotes on the Forficulariaa—XXI. Progress in
Dermaptera in 1912 and 1913. By Matcoum Burr,
Mise, Ho. .Z.5., P.G.8., PLS.
IN response to the suggestion of several friends I offer the
following notes on the progess in our study of the taxonomy
of the Dermaptera since the appearance of my Fascicule in
Wytsman’s ‘ Genera Insectorum ’ in LOLL.
It will be observed that several new genera and a large
number of new species have been characterized, and several
important alterations of generic position and of synonymy
effected.
I hope at an early date to publish a paper which will very
considerably modify the existing system in detail, though not
much in general, embodying the results of the comparative
study of the opisthomeres, the wing-venation, the manubrium
of the ninth sternite of the male, and of the genital armature
of the male, and of the gonapophyses of the female, in a con-
siderable amount of material, amplifying and enlarging the
very valuable work of Zacher on these lines. ‘The results
will profoundly modify the generic arrangement of the Psalide,
but will not have any very far-reaching effect upon the other
groups.
The following is the list of works referred to in this paper
which have appeared since the publication of the Fascicule
on Dermaptera:—
Burr, Matcorm, D.Se. (1911".) “ Contribution to our Knowledge
of Indian Earwigs.” Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
vol. vii. no. 11, pp. 771-800 (December, 1911).
—. (19121) “A new Species of. Arivenia (Dermaptera).” Ent.
Month. Mag. (2) xxiii. pp. 105-106, fig. (1912).
—, (1912%.) “Interesting Dermaptera in the Budapest Museum.”
Annales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, x. pp. 281-284 (1912).
——,. (1912+) “Die Dermapteren des k. k. naturhistorischen Hof-
museums in Wien.” Annalen des k. k. naturhistorischen Hof-
museums, pp. 63-108. (Wien, 1912.)
——, (1912°.) ‘Ueber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus
dem Kénigl. Zoolog. Museum Berlin.” SB. Ges. naturf. Fr,
Berlin, no. 5, pp. 310-330, figs. 1-5 (1912).
(1912*.) “ Dermaptera from Java and Sumatra.” Notes Leyden
Mus. vol. xxiv. Note 37, pp. 225-229 (1912).
—., (19127) “Nachtrage zur meiner Bearbeitung der Dermapteren
des k, k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums,” Annalen des k. k.
Hofmus. Wien, pp. 331-340 (1912).
—. (1913%.) H.Sauter’s ‘Formosa-Ausbeute: Dermapteren.’ Ent.
Mitth. ii. pp. 65-70 (1913). ‘
(19134.) “ Zoological Results of the Abor Expedition, 1911-12.
—X. Dermaptera.” Rec. Ind. Mus. vii. pp. 135-147,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xiii. 39
578 Dr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.
Burr, Marcorm, D.Sc. (1918°.) “Indian Dermaptera collected by
Dr. A. D. Imms.” Journ, Proc. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n.s.), ix.
no. 6, pp. 183-187 (1913).
—. (1915°.) “New Guinea Dermaptera, collected by Dr. P. N.
van Kampen and K. Gjellerup (1910-1911).” Tijdschrift yoor
Entoniologie, Deel lvi. (1913).
—. (19157.) “Notas de Dermapterologia Americana.” Extracto,
Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. xvii. no. 3, pp. J66-171 (June, 1913).
—. (1914'.) “ Notes on the Forticularia—XX. A new Genus and
Five new Species from Australia.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,
vol. xiii. pp. 72-77, pl. iv. (Jan. 1914).
BoreExvi, Dr. ALFREDO. (19111.) “ Diagnosi preventive di dermat-
teri nuovi della regione indiana.” Boll. Mus. Tor. vol. xxvi.
no. 640, pp. 1-4 (June, 1911).
——. (1911°.) “Specie nuove di dermatteri di Costa Rica.” Bol.
Mus. Tor. vol. xxvi. no, 644, pp. 1-10.
——. (1912'.) “Nuovo genere di Dermatteri della Repubblica Argen-
tina.” Boll. Mus. Tor. vol. xxvii. no. 649.
——. (1912*.) “Di aleuni Dermatteri della Repubblica Argentina.”
Boll. Mus. Tor. vol. xxvii. no. 660.
—. (1912°.) “ Dermaptéres nouveaux ou peu connus du Muséum
de Paris.” Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1912, no. 4, pp. 1-20.
ScHTSCHERBAKOFF, TH. 8. (1912.) “ Dermaptéres de la Collection de
v. Motschoulsky.” In Russian: Rev. russe d’Ent. 1912, xii. p. 349.
Burr, Maucoum, and Jorpan, K. (19138.) “On Arivenia, Burr, a
Suborder of Dermaptera.” Trans. 2nd Int. Congr. Entom. vol. ii.
p- 398, text-figs. 12-28 (Oct. 1913).
Order DERMAPTERA.
Suborder ARIXENINA.
Genus Arrxenta, Jordan.
Add :—
2. A. jacobsoni, Burr, (1912*) p. 105, fig. Java.
The morphology and anatomy of this creature has been dealt
with at some length by Jordan and Burr (1913).
Suborder Forricuina.
Superfamily PROTODERMAPTERA.
Family Pygidicranide.
Subfamily ANATALINA.
Add :—
2. Genus Branpex, Burr.
for
1. B. solvendus, Burr, (19127) pp. 331, 332, fig. S. Africa.
Subfamily AARrSCHIELLIN 2.
1. Genus Karscuretna, Verhoeff.
Very likely A. bidentata, Zacher, is identical with A. neavei,
Burr.
Dr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 579
2. Genus Bormansi4, Verhoeff.
Add :—
3. B, orientalis, Borelli, (1912%) p. 1. Mozambique.
Subfamily PrespicRaniIn 2”.
4. Genus Katocrania, Zacher.
Add :—
fee raja purr. 419.) p. 773. Indias
8. K. semenoffi, Burr, (1912°) p. 311, fig. 1. Amu Darja.
9. K. grote, Burr, (1912°) p. 312, fig. 2. German East Africa.
do. Genus Dicrana, Burr.
Add :—
11. D. hackeri, Burr, (1914") p. 72, fig. Queensland.
8. Genus Pyrex, Burr.
Add :—
6. P. sauteri, Burr, (1912”) p. 314. Formosa.
7. P. shortridgei, Burr, (1914') p. 73. W. Australia.
Subfamily Prracrine.
The genus Propyragra, Burr (1910), coincides with Pyragropsis,
Borelli (1908), fresh material showing that Borelli was deceived by
a defective specimen when he erected Pyragropsis; v. Burr, (19127)
p. 332.
Psalis thoracica, Serv., is to be moved to Pyragropsis, as evidenced
by fresh material in my collection.
Subfamily EcwrwosomATIn.&,
1. Genus Ecurnosoma, Sery.
Add :—
16. EZ. dentiferum, Borelli, (1912°) p. 3. Bhutan.
Family Labiduride.
In the key to the subfamilies (p. 24) there is a serious mistake.
For 4, “metasternum
4.4. ** metasternum
read 4. ‘*mesosternum
4.4. ‘* mesosternum
As a matter of fact, this character does not hold good throughout
the group, as in the recently discovered Psalid genus Spondox the
mesosternum is truncate posteriorly.
39*
580 Dr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.
The best feature to characterize the Psaline is the great length
of the membranous manubrium on the inner margin of the ninth
sternite of the male, which in the Psalins, and only here, is at least
one and a half, often three, times as long as the sternite itself,
This is quite a new character, and will be discussed comparatively
in a paper shortly to be published.
Subfamily AZLLOSTETHINE.
2. Genus GonoLapipuRA, Zacher.
Add :—
2. G. astruci, Burr, (1911) p. 776. 8. India.
With regard to G. volzi, J have since seen Zacher’s type; it is
distended and bleached by spirit, but undoubtedly identical with
the syntypes in my possession of G. piligera, Borm.
3. Genus ALLOsTETHELLA, Zacher.
I have since compared the types of Zacher’s two species with
that of A. dori, Dubr. I have no doubt whatever that they are
mere colour-variants of one and the same species, the discoidal spot
of the elytra being very unstable in size and intensity.
Subfamily EsPHALMENIN-.
1. Genus EspHatmenvs, Burr.
Add :—
6. E. porteri, Burr, (1913) p. 170, fig. 21. Chili.
Subfamily Psarin”.
Genus Gonoxasts, Burr.
8. G. woodwardi, Burr, is removed to Mongolabis.
9. G. brunnert, Dohrn, ey us
11. G. pacifica, Erichs., - ne BA
6. G. michaelsent, Burr, 3 » Hulabis.
1. G. kirbyi, Burr, 7 - x
12. G. kiikenthali, Zacher, is identical with the true G. javana of
Bormans. I have compared the types, which are the only two
specimens extant, of this very well-characterized species.
Genus AnrsonaBis, Fieber.
3. A. vosseleri, Burr, is removed to Logicolubis, Zacher.
6. A. incerta, Borm., is removed to Jdolopsalis, and has nothing to
do with A. festa.
8, A. eteronoma, Bor., and 15. A. aporonoma, Bor., I consider
indistinguishable from 14. 4. annulipes, Lue.
Dr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 581
18, A. feliv, Burr, is identical with Horridolabis paradowura,
Zacher. The name feliv has priority.
28. A. albovittata, Burr, as shown by fresh material, is a Prolabia.
38. A. taurica, F. de W. The reference is given wrong. It should
be:—Orth. Ross. p. 47, v. Schtscherbakoff, (1912) p. 352.
Probably it is a synonym of Huborellia mesta, Géné.
46. A. wthiopica, Burr, is identical with Gelotolabis burri, Zacher.
Add :—
48. A. horvathi, Burr, (1913°) p. 281. N. Guinea.
49. A, penetrans, Burr, (1912*) p. 78. Mayotte.
50. A. addita, Burr, (1913 °%) p. 66, fig. Formosa.
51. A. pervicina, Burr, (1913+) p. 1387. NE. Assam.
Genus Evsoretiia, Burr.
Add :—
{40 EH. asiruci, Burr, (1911) p. 779. S. India.
15. £. aborensis, Burr, (1913*) p. 1387. N.E. Assam.
Genus Psatis, Serv.
Add :—
18. P. insulana, Borelli, (1912°) p. 5. Grand Comoro.
19. P. haenschi, Burr, (1912°) p. 317, fig. 3. Ecuador.
Genus Lapipuropxs, Dubrony.
L. robustus, Dubr., has been rediscovered ; in the structure of
the sternal plates it agrees with Zvtanolabis, Burr.
Add :—
Genus Hererorasis, Borelli.
for
1. A. brasiliensis, Bor., (1912°) p. 12. Brazil.
Note.—The whole classification of the Psaline is in a state of
flux, and will be entirely remodelled in a paper shortly to be
published.
Subfamily PaRrisoLAaBIn eZ.
2. Genus PsEupisoLasis, Burr.
Add :—
4, P. immsi, Burr, (1913°) p. 185, fig. Himalayas.
Add :—
4. Genus Partsopsatis, Burr,
for
1. P. spryi, Burr, (1914") p. 74 — Victoria.
582 Dr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.
Subfamily BracHYLABIN«.
“2. Genus Bracuyzasis, Dohrn.
Remove 4. B. geniculata, Montr., to Nannisolabis.
4. Genus Nannisoxasis, Burr.
Bring here 3. N. geniculata, Montr.
Add :—
4. N. formicoides, Burr, (1911%°) p. 781. S. India.
6. Genus Marrsotasts, Burr.
Remove M. bifoveolata, Bol., to Ctenisolabis, Verh.
8. Genus LeprisotaBis, Verhoeff.
Add :—
o. L, aliena, Borelli, (19117) p. 1. Costa Rica.
Superfamily EUDERMAPTERA.
Family Labiide.
Subfamily SeonciPHoRINe.
1. Genus SponeipHora, Sery.
Bring here :—
6. S. buprestoides, Kirby, from Labia.
3. Genus Vosrox, Burr.
Add ;—
4. V. dugueti, Borelli, (1912°) p. 13. Mexico.
5. Genus Sponcovostox, Burr.
No. 18. S. nigrorufus, Burr, is removed to Hamaaas.
Also add :—
25. S. vicinus, Burr, (19027) p. 336, fig. 11. S. America.
26. S. alter, Burr, (1912") 1. c. fig. 18.
27. S. basalis, Burr, (19127) p. 337, fig. 16.
23. S. recurrens, Burr, (19127) p. 337, fig. 15. 3
30. S. aborum, Burr, (19134) p. 140. N.E. Assam.
”
bb]
And bring here :—
29. S. tricolor, Kirby, out of Labia, with which S, poarvus, Burr,
(19127) p. 836, fig. 12, is identical.
Dr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 583
6. Genus Marava, Burr.
I have since seen the type of Labia wallacet, Dohrn; it is a
female, but is identical with Labia grandis, Dubr., and not with
Prolabia arachidis, Yers., although it has a strong superficial
resemblance to the latter. ‘lhe correct name is therefore Marava
wallacer, Dohrn, and M. grandis is reduced to synonymy.
We must refer here, either as a variant or distinct species,
2. M. subaptera, Kirby, out of Labia.
Also add :—
3. M. deddi, Burr, (1914") p. 75. Queensland.
4. M. hackeri, Burr, (1914°") p. 76. ‘
5. M. victoria, Burr, (1914*) p. 77. Victoria.
Subfamily LaBinz.
1. Genus Cuzrospanta, Karsch,
Add :—
22. C. stiletta, Burr, (1911) p. 786. §. India.
23. CO. infernalis, Burr, (1913%*) p. 167, fig. Formosa.
Genus Lasra, Leach.
As noted above, the following are removed from this genus :—
16. L. subaptera, Kirby, to Marava.
26. L. tricolor, Kirby, to Spongovostox.
27. L. buprestoides, Kirby, to Spongiphora.
Also
41. L. tuberculata, Borelli, to Spongovostow.
Add :—
49. L. pyrop?, Borelli, (1913 *) p. 15, Burma.
And delete
49. L. modesta, Bruner (cf. no. 38) (entered twice in error),
5. Genus Protasra, Burr.
As already noted,
delete Labia wallacet, Dohrn, as a synonym of P. arachidis,
and bring here
12. Anisolabis albovittata, Burr.
Add :—
13. P. hildebrandti, Burr, (1912°) p. 324, fig. 5. Madagascar.
~
584. Dr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.
Subfamily SparaTrinZ.
4, Genus Paraspararra, Burr.
Add :—
8. P. picadot, Borelli, (1911 7°) p. 3. Costa Rica.
Add :—
6. Genus Meraspararra, Borelli.
for
1. M. chacoensis, Borelli, (1912') p. 3. Argentine.
Family Chelisochide.
4. Genus Kremucuvs, Burr.
Bring here
2. K. malgachus, Borm., from Chelisoches.
6. Genus Proreus, Burr.
Add :—
8. P. delicatulus, Burr, (1911) p. 789. 8S. India.
9. P. cunctator, Burr, (19117) p. 790. 8S. India.
7. Genus Cuextsocues, Scudder.
6. C. malgachus, Borm., as noted, is removed to Kle:duchus.
Add :—
10. O. formosanus, Burr, (1912") p. 339. Formosa.
11. C. tigris, Burr, (1913 %) p. 143. N.E,. Assam.
11. Genus Hamaxas, Burr.
Bring here from Spongiphora :—
5. H. nigrorufus, Burr.
Add :—
6. H. kempi, Burr, (1913*) p. 144. N. India.
Family Forficulide.
The Chelidurinee and Anechurinz should be fused into one sub-
family. The whole group is under rearrangement.
Subfamily AvecHuRIn”.
4, Genus Preryerpa, Verhoeff.
The references to pl. vi. figs. 16a, 166, apply to P. circulata,
Dr. M. Bier en aes on the Forficularia. 585
not to P. jagori. I have since seen a water-colour drawing of the
type of P. jagori: the creature is unknown to me, and does not
appear to be connected with Zimomenus at all.
7. Genus Anucuura, Scudder.
Add :—
17. A. stoliczke, Burr, (1911") p.. 792... Ne Indiae
Subfamily Porricuri#.
4. Genus Homortacrs, Burr,
This genus should be removed to the Labiine ; in the structure
of the tarsi and also of the genital armature of the male, as well as
in other features, it comes nearest to Chetospania.
8. Genus Hypureus, Burr.
Add :—
la. H. humeralis, Kirby, var. vittatus, Burr, (1911) p. 799.
N, India.
9. Genus Dorv, Burr.
Add :—
7. D. leucopteryx, Burr, (1912*) p. 99. Venezuela.
8. D. platensis, Borelli, (19127) p. 2. Argentine.
10. Genus Guancuta, Burr,
Add :—
6. G. medica, Burr, (1911) p. 793. 8S. India.
7. G. chirurya, Burr, (1911) p. 749. Sikkim.
14. Genus Forricuna, Linn.
I think that 15. F. ignota, Burr, and 5. F. aceris, Burr, are both
mere colour-varieties ot 6. F. beelzebub, Burr.
No. 10. F. robusta, Sem., is obviously identical with F. scudderi,
Borm., which latter was always regarded as identical with / tomis,
Kol. Since Semenoff has shown that the Far Eastern species is
distinct, de Bormans’ old name /. scuddert (1880) must stand,
against /. robusta, Sem. (1908).
Add :—
42. F, beebei, Burr, (1911"’) p. 295. Himalayas.
586 Dr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.
Subfamily VzoLoBoruorin 2.
1. Genus Nroroporuora, Scudder.
Add :—
5. N. insolita, Borelli, (19117*) p. 9. Costa Rica.
6. NV. handlirschi, Burr, (1912+) p. 103. Brazil.
Subfamily AwcrsTROGASTRIN A.
2. Genus TristaneLa, Borelli.
Add :—
3. 7. inermis, Borelli, (19117*) p. 7. Costa Rica.
3. Genus Saraxas, Burr,
Add :-—
4. S. borellei, Burr, (1912*) p. 105. Peru.
4, Genus Praos, Burr.
Add :—
3. P. robustus, Borelli, (1911*) p. 5. Costa Rica.
Subfamily OrrsTHOCOSMIIN 2.
14. Genus Eparcuvs, Burr.
Add :—
7. E. oberthurt, Borelli, (1912%) p. 19. Bhutan.
16. Genus Corpax, Burr.
Add :—
4. C. politus, Burr, (1911*°) p. 798. Burma.
5. C. van kampeni, Burr, (1913°) p. 315. New Guinea.
17. Genus Synronvs, Burr.
Add :—
2. S.? ensifer, Burr, (1912*) p. 107. Peru.
Subfamily Dr4PeRASTICINE.
1. Genus Drarerasticus, Burr.
I have seen the type of D. cagnii ; it is a brachypterous melanic
form of D. erythrocephalus.
On the Ceylonese Species of Adoretus. 587
LXIX.—On the Ceylonese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera
belonging to the Genus Adoretus. By Gurpert J.
ARROW.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
In my paper on the Rutelinee of Ceylon, published in the
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for September 1911, I enumerated
thirty-one species in all, but reserved the genus Adoretus for
further consideration later. Previous to the publication of
that paper only a single species of the genus had been
recorded from the island. Fourteen are now known to me, of
which one very widely distributed species, A. versutus, Har.,
is the only one certainly occurring elsewhere. ‘The list of
species will no doubt be considerably increased yet, for the
genus is evidently peculiarly well represented in Ceylon,
although, owing to the generally nocturnal habits of the
insects and their inconspicuous colouring and aspect, they
have received little attention. Although never of very
brilliant or attractive appearance, some of the largest and
most striking members of this enormous genus, with the
exception of some inhabiling the Madagascan Region, are to
be found in Ceylon. They are destructive insects, devouring
the leaves of roses, cannas, and other cultivated plants.
The following is the list of the Ceylonese species at present
known :—
. mavis, Arrow. A, versutus, Har.
. bicaudatus, sp. n. A, fenuinalis, sp. 0.
. ursus, Arrow. A, infuns, sp. n.
. leo, Arrow. A, mus, sp. 0.
. ermineus, sp. D. A, suturalis, sp. n.
. rugosus, sp. 0. A. corpulentus, sp. n.
. singhalensis, Ohaus. . celogaster, sp. 0.
PAR AR A&A
eK
“ Trigonostoma nana,” Walker, attributed to Adoretus in
the Munich Catalogue, is a species of Apogonia.
The types of the new species here following are in the
British Museum. Most of the species were found by
Mr. E. E. Green.
Adoretus bicaudatus, sp. n.
Brunneus, dense griseo-setosus, elytrorum areis denudatis et densius
tectis longitudinaliter alternantibus; pygidio ante apicem bi-
penicillato: minutus, angustus, toto dense punctatus, opacus,
pedibus posticis brevibus, crassis,
Long. 8-10 mm. ; lat. 35-5 mm,
588 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Ceylonese
Hab. Cryion: Trineomali (H#. E. Green, Sept. 1910) ;
N’munai (#. L. Green, May 1909).
A pair from the Pusa Research Institute collection are
labelled “ Calcutta (C. H. Preseley, 12th Oct., 1909) ” ; but
I rather hesitate to accept this Jocality without further
confirmation.
Brown, densely clothed with decumbent grey sete, which
form alternate denuded and densely covered patches upon
the elytra. The apical protuberances of the latter are promi-
nent and slightly tufted, and there are two strong tubercles
upon the pygidium before the extremity, which bear thick
tufts of white setee.
It is small and narrowly elongate, densely and rugosely
punctured above and beneath. The head is large, with
prominent eyes aud broadly semicircular clypeus. The sides
of the pronotum are moderately rounded, the front angles
slightly acute, and the hind angles very obtuse. The elytral
epipleur are not developed. The legs are rather short, the
hind pair very short and thick. The front tibia is armed
with three short teeth, the uppermost further from the second
than that is from the first and separated by a rather sharp
notch. ‘The larger claw is minutely cleft in the front and
middle feet, aud the shorter claw of the hind foot is less than
half the length of the longer one. The antenne are 10-
jointed, joints 4 to 6 nearly equal in length.
g. The teeth of the front tibia are very small. The
tufts of the pygidium are very prominent, aud there is a
well-marked, smooth, denuded area between them and the
apex.
Adoretus ermineus, sp. 0.
Omnino testaceus, supra crebre albo- aut flavo-setosus et squamosus,
scutello elytrorumque lateribus et parte apicali densissime squa-
mosis, pygidio dense, corpore subtus magis laxe albo-hirsutis:
elongato-ovalis, convexus.
Long. 12-14 mm.; lat. 5-6-7 mm.
Hab. Ceyuton: Madulsima (2. £. Green); Kalupahani,
near Haldummulle.
Testaceous, thickly clothed above with white or pale
yellow scaly decumbent sete, which become gradually more
dense towards the hinder part of the elytra, and are extremely
dense upon the scutellum and the outer margins of the elytra.
The pygidium is densely, and the lower surface of the body
and the legs are less densely, clothed with fine hair.
It is elongate-ovate and convex, with a close sculpturing
Species of the Genus Adoretus. 589
of the upper surface which is almost hidden by the scaly
covering. ‘The clypeus is semicircular, the pronotum mode-
rately rounded at the sides, with the front angles nearly
right angles and the hind angles obtuse. The elytral coste
are feeble and the epipleuree not developed. The front tibia
bears three not very strong external teeth, the longer claw is
minutely cleft in the front and middle feet, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is less than half the length of the other.
The antenne are 10-jointed, joints 3-5 equal, 6 longer.
6. The clypeus is small, and the eyes very prominent but
not very large. The pygidium is clothed with long erect
hairs, which converge to form a pointed cone.
?. The pygidium has a small! depression at its apex, and
the hairy covering is not long or erect.
Adoretus rugosus, sp. n.
Toto fusco-brunneus, antennis femoribusque flavis ; sat dense flavo-
setosus, hirtis longioribus interspersis, pygidio pedibus corporeque
subtus longe et erecte hirsutis: angustus, parallelus, depressus,
supra omnino rugosus, pedibus longis et gracilibus.
Long. 13°5-14°5 mm.; lat. 6 mm.
Hab. CEYLON: Maskeliya (Z. E. Green, May, August).
Dark brown, with the antennze and femora yellow. Nar-
rowly elongate and parallel-sided, and moderately closely
clothed with rather coarse greyish or yellowish hair, with
longer erect hairs interspersed. The pygidium, legs, and lower
surface are clothed with rather long upstanding hair. The
eyes are exceedingly large and prominent, the clypeus small,
semicircular, and granulated, and the forehead and pronotum
coarsely and closely punctured, the latter with the sides
moderately rounded, the front angles nearly right angles and
the hind angles obtuse. The elytra are entirely coarsely
rugose, without visible punctures, and with only vague indi-
cations of the usual coste. The pygidium is shining and
clothed with long erect hairs. The legs and antenne are
very long and slender, the front tibia armed with three small
but sharp teeth, the uppermost one very minute and more
distant from the second than that is from the first. The longer
claw is cleft upon the front and middle feet, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is about half the length of the longer
one. ‘lhe antenna are 10-jointed, joints 3-6 very elongate.
6. The longer claw of the front and middle feet is cleft at
a considerable distance from the tip.
This is one of the larger species of Adoretus. It has con-
siderable resemblance to A. singhalensis, Ohaus, but is larger,
590 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Ceylonese
and differs from that and most other Adoret¢ in the rugose
elytra, the usual paired rows of punctures and close-set
interstitial puncturation being quite absent.
Adoretus feminalis, sp. n.
Brunneus, prothoracis lateribus elytrorumque lateribus vel superficie
tota flavescentibus; sat breviter ovatus, crebre et minute punc-
tatus, undique regulariter sat dense setosus.
Long. 9°5-10 mm.; lat. 5°5 mm.
Hab. CEYLON: Kandy (Grilles, 1905) ; Peradeniya (EL. E.
Green, Nov. 1910) ; Colombo (Green, March 1906).
Brown, with the sides of the pronotum and the sides or
the whole of the elytra paler. It is rather short and ovate
and entirely clothed with moderately dense, short, uniform
greyish seta. The clypeus is semicircular and granulated,
the forehead is strongly and rather rugosely punctured, and
the pronotum is short, moderately closely and finely punc-
tured, with the front angles right angles and the hind angles
rounded off. The scutellum and elytra are closely and
distinctly punctured, the costes upon the latter are narrow
and distinct and the epipleuree are not continued behind,
The pygidium is shallowly pitted or punctured and clothed
with sete, which are erect only at the apical part. The sides
“of the metasternum are strongly punctured. The front tibia
is armed with three acute equidistant teeth, the longer claw
of the front and middle feet is cleft, and the shorter claw of
the hind foot is more than half the length of the other. The
antenne consist of ten joints, the third to the sixth pro-
gressively diminishing in size.
3. The clypeus is rather small, and the longer front claw
is very minutely cleft.
Adoretus infans, sp. n.
Pallide testaceus, capite, pronoto tarsisque rufescentibus: elonga-
tus, modice convexus, undique sat crebre griseo-setosus, setis
tenuis, haud brevibus, decumbentibus, nonnullis longioribus
erectis interspersis ; corpore supra fortiter sat crebre punctato,
clypeo semicirculari, granulato.
Long. 8°5-10 mm. ; lat. 4—4°5 mm.
Hab. CryLon: Eppawela (North Central Prov., Z. £.
Green, Sept. 1905).
Pale testaceous, with the head, pronotum, and_ tarsi
reddish, strongly and closely punctured above, and thickly
Species of the Genus Adoretus. 591
clothed with fine, rather long, grey decumbent hairs, inter-
spersed with a few longer erect hairs,
It is elongate and moderately convex, with a large head,
very prominent eyes, and semicircular clypeus, which is
closely granulated. The forehead and pronotum are deeply
and closely punctured, the sides of the latter straight in
front and the angles right angles, strongly rounded behind
and the angles very obtuse. The elytra are strongly and
closely but not rugosely punctured, the coste rather in-
distinct and the epipleuree undeveloped. ‘The pygidium is
clothed with long erect hair. The front tibia bears three
sharp but not strong equidistant teeth ; the longer claw is
minutely cleft in the front and middle feet, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is much less than half the length of the
longer, The antennee are 10-jointed, joints 3 and 6 longer
than 4 and 5.
6. The body is much narrower in shape, the eyes larger,
and the clypeus smaller than in the female.
Adoretus mus, sp. n.
Fuscus, elytris brunneis, femoribus abdomineque subtus plerumque
testaceis: minutus, elongatus, setis griseis erectis et decumbenti-
bus eequaliter vestitus, capite minute rugoso, clypeo semicirculari,
pronoto modice punctato, elytris rugose punctatis, absque costis ;
pygidio ubique erecte pubescente.
Long. 5°5-6 mm. ; lat. 3 mm.
ITab. CryLton: Diyatalawa (7. Bainbrigge Fletcher, Sept.
1903).
Daik brown, with the head and thorax nearly black, and
the femora and abdomen beneath generally yellow,
It is a very small narrow-bodied species, moderately
thickly clothed with a rather rough grey pubescence, with
intermingled erect hairs, the pygidium entirely clothed with
long erect hair. ‘The head is finely and closely rugose, the
clypeus rather large and semicireular, The pronotum is
moderately closely punctured, the front angles slightly and
the hind angles very obtuse. ‘The elytra are rugosely punc-
tured and devoid of coste and of lateral caring. ‘The front
tibia bears three nearly equidistant teeth, the uppermost
feeble and placed near the middie. ‘he longer claw of the
front and middle tarsi is minutely cleft, and the shorter claw
of the hind tarsus is less than half the ‘length of the longer
one. The antenne are long, the third, fourth, and fifth
592 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Ceylonese
joints nearly equal in length, the sixth about twice as long,
and the seventh minute.
g. The antennal club is very long.
I have not seen a female.
Adoretus suturalis, sp. n.
Pallide flavus, sutura elytrali late infuscata, prope scutellum paulo
dilatata, capite intra oculos prothoracisque disco plerumque etiam
infuscatis: elongato-ovatus, modice convexus, undique tenuiter
griseo-pubescens, fortiter haud dense punctatus, subnitidus.
Long. 7°5-9 mm. ; lat. 4-4-5 mm.
Hab. CEYLON: Wellawaya (EZ. £. Green, Nov. 1905);
Diyatalawa (7. B. Fletcher, Nov. 1908); Kelani Valley,
near Colombo (W. Braine); Anaradhapura (low country,
Oct. 1911, Calcutta Museum).
Bright yellow, with the elytral suture and usually also the
forehead and the middle of the pronotum black or dark
brown, the sutural line broad and dilated around the scutellum,
The dark patches of the head and thorax are sometimes
divided into two collateral masses.
It is elongate-oval, moderately convex, strongly but not -
densely punctured, somewhat shining and moderately closely
clothed with fine grey sete, not closely decumbent. ‘The
clypeus and forehead are coarsely granulated, the pronotum
deeply but not densely punctured, with the sides strongly
rounded, the front angles nearly right angles, and the hind
angles very obtuse. The elytra are strongly punctured, with
the costee indistinct and the epipleure not developed. The
pygidium is clothed upon its apical part with long erect hair.
The front tibia bears three sharp teeth, the uppermost rather
nearer to the second than that is to the first. The longer
claw is minutely cleft on the front and middle feet, and the
shorter claw of the hind foot is extremely small. ‘The an-
tenne are 10-jointed, joints 3-6 elongate.
g$. The clypeus is narrow and slightly flattened at its
front edge, and the eyes are very prominent.
9. The clypeus is semicircular.
Adoretus celogaster, sp. n-
Pallide flavus, clypeo tarsisque solum leviter rufescentibus: ovatus,
compactus, subnitidus, minutissime et parce albo-setosus; capite
haud dense granulato, clypeo semicirculari, pronoto parce punc-
tato, angulis anticis acutis, posticis nullis ; elytris leviter cos-
tatis, intervallis irregulariter punctatis,; abdominis segmentis
ventralibus medio tuberculatis.
Long. 85-9 mm.; lat. 4°0-5 mm.
Species of the Genus Adoretus. 583
Hab. Cayton: Anuradhapura, low country (Oct. 1911,
Calcutta Museum).
Pale yellow, with the clypeus and tarsi alone slightly
reddish. Rather broadly ovate and depressed, with the
surface shining, and bearing only very sparse and minute
white sete. The head is granulated, but not densely, and
the clypeus is semicircular. The pronotum is sparingly
punctured, strongly rounded at the sides, with the front angles
acute and the hind angles completely rounded off. The
elytral coste are distinct, the intervals not densely punctured
and the epipleure not evident. The pygidium is clothed
with moderately long erect setee. The abdominal segments,
except the first and last, have each a conical protuberance in
‘he jaiddle. The front tibia bears three sharp teeth, the
. cond nearer to the third than to the first and divided from
i) by an acute notch. The longer claw is cleft in the front
¢ middle feet, and the shorter claw of the hind foot is
sore than half the length of the longer one. ‘The antenne
‘)-jointed, the third to fifth joints progressively dimin-
is'dag, the sixth rather broad.
', The clypeus is smaller and the eyes more prominent
no nthe female. ‘Che abdomen is much contracted and
soliovred, the ventral tubercles are sharply pointed and that
). the penultimate segment large and prominent.
2. The abdomen is convex, the ventral tubercles are
oro or and not sharply pointed, and that of the penultimate
nt is almost absent.
Adoretus corpulentus, sp. n.
3 flavus, clypeo tarsisque solum leviter rufescentibus: breviter
sus, convexus, nitidus, minutissime et parce albo-setosus,
. ite haud dense granulato, clypeo semicirculari, pronoto parce
ctato, angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis nullis; elytris sat
ute, haud dense punctatis, lineis geminatis distinctis.
lene, 85-10 mm.; lat. 5-6 mm.
sb. CEYLON: Trincomali (/. 7. Green, Sept. 1910).
‘le yellow, with the clypeus and tarsi alone reddish,
short and stout, with the surface shining, and bearing
» very sparse minute seta. The head is large and the
‘yes rather small, the clypeus semicircular and, with the
oad, sparingly granulated, and the vertex smooth in the
‘e. The pronotum is sparingly punctured, the front
s nearly right angles, and the hind angles completely
ced off. The elytra are rather finely but not densely
ared, with distinct double lines of punctures, not
nn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. Xlil, 40
-
'
594 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Burmese
forming coste. The front tibia is armed with three acute
teeth, the uppermost placed about the middle, nearer to the
second than that is to the first, and separated from it by an
acute notch. The longer claws of the front and middle feet
are cleft, and the shorter claw of the hind foot more than
half as long as the larger one. The antenne are 10-jointed,
joints 38-7 progressively diminishing in length.
3. The pygidium is very convex and rather thickly
clothed with erect hair.
2. The pygidium is flat and scarcely pubescent.
This species has a very close resemblance to A. celogaster,
but the remarkable abdominal processes which form the most
distinctive feature of that insect are entirely absent from
this. It is also rather more short and rotund, and still paler
in colour, and the elytra are smoother, with finer punctures.
LXX.—On the Burmese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera
belonging to the Genus Adoretus. By GiILBerr J.
ARROW.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for September 1912 I
published descriptions of a series of new species of the genus
Anomala from Burma. The present paper supplements that
one by a similar series of species belonging to the allied
genus Adoretus, found mainly in the same localities by the
same collectors. The types of all are in the British Museum,
and co-types are in the Genoa Museum, the Berlin Entomo-
logical Museum, and the collection of Mr. H. HE, Andrewes.
The following list includes all the species of Adoretus at
present known to me to inhabit Burma, with the exception of
a few of which the specimens yet available are insufficient
for the adequate investigation of their characters. For this
the male is, in my opinion, absolutely essential. The species
will be more fully dealt with in the ‘Fauna of British
India’ :—
A. bombinator, Burm. A, parallelus, sp. n.
A, compressus, Weber. A, distinguendus, sp. 0.
A, vitticauda, sp. 0. A, pallens, Bl. (==nudiusculus,
A, ccronatus, Burm, Sharp).
A. caliginosus, Burm, A, nitidus, sp. n.
A, serratupes, Sp. D. A, tener, sp. n.
A. cribratus, White. A. epipleuralis, sp. 0.
A, birmanus, 3), A, limbatus, Bl.
Species of the Genus Adoretus. 5995
Adoretus vitticauda, sp. n.
Brunneus, leviter metallico-suffusus, setis flavescentibus decum-
_ bentibus inequaliter vestitus, elytrorum maculis densioribus et
‘‘denudatis longitudinaliter ordinatis fasciculisque ante apicem
transverse dispositis, pygidio trivittato.
Long. 9 mm.; Jat. 4°56 mm.
Hab. 'TENASSERIM: Papun (Col. Adamson) ; PrEcu:
Palon (L. Fea, Sept. 1887) : SIAM.
Brown, with the upper surface suffused with a slight
metallic lustre, and clothed with unevenly distributed
decumbent yellowish setw, forming longitudinal rows of
alternately bare and densely setose spots upon the elytra.
Across the apical calli there is a transverse series of tufts of
still closer and longer sete, and the pygidium bears three
similar tufts in a transverse row far apart.
It is elongate-oval and not very depressed. The head is
closely punctured, with a lightly punctured shining area in the
middle of the forehead, and theclypeusissmall and semicircular.
The eyes are large and prominent. ‘The pronotum is strongly
and densely but unevenly punctured, with the sides strongly
rounded, the front angles nearly right angles, and the hind
angles very obtuse. The scutellum and elytra are closely
punctured, and the costze of the latter almost obsolete. ‘he
extremities of the elytra are dark, opaque, and thinly setose,
and the calli are prominent. The front tibie are broad and
sharply tridentate, the hind legs extremely short, and the
hind tibiee inflated. The longer claw of the front and middle
feet is very minutely cleft at the apex, and the shorter claw
of the hind feet is reduced to a minute vestige. The antennee
are 10-jointed, the fourth and fifth joints short, and the third
and sixth longer.
6. Theeyes are larger than in the female. The teeth of the
front tibia are sharply pointed, the first and second separated
by an acute notch, the third excessively short.
9. The teeth of the front tibia are strong and close
together.
This is nearly related to A. compressus, Wiede., but differs
in the more conspicuous white tufts at the extremity of the
elytra and the pygidium, and also in the toothing of the
front tibia, &c.
Adoretus serratipes, sp. n.
Omnino fuscus, brevissime equaliter griseo-setosus, elongatus, con-
vexus, densissime sed haud minute punctatus, cly peo lato, margine
A()*
596 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Burmese
alte reflexo, tibia antica acute 3-dentata, dentibus 2 superioribus
remotis, incisura acuta, parteque basali serrato.
Long. 10°5-12 mm. ; lat. 5-6 mm,
Hab. BurmMA: Rangoon, Shenmaga, Toungoo (LZ. Fea) ;
Tharrawaddy, Promé, Paungdé (G. 0. Corbett) ; ASSAM:
Sibsagar (G. F. Peal), Silguri, Cachar (J. W. Mason
In the British Museum, Genoa Museum, Berlin Entomo-
logical Museum, and Mr. H. KE. Andrewes’s collection.
Uniformly dark brown, evenly clothed all over with
minute grey setee, the vertex of the head and the pronotum
faintly metallic.
It is moderately elongate and parallel-sided and rather
convex. The head is closely rugose, the clypeus large, with
its margin sernicircular and strongly reflexed. The pronotum
is closely but very coarsely punctured, the front angles
nearly right angles, and the hind angles almost rounded off.
The ecurellas “and elytra are strongly, densely, and con-
fluently punctured, and the cost of ‘the latter almost obso-
lete. ‘The front tibie are armed with three sharp teeth, the
second and third being divided by a sharp notch and more
widely separated than the first and second. Above the
uppermost tooth the outer edge is finely serrated. The longer
claw of the front and middle feet is cleft, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is more than half the length of the
longer. The hind tarsi are short and thick. The antenne
are 10-jointed, joints 2 to 5 progressively diminishing.
The sexes scarcely differ superficially, but the eyes are
rather longer in the male,
Adoretus birmanus, sp. n
Fusco-brunneus, prothoracis lateribus, pectore, femoribus, tibiis
abdomineque partim flavescentibus, elytris plus minusve pallide
aspersis, lateribus plerumque vage pallidioribus : paulo elongatus,
parallelus, depressus, setis griseis minutis decumbentibus vestitus,
elytrorum setis paulo inqualiter dispositis, hirtis nonnullis
longioribus erectis ad latera rare interspersis ; capite lato, clypeo
semicirculari, granulato, fronte ruguloso-punctato ; pronoto brevi,
grosse et crebre punctato, lateribus rotundatis, angulis anticis
fere rectis, posticis obtusissimis ; elytris dense et rugose punc-
tatis, costis indistinctis.
Long. 11-12°5 mm.; lat. 5-6 mm.
Hab. Burma: Rangoon (EZ, T. Atkinson), Toungoo (G. Q.
Corbett), Palon (L. Fea, Aug. and Sept. 1887).
Species of the Genus Adoretus. 597
Var. flavescens.
Elytris flavescentibus, vitta suturali obscura, clypeo, pronotique
medio et lateribus etiam plerumyue pallidis.
Hab. Minhla ( Comotto, 1883).
Dark brown, with the sides of the pronotum, the sternum,
femora and tibie, and parts of the abdomen yellowish. The
elytra are minutely sprinkled with the same colour and the
sides generally vaguely paler. It is moderately thickly
clothed with decumbent sete, which are rather unevenly
disposed upon the elytra, leaving very minute bare intervals,
and there are a very tew longer erect sete near the sides. The
body is moderately elongate and parallel-sided, and rather
depressed, with the head broad, the clypeus semicircular and
finely granulated, and the forehead coarsely punctate-rugose.
The pronotum is short, coarsely and closely punctured, with
the sides rounded, the front angles nearly right angles and
the hind angles very obtuse. ‘he scutellum is strongly
punctured, the elytra densely and confluently, and the costa
rather indistinct. The pygidium is finely coriaceous and
clothed with rather long erect hair. The antenne are 10-
jointed, joints 8 to 7 regularly decreasing in size. The legs
are rather slender, but the hind tarsi a little shortened and
thickened. The front tibia bear three sharp teeth, the upper-
most not reaching the middle, minute and separated by a
sharp notch from the preceding one. The longer claw of
the tront and middle feet is cleft, and the shorter one of the
hind foot more than half as long as the other.
¢. The front tibia is much more slender than that of the
female and the teeth shorter and sharper, the eyes are larger,
the abdomen rather long and distinctly arched, and the
pygidium very prominent and convex.
@. The form is shorter and less parallel-sided, the eyes are
smaller, the abdomen is short and very convex, and the
pygidium almost concealed.
Var. flavescens.—The elytra are yellow, except a vaguely
defined dark sutural stripe of varying size, and the clypeus
aud the middle, as well as the sides, of the pronotum are
generally pale also.
The specimens of this variety, of which I have seen a
considerable series taken by Comotto at Minhla, are all of
rather smaller size than the typical form.
598 a Nie G. J. Arrow on the Burmese
Adoretus parallelus, sp. n.
Toto rufo-brunneus, setis griseis decumbentibus undique sat dense
vestitus, elytrorum hirtis nonnullis erectis postice rare sparsutis :
elongatus, parallelus, depressus, crebre punctato-rugulosus, tibia
antica breviter tridentata, dentibus 2° et 3° incisura acuta
separatis.
Long. 11°5-12°5 mm. ; lat. 5 mm.
Hab. BurMA: Rangoon (Lf. T. Atkinson) ; Tharrawaddy,
Promé.(G. Q. Corbett), Tikekei (LZ. Fea, June 1884),
Entirely brownish red, densely clothed with greyish de-
cumbcnt sete, with a very few isolated erect hairs near the
sides of the elytra.
It is elongate, parallel-sided, and depressed.
The eyes are very large and the head finely granulated in
front and densely rugulose behind, the clypeus small,
broadly semicircular, with the margin strongly reflexed.
The pronotum is very short, uneven, and finely rugulosely
punctured, with its sides’ gently rounded, the front angles
blunt and the hind angles indicated but almost rounded off.
The scutellum is finely punctured and the elytra finely
rugosely punctured, with the coste narrow and inconspicuous.
The pygidium is coriaceous and clothed with rather long erect
hairs. The antenne are 10-jointed, joints 3 to 6 being elon-
gate and nearly equal. The front tibia is long and armed
with three sharp teeth, occupying less than half its length.
The second and third teeth are farther apart than the first
and second, and are separated by a sharp notch. The longer
front and middle claws are minutely cleft, and the shorter
claw of the hind foot is more than half as long as the other.
The hind tibia is a little contracted at the end.
I have not seen the 9.
Ii is very near A. cribratus and distinguendus, but easily
recognized by the sharp notch separating the two upper teeth
of the front tibia.
Adoretus distinguendus, sp. n.
Flavescens, tarsis, capite pronotoque utrinque obscurioribus, sat
dense eequaliter pubescens, pygidio longe et erecte hirsuto: de-
pressus, elongatus, fere parallelus, capite lato, dense granulato,
clypeo semicirculari, pronoto brevi, fortiter sat crebre punctato,
angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis rotundatis.
Long. 12 mm.; lat. 5 mm,
Hab. Burma: Tharrawaddy (G. Q. Corbett).
‘lestaceous, with the tarsi, head, and an ill-defined patch
Species of the Genus Adoretus. 599
on each side of the middle line of the pronotum reddish ;
fairly closely clothed with uniform short sete, except upon
the pygidium, which bears rather long erect hair.
It is elongate, rather parallel-sided, and depressed. The
eyes are large and prominent, the head closely granulated
except upon the vertex, which is strongly punctured, and the
clypeus is short and transverse. Tlie pronotum is very short,
strongly and closely punctured, strongly rounded at the sides,
with the front angles nearly right angles and the hind angles
entirely rounded off. The scutellum and elytra are strongly
and closely punctured, the costa of the latter moderately
distinct. The antenne are 10-jointed, joints 3 to 7 regularly
diminishing in length. The front tibia bears three strong
teeth, the second nearer to the terminal one than to the third,
and the longer claw of the front and middle feet is cleft.
It is closely related to A. eribratus, White, and A, bir-
manus, but differs from both in having the hind angles of the
pronotum completely rounded off. ‘he pronotum is algo
less densely punctured than that of A. cribratus.
I have seen two males only. One of them isin Mr. H. E.
Andrewes’s collection, the other has been given by him to
the National Collection.
Adoretus nitidus, sp. n.
Pallide flavus, nitidus, clypeo tarsisque rufis, vertice fere nigro:
minute et sparse griseo-setosus, vaide elongatus, paulo convexus,
capite transverse ruguloso, clypeo minus dense, hoc semicirculari,
margine fortiter reflexo; pronoto grosse et parce punctato;
elytris sat dense punctatis ; pygidio coriaceo.
Long. 10-11 mm.; lat. 5 mm.
Hab. Burma: Mandalay (Hl. 0. Andrewes, June), Minhla
(Comotto, 1883).
Pale yellow, with the tarsi and clypeus red and the vertex
of the head nearly black ; thinly clothed with minute greyish
setee. Very long and cylindrical, with the head not very
wide and the clypeus relatively moderately large, the latter
semicircular, with strongly reflexed margin. The head is
transversely rugulose, the clypeus rather laxly. The pro-
notum is coarsely but very scantily punctured (a little more
closely at the sides), with the lateral margins strongly
rounded, the front angles acute and the hind angles com-
pletely rounded away. ‘The scutellum is sparingly punctured
und the elytra moderately strongly and closely, with not very
well-marked costa. ‘he pygidium is finely coriaceous and
clothed with short erect sete. ‘lhe front tibia is armed with
600 On the Burmese Species of Adoretus.
two strong but not very sharp teeth, and a third which is
minute and stands beyond the middle, but nearer to the
second than that is to the first. The tarsi are rather slender
and the claws not very long, the longer front and middle ones
cleft, and the shorter one of the hind foot more than half the
length of the other. The antenna is 10-jointed.
$. The longer front and middle claws are minutely cleft
at a little distance from the tip, and the pygidium is large
and convex.
9. The pygidium is very short and the abdomen very
convex.
Adoretus tener, sp. n.
Pallide flavus, setis albidis parce vestitus, elytrorum setis in seriebus
longitudinalibus sat remotis ordinatis: breviter ovatus, sat con-
vexus, nitidus, capite haud dense granulato, clypeo semicirculari,
margine fortiter elevato, oculis remotis, haud magnis; pronoto
brevi, parce punctato, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, angulis anticis
acutis, posticis obsoletis; scutello et elytris crebre sat minute
punctatis, nitidis, costis parum distinctis; pygidio minute punc-
tato, parce sat longe hirsuto, tibiis anticis acute 3-dentatis, denti-
bus incisura acuta divisis, tarsis gracilibus.
Long. 8°5—-9°5 mm.; lat. 45-5 mm,
Hab. 'TENASSERIM: Victoria Point (Z. T. Atkinson, Aug.
1887).
Pale yellow, shining, and thinly clothed with minute
whitish seta, those on fle elytra arranged in net very close
longitudinal lines.
lt is very short and stout in form and moderately convex.
The head is not very broad nor the eyes very large. The
clypeus 1s prominent, semicircular, with very strongly raised
margin, and moderately sparingly granulated. The pro-
notum is short, rather sparingly punctured, with strongly
rounded sides, acute front angles and hind angles completely
rounded away. ‘The scutellum and elytra are rather closely
but not coarsely punctured, and the coste upon the latter are
not strong. ‘lhe pygidium is finely punctured and thinly
clothed with moderately long hair. The front tibia is armed
with three short teeth, divided by acute notches, the third
tooth placed about the middle of the tibia and nearer to the
second than that is to the first. All the tarsi are slender, the
longer claw of the front and middle feet is cleft, and the
shorter claw of the hind foot is more than half the length of
the longer one. The eyes of the male are larger than those
of the female.
Bibliographical Notices. 601
Adoretus epipleuralis, sp. n.
Flavus, capite tarsisque rufis, vertice fere nigro, sparse et minute
setosus, sat nitidus, pygidio longe haud dense hirsuto; breviter
ovatus, convexus, elytrorum epipleuris fere integris, postice
dilatatis, opacis.
Long. 10°5-11°5 mm. ; lat, 5-5-6 mm.
Hab. Burma: Tharrawaddy, Toungoo (G. Q. Corbett).
Pale yellow, with the head and tarsi red and the vertex
nearly black, thinly clothed with minute, sparse, erect sete,
which are very inconspicuous. ‘The pygidium is clothed with
rather long erect hairs. It is short and broad in form and
yather “convex, and the surface is shining. The head is
finely rugose and the clypeus broad, with its margin regularly
rounded and strongly elevated. ‘The pronotum is strongly
but not closely punctured, rather short, with the front angles
acute and the hind angles completely rounded off. ‘lhe
scutellum and elytra are also strongly but not closely punc-
tured ; the costa of the latter are moderately distinct, and
the epipleuree are continued almost to the extremities, being
narrow in the middle but conspicuously dilating behind,
where they are smooth and opaque. ‘The legs are rather
long and slender, the front tibia armed with three rather
Jong teeth, which occupy more than half its length. ‘he
longer claw is rather deeply cleft in the front and middle
feet, and the shorter one of the hind foot is more than half
the length of the other, ‘he antenne are 10-jointed, the
third to seventh joints regularly diminishing.
6. ‘Lhe clypeus is shorter than that of the female, and
the pygidium is large and convex.
9. Lhe pygidium is short and flat.
A. epipleuralis is very closely related to A. renardi,
Brenske, but the clypeus is shorter and broader, the hind
angles of the pronotum are completely rounded oft, and the
clothing of the upper surface is more scanty, being so thin
that a smooth shining appearance is produced.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum.
Vols. X1f. and XIIl. By Sir Gzorez F, Hampson, Bart.
London: Printed by Order of the Trustees, 1913.
Vol. XII. pp. i-xiii & 1-626, plates excii.—ccxxi., 383 col. figs.
In this volume six hundred and forty-three species belonging to the
Noctuid subfamily Catocaline are considered. These species, of
which over seventy are new to science, are distributed among
602 Bibliographical Notices.
sixty-three genera, The genus Catocala, Schrank (type fravini,
Linn.), as here restricted, has only eighty-six species assigned to it.
The majority of the species hitherto referred to Catocala being
removed to Catabapta, Hulst (type antinympha, Drury), and
Ephesia, Hubn. (type fulminea, Scop.).
Eunetis, Hiibn. (type puerpera, Giorna), Lamprosia, Hubn. (type
amatrix, Hiibn.), and Hucora, Hiibn. (type neonympha, Ksp.), are all
merged in Catocala, Schrank, but the two species last named are
entered and described under Mormonia, Hiibn. (type eprone, Drury).
Suffumosa, Guen.,=retorta, Cram., is given as the type of
Spirama, Guen., which, together with Hypopyra, Guen. (type tri-
loba, Guen.), are ineluded in Speiredonia, Hiibn. (type retorta, Linn.).
Some of the species referred by authors to Hypopyra are now placed
in Enmonodia, Walk. (type pudens, Walk.), which includes Macula,
Walk. (type wnistrigata, Guen,), and Pyramarista, Kirby (type
rufescens, Kirby).
Many species previously included by authors in Ophisma, Guen.,
are now placed in Achea, Hiibn. (type melicerta, Drury).
Minucia, Moore,= Ophiodes, Guen. (preoc.), comprises but two
species; these are wiskotti, Piing., and lunaris, Schiff. (type).
Other species previously referred to Ophiodes are here removed to
Anua, Walker (type finifascia, Walker).
Dysgonia, Hiibn. (type joviana, Stoll), Nawia, Guen. (type absenti-
macula, Guen.), Pasipeda, Moore (type palumba, Guen.), Caranilla,
Moore (type onelia, Guen.), and Pindara, Moore (type wlibata,
Fabr.), are all sunk in Parallelia, Hiibn. (bistriaris, Hiibn.). In
this connection it may be noted that most of the species described
by authors under Ophiusa are here included in Parallelia. Ophiusa
is a genus belonging to a later subfamily of the Noctuide.
Vol. XIII. pp.i-xiv & 1-609, plates cexxii.—cexxxix., 455 col. figs.
Deals with the remainder of Catocalinze and also with the sub-
families Momingz and Phytometrine.
Of Catocaline forty-six genera (fifteen new) and three hundred
and seventy-nine species are treated, thus extending the totals of
genera and species belonging to the subfamily to one hundred and
mine, and one thousand and twenty-two respectively. The largest
genera in this section are Safia, Guen. (53 sp.), Zale, Hubn. (49 sp.),
and Mocis, Hubn., (31 sp.).
In Mocis are included Pelemia, Guen. (type phasaranoides, Guen.),
Remiyia, Guen. (type frugalis, Fabr.), Baratha, Walk. (type dis-
severans, Walk.), and Cauninda, Moore (type undata, Fabr.).
** Catephia” trifasciata, an Australian species described by
Stephens as a British insect (Il. Brit. Ent. Haust. vol. ii. p. 128),
is referredto Mocis. Lunata, Drary,is the type of Phwocyma, Hubn.,
also of Omopterus, Boisd., and of Homoptera, Guen. All these,
together with Xylis, Guen. (type setipes, Guen.), are merged in
Zale, Hiibn. (type horrida, Hiibn.).
Euclidia, Hiibn., Tent., is rejected, and as fra, Fabr., has been
ascertained to be the type of Euclidia, Treit., the latter name
will take precedence over Synthymia, Hiibn. (Acronyctine, vol. ix.
Bibliographical Notices. 603
p. 372); the species usually referred to Huclidia are here assigned to
Huclidimera, Hampson (type mi, Clerck), and Gonospileia, Hiibn.
(type munita, Hiibn.). Glyphica, Linn., is included in the last-
named genus, and cerulea, Grote, in Euclidimera. Sobria, Walk.,
which Dyar cites as a synonym of erichtea, Cram., under Drasteria,
Hiibn., is removed to crassiuscula, Haw., and placed in Cwnurgia,
Walk. (type convalescens, Guen.).
The subfamily Mominze comprises only seventy-four species and
eleven genera. Of the latter E/codes (type brevicornis, Walk.) and
Llydnodes (type variegata, Leech) are new.
Coryli, Linn., the type of Demas, Steph., is also the type of
Calocasia, Hiibn. As the latter has two years’ priority, it has been
adopted. Cenobita, Esp., is the type of Diphthera, Treit. (1825),
and also of Panthea, Hiibn. (1827); the former name has prece-
dence. It may be noted here that alpinum, Osbeck,=orion, Esp.,
so frequently referred by authors to Diphthera, Hiibn., has been
transferred to Daszocheta, Warren, a genus belonging to the sub-
family Acronyctine (Phal. vol. vui. p. 30).
Phytometrine : two hundred and twenty-six species, distributed
among fifteen genera (three new), are considered under this sub-
family heading.
The bulk of the species hitherto referred to Plusia are here
placed in Phytometra, Haw. Amethystina, Hiibn., is noted as the
type of Plusia, 'Treit. (1826), and therefore takes precedence over
Yelesilla, H.-S., a genus in Acronyctine (Phal. vil. p. 587).
Polychrysia, Hiibn. (type moneta, Fabr.), is merged in Chrysoptera,
Latr. (type c-awreum, Knoch,=concha, Fabr.).
The last genus in this subfamily is Hpzsema, Treit., of which
ceruleocephala, Linn., is the type and sole known species.
Sir George Hampson has formed his conclusions as to the rela-
tionship of families, genera, and species on a study of the venation
and other external characters of the imago. Possibly therefore his
classification of the Lepidoptera Phaleenz may not find unchallenged
acceptance. The fact, however, remains that, considering the
present state of knowledge concerning the early stages of the bulk
of the species, classification must be based almost entirely on
imaginal characters. Changes no doubt will be necessary as time
progresses, but, whatever these may be, we cannot conceive that
they will in any way lessen the importance or impair the excellence
of the * Catalogue.’
The scope of the work is far more comprehensive than is suggested
by its title. Not only is almost every species known to science
described, but, where necessary, figured in the atlas. Synonymy
and references are cited, and geographical distribution adequately
dealt with.
Thearrangement of the Phalzné in the British Museum Collection
being exactly that shown in the Catalogue, it follows that the latter
affords a very convenient clue to the position in the collection of
any family, genus, or species one may wish to study.
Thirteen volumes of the Catalogue have now been published
604 Bibliographical Notices.
since 1898, the year in which Vol. I., dealing with the Syntomide,
was issued. Vol. IL, treating of the Arctiade (subfamilies Nolinz
and Lithosiane), followed in 1900, Arctiane (third subfamily of
Arctiade) formed the subject of Vol. ILI., which appeared in 1901.
The volumes dealing with the Noctuidz were issued as follows :—
Vol. IV. Agrotine (1903); Vol. V. Hadeninw (1905); Vol. VI.
Cuculliane (1906); Vols. VIL., VIII, & IX. Acronyctine (1908-
1910); Vol. X. Erastriane (1910); Vol. XI. Euteliane, Sticto-
pterine, Sarrothriping, and Acontiane (1912),
The Piiocene Mollusca of Great Britain, being supplementary to
S. V. Wood’s Monograph of the Crag Mollusca. By F. W.
Harmer, F.G.S., F.R.Met.S. Part I.: pp. 1-200, pls. i.-xxiv.
(The Paleontographical Society.) February 1914.
Tuts is a valuable addition to our knowledge of the Crag Molluscan
fauna of this country, and is intended to form a supplementary
account to Searles Wood’s monograph on the same subject, published
many years ago by the Paleontographical Society. The memoir
commences by noticing the various non-marine shells found in the
Crag, which are divided into the groups of ‘ Terrestrial” and
“* Aquatic.” Some 48 species are referred to, of which 13 are
considered to be extinct; they are of most frequent occurrence in
the Norwich Crag, less so in the Red Crag, while only 3 are known
in the Coralline Crag—information which is usefully summarised in a
‘“« Distribution Table.” We note that Studer’s genus Pomatias (type
= Neritu elegans, Miller) is adopted for Lamarck’s Cyclostoma of a
later date, the subject being mentioned as if it were quite recently
inspired, whereas Mr. R. Bullen Newton pointed out more than 20
years ago (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891, ser. 6, vol. vil. p. 346)
that it was essential to recognize that name in conchological
nomenclature. ‘The marine mollusca are next considered, much
new material having been obtained from the Red Crag deposits of
Little Oakley near Harwich, between Walton-on-Naze and Felixstowe,
representing a littoral and southern fauna with some northern
species, the beds being regarded as of ‘* Waltonian” age, which is
stated to be partly equivalent to the Poderlian stage of the Belgian
Pliocene deposits. Varietal names, which already burden our concho-
logical literature, are largely resorted to, no less than a dozen being
used in connection with Buccinum undatum—far better would it
have been to raise the chief of these to specific rank and to have
ignored those of lesser importance.
We notice that the terms Miocene and Pliocene are frequently
quoted in connection with the geological distribution of the species,
although it is advisable to define more particularly, when able, the
actual stage of those periods, such as Vindobonian, Plaisancian, &c.
In glancing at the generic names employed, we observe those
attributed to Klein and Adanson, both pre-Linnan authors, as also
others which have been pre-occupied in different sections of zoology,
among which we would call attention to the following :—
Terepra of Adanson, pre-Linnean,
= Lamarck, 1799.
Geological Society. 605
Purrvra of Adanson, pre-Linnean,
= Bruguicre, 1789.
Triton, Montfort, 1810, non Linneus (Cirripedia),
= LAMPUSIA, Schumacher, 1817.
Mryeria, Dunker & Metzger, 1878, non M*Coy (Crustacea),
1849,
= METZGERIA, Norman, 1879.
SreHo, Klein, pre-Linnean, adopted by Morch in 1852.
= TRITONOFUSUS, Beck, 1847, see Harris, Cat. Austra-
lasian Tertiary Mollusca, British Museum, 1897.
The work will be of great service to the student on account of
the beautiful plates which illustrate the different species. Recent
and fossil forms are placed side by side, so that comparisons are
easily followed out. ‘This is only the first portion, running to
200 pages and 24 plates, containing the non-marine shells and
marine Gastropoda— we shall look forward with interest to
succeeding parts of so important a guide to the Crag Mollusca of
this country.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
February 4th, 1914.—Dr. Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
The following communication was read :—
‘On the Occurrence of a Giant Dragon-Fly in the Radstock
Coal Measures.’ By Herbert Bolton, M.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.G.S.,
Reader in Paleontology in the University of Bristol.
The writer describes the structure of a wing-fragment found
some years ago upon the Tyning waste-heap at Radstock Colliery
(Somerset) by Dr. E. A. Newell Arber, F.G.S.
The fragment consists of the proximal third of a left fore-wing.
It is remarkable for its size, being 64 mm. long and 40 mm. broad,
the complete wing having an estimated length of 190 mm., or 7-5
inches; the whole insect (with wings extended) must have had a
span of over 400 mm., or 16 inches.
The anterior wing-margin is strongly tuberculated proximally,
and more distally bears a closely-set series of pointed spines directed
outwards towards the wing-apex. The hinder wing-margin is also
spinous, the spines being a little way inwards from the edge, and
possibly serving to interlock the fore and hind wings during flight.
The radial and median veins are missing, but the characters of the
costa and subcosta on the anterior portion of the wing, and of the
cubital and anal veins on the hinder part, show clearly the close
relationship of the insect to the members of the family Mega-
neuride, a group including the enormous MJeganeura monyt
Brongniart, from the Stephanian of Commentry (Allier). The
wing is referred to the genus Meganeura as a new species. The
precise horizon from which the shale was derived cannot be deter-
mined, as the Tyning waste-heap has received material from five
different collieries.
605 Geological Society.
February 25th, 1914.—Dr, A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.
The following communication was read:—
‘Correlation of Dinantian and Avonian.’
By Arthur Vaughan, M.A., D.Sce., F.G.S.
The present paper records the results of applying the time-scale
deduced from the South-Western Province to the Belgian sequence,
and shows that the faunal succession is practically the same in both
provinces. Even the specialized and locally exaggerated facies
which form so striking a feature of the Belgian Province (such as
the ‘petit granit,’ the ‘Waulsortian,’ and ‘the ‘sublevis oolite’ )
have been discovered at certain points of the South-Western
Province, and they are adumbrated at many others. [If, further-
more, we extend our researches and compare the Midland and
Northern developments of England and Wales with that of Belgium,
striking identities are observed ; for example :—
The ‘ Brachiopod Beds’ of the Midlands and of Visé are identical.
The lower ‘ knolls’ of the Clitheroe area are typical ‘ Waulsortian. ]
The following are the most important conclusions from the
Author’s work in Belgium :—
I. Physiographical Phenomena.
The lateral variation of Mid-Avonian lithology is strikingly
exhibited in a diagram. Minute correlation of the Belgian
sequence with that of the South-Western Province demonstrates
that the periods of partial emergence—of the west of the South-
Western Province and of the east of the Belgian Province—took
place consecutively and not simultaneously, namely : in the South-
Western Province at the close of C -time, in Belgium at the
beginning of Viséan time. At the latter period, England and
Wales, outside the South-Western Province, had sunk below the
Carboniferous sea. [Simultaneously, however, Ireland was, like
Belgium, under emergent conditions. ]
II. Paleontological Phenomena.
The paleontological section contains descriptions of several
: : : cae .
gentes that are common in Belgium, but rare in Britain. The
most interesting portion of the section is, however, that which
deals with the evolution of the important Carboniferous corals
and brachiopods. Two illustrations were selected, and were shown
as lantern-slides :—-
(i) Phylogenetic history of Caninia cylindrica.
K. Endophyllum.
Z. Caninia hastierensis (Hndophylloid).
Migration into Britain at y—(C. cylindrica, mut. y.
Britain and Belgium ... { 6 and S—mature (Campophylloid) Caninia.
(ii) Fragments of the history of Spiriferina octoplicata, showing variation
of relative strength of ribs (departure from normality of early stages)—
the essential characters fixed.
These facts concerning migration and evolution are, un-
questionably, the most important results of extending the area of
observation.
Belgium only.
607
INDEX to VOL. XIII. |
ACANTHOFRONTIA, new species of,
216.
Acidaliodes, new species of, 166,
Acrapex, new species of, 163.
Acronycta, new species of, 156.
Adeniana, new species of, 181],
Adenota, new subspecies of, 39.
Adoretus, new species of, 587, 594,
Allactaga, new species of, 571.
Amave auricula, note on, 103.
Amathes, new species of, 148,
Amblydectes, characters of the new
genus, 936.
Ammonoceras, new species of, 522.
Ampharete grubei, note on, 96.
Amphiascus, new species of, 373.
Amphicteis gunneri, note on, 98.
Amphictene auricoma, remarks on,
86.
Amphictenide, notes on the British,
84.
Amphidrina, new species of, 157.
Amphipod crustacea, notes on, 558.
Ampullaria, new species of, 527.
Andersen, K., on a new Nycteris
from N.W. Rhodesia, 563.
Andrena, new species of, 279.
Androthrips, new species of, 27,
Angitia, new species of, 200,
Annelida, new, 255; on, from the
North Sea, 266.
Anoplogonius, new varieties of, 176.
Anthophora, new species of, 46, 281.
Apidee, new, 45, 136, 277, 399, 424.
Apsaranycta, characters of the new
genus, 164.
Areeoptera, new species of, 167.
Arber, Dr. EK. A. N., on the geology
of the Kent coalfield, 446.
Argyrolopha, characters of the new
genus, 205,
Arnoglossus, new species of, 16,
Arrow, G. J., on the Ceylonese
species of Adoretus, 587; on the
Burmese species of Adoretus, 594,
Artedidraco, new species of, 12.
Artigisa, new species of, 206.
Arvicola, new species of, 568.
Aspidiscus, new species of, 372,
Athetis, new species of, 157.
Atracis, new species of, 422.
Austen, E, E., on recently described
Australian species of Tabanus,
263.
Awaramada, characters of the new
genus, 412,
Bagnall, R. 8., on new Thysano-
ptera, 22, 287.
Baleenoptera rostrata, on the ventral
furrows of, 77.
Barilius, new species of, 260.
Bather, F. A., on British fossil
erinoids, 245,
Bethune-Baker, G.T., on new hetero-
cera from New Guinea, 340.
Blaine, G., notes on the korrigum,
326; on an extinct hartebeeste
from Egypt, 855; on a new sub-
species of Connocheetes, 337.
Blair, K. G., revision of the family
Pyrochroide, 310; on the Fabri-
cian types of Tenebrionidée in the
Banks collection, 482.
Blenina, new species of, 220,
Bolton, H., on the cecurrence of a
giant dragon-fly in the Radstock
coal-measures, 605.
Books, new:—IKkemp’s An Account
of the Crustacea Stomatopoda of
the Indo-Pacific Region, 276;
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
Phalenz in the British Museum,
601; Harmer’s The Pliocene
Mollusea of Great Britain, 604.
608
Boulenger, G. A., on a new snake
from Northern China, 576.
Brachyodontes, new species of, 129.
Bryophila, new species of, 155.
Bubalis, new species of, 32 ) O00,
Bubalus, new subspecies of, 44, 494,
Bulimulus, new species of, 523,
Burr, Dr. M. , hotes on the Forficu-
laria, 72, 577.
Busseola, new species of, 161.
Caligus thynni, note on, 377.
Callibathus, new species of, 180.
Callicebus, new species of, 345, 480.
Callierges, new species of, 147.
Callimico goeldii, note on, 346,
Callostrotia, characters of the new
genus, 211.
Callyna, new species of, 165.
Calman, Dr. W. T., on the crusta-
cean genus Sicyonella, 258.
Calymnia, new species of, 161.
Calymniodes, new species of, 160.
Campion, H., on some dragonflies
and their prey, 495.
Canidee, the generic and subgeneric
names of S.-American, 350.
Castor veterior, note on, 186.
Centriscops, new species of, 21.
Cephalophus, new subspecies of, 35.
Cerdocyon, new species of, 355.
Cerynea, new species of, 174.
Chzenodraco, characters of the new
genus, lod.
Characoma, new species of, 218.
Chilton, Dr. C., on the species of
Limnoria, 380, 448. %
Chionodraco, new species of, 13,
Chionoxantha, definition of
new generic name, 202.
Cholidya, characters of -the new
genus, 473,
Chrysozonata, characters
new genus, 175.
Chytonyx, new species of, 154.
Clark, A. H., on two interesting
mammals from the Island of
Tobago, 68.
Clementia subdiaphana,
338.
Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and
records of bees, 136, 277, 424, 504.
Cognetti de Martiis, Dr. L., on apie
worms from Henderson Island,
O55.
Coleoptera, new, 285, 310, 587, 594,
Collembola, notes on, 59.
Collinge, W. E., on a new variety of
the
of the
note on,
In DEX
Porcellio scaber, 71; on a new
genus of terrestrial Tsopoda from
Algiers, 561.
Coluber, new species of, 576.
Conicofrontia, new species of, 164.
Connocheetes, new subspecies of, 337.
Copepoda from the Falkland Islands,
on, 1, 369.
Coptosternus, characters of the new
genus, 238.
Corbicula, new species of, 528.
Corgatha, new species of, 198.
Corophium, notes on species of, 559.
Crinoids, on British fossil, 245.
Crocidura, new species of, 232.
Crustacea, new, 1, 71, 369, 472,
on amphipod, 558,
Cryodraco, new species of, 13.
Cryptacrus, new varieties of, 176.
Cryptothrips, new species of, 293.
Cubiceps, new species of, 15,
Cucullia, new species of, 146,
Cyamionema, definition of the new
subgenus, 131.
Cyamium, new species of, 131.
Cyclops michaelseni, new variety of,
9
Cynophidium, characters of the new
genus, 16.
Damaliscus, new subspecies of, 34,
cos
Dasicyon, new species of, 352.
Dasypus novemeinctus, note on, 70.
Dawson, C., on the Piltdown skull,
447,
Dendroides, new species of, 313.
Derthisa, new species of, 148.
Dianthidium, new species of, 278.
Dicaiothrips, new species of, 288.
Dicrana, new species of, 72.
Dictyophara, new species of, 411.
Diostrombus, new species of, 419.
Diplolopha, characters of the new
genus, 219.
Diptera, new, 478.
Discognathus, new species of, 263,
Distant, W. L., rhynchotal notes,
176; on new. genera and species
of Fulgoride, 409,
Dobsonia, new species of, 435.
Docessissophothrips, new species of,
26.
Dollman, G., on a new dormouse
from Northern Nigeria, 196.
Dolloidraco, new species of, 12.
Dracothrips, characters of the new
genus, 290.
561 ;
a
INDEX.
Dragonflies and their prey, on some,
495.
Duikers, on the classification of the,
491.
Kchymipera, new species of, 443.
Emballonura, new species of, 442.
Enispa, new species of, 167.
Epicerynea, characters of the new
genus, 173.
Epimys, new species of, 228.
Kpitoxus, new species of, 241,
Eptesicus, new subspecies of, 439.
Ericeia, new species of, 341.
Hriopus, new species of, 154.
Eublemina, new species of, 168.
Eulocastra, new species of, 214.
Eumops, new species of, 480.
Kupalzorhiza, characters of the new
genus, 403.
Euphria, new species of, 409.
Eupyrochroa, cnaracters of the new
genus, 316.
Eurybrachys, new species of, 410.
Kustrotia, new species of, 212.
Farran, G. P., on a harpacticid cope-
pod parasitic on an octopus, 472.
Felis, new species of, 347.
Fishes, new, 11, 21, 260, 261, 838;
synopsis of the, of the family
Macrorhamphoside, 17; on the
systematic arrangement of the,
of the family Salmonidee, 405.
Forficularia, notes on the, 72, 577.
Fulgora, new species of, 409,
Gazella, new subspecies of, 40.
Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 3638, 446, 605.
Giaura, new species of, 218.
Godwin-Austen, Lt.-Col... H., on
8.-African land-mollusca belong-
ing to the family Zonitide,
449.
Graphiurus, new species of, 196,
Gynaikothrips, new species of, 28.
Hahn & Herrich-Schaeffer’s Die
Wanzigartigen Insecten, on the
dates of publication of, 365.
Halictus, new species of, 504.
Hampson, Sir G. F., on new genera
and species of Noctuids, 146, 197,
275.
Harpacticus, new species of, 369.
Helicina, new species of, 524.
Hemeroccetes, new species of, 15,
Heteroptera, new, 176.
Hinton, M. A. C., on remains of
rodents from Suffolk and Norfolk,
. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8.
609
186 ; on a new species of Myopus
from Central Asia, 342.
Hippopotamus, new subspecies of,
31
Hipposideros, new subspecies of,
457.
Hister, new species of, 240.
Histeridee, new, 235.
Hololepta, new species of, 235,
Homea, new species of, 275.
Homoptera, new, 180, 409.
Hooley, R. W., on the ornitho-
saurian genus Ornithocheirus, 529.
Hoplotarache, new species of, 216.
Hymenoptera, new, 45, 136, 277,
399, 424, 504.
Idiacanthus, new species of, 14.
Jukes-Browne, A. J., on Clementia
subdiaphana, 338.
Kerivoula, new species of, 488, 441,
Kerkophorus, new species of, 460.
Kloss, C. B., on new mammals from
the Malay Peninsula, 223; remarks
on Dr. D. G. Elliot’s ‘ Review of
of the Primates,’ 389.
Kobus, new subspecies of, 38,
Korrigum, notes on the, 326.
Lagis koreni, remarks on, 89.
Lamprolopha, characters of the new
genus, 172.
Laophonte, new species of, 374.
Leontocebus, new species of, 346,
Lepidoperca, characters of the new
genus, 15.
Lepidoptera, new, 146, 197, 275,
340.
Lewis, G., on new species of His-
teridee, 235,
Limnoria, on the species of, 380, 448.
Limopsis, new species of, 128, 445,
Liothrips, new species of, 292.
Lithacodia, new species of, 204, 210.
Lonchodectes, characters of the new
genus, 539.
Lophocrama, new species of, 221,
Lophocryptis, characters of the new
genus, 171.
Lophocyttarra, characters of the new
genus, 197,
Lophotarsia, new species of, 157.
Luangwana, characters of the new
genus, 184.
Maceda, new species of, 222.
M‘Intosh, Prof., on the central fur-
rows of the lesser rorqual, 77; on
some of the species of Prionospio,
80; Amphictenide, on the British,
Vol. xiii. 4]
610
84; Ampharetidee, on the British,
96.
Macrorhamphosidie, synopsis of the
family, 17.
Malacorhina, new species of, 16.
Mammals, new, 31, 193, 196, 223,
243, 326, 335, 337, 342, 345, 435,
439, 480, 494, 563, 573.
Marava, new species of, 75.
Marmosa tobagi, note on, 69.
Meade-Waldo, G., on the Apide in
the British Museum, 45, 599.
Megachile, new species of, 279, 426.
Megalia, new species of, 273.
Melinella, new species of, 109.
Melinna, notes on species of, 104.
Melvill, Dr. J. C., on mollusca from
the North-west Falklands, 110.
Mesotrichia, new species of, 277.
Messena, new species of, 411.
Microcanthothrips, characters of the
new genus, 295.
Microsciurus, new species of, 574.
Mollienisia, new species of, 338.
Mollusea, notes on, from the North-
west Falklands, 110; on 8. African
land-, 449; new, 124, 445, 460,
522.
Monodes, new species of, 158.
Monstrilla, new species of, 375.
Murina, new species of, 440.
Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, on the
dates of issue of the publications
of the, 365.
Mustela, new species of, 566.
Mya, new species of, 134,
Myopus, new species of, 342.
Nanomonodes, characters of the new
genus, 159.
Neomys, new species of, 564.
Neoputala, characters of the new
genus, 412.
Neopyrochroa, characters of the new
genus, 515,
Nephthys, remarks on the genus, 267.
Nomada, new species of, 425.
Notopogon, characters of the new
genus, 14,
Nycteris, new species of, 563.
Nyctimene, new species of, 436,
Ochotona, new species of, 572.
Odonata, on the food of, 495.
(Edemothrips, new species of, 29.
Oligia, new species of, 152.
Oliva, new species of, 445,
Opeas, new species of, 524.
INDEX.
Orchesella, notes on the genus, 64.
Ornithocheirus, note on the genus,
530.
Orothrips, new species of, 287.
Orthalicus, new species of, 524,
Oswald, Dr. F., on the Miocene Beds
of the Victoria Nyanza, 363.
Ourebia, new subspecies of, 37.
Ozarba, new species of, 203.
Pachyloinalus, new species of, 240,
Panilla, new species of, 207.
Panurginus, new species of, 279.
Parabroteas sarsi, note on, 7.
Paracolletes, new species of, 137.
Parazomeda, characters of the new
genus, 421.
Paraliparis, new species of, 11.
Parallelia, new species of, 340.
Paraniambia, characters of the new
genus, 561,
Parasphecodes, new species of, 141.
Parisopsalis, characters of the new
genus, 73.
Pectinaria beleica, remarks on, 84.
Perdita, new species of, 424.
Perigea, new species of, 151,
Petaurista, new species of, 223.
Petta pusilla, remarks on, 94.
Phenice, new species of, 415.
Pheretima, new species of, 255.
Phra, new species of, 420.
Phyllocladus, characters of the new
genus, 515.
Phyllophila, new species of, 202.
Physothrips, new species of, 25.
Platysoma, new species of, 239.
Plautilla, new species of, 185,
Pleurotoma, new species of, 445.
Pochazia, new species of, 420.
Pogonophryne, characters of the new
genus, 15.
Polypus ergasticus, on a copepod
parasitic on, 472.
Porcellio scaber, new variety of, 71.
Potos, new subspecies of, 362.
Prasinopyra, definition of the new
generic name, 202. :
Preston, H. B., on new non-marine
mollusca from Peru and Argentina,
522.
Primates, on the, of Malay, 389.
Prionodraco, chaiacters of the new
genus, 15.
Prionospio, on some of the species
of, 80.
Prionotus, new species of, 16.
a eT
INDEX.
Pryde, J. W.,on Annelida Polycheta
from the North Sea, 266.
Pseudalopex, new species of, 357,
573.
Pseudoboeckella, new species of, 5.
Pseudodendroides, characters of the
new genus, 314.
Pseudopyrochroa, new species of,
525.
Pseudothalestris, new
372.
Pseudothrips, new species of, 23.
Pulastya, new species of, 421.
Pyge, new species of, 75.
Pyrochroide, revision of the family,
510.
Ratufa, new subspecies of, 227.
Regan, C. T., on marine fishes, 11;
synopsis of the fishes of the family
Macrorhamphoside, 17 ; on fishes
from Yunnan, 260; on new cypri-
nid fishes from Waziristan, 261;
on a new cyprinodont fish from
Yucatan, 338; on the systematic
arrangement of the fishes of the
family Salmonide, 405.
teptiles, new, 576.
Ricardo, Miss G., on species of
Tabanus from Polynesia, 476.
Risoba, new species of, 220.
Robinson, H. C., on new mammals
from the Malay Peninsula, 225 ;
remarks on Dr. D. G. Elliot's
‘ Review of the Primates,’ 389.
Sabellides octocirrata, note on, 101.
Salmonide, on the systematic
arrangement of the, 405,
Salvelinus, note on the
408.
Samytha sexcirrata, note on, 102.
Satapa, new species of, 421.
Savatieria, new species of, 124.
Schizocypris, characters of the new
genus, 262.
Schwarz, E., on African ungulates,
31, 491.
Scirtothrips, new species of,
Sciurillus, new species of, 57:
Sciurus, new species of, 193,
362.
Scolopacichthys, definition of the
new generic name, 21.
Scott, Dr. T., on copepoda from the
Falkland Islands, 1, 369.
Selepa, new species of, 219.
Serinetha, new species of, 178.
species of,
genus,
¢
aa
22
De
2]
294,
611
Serranops, characters of the new
genus, 15.
Sesamia, new species of, 163.
Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of
publication of Habn & Herrich-
Schaeffer's Die Wanzigartigen
Insecten and of the publications
of the Musée d'Histoire Naturelle
of Paris, 365.
Shoebotham, J. W., notes on Col-
lembola, 59.
Sicyonella, note on the genus, 258,
Siphonothrips, new species of, 291.
Sorex, new species of, 565,
Sowerby, G. B., on new mollusea
from Japan, 445.
Spherium, new species of, 132.
Standen, R., on mollusca from the
North-west Falklands, 110.
Stenotritus elegans, new variety of,
156.
Stictoptera, new species of, 340,
Sycocrinus, note on the genus, 245,
Sylvicapra, new subspecies of, 86.
Tabanus, on Australian species of,
263; on species of, from Poly-
nesia, 476.
Tarache, new species of, 216.
Tenebrionide, on the Fabrician
types of, in the Banks collection,
482,
Teretrius, new species of, 237.
Tetralonia, new species of, 282, 401,
424,
Thomas, O., on the tree-shrews. of
the Tupaia_ belangeri - chinensis
group, 243; on 8. African mam-
mals, 345; on mammals from
Manus Island and Ruk Island,
434; on new Asiatic and Aus-
tralian bats and a new bandicoot,
439; on new Callicebus and Eu-
mops from 8. America, 480; on
small mammals from Djarkent,
563; on three new 8.-American
mammals, 573,
Thrips, new species of, 24, 288,
Thysanoptera, new, 22, 287.
Tisbe, new species of, 371.
Trachea, new species of, 149,
Tragelaphus, new subspecies of, 41.
Trematomus, new species of, 12.
Trichothrips, new species of, 30.
Trogontherium cuvieri, note on, 189.
Trogoxestis, characters of the new
genus, 222.
612 INDEX.
Tupaia, new subspecies of, 233,
243.
Varanosaurus acutirostris, note on,
297,
Vaughan, Dr. A., on the correlation
of Dinantian and Avonian, 606.
Walker, A. O., on species of amphi-
poda, 558.
Watson, D. M.S., on Varanosaurus
acutirostris, 297.
END OF THE THIRTEENTH VOLUME,
Woodward, Dr. A. S., on the Pilt-
down skull, 447.
Xanthomera, definition of the new
name, 202.
Xystreurys, new species of, 17.
Zonitide, on 8.-Atrican, 449.
Zoraida, new species of, 416.
Zoraidoides, characters of the new
genus, 418.
Zouga, new species of, 183,
|
.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEBT STREET.
Sarr. Ann: & Mag. Nat) Hist 8. 8. Voli KIMBO
Fig. 3. A. Scott, del,
' others ihe Scott, del.
Lane iv
ae
.
“Ara &@ Mag. Nat Hist 808. Vol. UL Deee
We
| AAT Sirois
aware
e
.
fl
ES) a eae Sa es a /
, . q a SA a:
ae
yyy
Ej —= __ =
, (iy, V2 |
eS aS
T. Scott, del.
others A. Scott, del.
Figs. 10 & 11.
J
]
q
Lives
ayy
‘
i
.
a
A
.
i<
h i
— ‘ ,
' 7 , ny r i;
¢ ; «
a i ' +
;
‘ i
Pal,
‘ i
‘ 3
7. « ?
a ’
s
» ,
a
f
v
ss Weds a Ste Pe
SHOEBOTIIA M. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. Se-Vel XT: PES EEE
ATT, PUIG
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8, Vol.
es
al
Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 8. Vol. XTIT.-Pl. V
M‘Inrosn.
Crail.
Photo of Lesser Rorqual, lying on its
right side, 17 Nov., 1913.
x
SEO
tot tie =
ym he A
Melvill. Ann. &Mag.Nat.Hist..S.8.Vol. XH Pv. Vi.
i
rs
A.H. Searle, del et lith. Huth amp,
MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST FALKLANDS.
Ann. 5 Mag. Nat. vist: S. 8. Vol. XU. Pie Valid
HINTON,
,
cS
< bef >
Narra
sae
© Fig. 6.
M. A. C. Hinton del.
Ann.& Mag. Nat.flist.S. 8. Vob: AI, PISEG
G. Lewis .
West, Newman imp.
Horace Knight del. et lith.
Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. XII. Pl. X.
SYCOCRINUS.
le f
’ ee | oy rs — ; = ane say = H Sa pei: m
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. Pl. XT.
1
-_
‘
1
i '
'
<1
as
1
i
j il
1 f
1
i
'
R ic
+
'
: '
-
. t
e .
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. XI. Pl. XII.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. Pl. XIII.
T. Scott, del.
7
*
+8, Vol. XIIL PL Are
et
a ee le age
gout. <2
wi
Ann. & Mag. Nat. His
Pa
wer Fo ee
fe
a
ae a ee
T. Scott, del.
4 A. Scott, del.
a &
=.
ey
+ Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8, Vol. XII Pl. XVI.
v
S Z Ze
ERS
SSS
Af
LAPTOPS
~ SES
= SSS
EISSN
~
SNS
ON
AN
SN SS
aS
T. Scott, del.
Aine Mag. Not. Hist. $8. Vol. XIE PERV
B. Broadhead & C. Chilton, del.
Species of LIMNORIA.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. Pl. XVIII.
SOWERBY.
GODWIN AUSTEN. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. Pl. XIX.
fi y
“%
4
ATTA NCS
y)
\
Ce
sp ee e
ae
gen ab
FIG. 1. Kerkophorus bicolor. - No. 3245.
FIG. 2. Microkerkus symmetricus, CRAVEN. - No. 4.
Gopwin austen. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XII]. Pl. XX.
2c
AEM. Wd So
No 1. Kerkophorus burnupi. MARITZBURG. No 15.
No 2. Kerkophorus? natalensis. EQUEEFA. No 12.
PARRAN. Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. XIII, Pl. ee
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XILL. Pl. ODE
HOOLEY.
ee 2
ss 2.x about 2.
3
ix about Se
5
3.x about 6-
S-nat.size..
* ‘Pela
. » _ rae ain io
ag. Nat. Hist. 8.
8. Vol. -
PARANIAMBIA TUBERCULATA, gen. et sp. nov.
WATKINS & DONCASTER,
Raturatists, |
Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS and
CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-
OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,
which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies
before the breeding Season.
A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Egns, &c.
Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.
36, STRAND, LONDON, W.c., ENGLAND.
A VERTEBRATE FAUNA of the MALAY PENINSULA.
Published under the authority of the Government of the Federated Malay States.
Edited by H. C. Rosinson, C.M.Z.S8.
Medium 8vo, with map and text illustrations. Price 15s.
REPTILIA AnD BATRACHIA.
By GEORGE A. BOULENGER, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Lonpon: Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.0.
SINGAPORE ;
Bev and Walsh Ltd,
KUALA LUMPUR:
Federated Malay States Government Press,
KIRBY'S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES
OF INSECTS.
SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. _ 1871-
1877. 8s. 6d. net.
LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.—SPHINGES ayy BOM-
BYCES. 1892. . £1 1s. net.
NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 10s. 6d. net.
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
W. F. H. “ROSENBERG,
Importer of Exotic Zoological Gpeviciense.
57, Haverstock Hill, London, N.W., England,
Begs to announce the publication of a new Price List (No. 20) of Mammals,
including over 400 species from various parts of the World.
This will be mailed free on application, as well as any of the following lists:
BIRDSKINS (over 5000 species); BIRDS’ EGGS (over 1100 species) ;
REPTILES, BATRACHIANS, and FISHES (over 400 spectes) ;
EXOTIC LEPIDOPTERA (over 8000 species).
Largest stock in the Barle of specimens in all branches of Zoology.
ALL MUSEUMS AND AWATEURS SHOULD WRITE FOR THESE LISTS.
ll Specimens sent on approval.
Please state which lists are required aud give name of this periodical.
4
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 78.—Eighth Series, (
. : oo 2 Page
LXI. On the Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus, with a Review :
of the Specimens from the Cambridge Greensand in the Sedgwick ~.
Museum, Cambridge. By Rezernatp Watrer Hootzy, F.GS. |
Oe
(Plate XXII.)....... FREE Tok eR Ik OSE ec TPS Cea As 529.
LXII. Species of Amphipoda taken by ‘Runa,’ July and August
1913, not in Norman’s Final Shetland Dredging Report, 1868. By
Avrrnb: 0, WADRERS ic aoe ke ha ee mela Veo a dinie, a eine Fis wacom elise 558
LXIII. Deseription of a new Genus of Terrestrial Isopoda from
Algiers. By Watrer E. Cottines, M.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S, (Plate XXIII.) 561
LXIV. Anew Wycteris from N.W. Rhodesia. By Knup Anpursen. 563
LXY. On small Mammals from Djarkent, Central Asia. By
OLDFIELD TROMAS. cece cece ee cece eee e eee e ete teen tern ecace ab,
LXVI. Three new S.-American Mammals. By Otpriztp Tuomas, 573
LXVII. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from
‘Northern China. By G. A. Bourenaur, F.R.S. 2.2.00. ee ee ee 576
LXVIII. Notes on the Forficularia.—XXJI. Progress in Dermaptera
in 1912and1913. By Matcoutm Burr, D.8c., F.ES., F.Z.8., F.G.S8.,
RSs aes Sieteenccrs Sitges. ae pee pth elle bite eno Si aane fe ee
LXIX. On the Ceylonese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging
to the Genus Adoretus. By Gitpert J. ARROW 587
LXX. On the Burmese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging
to the Genus Adoretus. By Girzurr J. ARROW 594
eeceeeceroeereecee &
BIBLIOGRAPHIOAL NOTICES.
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalenze in the British Museum.
Vols. XII. and XIII. By Sir Georex F. Hampson, Bart. .... 601
The Pliocene Mollusca of Great Britain, being supplementary toS, V.
Wood’s Monograph of the Crag Mollusca. By F. W. Harmer,
E.G Ai, Bal et Sir earth: Dae ace kes nas oes, Wefan 604
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
Geological Society sic oes 5s vn ahi Siig: el etae Ma on cadetada cas 605, 606
*,%* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, » the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,
Red Lion ( ort, Fleet Street, London,
F
a) neem AN) AA, 10 a te as
Pr : ar 74 a i i ey oe ate a J an
an (a 4 ony ee aay) om pyat ae - i ;
7 yy, oni? ? rf PO } il Wen wo 7 as a jan vy ae b 7 " :
eee Oe | ye 1 eee ee me a | Or
ae o 1 ve * ' Re Dey dae u By : : ee _ > : 7 ma
ri Eee eS a
7
"AY! rie 7 yy a 7 , Pi Al a iwe Y : 1 fl a is)
Tes, - ¥ —_ a yay RAY te aN ss in. We v 7 nae va aioe a oil t 7
* a " yg’ \ ' i 7 A fa an ? rr ; : pau art ; ‘ : 7 r
7 c ay ' } ii : fa 7 " i i : * y a a aa ’ : as ; a ;
‘A a . 7 7. re: - ey 7 iL Vib ! @,> _ 7 ; iy n" - " " |
i ry Oe ob Soe 7 lr af to —_
7 - ie : ’ ie ee 7 i Aa q ive a Fa, : 7 : ve
. - ALT afi vi a ae ea iow i an Si
/ , . an a Wn Ni i Dy mn ; : 7 ; ww 7
a) i any ft , a ny un ay Pine one i a :
i gaye 7 hi ra y ae “ :
abs ps i a y it a) ; it, Sree Eh, ©! b a
- oy 2 he j ie im ; ye _ ene a *
ny mh a a7 Wyte } "Y 1 7 i ir }
Ty iy a an } : : f, = ’ i
, ’ i ; lf i 7 i Th ; Oo i :
7 : ’ fh if ') ‘i c ii : : a :
v [ i , a i - ih a ‘ie ova
_ : Ta al i rr on : : ay a .
U ha 7 co} : Y sw : fi ’ ie nay a ay : 7
: 7 ; , 4 ay | ; : - ‘ T) me, - ‘ 7 3 7
- 2) : a = an y i n . _ ial 7 a ao) 7
oa ; i K i ee 7 . Abe
7 Seer - ; ’ ; 7 : : \ ' wf a 7 . F -
: : ' 7 7 7 oF m oO ae
: i 1) a - _— ' i” "i i i 4
: ———
7 : c : ' ‘Tiey a} iy he : ;
' "y . in * A - 7 iu {a 1 F
7 7 Ms ‘ t r ar .
| | | ——
i _ i wf H - - iy y
ee : | a
; ' : Paty : M4
i th 7 1 in ee mM
; ’ ry , |
ry a .
| a iy: | 9
: : ‘< iy ; : in =
fe _ 7 ’ il J
:
i ; nven \
te - nn 7) oe a
7 eae : Wl 7 v! Oe
1 i. — ae 7 is iG wa
i 5 ay a 7 |
; at |
n , : = i a 1p
; - _— Aiea rc
se
' , : _,
2 : ; ' ; 7
| a , v
’ : 1) 1 : _ oF 7 "
- : 7 _ : Aa
‘ ii) i : : i oy :
ij ti j 1 ia
1 . : 7 on a, : mas
- T . i ie ; : yy a mya 1
- a a “y 7 oy or) ial
| a } 2 i ; : aa.
ay 7 i 7) ; = 7 - sal : iy ;
aa A) ’ re “ ’ an 7
7 t 7 al | ' al i mn 7 .
i ‘“s : : : %) i) ate 7
7 ; Tay) we i) : ty, ” ; ie 7 oan 7 7 4
oh - iw A ’ : : a # o : Ths ; : Ht a a Pe
W a ' nl Ay aa vie : A ay
i : ey nv) and mre : va ig
: 7 ; : Y 7 i P i ; 7 : eT a At ww Ut 4
i ny i : i , : uy ; ' ff ! . ff 7 ¥ yy -
i, ® a , i a, ni : : i
i wis ry i ta u 7 : ee z fr ‘ 7 }, iA mM . a 7 is ‘Fe sl , ar A y
rite | - te nN ne ae | ite aoe | | a ' ms
a, a eee eee
Tl : . ob ot \ i aT eh : Be ai ms if Nal) rT ! ae 1 @ A My 5
7 : ; ; Pap oy es ee Gi eT fu why \ ua 7,
iP ey yt my - i ie Lie tay aye 7 ne iho Oe Ti a 7 rs J
ne x a he VE } ; a My wit a j Va rl uh i; i IG 7 al : ‘To ' : ld y
eel i J ay } aN i 1 } one a, es at Al% i ny : yy - a a |
. ng Jk, Vober al i i rnp h wy : com ek 7 a lyR : i ms
| 7 - ul aul ( aie Tf the cee boy”, se sa Lf, vk al i 4 m' a
nee eer rey) wilh ft
ORS ony enh WAN _ toh dy yo nfs Narn a) eA ate uw
a uy ; WU, : y i i i | pi id) we he af ry) ; ‘)
orp
hy mh
NN
ay,
iH
iA
it
eal TAA
Gay
Ae
Te VG A me
ea i
-_ D
re oe
AD ph rain TR (Bi aice all
weCe Nel
that
ieee t netmapr
Peer epenbucts Se
Paes hie fb iaelvett bel
hy Maina dd
r at
NEN PeRe Lt she
beat WPM ph
4) by
neti
tid i
pel
Saas inter
eee
if guy \ ict * men i
Moal ryt Non 4h ait Uh eve
pecans pb bbe wt noe Hifeione
Heh hye Neh
vege Neth
bhipsietibilen)
preity ashi
- =
= inte Nye
‘As th thin
iinet
tM
pene bee}
Maer haiew ts
Ame ip tle elie) eels pike ph ware! stun
ert irabi Angi hai we
ie
y i beh bt
| at
HNP He) ow
ain maths eati iby
td) ie itlelaaat ages he pony vy
PepSRRE YY Die} wtp et bib a RL UE
ete Root oye
pinta nth bi Retetehthah
meh bret
Wa
ety
ie ee
eren
i :
Son bethey op viin
ree Atay iat
Tanai ath dare
eI eN A earn bie
a
hi 1
rg escent sua as
bibs iy we ie ok i
ay! Wb desiehe
es hata
U (ftyts beng es
plete ding
at,
aa Re
Nata ieibagi ts
eb)
Wee
bibhiel >
Hey heheh he Mien
Pareiron atest) bi iter
i} (3
Mi diciruanticen
saat i
LORE ae hehe but
vey
i seit SHO yen i
hep) 4
LEP Pte he bie tielien
peepee rerio it
biebrtineilt
- f
i AE FA TnI a Pe elelehe tees i
Lebel bet iAl bbs
yd Maal addi suan
( any bien pe rOnbAbRintaba thacoren enon Tapia byhtd taut hiker TMT
bled pei bier bh hs NE ot ile
tata DecMu Deuba ne OR Ainieart aearnc ety Create tae tat
ie | beth E) br ete metehe aiee
! ve be i 1D Tae 4 Dn sniNaet iter i jehenen eee minaret Wet tiem jenbyt iota
i i ut ‘N Hi stmt eh aad Dayipnelrpelistiel eperefir Ctr llbl rebel poe t re! Bardney)
mi Merk PRM PL PIS Ora Depa enone) ener pie ithe CHVUF L ball Het kien pS We
Ut iea riymeaedt tant FY
iN rir ae ve
ie
eee is yet
Tiautibas
eliphel pie
batho 4 Peaelt ihe yeh.
tet a
date ita bites
SP pity ib te,
bier ;
AERihnepeasrthtieneiie el
i
aye Mit { Rutt ky)
neil eh madi
+) ¢i
MJ bh opel tins te
Diab br ie let
oy ee ret si
Partita
eT Bepecele eine Le
Lat bide acai
a al
Nile jnenh ee
Wich yt lie 4 | be Umet etbed
vehi |
Sbatib st Vee
‘etn Hf del ee (er
Lt ye
iy chi yore i
“ten iN ti Hi
iu ble bey
hah TP Aird Melt Het
iy Clits i iho i
Pbiibe dbl
ali
nt i
maraessariis
Neco as
weiene 9
ian nly Owe Dt eK
od ete
avn im
wp Sasatdiael
spite:
pha fom i
wis
a
i Bae Fh |
rhetrt
f
Petite
hay
Le ae y
intatet
ee ene is Geer ete
bas) dn git ta
Piel bh pe ver
{ TAP) ella bey etl)
bien pure brani bis iatipc ite
aati
ih
iia died
Sem SD Heh eL em ONUTHPD aL Ph el pt
hit his pelib bite Wel Parc mlie ly etiel Ports Ae hives the
bhee Habavenpladitiey sity Wo Beebe bier
ier? iy CAPE PIh len PobeneME wel pve &
Bi rueget es Fh DID SANE PAE
(iri antenna
fo
ae a i uy
4 tit rns
Sty ii A nits Mies Hens
= ee niu
Ahab ees ee) Fit ihe
\ He See prelates
noidabe peas
hh i Tei
BRAD
Fone et LPT At bhevishepenraerecel te A rien
Sh nib i aid a dddethueeales Se tt byehen) > Xt
i PP eee ete le lieis lis iietp Weurlie Met poe ie ahd Wt gma vite feet
woe ete tea ive he eliehieieb
if Fa AEA) We here le keira
Mu |
ait ti ha Med
ia ene GH yey eli
ay T an Pyrat FUP ELF
vit bbebae titer ue ceheie
Frei eerienetie | Fe
ith
tabheiren® oliaeh wt hetpepl
‘i \ i i \ Hi) iber a) fentiee Were Re
ie he aeiRaR gets ara ns daa tiated ey
y eins Piehies Heijehet it
Mabntites Ait ny Wise bubhenbobarpypteneolaa eiecegeatf I
saat ribo tan eh
Sines
rpettaty nt if
mbit
as Uh fit
ety
Weve
“lie ee
Be
sit i yee
i a
1
erly bar
Hate 1
rane
ave Ta ly tania lat ta
qi Prey Ht a eee pk) eh
ais de!
slier i
eRcOrieh make
sinus otiictted
ita
bay
Wit
}
=
vo pe ret
panini
Wits)
A ladbahd at) Pratt
wien lieth ity
Porky piiep prise vesle
Att +) bt Sana ae
oe
wir lipiee|
ie peipickeb™
the
iin LG wade
feeb bean) #fN M1P |
sito ie i Waite ildhetiag!
Tee Pie iebo memes Hep! iel i
t i ietorrpnospeen Seta ener i
HE Neh eae Ypbaled any D0 te
Wetlemend BSE niet
ant
=
2 :
ui sy S
ih *
Ae tH, a a naa :
i A oe
= ae . ii = nae ait I
br Nedipli Weve lenele
ta ct es teat ns 1% a ‘4 ated muse tpeitar ge byenct
oe = a ee tbe
Val ity iat it
i h
es ia z it
inte O21 8 FL pe t
it awe ‘eh [ney mien Bion
shia obey
ete i
bili joielbeiho Rl eee
a lieitad ch
Wiehe We Le ye
Hig Rte
ns an
eves Haiyenbyy
ti
imhvvo i iiele 14
eh wlapaye vie (el
Ave ey aefnbgie bey b)
Niet yee
vie ve) aug jee Aires
eotae ith i ire certs)
pei weal [aye ane fe ate alia
i [bib Uetet eb miley
ae Lat el
a ae te ite
al its soit
cry ict tere ott
i ‘i
ett os iit atin tated athe ti
i aatat irae eS pee
a
heh evel Miia wit apt
thy iid vebiy rb
uaa Hit
Hh
he
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES